vvEPA
        United States
        Environmental Protection
        Agency
            Office of Research and
            Development
            Washington, DC 20460
EPA/600/R-99/017
March 1999
Stormwater Treatment at
Critical Areas:
The Multi-Chambered
Treatment Train
(MCTT)

-------
                                                    EPA/600/R-99/017
                                                       February 1999
Storm water Treatment At Critical Areas:
    The Multi-Chambered Treatment Train
                         (MCTT)
                              By

               Robert Pitt, Brian Robertson, Patricia Barron,
                    Ali Ayyoubi, and Shirley Clark
             Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
                The University of Alabama at Birmingham
                    Birmingham, Alabama 35294
                 Cooperative Agreement No. CR 819573
                         Project Officer

                          Richard Field
                Wet-Weather Flow Management Program
               Water Supply and Water Resources Division
              National Risk Management Research Laboratory
                     Edison, New Jersey 08837
              National Risk Management Research Laboratory
                  Office Of Research And Development
                  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                       Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
                                                  Printed on Recycled Paper

-------
                                             Notice
The information in this document had been funded wholly or in part by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
under Cooperative Agreement No. CR 819573 for the University of Alabama at Birmingham. It has been subjected
to the Agency's peer and administrative review and has been approved for publication as an EPA document.
Mention of trade names or commercial products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                                              Foreword
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is charged by Congress with protecting the Nation's land, air, and water
resources. Under a mandate of national environmental laws, the Agency strives to formulate and implement actions
leading to a compatible balance between human activities and the ability of natural systems to support and nurture
life.  To meet this mandate, EPA's research program is providing data and technical support for solving
environmental problems today and building a science knowledge base necessary to manage our ecological resources
wisely, understand how pollutants affect our health, and prevent or reduce environmental risks in the future.

The National Risk Management Research Laboratory is the Agency's center for investigation of technological and
management approaches for reducing risks from threats to human health and the environment. The focus of the
Laboratory's research program is on methods for the prevention and control of pollution to air, land, water and
subsurface resources; protection of water quality in public water systems;  remediation of contaminated sites and
ground water; and prevention and control of indoor air pollution. The goal of this research effort is to catalyze
development and implementation of innovative, cost-effective environmental technologies; develop scientific and
engineering information needed by EPA to support regulatory and policy decisions; and provide technical support
and information transfer to ensure effective implementation of environmental regulations and strategies.

This publication has been produced as part of the Laboratory's strategic long-term research plan. It is published and
made available by EPA's Office of Research and Development to assist the user community and to link researchers
with their clients.
                                               E. Timothy Oppelt, Director
                                               National Risk Management Research Laboratory
                                                    111

-------
                                                Abstract

 This is the first volume for this report series and describes the work conducted during the early years of this project
 through recent full-scale tests. Other volumes in this report series describe the results of field investigations of storm
 drain inlet devices and the use of filter media for stormwater treatment.

 The first project phase investigated typical toxicant concentrations in stormwater, the origins of these toxicants, and
 storm and land-use factors that influenced these toxicant concentrations. Nine percent of the 87 stormwater source
 area samples analyzed were considered extremely toxic (using the Microtox™ toxicity screening procedure).
 Thirty-two percent of the samples exhibited moderate toxicity, while fifty-nine percent of the samples had no
 evidence of toxicity. Only a small fraction of the organic toxicants analyzed were frequently detected, with 1,3-
 dichlorobenzene and fluoranthene the most commonly detected organics investigated (present in 23 percent of the
 samples). Vehicle service and parking area runoff samples had many of the highest observed concentrations of
 organic toxicants. All metallic toxicants analyzed were commonly found in all samples analyzed.

 The second project phase investigated the control of stormwater toxicants using a variety of conventional bench-
 scale treatment processes. Toxicity changes were monitored using the Azur Environmental Microtox™ bioassay
 screening test. The most beneficial treatment tests included settling for at least 24 h (up to 90 percent reductions),
 screening and filtering through at least 40 fj.m screens (up to 70 percent reductions), and aeration and/or
photo-degradation for at least 24 h (up to 80 percent reductions). Because many samples exhibited uneven toxicity
reductions for the different treatment tests, a treatment train approach was selected for testing during the third
project phase.

The third project phase included testing of a prototype treatment device (the multi-chambered treatment train, or
MCTT). However, the information provided in this report can also be used to develop other stormwater treatment
devices. This device, through pilot and initial full-scale testing, has been shown to remove more than 90% of many
of the stormwater toxicants, in both particulate and filtered forms. The MCTT is most suitable for use at relatively
small and isolated paved critical source areas, from about 0.1 to 1  ha (0.25 to 2.5 acre) in area. These areas would
include vehicle service facilities (gas stations, car washes, oil change stores, etc.), convenience store parking areas
and areas used for equipment storage, along with salvage yards. The MCTT is an underground device that has three
main chambers: an initial grit chamber for trapping of the largest sediment and release of most volatile materials; a
main settling chamber (providing initial aeration and sorbent pillows) for the trapping of fine sediment and
associated toxicants and floating hydrocarbons; and a sand and peat mixed media "filter" (sorption-ion exchange)
unit for the reduction of filterable toxicants. A typical MCTT requires between 0.5 and 1.5 percent of the paved
drainage area, which is about 1/3 of the area required for a well-designed wet detention pond.

A pilot-scale MCTT was constructed in Birmingham, AL, and tested over a six month monitoring period. Two
additional full-scale MCTT units have recently been constructed and are currently being monitored as part of
Wisconsin's 319 grant from the U.S. EPA. During monitoring of 13 storms at a parking facility, the pilot-scale
MCTT was found to have the following overall median reduction rates: 96% for total toxicity, 98% for filtered
toxicity, 83% for SS, 60% for COD, 40% for turbidity, 100% for lead, 91% for zinc, 100% for n-Nitro-di-n-
proplamine, 100% for pyrene, and 99% for bis (2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate. The color was increased by about 50% due
to staining from the peat and the pH decreased by about one-half pH unit, also from the peat media. Ammonia
nitrogen was increased by several times, and nitrate nitrogen had low reductions (about 14%). The MCTT therefore
operated as intended: it had very effective reduction rates for both filtered and particulate stormwater toxicants and
 SS. Increased filterable toxicant reductions were obtained in the peat/sand mixed media sorption-ion exchange
 chamber, at the expense of increased color, lowered pH, and depressed COD and nitrate reduction rates. The
 preliminary full-scale test results substantiate the excellent reductions found during the pilot-scale tests, while
 showing better control of COD, filterable  heavy metals, and nutrients, and less detrimental effects on pH and color.
                                                    IV

-------
                                              Contents
Notice	,	  ii
Foreword	iii
Abstract	iv
Contents	  v
Tables	viii
Figures	  x
Acknowledgments	,	xiii

Chapter 1 - Introduction and Conclusions	  1
  Conclusions	  1
  Organization of report	,	 3

Chapter 2 - Sources of Urban Stormwater Pollutants  	 4
  Sources and characteristics of urban runoff pollutants  	 5
  Chemical quality of rocks and soils	,	 6
  Street dust and dirt pollutant sources	 8
    Characteristics  	 8
    Street dirt accumulation	 9
    Washoff of street dirt	 12
  Observed particle size distributions in stormwater	 21
  Atmospheric sources  of urban runoff pollutants  	 21
  Source area sheetflow and particulate quality 	 26
    Source area particulate quality	 26
    Warm weather sheetflow quality	 2?
  Other pollutant contributions to the storm drainage system	 39
  Phase 1 project activities - Sources of stormwater toxicants	 39
    Phase 1 - analyses and sampling	 39
    Phase 1 - potential  sources	 42
    Phase 1 - results	 42

Chapter 3 - Laboratory-Scale Toxicant Reduction Tests	 49
  Phase 2 - analysis and sampling	 49
  Phase 2 - experimental error  	 49
  Phase 2 - treatability tests	 50
  Phase 2 - results	 50

Chapter 4 - The Development of the MCTT		 60
  Oil and water separators	 62
    Factors relevant to oil/water  separator performance 	 62
       Oil droplet size and critical rise rate	 62
       Design flow rate	 64
       Effective horizontal separation area	 64

-------
       Other considerations	 64
     Gravity separation 	 64
       Conventional American Petroleum Institute (API) oil/water separator	 65
       Separation vaults 	 67
     Coalescing plate interceptor oil/water separators	 68
     Impingement coalescers and filtration devices	 69
     Maintenance of oil/water separators	 70
     Performance of oil/water separators for treating stormwater	 71
   The multi-chambered treatment train (MCTT) 	  72
     Phase 3 - field demonstrations of the multi-chambered treatment train	  72
     Development of the MCTT  	  73
       Catchbasin/grit chamber	  74
       Main settling chamber	  74
         Upflow velocity	  74
         Toxicity reductions associated with particle settling	  77
       Filter/ion exchange chamber  	  79
         Sand	  79
         Peat moss 	  79
         Combined sand and peat moss filters	  80
         Preliminary filtration tests with stormwater	  80
     Site specific design requirements of the MCTT main settling chamber	  81
       Toxicity reduction through settling 	  81
       Storage/treatment trade-offs in MCTT design	  82
     Additional considerations in MCTT design and construction	 90

Chapter 5 - Pilot-Scale and Preliminary Full-Scale Test Results of the MCTT	  91
     Pilot-scale MCTT design	  91
       Leaching of materials used for the construction of treatability test equipment	  91
     Pilot-scale MCTT operation	  92
     Pilot-scale MCTT sampling and analytical techniques  	  96
     Results of the pilot-scale MCTT evaluation tests	  98
     Preliminary full-scale MCTT test results	  113

Chapter 6 - General Design Procedures  for the MCTT	  122
  Design procedure	  122
     Pollutant removal goal	  122
  Catchbasin inlet chamber design 	  124
  Main settling chamber design  	  127
     Drainage of main settling chamber  	  128
  Final filtrations-sorption-ion exchange chamber	  129
     Selection of filtration media for pollutant reduction capabilities	  129
     Design of filters for specified filtration durations  	  130
  Example design of full-scale MCTT  	  133
     Determine the pollutant removal goal	  133
     Main settling and filtration chamber designs	  133
       Rainfall for Detroit and expected performance of MCTT	  134
       Site surveys 	  134
       MCTT sizing options	   135
     Catchbasin/grit chamber design	   137
     Maintenance activities	   137
     Preliminary material specifications:	   138
                                                   VI

-------
References 	  159

Appendix A - Plotted MCTT Performance Data	  A-l

Appendix B - Tabular MCTT Performance Data	  B-l

Appendix C - Source Area Pollutant Observations  	  C-l
Appendix D - Receiving Water Impacts  	  D-1
  Toxicological effects of stormwater	  D-2
  Ecological effects of stormwater	  D-2
  Fates of stormwater pollutants in surface waters	  D-5
  Human health effects of stormwater 	  D-6
  Groundwater impacts from stormwater infiltration	  D-6
    Constituents of concern 	  D-7
       Nutrients	  D-7
       Pesticides  	  D-7
       Other organics 	  D-7
       Pathogenic microorganisms	  D-8
       Heavy metals and other inorganic compounds	  D-8
       Salts 	  D-9
    Recommendations to protect groundwater during stormwater infiltration  	  D-9

Appendix E - Laboratory Procedures Used For MCTT Pilot-Scale Evaluations	  E-l
                                                   VII

-------
                                                Tables
                                                                                                    Page

 2.1      Uses and sources for organic compounds found in stormwater	       6
 2,2      Common elements in the lithosphere  	,	       7
 2.3      Common elements in soils	       7
 2,4      Street dirt loadings and deposition rates	      11
 2.5      Suspended solids washoff coefficients	      21
 2,6      Summary of reported rain quality ,.,	,	,,.,,,      23
 2.7      Atmosphere dustfall quality	      24
 2.8      Bulk precipitation quality	,	;      25
 2.9      Urban bulk precipitation deposition rates	      25
 2,10     Summary of observed street dirt chemical quality	       28
 2.11     Summary of observed particulate quality for other source areas	,	      29
 2.12     Sheetflow quality summary for other source areas	      30
 2.13     Sheetflow quality summary for undeveloped landscaped and freeway pavement areas	      36
 2,14    Source area bacteria sheetflow quality summary	     37
 2.15    Source area filterable pollutant concentration summary	,	      38
 2,16    Numbers of samples collected from each source area type	,,.....,	      39
 2.17    List of toxic pollutants analyzed in samples	      40
 2.18    Fraction of samples rated as toxic	,	      41
 2.19    Stormwater toxicants  detected in at least 10% of the source area sheetflow samples	     44
 2,20    Relative toxicity of samples using Microtox™  	,	     45
 3.1      Phase 2 treatability sample descriptions	,	      50
 3,2      Two-sided probabilities comparing different treatment tests	,	,	      51
4,1      Example oil droplet size distribution  	,	,,....	      64
4.2      Short-circuiting factor	,.,.,	      67
4.3      Characteristics of coalescing plate interceptor separators	      69
4.4      Reported filtration media performance for stormwater control	      79
4.5      Median toxicity reduction for different holding times	      82
4.6      Excel* spreadsheet model used to develop MCTT design curves	      83
4.7      Risk assessment and design evaluation of an MCTT for Birmingham, AL, conditions	      84
5.1      Potential sample contamination from sampler material	      92
5.2      Potential sample contamination from materials that may be used in treatability test apparatus	      95
 5.3      Pilot-scale MCTT construction material leach test	      96
5.4      Compounds analyzed during MCTT tests	      97
 5.5      Analytes and volumes collected	      98
 5.6      MCTT catchbasin chamber performance summary	      99
 5.7      MCTT settling chamber performance summary	     101
 5.8      MCTT sand-peat chamber performance summary	     103
 5.9      Overall MCTT performance summary	     105
 5.10    Median percent reductions by chamber	     107
 5.11    Significant (1-sided p value <0.05) concentration changes for MCTT	     108
 5,12    Preliminary performance information for full-scale MCTT tests, compared to Birmingham pilot-
        scale MCTT results  	     114
                                                   Vlil

-------
                                                                                                      Page

6.1     Full MCTT pollutant removals compared to design toxicity reductions	     123
6.2     Approximate suspended solids accumulations in catcbbasin sump 	     127
6.3     MCTT main settling chamber required sizes	      127
6.4     Filtration capacity as a function of suspended solids loadings	     130
6.5     Filtration capacity as a function of pretreated water loading	     130
6.6     Filter media categories and filtration capacities	      131
6.7     Typical volumetric runoff coefficients for different land use areas	,	      131
6.8     Likely suspended solids concentrations for different source areas	     132
6.9     Example pollutant removals for example design alternatives	      133
                                                     IX

-------
                                                Figures

                                                                                                   Page

2.1     Deposition and accumulation of street dirt 	        10
2.2     Particle size distribution of HDS test	        16
2.3     Particle size distribution for LCR test	        16
2.4     Washoff plots for HCR test	        17
2.5     Washoff plots for LCR test	        17
2.6     Washoff plots for HDR test	        18
2.7     Washoff plots for LDR test	        18
2.8     Washoff plots for HCS test	        19
2.9     Washoff plots for LCS test	        19
2.10    Washoff plots for HDS test	       20
2.11    Washoff plots for LCS test	       20
2.12    Tenth percentile particle sizes for stormwater inlet flows	       22
2.13    Fiftieth percentile particle sizes for stormwater inlet flows	       22
2.14    Ninetieth percentile particle sizes for stormwater inlet flows	       22
3.1      Toxicity reduction on control samples - industrial loading and parking areas	       52
3.2     Toxicity reduction on control samples - automobile service facilities	       52
3.3      Toxicity reduction on control samples - automobile salvage yards	       52
3.4     Toxicity reduction from settling treatment - industrial loading and parking areas	       53
3.5      Toxicity reduction from settling treatment - automobile service facilities	       53
3.6      Toxicity reduction from settling treatment - automobile salvage yards	       53
3.7      Toxicity reduction from aeration treatment - industrial loading and parking areas	       54
3.8      Toxicity reduction from aeration treatment - automobile service facilities	       54
3.9      Toxicity reduction from aeration treatment - automobile salvage yards	       54
3.10    Toxicity reduction from sieve treatment - industrial loading and parking areas	       55
3.11    Toxicity reduction from sieve treatment - automobile service facilities	       55
3.12    Toxicity reduction from sieve treatment - automobile salvage yards	       55
3.13    Toxicity reduction from photo-degradation treatment - industrial loading and parking areas	       56
3.14    Toxicity reduction from photo-degradation treatment - automobile service facilities	       56
3.15    Toxicity reduction from photo-degradation treatment - automobile salvage yards	       56
3.16    Toxicity reduction from aeration and photo-degradation treatment - industrial loading and parking
        areas	       57
3.17    Toxicity reduction from aeration and photo-degradation treatment - automobile service facilities ..       57
3.18    Toxicity reduction from aeration and photo-degradation treatment - automobile salvage yards	       57
3.19    Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (top layer samples) - industrial loading and parking
        areas	       58
3.20    Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (top layer samples) - automobile service facilities ....       58
3.21    Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (top layer samples) - automobile salvage yards	       58
3.22    Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (middle layer samples) - industrial loading and
        parking  areas	       59
3.23    Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (middle layer samples) - automobile service facilities       59

3.24    Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (middle layer samples) - automobile salvage yards ...       59

-------
                                                                                                  Page

4.1     MCTT cross section	       61
4.2     Performance of API oil/water separators	       63
4.3     API oil/water separator	       65
4.4     Downflow parallel plate separator	       69
4.5     Monthly changes in sediment in 17 oil/water separators	       71
4.6     Critical Velocity and Settling Tank Dimensions	       75
4.7     Effects of hydraulic loading on toxicity reduction	       78
4.8     Effects of storage volume and treatment time on annual toxicity reduction, 2.1m settling depth ...       90
5.1     Pilot-scale MCTT under construction	       93
5.2     Pilot-scale MCTT in place at the UAB parking facility	       93
5.3     Automatic samplers installed on the pilot-scale MCTT	       94
5.4     Pilot-scale MCTT during a storm event	       94
5.5     MCTT performance for suspended solids	      109
5.6     MCTT performance for relative toxicity, by Microtox™, - unfiltered sample	      110
5.7     MCTT performance for zinc - unfiltered sample	      Ill
5.8     MCTT performance for bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate - unfiltered sample	      112
5.9     Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, drainage area	      115
5.10    Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT installation	      115
5.11    Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT installation	      116
5.12    Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT installation	      116
5.13    Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT catchbasin inlet and piping	      117
5.14    Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT main settling chamber inclined tube settlers and sorbent pillows      117
5.15    Minocqua, WI, MCTT, drainage  area	      118
5.16    Minocqua, WI, MCTT, installation of box culverts	      118
5.17    Minocqua, WI, MCTT, installation of box culverts	      119
5.18    Minocqua, WI, MCTT, placement of tube settlers	       119
5.19    Minocqua, WI, MCTT, filter fabric being prepared for  installation	      120
5.20    Minocqua, WI, MCTT, grit chamber	      120
5.21    Minocqua, WI, MCTT, interior of final filtration chamber	      121
5.22    Minocqua, WI, MCTT, site after  installation	      121
6.1     Conventional catchbasin with inverted sump	       125
6.2     Suspended solids capture vs. flowrate	       126
6.3     Amount of rainfall treated before  sumps are 60% full	      126
6.4     MCTT design curves for Atlanta,  GA	      139
6.5     MCTT design curves for Austin, TX	      140
6.6     MCTT design curves for Birmingham, AL	      141
6.7     MCTT design curves for Bozeman, MT	      142
6.8     MCTT design curves for Buffalo, NY	      143
6.9     MCTT design curves for Dallas, TX	      144
6.10    MCTT design curves for Detroit,  MI	      145
6.11    MCTT design curves for Little Rock, AR	      146
6.12    MCTT design curves for Los Angeles, CA	      147
6.13    MCTT design curves for Madison, WI	      148
6.14    MCTT design curves for Miami, FL	      149
6.15    MCTT design curves for Milwaukee, WI	      150
                                                   XI

-------
                                                                                                Page

6.16    MCTT design curves for Minneapolis, MN	     151
6.17    MCTT design curves for Newark, NJ	     152
6.18    MCTT design curves for New Orleans, LA	     153
6.19    MCTT design curves for Phoenix, AZ	     154
6.20    MCTT design curves for Portland, ME	;	     155
6.21    MCTT design curves for Rapid City, SD	     156
6.22    MCTT design curves for Reno, NV	      157
6.23    MCTT design curves for Seattle, WA	-..      158
6.24    MCTT design curves for St. Louis, MO	      159
                                                 xn

-------
                                        Acknowledgments


This research was mostly funded by the Wet-Weather Flow Management and Pollution Control Program (formally
the Storm and Combined Sewer Pollution Control Program) of the U.S. EPA, Edison, New Jersey. Richard Field,
the project officer, provided much guidance and assistance during the research. Michael Brown of this program also
provided valuable project assistance. Additional funding was also provided by the U.S. Army-Construction
Engineering Research Laboratory in Champaign, Illinois. Rick Scholtz's efforts are greatly appreciated.

Special thanks are also extended to the cities of Minocqua and Milwaukee, the state of Wisconsin, and Region V of
the EPA for funding, constructing, and monitoring of the full-scale MCTT installations. Roger Bannerman and Tom
Blake of the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, along with Steve Corsi of the USGS in Madison, were
especially instrumental in carrying out these full-scale tests. COM, Detroit, and the City of Milwaukee also
supported the design of the full-scale MCTT test units presented in this report.

Many UAB graduate students and staff freely gave of their time to support this project, especially Olga Mirov,
Michael Richards, Lyn Lewis, Jay Day, Janice Lanthrop, Joe Farmer, Tim Awtrey, Niki Beckom, Melissa Lilburn,
and Holly Ray. Four MSCE theses in the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering at the University of
Alabama at Birmingham were also prepared by graduate students working on this EPA sponsored project:

        • Shirley Clark's Evaluation of Filtration Media for the Treatment of Stormwater (1996),
        • Brian Robertson's Evaluation of a Multi-Chambered Treatment Train for Treatment of Stormwater
         Runoff from Critical Pollutant Source Areas (1995).
        • Ali Ayyoubi's Physical Treatment of Urban Storm Water Runoff Toxicants (1993), and
        • Patricia Barren's Characterization of Poly nuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Urban Runoff{1990).

Much of the material in this report was previously presented in these theses, which also contain considerable
additional supporting information.

The author would also like to thank the following for donation of materials to the project: Jaeger Products, Inc. of
Houston, Texas for donating column packing spheres, Polar Supply Company, Inc. of Anchorage, Alaska  for
donating filter fabric material, and Sherman  Industries of Birmingham, Alabama for donating filtering media.

Some of the data presented in this report was obtained during an earlier EPA sponsored project that was conducted
under a subcontract to Foster Wheeler-Environsponse, Inc. of Edison, New Jersey. Grateful assistance was given by
the New York City Department of Environmental Protection, under the direction of Angelika Forndran, and their
contractors who provided the combined sewer overflow samples. Nelle Alexander of R.W. Beck of Seattle,
Washington and Roger Bannerman of the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources also provided valuable help
by delivering additional samples from their areas for special analyses.

Special laboratory toxicity analyses were appreciatively provided by Allen Burton of Wright State University;
Teresa Norberg-King of the EPA's Environmental Research Laboratory in Duluth, Minnesota; and Gary Schimmel
of the EPA's Marine Effects Division of the Environmental Research Laboratory in Narragansett, Rhode Island.
Finally, grateful assistance was provided by the staffs of the of the Birmingham Water Works Board's water quality
laboratory and Jefferson County's Barton Laboratory.
                                                   Xlll

-------
                                               Chapter 1
                                 Introduction and Conclusions
Past studies have identified urban runoff as a major contributor to the degradation of many urban streams and rivers
(Field and Turkeltaub 1981; Pitt and Bozeman 1982; Pitt and Bissonnette 1984, and Pitt 1994, which includes an
extensive literature review). Previous studies also found organic and metallic toxicants in urban storm induced
discharges (EPA 1983a; Hoffman, et al. 1984; Fram, et al. 1987) which can contribute to receiving water
degradation. Appendix D contains a summary of basic receiving water problems associated with urban stormwater,
stressing recent research that supplements the above referenced studies and reviews.

The Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP) monitored stormwater toxicant discharges from 28 cities and
concluded that urban areas were responsible for substantial discharges of toxicants (EPA 1983a). The NURP data
were collected mostly from residential areas and did not consider snowmelt. Furthermore, only a few commercial
and light industrial areas were represented. NURP did not identify any significant regional differences in toxicants
found, or in their concentrations. However, other information indicates that industrial stormwater, snowmelt runoff,
and dry weather discharges (including illegal discharges into storm drainage) can all contribute significant amounts
of toxicants to receiving waters (Pitt and McLean  1986).

The objective of this research was to further characterize stormwater toxicants, confirm the source areas of concern,
and investigate the effectiveness of treatment processes to control the toxicants. A parallel EPA sponsored research
project resulted in a user's guide for the investigation of inappropriate discharges into storm drainage systems (Pitt,
et al.  1993) and a comprehensive review of groundwater impacts from stormwater infiltration (Pitt, et al. 1994 and
1996). Clearly, an effective urban runoff control program must consider all seasonal flow phases and sources of
critical pollutants. If warm weather stormwater runoff was the only source considered, storm drainage control
programs in many areas would be disappointingly deficient. A complete control program must consider dry weather
flows, plus snow melt in northern areas, in addition to stormwater runoff. The results of the research reported here is
only one component of this complete control program approach.

Conclusions
Previous studies have indicated that urban stormwater runoff contains a variety of conventional and potentially toxic
pollutants that can degrade receiving waters and impair beneficial uses. Receiving water impacts are due to many
variables, including: the magnitude of the dry and wet weather discharges; the transport and fate mechanisms of the
toxicants; and effects from other discharges and receiving water conditions. These factors, and the unknown and site
specific relationships between them, make the prediction of receiving water effects difficult, if not impossible,
especially if one only relies on water column quality measurements. In situ biological community structure studies
can give an indication of the receiving water effects, especially if pre-development or control conditions are known
for  comparison purposes. However it will generally be difficult to relate any identified impacts to any specific
pollutant, but an in-stream biological community structure and habitat study will indicate whether the receiving
water is being adversely effected.

Phase 1 of this research detected only a small fraction of the organic toxicants analyzed (as is typical for stormwater
evaluations), but detected heavy metals in the majority of the samples analyzed. The study also confirmed that many
toxicants are associated with particulate matter in the runoff. Industrial/commercial areas are likely to be the most
significant pollutant source areas, with the highest toxicant concentrations and most frequent occurrences found at
vehicle service and parking/storage areas. The duration of the antecedent dry period before a storm and the intensity
of the storm event were found to be significant factors influencing the concentrations of most of the toxicants
detected. These critical areas were sampled  for the phase 2 treatability tests.

-------
 The treatability study (phase 2) found that settling, screening, and aeration and/or photo-degradation treatments
 showed the greatest potential for toxicant reductions, as measured by the reduction in toxicity of the samples, using
 the Microtox™ toxicity screening test. Studies to measure the actual toxicant reductions in full-scale applications are
 needed to confirm the real benefit of the potential treatment processes. The results from the second study phase, in
 conjunction with results from the first project phase, will enable the modification of treatment devices and system
 designs (for new installations and for retrofitting existing installations) to optimize toxicant reductions from critical
 stormwater runoff source areas. The third project phase examined the toxicant reduction benefits of large-scale
 applications of the most suitable treatment unit processes investigated.

 The third phase of this research examined the use of a multi-chambered treatment tank (MCTT) to collect and treat
 runoff from critical stormwater source areas, including gas stations, oil change facilities, transmission repair shops,
 and other auto repair facilities. The collected runoff is first treated in a catchbasin chamber where larger particles are
 removed by settling. The water then flows into a main settling chamber containing oil sorbent material where it
 undergoes a much longer treatment period (24 to 72 h) to remove finer particles and associated pollutants. The final
 chamber contains a mixed media filter material comprising equal amounts of sand  and peat. This final chamber acts
 as a polishing "filter" to remove some of the filterable toxicants from the runoffby other processes, such as ion
 exchange and sorption.

 The pilot- and full-scale test results show that the  MCTT is providing substantial reductions in stormwater toxicants
 (both in particulate and filtered phases) and suspended solids. Increases in color and a slight decrease in pH also
 occurred during the final treatment step when using peat as part of the filtering/ion-exchange media.

 The main settling chamber provided substantial reductions in total and dissolved toxicity, lead, zinc, certain organic
 toxicants, SS, COD, turbidity, and color. The sand-peat chamber also provided additional filterable toxicant
 reductions. However, the catchbasin/grit chamber did not provide any significant improvements in water quality,
 although it is an important element in reducing maintenance problems by trapping bulk material.

 Zinc and toxicity are examples where the use of the final chamber was needed to provide high levels of control.
 Otherwise, it may be tempting to simplify the MCTT by removing the last chamber. Another option would be to
 remove the main settling chamber and only use the pre-treating capabilities of the catchbasin as a grit chamber
before the peat "filtration"  chamber (similar to many stormwater filter designs). This option is not recommended
because of the short life that the filter would have before it would clog (Clark and Pitt 1997). In addition, the bench-
 scale tests showed that a treatment train was needed to provide some redundancy because of frequent variability in
sample treatability storm to storm, even for a single sampling site.

 It is important not to confuse the MCTT with an oil/water separator or a grit chamber. Oil/water separators are
mainly industrial wastewater treatment devices that work well for removing high concentrations of relatively large
droplets of oil from wastewater. Stormwaters rarely have such levels of hydrocarbon contamination. If an area did
produce stormwater having these hydrocarbon contamination conditions, then oil/water separators should be used,
but further treatment may also be needed to remove other pollutants. Unfortunately, the available literature does not
contain many examples of successful applications of oil/water separators for stormwater control. Common problems
 include lack of maintenance and under-sized separators for the flows encountered. Scouring of previously captured
material is also common.

 Several proprietary stormwater treatment devices have recently been marketed throughout North America. These
devices can also be located underground. Unfortunately, comprehensive testing with actual stormwater is not
 available for most of these devices. The designs and demonstrations are mostly based on reduction of relatively
 large particles that rarely occur in stormwater. As  indicated in this report, the suspended solids in stormwater is
mostly in the range of 1 to  100 um, with only a small fraction of the mass (usually <10%) associated with particles
 greater than 100 um. These devices are designed to capture particle sizes that have  typically been found on streets,
 not in the runoff water (Pitt 1987). These devices are excellent grit chambers (and can probably capture floating oils)
 and can be used to prevent sand-sized particles from accumulating in sewerage. Very little scour of the captured grit
 material is also likely with these devices. However, they are not likely to provide important reductions of most
 stormwater pollutants, especially the toxicants. The MCTT was designed to remove pollutants of a specific class of

-------
 concern in stormwater: participates as small as a few jam and associated participate bound toxicants, plus filterable
 toxicants. If a site is grossly contaminated with oils or grit, then a proprietary oil/water separator or grit chamber is
 needed, but further treatment will also likely be necessary.

 The MCTT is capable of reducing a broad range of stormwater pollutants that cause substantial receiving-water
 problems (Pitt 1995). The MCTT has a high potential for cost-effective use as an integrated component in watershed
 management programs designed to protect and enhance receiving waters.

 Organization of Report

 This report includes discussions pertaining to the major issues that must be addressed when developing a stormwater
 management plan. These issues include a knowledge of the receiving water problems caused by stormwater
 (Appendix D), a knowledge of the problem pollutants and where they originate in the watershed (Chapter 2), and a
 knowledge of the control of these critical pollutants (Chapters 3, 4, 5 and 6). This EPA sponsored cooperative
 agreement with UAB included three research phases reported in this report covering these basic elements. The first
 phase included investigating sources of critical stormwater pollutants, the second phase included conducting bench-
 scale treatability tests to identify the effectiveness of many unit processes, while the third project phase included
 testing of a pilot-scale treatment device containing many of the most promising unit processes. These project phases
 are all presented in this report, along with preliminary information from full-scale testing conducted by the state of
 Wisconsin. The project research information is also substantially supported by information from the literature,
 especially on effects of stormwater (Appendix D) and sources of pollutants (Chapter 2).

 Chapter 1 contains a brief discussion of the conclusions from the research, while Chapter 2 includes much literature
 information, plus the results of source area characterization studies conducted during this research project. Chapter 3
 presents the results of the bench-scale treatability tests. Chapter 4 begins with a discussion of oil/water separators for
 stormwater control, and then discusses the development of the MCTT. Chapter 5 presents the results of the pilot-
 scale tests of the MCTT conducted in Birmingham and the preliminary test results from the full-scale tests being
 conducted in Wisconsin. Chapter 6 includes the general design procedure for the MCTT, including an example
design for a Detroit site. Appendices A, B, and C include detailed observations obtained during this research.
 Appendix D reviews receiving effects from stormwater, while Appendix E is an excerpt from the project Quality
 Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) describing the laboratory analytical methods used during this project.

 This is one of three project reports prepared for this cooperative  agreement. The other two volumes describe tests of
 stormwater inlets and stormwater filtering media for their ability to reduce concentrations of stormwater pollutants.
 Previous reporting efforts of this cooperative agreement included an earlier report (and a book published by Ann
Arbor Press) on groundwater effects of stormwater infiltration, a soon-to-be published book (CRC/Lewis) on
 conducting receiving water studies, and numerous technical conference presentations and published articles, many
through the Engineering Foundation/ASCE series of stormwater conferences.

-------
                                               Chapter 2
                          Sources of Urban Stormwater Pollutants
 Urban runoff is comprised of many separate source area flow components that are combined within the drainage
 area and at the outfall before entering the receiving water. It may be adequate to consider the combined outfall
 conditions alone when evaluating the long term, areawide effects of many separate outfall discharges to a receiving
 water. However, if better predictions of outfall characteristics (or the effects of source area controls) are needed,
 then the separate source area components must be characterized. The discharge at the outfall is made up of a mixture
 of contributions from different source areas. The "mix" depends on the characteristics of the drainage area and the
 specific rain event. The effectiveness of source area controls is therefore highly site and storm specific.

 Various urban source areas all contribute different quantities of runoff and pollutants, depending on their specific
 characteristics. Impervious source areas may contribute most of the runoff during small rain events. Examples of
 these source areas include paved parking lots,  streets, driveways, roofs, and sidewalks. Pervious source areas
 become important contributors for larger rain events. These pervious source areas include gardens, lawns, bare
 ground, unpaved parking areas and driveways, and undeveloped areas. The relative importance of the individual
 sources is a function of their areas, their pollutant washoff potentials, and the rain characteristics.

 The washoff of debris and soil during a rain is dependent on the energy of the rain and the properties of the material.
 Pollutants are also removed from source areas by winds, litter pickup, or other cleanup activities. The runoff and
 pollutants from the source areas flow directly into the drainage system, onto impervious  areas that are directly
 connected to the drainage system,  or onto pervious areas that will attenuate some of the flows and pollutants, before
 they discharge to the drainage system .

 Sources of pollutants on paved areas include on-site particulate storage that cannot be removed by usual processes
 e.g., rain, wind, street cleaning, etc. Atmospheric deposition, deposition from activities on these paved surfaces (auto
traffic, material storage, etc.) and the erosion of material from upland areas that directly discharge flows onto these
areas, are the major sources of pollutants to the paved areas. Pervious areas contribute pollutants mainly through
 erosion processes where the rain energy dislodges soil from between plants. The runoff from these source areas
enter the storm drainage system where sedimentation in catchbasins or in the sewerage may affect their ultimate
discharge to the outfall. In-stream  physical, biological, and chemical processes affect the pollutants after they are
discharged to the ultimate receiving water.

 It is important to know when the different source areas become "active" (when runoff initiates from the area,
carrying pollutants to the drainage system). If pervious  source areas are not contributing runoff or pollutants, then
the prediction of urban runoff quality is much  simplified. The mechanisms of washoff, and delivery yields of runoff
 and pollutants from paved areas, is much better known than from pervious urban areas (Novotny and Chesters
 1981). In many cases, pervious areas are not active except during rain events greater than at least five or ten mm.
 For smaller rain depths, almost all of the runoff and pollutants originate from impervious surfaces (Pitt 1987).
 However, in many urban areas, pervious areas may contribute the majority of the runoff, and some pollutants, when
 rain depths are greater than about 20 mm. The actual importance of the different source areas is highly dependent on
 the specific land use and rainfall patterns. Obviously, in areas having relatively low density development, especially
 where moderate and large sized rains occur frequently (such as in the Southeast), pervious areas typically dominate
 outfall discharges. In contrast, in areas having significant paved areas, especially where most rains are relatively
 small (such as in the  arid west), the impervious areas would dominate outfall discharges. The effectiveness of
 different source controls would therefore be quite different for different land uses and climatic patterns.

-------
 If the number of events exceeding a water quality objective are important, then the small rain events are of most
 concern. Stormwater runoff typically exceeds some water quality standards for practically every rain event
 (especially for bacteria and some heavy metals). In the upper Midwest, the median rain depth is about 6 mm, while
 in the Southeast, the median rain depth is about twice this depth. For these small rain depths and for most urban land
 uses, directly connected paved areas usually contribute most of the runoff and pollutants. However, if annual mass
 discharges are more important, e.g. for long-term effects, then the moderate rains are more important. Rains from
 about 10 to 50 mm produce most of the annual runoff volume in many areas of the U.S. Runoff from both
 impervious and pervious areas can be very important for these rains. The largest rains (greater than 100 mm) are
 relatively rare and do not contribute significant amounts of runoff pollutants during normal years, but are very
 important for drainage design. The specific source  areas that are most important (and controllable) for these different
 conditions vary widely.

 The remaining portions of this chapter describe sources of urban runoff flows and pollutants as reported from many
 past studies as found in the literature. This chapter also reports on the specific source area sampling activities
 conducted as part of this EPA funded research.

 Sources and Characteristics of Urban Runoff Pollutants
 It has been known for many years that the vast majority of stormwater toxicants and much of the conventional
 pollutants are associated with automobile use and maintenance activities and that these pollutants are strongly
 associated with the particulates suspended in the stormwater (the non-filterable components, or suspended solids). It
 has been difficult to reduce or modify automobile use to reduce the use of these compounds, with the notable
 exception of the phasing out of leaded gasoline. Current activities, concentrated in the San Francisco area, are trying
to encourage brake pad manufactures to reduce the  use of copper. The effectiveness of most stormwater control
 practices is therefore dependent on their ability to remove these particles from the water, or possibly from
 intermediate accumulating locations (such as streets or other surfaces) and not through source reduction. The
 removal of these particles from stormwater is dependent on various characteristics of these particles, especially their
 size and settling rates.  Some source area controls (most notably street cleaning) affect the particles before they are
washed-off and transported by the runoff, while others remove the particles from the flowing water. This discussion
therefore summarizes the accumulation and washoff of these particulates and the particle size distribution of the
suspended solids in stormwater runoff to better understand the effectiveness of source area control practices.

Table 2.1 shows that most of the organic compounds found in stormwater are associated with various human-related
activities,  especially automobile and pesticide use, or are associated with plastics (Verschueren 1983). Heavy metals
 found in stormwater also mostly originate  from automobile use activities, including gasoline combustion, brake
 lining, fluids (brake fluid, transmission oil, anti-freeze, grease, etc.), undercoatings, and tire wear (Durum 1974,
 Koeppe 1977, Rubin 1976, Shaheen 1975, Solomon andNatusch  1977, and Wilbur and Hunter 1980). Auto repair,
pavement wear, and deicing compound use also contribute heavy metals to stormwater (Field, et al. 1973, and
 Shaheen 1975). Shaheen (1975) found that eroding area soils are the major source of the particulates in stormwater.
The eroding area soil particles, and the particles associated with road surface wear, become contaminated with
exhaust emissions and runoff containing the polluting compounds. Most of these compounds become tightly bound
to these particles and are then transported through the urban area and drainage system (or removed) with the
particulates.  Stormwater concentrations of zinc, fluoranthene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, and pyrene are unique in that
 substantial fractions of these  compounds remain in  the water  and are less associated with the particulates.

 All areas are affected by atmospheric deposition, while other sources of pollutants are specific to the activities
 conducted on the areas. As examples, the ground surfaces of unpaved equipment or material storage areas can
 become contaminated by spills and debris, while undeveloped land remaining relatively unspoiled by activities can
 still contribute runoff solids,  organics, and nutrients, if eroded. Atmospheric deposition, deposition from activities
 on paved surfaces, and the erosion of material from upland unconnected areas are the major sources of pollutants in
 urban areas.

-------
 Table 2.1. Uses and Sources for Organic Compounds found in Stormwater (Source: Verschueren 1983)

 COMPOUND	EXAMPLE USE/SOURCE	
 Phenol                   gasoline, exhaust
 N-Nitroso-cfi-n-propylamine  contaminant of herbicide Treflan
 Hexachloroethane         plasticizer in cellulose esters, minor use in rubber and insecticide
 Nitrobenzene             solvent, rubber, lubricants
 2,4-Dimethylphenol         asphalt, fuel, plastics, pesticides
 Hexachlorobutadiene       rubber and polymer solvent, transformer and hydraulic oil
 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol    germicide; preservative for glues, gums, inks, textile, and leather
 Pentachlorophenol         insecticide, algaecide, herbicide, & fungicide mfg., wood preservative
 Fluoranthene              gasoline, motor and lubricating oil, wood preservative
 Pyrene                   gasoline, asphalt, wood preservative, motor oil
 Di-n-octylphthalate	general use of plastics	


 There have been many studies in the past that have examined different sources of urban runoff pollutants. These
 references have been reviewed as part of this  study and the results are summarized in this section. These significant
 pollutants have been shown to have a potential for creating various receiving water impact problems, as described in
 Appendix D of this report. Most of these potential problem pollutants typically have significant concentration
 increases in the urban feeder creeks and sediments, as compared to areas not affected by urban runoff.

 The important sources of these pollutants are  related to various uses and processes. Automobile related potential
 sources usually affect road dust and dirt quality more importantly than other paniculate components of the runoff
 system. The road dust and dirt quality is affected by vehicle fluid drips and spills (gasoline, oils, etc.) and vehicle
exhaust, along with various vehicle wear, local soil erosion, and pavement wear products. Urban landscaping
 practices potentially affecting urban runoff include vegetation litter, fertilizer and pesticide. Miscellaneous sources
 of urban runoff pollutants include firework debris, wildlife and domestic pet wastes and possibly industrial and
 sanitary wastewaters. Wet and dry atmospheric contributions both affect runoff quality. Pesticide use  in an urban
 area can contribute significant quantities of various toxic materials to urban runoff. Many manufacturing and
 industrial activities, including the combustion of fuels, also affects urban runoff quality.

Natural weathering and erosion products of rocks contribute the majority of the hardness and iron in urban runoff
pollutants. Road dust and associated automobile use activities (gasoline exhaust products) historically contributed
most of the lead in urban runoff. However, the decrease of lead in gasoline has resulted in current stormwater lead
concentrations being about 1/10 of the levels found in stormwater in the early 1970s (Bannerman, et al. 1993). In
certain situations, paint chipping can also be a major source of lead in urban areas. Road dust contaminated by tire
wear products, and zinc plated metal erosion material, contribute most of the zinc to urban runoff. Urban
 landscaping activities can be a major source of cadmium (Phillips and Russo 1978). Electroplating and ore
processing activities can also contribute chromium and cadmium.

Many pollutant sources are specific to a particular area and on-going activities. For example, iron oxides are
associated with welding operations and strontium, used in the production of flares and fireworks, would probably be
found on the streets in greater quantities around holidays, or at the scenes of traffic accidents, The relative
 contribution of each of these potential urban runoff sources, is, therefore, highly variable, depending upon specific
 site conditions and seasons.

 Specific information is presented in the following subsections concerning the qualities of various rocks and soils,
 urban and rural dustfall, and precipitation. This information is presented to assist in the interpretation of the source
 area runoff samples collected as part of this project.

 Chemical Quality of Rocks and Soils
 The abundance of common elements in the lithosphere (the earth's crust) is shown in Table 2.2 (Lindsay 1979).
 Almost half of the lithosphere is oxygen and about 25 percent is silica. Approximately 8 percent is aluminum and 5
 percent is iron. Elements comprising between 2 percent and 4 percent of the lithosphere include calcium, sodium,
 potassium and magnesium. Because of the great abundance of these materials in the lithosphere, urban runoff
 transports only a relatively small portion of these elements to receiving waters, compared to natural processes. Iron

-------
 and aluminum can both cause detrimental effects in receiving waters, if in their dissolved forms. A reduction of the
 pH substantially increases the abundance of dissolved metals. Table 2.3, also from Lindsay (1979), shows the
 rankings for common elements in soils. These rankings are quite similar to the values shown previously for the
 lithosphere. Natural soils can contribute pollutants to urban runoff through local erosion. Again, iron and aluminum
 are very high on this list and receiving water concentrations of these metals are not expected to be significantly
 affected by urban activities alone.

 Table 2.2 Common Elements in the Lithosphere
 (Source: Lindsay 1979)
Abundance Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Element
O
Si
Al
Fe
Ca
Na
K
Mg
P
C
Mn
F
S
Cl
Ba
Rb
Zr
Cr
Sr
V
Ni
Concentration
in Lithosphere
(mg/kg)
465,000
276,000
81,000
51,000
36,000
28,000
26,000
21,000
1,200
950
900
625
600
500
430
280
220
200
150
150
100
Table 2.3 Common Elements in Soils (Source: Lindsay 1979)
Abundance
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Element
O
Si
Al
Fe
C
Ca
K
Na
Mg
Ti
N
S
Mn
P
Ba
Zr
F
Sr
Cl
Cr
V
Typical
Minimum
(mg/kg)

230,000
10,000
7,000

7,000
400
750
600
1,000
200
30
20
200
100
60
10
50
20
1
20
Typical
Maximum
(mg/kg)

350,000
300,000
550,000

500,000
30,000
7,500
6,000
10,000
4,000
10,000
3,000
5,000
3,000
2,000
4,000
1,000
900
1,000
500
Typical
Average
(mg/kg)
490,000
320,000
71 ,000
38,000
20,000
13,700
8,300
6,300
5,000
4,000
1,400
700
600
600
430
300
200
200
100
100
100

-------
 The values shown on these tables are expected to vary substantially, depending upon the specific mineral types.
 Arsenic is mainly concentrated in iron and manganese oxides, shales, clays, sedimentary rocks and phosphorites.
 Mercury is concentrated mostly in sulfide ores, shales and clays. Lead is fairly uniformly distributed, but can be
 concentrated in clayey sediments and sulfide deposits. Cadmium can also be concentrated in shales, clays and
 phosphorites (Durum 1974).
 Street Dust and Dirt Pollutant Sources

 Characteristics
 Most of the street surface dust and dirt material (by weight) are local soil erosion products, while some materials are
 contributed by motor vehicle emissions and wear (Shaheen  1975). Minor contributions are made by erosion of street
 surfaces in good condition. The specific makeup of street surface contaminants is a function of many conditions and
 varies widely (Pitt 1979).

 Automobile tire wear is a major source of zinc in urban runoff and is mostly deposited on street surfaces and nearby
 adjacent areas. About half of the airborne particulates lost due to tire wear settle out on the street and the majority of
 the remaining  particulates settle within about 6 meters of the roadway. Exhaust particulates, fluid losses, drips, spills
 and mechanical wear products can all contribute lead to street dirt. Many heavy metals are important pollutants
 associated with automobile activity. Most of these automobile pollutants affect parking lots and street surfaces.
 However, some of the automobile related materials also affect areas  adjacent to the streets after being transported by
 wind after being resuspended from the road surface by traffic-induced turbulence.

 Automobile exhaust particulates contribute many important heavy metals to street surface particulates and to urban
 runoff and receiving waters. The most notable of these heavy metals has been lead. However, since the late 1980s,
 the concentrations of lead in stormwater has decreased substantially  (by about ten times) compared to early 1970
 observations. This decrease, of course, is associated with  significantly decreased consumption of leaded gasoline.
 Solomon and Natusch (1977) studied automobile exhaust particulates in conjunction with a comprehensive study of
 lead in the Champaign-Urbana, Illinois  area. They found  that the exhaust particulates existed in two distinct
 morphological forms. The smallest particulates were almost perfectly spherical, having diameters in the range of 0.1
 to 0.5 um. These small particles consisted almost entirely of PbBrCl at the time of emission. Because they are small,
they are expected to remain airborne for considerable distances and can be captured in the lungs when inhaled. They
 concluded that the small particles are formed by condensation of PbBrCl vapor onto small nucleating centers, which
 are probably introduced into the engine with the filtered engine air.

 Solomon and Natusch (1977) also found that the second major form  of automobile exhaust particulates were rather
 large, being roughly 10 to 20 um in diameter. These had typically irregular shapes, with somewhat smooth surfaces.
They found that the elemental compositions of these irregular particles were quite variable, being predominantly
 iron, calcium, lead, chlorine and bromine. They found that individual particles did contain aluminum, zinc, sulfur,
phosphorus and some carbon, chromium, potassium, sodium, nickel  and thallium. Many of these elements (bromine,
carbon, chlorine, chromium, potassium, sodium, nickel, phosphorus, lead, sulfur, and thallium) are most likely
condensed, or adsorbed, onto the surfaces of these larger  particles during passage through the exhaust system. They
believed that these large particles originate in the engine or exhaust system because of their very high iron content.
They found that 50 to 70 percent of the  emitted lead was  associated with these large particles, which would be
 deposited within a few meters of the emission point onto  the roadway, because of their aerodynamic properties.

 Solomon and Natusch (1977) also examined urban particulates near  roadways and homes in urban  areas. They found
that lead concentrations in soils were higher near roads and houses. This indicated the capability of road dust and
 peeling house paint to contaminate nearby soils. The lead content of the soils ranged from 130 to about 1,200 mg/kg.
 Koeppe (1977), during another element of the Champaign-Urbana lead study, found that lead was tightly bound to
 various soil components. However, the  lead did not remain in one location, but it was transported both downward in
the soil profile and to adjacent areas through both natural and man-assisted processes.

-------
Street Dirt Accumulation
The washoff of street dirt and the effectiveness of street cleaning as a stormwater control practice are highly
dependent on the available street dirt loading. Street dirt loadings are the result of deposition and removal rates, plus
"permanent storage." The permanent storage component is a function of street texture and condition and is the
quantity of street dust and dirt that cannot be removed naturally or by street cleaning equipment. It is literally
trapped in the texture, or cracks, of the street. The street dirt loading at any time is this initial permanent loading plus
the accumulation amount corresponding to the exposure period, minus the re-suspended material removal by wind
and traffic-induced turbulence. Removal of street dirt can occur naturally by winds and rain, or by human activity
(by the turbulence of traffic or by street cleaning equipment). Very little removal occurs by any process when the
street dirt loadings are small, but wind removal may be very large with larger loadings,  especially for smooth streets
(Pitt 1979).

Figure 2.1 shows very different street dirt loadings for two San Jose, CA, residential study areas (Pitt 1979). The
accumulation and deposition rates (and therefore the amounts lost to air) are quite similar, but the initial loading
values (the permanent storage values) are very different. The loading differences we7re almost solely caused by the
different street textures. Table 2.4 summarizes many accumulation rate measurements obtained from throughout
North America. In the earliest studies (APWA 1969; Sartor and Boyd 1972; and Shaheen 1975) it was assumed that
the initial  street dirt loading values after a major rain or street cleaning were zero. Calculated accumulation rates for
rough streets were therefore very large. Later tests measured the initial loading values close to the end of major rains
and street cleaning and found that they could be very high, depending on the street texture. When these starting
loadings were considered, the calculated accumulation rates were therefore much  lower. The early, uncorrected,
Sartor and Boyd accumulation rates that ignored the initial loading values were almost ten times the correct values
shown on  this table. Unfortunately, most urban stormwater models used these very high early accumulation rates as
default values.

The most important factors affecting the initial loading and maximum loading values shown on Table 2.4 were
found to be street texture  and street condition. When data from many locations are studied, it is apparent that smooth
streets have substantially  less loadings at any accumulation period compared to rough streets for the same land use.
Very long accumulation periods relative to the rain frequency resultant in high street dirt loadings. During these
conditions, the wind losses of street dirt (as fugitive dust) may approximate the deposition rate, resulting in
relatively constant street dirt loadings. At Bellevue, WA, typical interevent rain periods average about 3 days.
Relatively constant street dirt loadings were observed in Bellevue because the frequent rains kept the loadings low
and very close to the  initial storage value, with little observed increase in dirt accumulation overtime (Pitt 1985). In
Castro Valley, CA, the rain interevent periods were much longer (ranging from about 20 to  100 days) and steady
loadings were only observed after about 30 days when the loadings became very high and fugitive dust losses
caused by the winds and traffic turbulence moderated the loadings (Pitt and Shawley 1982).

An example of the type of research conducted to obtain the values shown in Table 2.4 was conducted by Pitt and
McLean (1986) in Toronto. They measured street dirt accumulation rates and the effects of street cleaning as part of
a comprehensive stormwater research project. An industrial street with heavy traffic and a residential street with
light traffic were monitored about twice a week for three months. At the beginning of this period, intensive street
cleaning (one pass per day for each of three consecutive days) was conducted to obtain reasonably clean streets.
Street dirt loadings were then monitored every few days to measure the accumulation rates of street dirt. Street dirt
sampling procedures  developed by Pitt (1979) were used: powerful industrial vacuums (two units, each having 2
HP, combined with a "Y" connector, and using a 6 in. wide solid aluminum head) were used to clean many separate
subsample strips across the roads which were then combined for physical and chemical analyses.

In Toronto, the  street dirt particulate loadings were quite high before the initial intensive street cleaning period and
were reduced to their lowest observed levels immediately after the last street  cleaning. After street cleaning, the
loadings on the industrial street increased much faster than for the residential street. Right after intensive cleaning,
the street dirt particle sizes were also similar for the two land uses. However, the loadings of larger particles on the
industrial  street increased at a much faster rate than on the residential street, indicating more erosion or tracking
materials being deposited onto the industrial street. The residential street dirt measurements did not indicate that any
material was lost to the atmosphere as fugitive dust, likely due to the low street dirt accumulation rate and the short

-------
 2600
                                                  30
               DAYS SINCE LAST CLEANED
Figure 2.1 Deposition and accumulation of street dirt (Pitt 1979).
                          10

-------
Table 2.4  Street Dirt Loadings and Deposition Rates
                                                    Mreet Dirt Loadings (grams/curb-meter) and Deposition Rates (grams/curb-meter-day)

Smooth and Intermediate Textured Streets
Reno/Sparks, NV - good condition
Reno/Sparks, NV - good with smooth gutters (windy)
San Jose, CA - good condition
U S nationwide - residential streets, good condition
U S nationwide - commercial streets, good condition
Reno/Sparks, NV - moderate to poor condition
Reno/Sparks NV - new residential area (construction)
Reno/Sparks, NV - poor condition, with lipped gutters
San Jose CA - fair to poor condition
Castro Valley, CA - moderate condition
Ottawa Ontario - moderate condition
Toronto Ontario - moderate condition, residential
Toronto Ontario - moderate condition, industrial
Bcllevue WA - dry period, moderate condition
Bellevue, WA - heavy traffic
Bellevue WA - other residential sites

average:
range:


Rough and Very Rough Textured Streets
San Jose, CA - oil and screens overlay
Ottawa, Ontario - very rough
Reno/Sparks, NV
Reno/Sparks, NV - windy
San Jose, CA - poor condition
Ottawa, Ontario - rough
U S nationwide - industrial streets (poor condition)

average:
range:
Initial Loading
Value

80
• 250
35
110
85
200
710
370
80
85
40
40
60
140
60
70

150
35-710



510
TuT
630"
540
220~
200
190

370
190-630
Daily
Deposition
Rate

1
7
4
6
4
2
17
15
4
10
20
3V
40
6
1
3

9
1 -40



6
20
10
34
6
20
10

' Is
6-34
Maximum
Observed
Loading

85
400
>140
140
140
200
910
630
230
290
na
100
351
>230
110
140

>270
85-910



>7IO
na
860
> 1,400
430
na
370

>750
370 -> 1,400
Days to Observed
Maximum
Loading

5
30
>50
5
5
5
15
35
70
70
na
>IO
>10
20
30
30

>25
5-70



>50
na
35
>40
30
na
10

>30
10->50
Reference

Pill and Sutherland 1982
Pitt and Sutherland 1982
Pill 1979
Sartor and Boyd 1972 (corrected)
Sartor and Boyd 1972 (corrected)
Ml and Sutherland 1982
'ill and Sutherland 1982
Pitt and Sutherland 1982
Pill 1979
Put and Shawley 1982
Pill 1983
3itt and McLean 1986
'ill and McLean 1986
Pitt 1984
'ill 1984
Pill 1984






Pill 1979
Pill 1983
Pitt and Sutherland 1982
Pitt and Sutherland 1982
Pitt 1979
Pitt 1983
Sartor and Boyd 1972 (corrected)


1

-------
 periods of time between rains. The street dirt loadings never had the opportunity to reach the high loading values
 needed before they could be blown from the streets by winds or by traffic-induced turbulence. The industrial street,
 in contrast, had a much greater street dirt accumulation rate and was able to reach the critical loading values needed
 for fugitive losses in the relatively short periods between the rains.


 Washoff of Street Dirt
 The Yalin equation relates the sediment carrying capacity to runoff flow rate (Yalin 1963). Yalin stated that
 sediment motion begins when the lift force of flow exceeds a critical lift force. Once a particle is lifted, the drag
 force of the flow moves it downstream until the weight of the particle forces it back  down. The Yalin equation is
 used to predict particle transport, for specific particle sizes, on a weight per unit flow width basis. It is used for fully
 turbulent channel flow conditions, typical of shallow overland flow in urban areas. The receding limb (tail) of a
 hydrograph may have laminar flow conditions, and the suspended sediment carried in the previously turbulent flows
 would settle out. The predicted constant Yalin sediment load would therefore only occur during periods of rain, and,
 the sediment load would decrease, due to sedimentation, after the rain stops. The critical particle bedload tractive
 force, the tractive force at which the particle begins to move, can be obtained from the Shield's diagram. However,
 Shen (1981) warned that the Shield's diagram alone cannot be used to predict "self-cleaning" velocities, as it gives
 only a lower limit below which deposition will occur. It defines the boundary between bed movement and stationary
 bed conditions. The Shield's diagram does not consider the particulate supply rate in relationship to the particulate
 transport rate. Reduced particulate transport occurs if the sediment supply rate is less than the transport rate. The
 Yalin equation by itself is therefore not sensitive to particulate supply; it only predicts the carrying capacity of
 flowing waters.

 Besides the particulate  supply rate, the Yalin equation is also very sensitive to local flow parameters (specifically
 gutter flow depth). Therefore, a hydraulic model that can accurately predict sheetflow across impervious surfaces
 and gutter flow is needed. Sutherland and McCuen (1978) statistically analyzed a modified form of the Yalin
 equation, in conjunction with a hydraulic model for different gutter flow conditions. Except for the largest particle
 sizes, the effect of rain  intensity on particle washoff was found to be negligible.

 The Yalin equation is based on classical sediment transport equations, and requires some assumptions concerning
the micro-scale aspects of gutter flows and street dirt distributions. The Yalin equation, as typically used in urban
stormwater evaluations, assumes that all particles  lie within the gutter, and no significant washoff occurs by
sheetflows traveling across the street towards the gutter. The early measurements of across-the-street dirt
distributions made  by Sartor and Boyd (1972) indicated that about 90 percent of the street dirt was within about 30
cm of the curb face (typically within the gutter area). These measurements, however,  were made in areas of no
parking (near fire hydrants because of the need for water for the sampling procedures that were used), and the traffic
turbulence was capable of blowing most of the street dirt against the curb barrier (or over the curb onto adjacent
sidewalks or landscaped areas) (Shaheen 1975). In later tests, Pitt (1979) and Pitt and Sutherland (1982) examined
street dirt distributions across-the-street in many additional situations. They found distributions similar to Sartor and
Boyd's observations only on smooth streets, with  moderate to heavy traffic, and with no on-street parking. In many
cases, most of the street dirt was actually in the driving  lanes, trapped by the texture of rough streets. If extensive
on-street parking was common, much of the street dirt was found on the outside edge of the parking lanes, where
much of the resuspended (in air) street dirt blew against the parked cars and settled to the pavement.

Another process that may result in washoff less than predicted by Yalin is bed armoring (Sutherland, et al, 1982). As
the smaller particulates are removed, the surface is covered by predominantly larger particulates which are not
effectively washed-off by rain. Eventually, these larger particulates hinder the washoff of the trapped, under-lying,
 smaller particulates. Debris on the street, especially leaves, can also effectively armor the particulates, reducing the
 washoff of particulates  to very low levels (Singer and Blackard 1978).

 Observations of particulate washoff during controlled tests using actual streets and natural street dirt and debris are
 affected by street dirt distributions and armoring.  The earliest controlled street dirt washoff experiments were
 conducted by Sartor and Boyd (1972) during the summer of 1970 in Bakersfield, CA. Their data was used in many
 stormwater models (including SWMM, Huber and Heaney  1981; STORM, COE 1975; and HSPF, Donigian and
 Crawford 1976) to estimate the percentage of the  available particulates on the streets that would wash off during
                                                    12

-------
rains of different magnitudes. Sartor and Boyd used a rain simulator having many nozzles and a drop height of 1-1/2
to 2 meters in street test areas of about 5 by 10 meters. Tests were conducted on concrete, new asphalt, and old
asphalt, using simulated rain intensities of about 5 and 20 mm/hr. They collected and analyzed runoff samples every
15 minutes for about two hours for each test. Sartor and Boyd fitted their data to an exponential curve, assuming that
the rate of particle removal of a given size is proportional to the street dirt loading and the constant rain intensity:

                 dN/dt = krN

        where:   dN/dt = the change in street dirt loading per unit time
                 k = proportionality constant
                 r = rain intensity (in/hr)
                 N = street dirt loading (Ib/curb-mile)

This equation, upon integration, becomes:

                 N = N0e-krt

        where:  N = residual street dirt load (after the rain)
                 N0 = initial street dirt load
                 t = rain duration

Street dirt washoff is therefore equal to N0 minus N.  The variable combination rt, or rain intensity (in/h) times rain
duration (h), is equal to total rain depth (R), in inches. This equation then further reduces to:

                 N = N0e'KR

Therefore, this equation is only sensitive to the total depth of the rain that has fallen  since the beginning of the rain,
and not rain intensity. Because of decreasing particulate supplies, the exponential washoff curve also predicts
decreasing concentrations of particulates with time since the start of a constant rain (Alley 1980 and 1981).

The proportionality constant, k, was found by Sartor and Boyd to be slightly dependent on street texture and
condition, but was independent of rain intensity and particle size. The value of this constant is usually taken as
0.18/mm,  assuming that 90 percent of the particulates will be washed from a paved surface in  1 h during a 13 mrn/h
rain. However, Alley (1981) fitted this model to watershed outfall runoff data and found that the constant varied for
different storms and pollutants for a single study area. Novotny (as part of Bannerman, et al. 1983) also examined
"before" and "after" rain event street particulate loading data from the Milwaukee Nationwide Urban Runoff
Program (NURP) project and found almost a three-fold difference between the constant value  of k for fine (<45 um)
and medium sized particles (100 to 250 um). The calculated values were 0.026/mm for the fine particles and
0.01/mm for the medium sized particles, both much less than the "accepted" value of 0.18/mm. Jewell, et al. (1980)
also found large variations in outfall "fitted" constant values for different rains compared to the typical default
value. Either the assumption of the high removal of particulates during the 13 mm/hr storm was incorrect or/and the
equation cannot be fitted to outfall data (most likely, as this would require that all the particulates are originating
from homogeneous paved surfaces during all storm conditions).

This washoff equation  has been used in many stormwater models, along with an expression for an availability factor.
An availability factor is needed, as N0 is only the portion of the total street load available for washoff. This
availability factor (the  fraction of the total street dirt loading available for washoff) is generally used as 1.0 for all
rain intensities greater  than about 18 mm/hr and reduces to about 0.10 for rains of 1  mm/hr.

The Bellevue, WA, urban runoff project (Pitt 1985) included about 50 pairs of street dirt loading observations close
to the beginnings and ends of rains. These "before" and "after" loading values were compared to determine
significant differences in loadings that may have been caused by the rains. The observations were affected by rains
falling directly on the streets, along with flows and particulates originating from non-street areas. The net loading
differences were therefore affected by street dirt washoff (by direct rains on the street surfaces and by gutter flows
                                                     13

-------
 augmented by "upstream" area runoff) and by erosion products that originated from non-street areas that may have
 settled out in the gutters. When all the data were considered together, the net loading difference was about 10 to 13
 g/curb-m removed. This amounted to a street dirt load reduction of about 15 percent, which was much less than
 predicted using either of the two previously described washoff models. Very large reductions in street dirt loadings
 during rains were observed in Bellevue for the smallest particles, but the largest particles actually increased in
 loadings (due to deposited erosion materials originating from off-street areas). The particles were not source limited,
 but armor shielding may have been important. Most of the particulates in the runoff were in the fine particle sizes
 (<63 |um). Very few particles greater than 1000 um were found in the washoff water. Care must be taken to not
 confuse street dirt particle size distributions with stormwater runoff particle size distributions. The stormwater
 particle size distributions are much more biased towards the smaller sizes, as described later.

 Suspended solids washoff predictions for Bellevue conditions were made using the Sutherland and McCuen
 modification of the Yalin equation, and the Sartor and Boyd equation. Three particle size groups (<63,250-500, and
 2000-6350 um), and three rains, having  depths of 5, 10, and 20 mm and 3-h durations, were considered. The gutter
 lengths for the Bellevue test areas averaged about 80 m, with gutter slopes of about 4.5 percent. Typical total initial
 street dirt loadings for the three particle sizes were: 9 g/curb-m for <63 um, 18 g/curb-m for 250-500 um, and 9
 g/curb-m for 2000-6350 um. The actual Bellevue net loading removals during the storms were about 45  percent for
 the smallest particle size group, 17 percent for the middle particle size group, and -6 percent (6 percent loading
 increase) for the largest particle size group. The predicted removals were  90 to 100 percent using the Sutherland and
 McCuen method, 61 to 98 percent using the Sartor and Boyd equation, and 8 to 37 percent using the availability
 factor with the Sartor and Boyd equation. The ranges given reflect the different rain volumes and intensities only.
 There were no large predicted differences in removal percentages as a function of particle size. The availability
 factor with the Sartor and Boyd equation resulted in the closest predicted values, but the great differences in washoff
 as a function of particle size was not predicted.

 The Bellevue street dirt washoff observations included effects of additional runoff water and particulates originating
 from non-street areas. The additional flows should have produced more gutter paniculate washoff,  but upland
 erosion materials may also have settled in the gutters (as noted for the large particles). However, across-the-street
 particulate loading measurements indicated that much of the street dirt was in the street lanes, not in the gutters,
 before and after rains. This particulate distribution reduces the importance of these extra flows and particulates  from
 upland areas. The increased loadings of the largest particles after rains were obviously caused by upland erosion, but
 the magnitude of the settled amounts was quite small compared to the total street dirt loadings.

 In order to clarify street dirt washoff, Pitt (1987) conducted numerous controlled washoff tests on city streets in
 Toronto. These tests were arranged as an overlapping series of 23 factorial tests, and were analyzed using standard
 factorial test procedures described by  Box, et al. (1978). The experimental factors examined included: rain intensity,
street texture, and street dirt loading. The differences between available and total street dirt loads were also related
to the experimental factors. The samples were analyzed for total solids (total residue), dissolved solids (filterable
residue: <0.45 um), and SS (particulate residue: >0.45 um). Runoff samples were also filtered through 0.45 um
filters and the filters were microscopically analyzed (using low power polarized light microscopes to differentiate
between inorganic and organic debris) to determine particulate size distributions from about 1 to 500 um. The runoff
flow quantities were also carefully monitored to determine the magnitude  of initial and total rain water losses on
 impervious surfaces.

The total solids concentrations varied from about 25 to 3000 mg/L, with an obvious decrease in concentrations  with
 increasing rain depths during these constant rain intensity tests. No concentrations greater than 500 mg/L occurred
after about 2 mm of rain, while all concentrations after about 10 mm of rain were less than 100 mg/L. Total solids
 concentrations were independent of the test conditions. A wide range in runoff concentrations was also observed for
 SS, with concentrations ranging from about 1 to 3000  mg/L. Again, a decreasing trend  of concentrations was seen
with increasing rain depths, but the data scatter was larger because of the experimental factors. The dissolved solids
 (<0.45 um) concentrations ranged from about 20 to 900 mg/L, comprising a surprisingly large percentage of the
total solids loadings. For small rain depths, dissolved solids comprised up to 90 percent of the total solids. After 10
 mm of rain depth, the filterable residue concentrations were all less than about 50 mg/L.
                                                    14

-------
Manual particle size analyses were also conducted on the suspended solids washoff samples, using a microscope
with a calibrated recticle. Figures 2.2 and 2.3 are examples of particle size distributions for two tests. These plots
show the percentage of the particles that were less than various sizes, by measured particle volume (assumed to be
similar to weight). The plots also indicate median particle sizes of about 10 to 50 (am, depending on when the
sample was obtained during the washoff tests. All of the distributions showed surprisingly similar trends of particle
sizes with elapsed rain depth. The median size for the sample obtained at about 1 mm of rain was much greater than
for the samples taken after more rain. The median particle sizes of material remaining on the streets after the
washoff tests were also much larger than for most of the runoff samples, but were quite close to the initial samples'
median particle sizes. The washoff water at the very beginning of the test rains therefore contained many more
larger particles than during later portions of the rains. Also, a substantial amount of larger particles remained on the
streets after the test rains. Most street runoff waters during test rains in the 5  to 15 mm depth category had median
suspended solids particle sizes of about 10 to 50 urn. However, dissolved solids (less  than 0.45 urn) made up most
of the total solids washoff for elapsed rain depths greater than about 5 mm.

These particle size distributions indicate that the smaller particles were much more important than indicated during
previous tests. As an example, the Sartor and Boyd (1972) washoff tests (rain intensities of 50 mm/h for 2 h
durations) found median particle sizes of about 150 um which were typically three to  five times larger than were
found during these tests. They also did not find any significant particle size distribution differences for different rain
depths (or rain duration), in contrast to the Toronto tests which were conducted at more likely rain intensities (3 to
12 mm/h for 2 h).

The particulate washoff values obtained during these Toronto tests were expressed in units of grams per square
meter and grams per curb-meter,  concentrations (mg/L), and the percent of the total initial loading washed off during
the test. Plots of accumulative washoff are shown on Figures 2.4 through 2.11. These plots show the asymptotic
washoff values observed in the tests, along with the measured total street dirt loadings. The maximum asymptotic
values are the "available" street dirt loadings (N0). The measured total loadings are seen to be several times larger
than these "available" loading values. As an example, the asymptotic available total solids value for the HDS (high
intensity rain, dirty street, smooth street) test (Figure 2.10) was about 3g/m2 while the  total load on the street for this
test was about 14g/m2, or about five times the available load. The differences between available and total loadings
for the other tests were even greater, with the total loads typically about ten times greater than the available loads.
The total loading and available loading values for dissolved solids were quite close, indicating almost complete
washoff of the very small particles. However, the differences between the two loading values for SS were much
greater. Shielding, therefore, may not have been very important during these tests,  as almost all of the smallest
particles were removed, even in the presence of heavy loadings of large particles.

The actual data are shown on these figures, along with the fitted Sartor and Boyd exponential washoff equations. In
many cases, the fitted washoff equations greatly over-predicted suspended solids washoff during the very small rains
(usually less than 1 to 3 mm in depth). In all cases, the fitted washoff equations described suspended solids washoff
very well for rains greater than about 10 mm in depth.

Table 2.5 presents the equation parameters for each of the eight washoff tests for suspended solids. Pitt  (1987)
concluded that particulate washoff should be divided into two main categories, one for high intensity rains with dirty
streets, possibly divided into categories by street texture,  and the other for all other conditions. Factorial tests also
found that the availability factor (the ratio of the available loading, N0, to the total  loading) varied depending on the
rain intensity and the street roughness, as indicated below:

        • Low rain intensity  and rough streets: 0.045
        • High rain  intensity and rough streets, or low rain intensity and smooth streets: 0.075
        • High rain  intensity and smooth streets: 0.20

Obviously, washoff was more efficient for the higher rain energy and smoother pavement tests. The worst case was
for a low rain  intensity and rough street, where only about 4.5% of the street dirt would be washed from the
pavement. In contrast, the high rain intensities on the smooth streets were more than four times more efficient in
removing the street dirt.
                                                    15

-------
                                    20       30       40     '  SO
                                          Particle size (nlcrons)
60
         70
Figure 2.2  Particle size distribution of HDS test (high rain intensity, dirty, and smooth street) (Pitt 1987).
                                          Part I da size (Microns!
Figure 2.J  Particle size distribution for LCR test (light rain intensity, clean, and rough street) (Pitt 1987).
                                                  16

-------
                                                                0,3
                                                                0.2
                                                                         0.65 g/a2
                                                       20
0  ' 5
                                                                           10 ' 15
                                                                                   28
                                           Rain (M)
Figure 2.4 Washoff plots for HCR test (high rain intensity, clean, and rough street) (Pitt 1987).
                                              2   3
                                            Rain (••)
                                                                       1234
 Figure 2.5 Washoff plots for LCR test (light rain intensity, clean, and rough street) (Pitt 1987).
                                             17

-------
                 10  15  20
                                                                           18  15 ' 20
                                          Rain CM)
Figure 2.6  Washoff plots for HDR test (high rain intensity, dirty, and rough street) (Pitt 1987).
                                          Rain (u)





Figura 2.7 Washoff plots for LDR test (light rain intensity, dirty, and rough street) (Pitt 1987).
                                            18

-------
                                     2.0y
                                 I  l.«
0.8


0.7


0.6
                                    0.3-V
                                              1.8 g/B2
                                                                 1.0


                                                                 0.8
                                                                 0.3
                                                                0.2
                                                              M

                                                              " 0.1S
                                                              ^ 0.08'
                   10   IS   20
            10
                                           Rain  (•*)
                15
                                     0.87 g/m2
                                                        20
                                                                     0  'S
                                                                             10
                                                                                 15
Figure 2.8  Washoff plots for HCS test (high rain intensity, clean, and smooth street) (Pitt 1987).
           01234
                                            Roln [ul
 Figure 2.9 Washoff plots for LCS test (light rain intensity, clean, and smooth street) (Pitt 1987).
                                              19

-------
                10   IS  20
                                                                1.3-r
                                                             -£  0.5
                                                                0.3-
                                                             a 0.2-
                                               10  15   20
                                           Rain («)
Figure 2.10  Washoff plots for HDS test (high rain intensity, dirty, and smooth street) (Pitt 1987).
    2.0
                                                                  0   1  1  3  4  5  &
                                          Rain (uil
 Figure 2.11 Washoff plots for LCS replicate test (light rain intensity, clean, and smooth street)
                                         (Pitt 1987).
                                             20

-------
 Table 2.5 Suspended Solids Washoff Coefficients (Pitt 1987)1
Test
condition
code
HCR
LCR
HDR
LDR
HCS
LCS
HDS
L(D)CS
Rain
intensity
category
high
low
high
low
high
low
high
low
Street dirt
loading
category
clean
clean
dirty
dirty
clean
clean
dirty
(actually clean)
Street
texture
category
rough
rough
rough
rough
smooth
smooth
smooth
smooth
Calculated k
0.832
0.344
0.077
0.619
1.007
0.302
0.167
0.335
Standard
error for k
0.064
0.038
0.008
0.052
0.321
0.024
0.015
0.031
Ratio of available
load to total initial
load
0.11
0.061
0.032
0.028
0.26
0.047
0.13
0.11
'Note:
                N = N0eKR

        where:   N = residual street dirt load, after the rain (Ib/curb-mile)
                No = initial street dirt load
                R = rain depth (inches)
                k = proportionality constant (1/hr)
Observed Particle Size Distributions in Stormwater
The particle size distributions of stormwater greatly affect the ability of most controls in reducing pollutant
discharges. This research has included particle size analyses of 121 stormwater samples from three states that were
not affected by stormwater controls (southern New Jersey as part of the inlet tests; Birmingham, Alabama as part of
the MCTT pilot-scale tests; and in Milwaukee and Minocqua, Wisconsin, as part of the MCTT mil-scale tests).
These samples represented stormwater entering the stormwater controls being tested. Particle sizes were measured
using a Coulter  Multi-Sizer He and verified with microscopic, sieve, and settling column tests.  Figures 2.12 through
2.14 are grouped box and whisker plots showing the particle sizes (in um) corresponding to the 10th, 50th (median)
and 90* percentiles of the cumulative distributions. If 90 percent control of SS was desired, then the particles larger
than the 90th percentile would have to be removed, for example. The median particle sizes ranged from 0.6 to 38 um
and averaged  14 um. The 90* percentile sizes ranged from 0.5 to 11 um and averaged 3 um. These particle sizes are
all substantially smaller than  have been typically assumed for stormwater. In all cases, the New Jersey samples had
the smallest particle sizes, followed by Wisconsin, and then Birmingham, AL, which had the largest particles. The
New Jersey samples were obtained from gutter flows in a residential semi-xeroscaped neighborhood, the Wisconsin
samples were obtained from several source areas, including parking areas and gutter flows mostly from residential,
but from some commercial areas, and the Birmingham samples were collected from a long-term parking area.

Atmospheric Sources of Urban  Runoff Pollutants
Atmospheric processes affecting urban runoff pollutants include dry dustfall and precipitation quality. These have
been monitored in many urban and rural areas. In many instances, however, the samples were combined as a bulk
precipitation sample before processing. Automatic precipitation sampling equipment can distinguish between dry
periods of fallout and precipitation. These devices cover and uncover appropriate collection jars exposed to the
atmosphere. Much of this information has been collected as part of the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP)
and the Atmospheric Deposition Program, both sponsored by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA
1983a).

One must be very careful in interpreting this information, however, because of the ability of many polluted dust and
dirt particles to  be resuspended and then redeposited within the urban area. In many cases, the  measured atmospheric
deposition measurements include material that was previously residing and measured in other urban runoff pollutant
source areas.  Also, only small amounts of the atmospheric deposition material  would directly contribute to runoff.
Rain is subjected to infiltration and the dry fall particulates are likely mostly incorporated with surface soils and
                                                   21

-------
            100
            80
            60
            40
            20 -
                      NJ       Wl
                            AREA
                                      AL
 Figure 2.12  Tenth percentlle particle sizes for stormwater inlet flows.
            40
            30
           20
            10
                                      I
                      NJ      Wl      AL
                            AREA
Figure 2.13 Fiftieth percentile particle sizes for stormwater inlet flows.
            15
            10  -
                              1
                      NJ
                              Wl
                            AREA
                                      AL
Figure 2.14  Ninetieth percentile particle sizes for stormwater inlet flows.
                                  22

-------
only small fractions are then eroded during rains. Therefore, mass balances and determinations of urban runoff
deposition and accumulation from different source areas can be highly misleading, unless transfer of material
between source areas and the effective yield of this material to the receiving water is considered. Depending on the
land use, relatively little of the dustfall in urban areas likely contributes to stormwater discharges.

Dustfall and precipitation affect all of the major urban runoff source areas in an urban area. Dustfall, however, is
typically not a major pollutant source but fugitive dust is mostly a mechanism for pollutant transport, as previously
mentioned. Most of the dustfall monitored in an urban area is resuspended particulate matter from street surfaces or
wind erosion products from vacant areas (Pitt 1979). Point source pollutant emissions can also significantly
contribute to dustfall pollution, especially in industrial areas. Transported dust from regional agricultural activities
can also significantly  affect urban stormwater.

Wind transported materials are commonly called "dustfall." Dustfall includes sedimentation, coagulation with
subsequent sedimentation and impaction. Dustfall is normally measured by collecting dry samples, excluding
rainfall and snowfall.  If rainout and washout are included, one has a measure of total atmospheric fallout. This total
atmospheric fallout is sometimes called "bulk precipitation." Rainout removes contaminants from the atmosphere by
condensation processes in clouds, while washout is the removal of contaminants by the falling rain. Therefore,
precipitation can include natural contamination associated with condensation nuclei in addition to collecting
atmospheric pollutants as the rain or snow falls. In some areas, the contaminant contribution by dry deposition is
small, compared to the contribution by precipitation (Malmquist 1978). However, in heavily urbanized areas,
dustfall can contribute more of an annual load than the wet precipitation, especially when dustfall includes
resuspended materials.

Table 2.6 summarizes rain quality reported by several researchers. As expected, the non-urban area rain quality can
be substantially better than urban rain quality. Many of the important heavy metals, however, have not been detected
in rain in many areas of the country. The most important heavy metals found in rain have been lead and zinc,  both
being present in rain in concentrations from about 20 up to several hundred ug/L. It is expected that more recent
lead rainfall concentrations would be substantially less, reflecting the decreased use of leaded gasoline since these
measurements were taken. Iron is also present in relatively high concentrations in rain (about 30 to 40 ug/L).
Table 2.6. Summary of Reported Rain Quality




Suspended solids, mg/L
Volatile suspended solids, mg/L
Inorganic nitrogen, mg/L as N
Ammonia, mg/L as N
Nitrates, mg/L as N
Total phosphates, mg/L as P
Ortho phosphate, mg/L as P
Scandium, ug/L
Titanium, ng/L
Vanadium, ^g/L
Chromium, (ig/L
Manganese, ng/L
Iron, (ig/L
Cobalt, ug/L
Nickel, ug/L
Copper, ug/L
Zinc, ug/L
Lead, ug/L
1 Rubin 1976
2 Wilbur and Hunter 1980
3 Manning, era/. 1976
Rural-
Northwest
(Quilayute,
WA)'







<0.002
nd
nd
<2
2.6
32
0.04
nd
3.1
20




Rural-
Northeast
(Lake George,
NY)1







nd
nd
nd
nd
3.4
35
nd
nd
8.2
30




Urban- Urban- Other
Northwest Midwest Urban3
(Lodi, NJ)2 (Cincinnati, OH)3

13
3.8
0.69
0.7
0.3
<0.1
0.24



1



3
6
44
45



Continental
Avg. (32
locations)1








nd
nd
nd
nd
12

nd
43
21
107




                                                    23

-------
 The concentrations of various urban runoff pollutants associated with dry dustfall are summarized in Table 2.7.
 Urban, rural and oceanic dry dustfall samples contained more than 5,000 mg iron/kg total solids. Zinc and lead were
 present in high concentrations. These constituents can have concentrations of up to several thousand mg of pollutant
 per kg of dry dustfall. Spring, etal. (1978) monitored dry dustfall near a major freeway in Los Angeles. Based on a
 series of samples collected over several months, they found that lead concentrations on and near the freeway can be
 about 3,000 mg/kg, but as low as about 500 mg/kg 150  m (500 feet) away. In contrast, the chromium concentrations
 of the dustfall did not vary substantially between the two locations and approached oceanic dustfall chromium
 concentrations.

 Table 2.7. Atmosphere Dustfall Quality
Constituent, (mg
constituent/kg total solids)
PH
Phosphate-Phosphorous
Nitrate-Nitrogen, ng/L
Scandium, \\gl\-
Titanium, |ig/L
Vanadium, |jg/L
Chromium, jig/L
Manganese, jig/L
Iron, ng/L
Cobalt, ng/L
Nickel, ng/L
Copper, ng/L
Zinc, ng/L
Lead, ug/L
Urban1 Rural/ Oceanic1 Near freeway 500' from
suburban1 (LA)2 freeway (LA)2



5
380
480
190
6700
24000
48
950
1900
6700




3
810
140
270
1400
5400
27
1400
2700
1400

4.3
1200
5800
4
2700
18
38 34
1800
21000
8

4500
230
2800
4.7
1600
9000



45






550
 Summarized by Rubin 1976
2 Spring 1978

Much of the monitored atmospheric dustfall and precipitation would not reach the urban runoff receiving waters.
The percentage of dry atmospheric deposition retained in a rural watershed was extensively monitored and modeled
in Oakridge, TN (Barkdoll, et al.  1977). They found that about 98 percent of the lead in dry atmospheric deposits
was retained in the watershed, along with about 95 percent of the cadmium, 85 percent of the copper, 60 percent of
the chromium and magnesium and 75 percent of the zinc and mercury. Therefore, if the dry deposition rates were
added directly to the yields from other urban runoff pollutant sources, the resultant urban runoff loads would be very
much overestimated.

Tables 2.8 and 2.9 report bulk precipitation (dry dustfall plus rainfall) quality and deposition rates as reported by
several researchers. For the Knoxviile, KY, area (Betson 1978), chemical oxygen demand (COD) was found to be
the largest component in the bulk precipitation monitored, followed by filterable residue and nonfilterable residue.
Table 2.9 also presents the total watershed bulk precipitation, as the percentage of the total stream flow output for
the three Knoxviile watersheds studies. This shows that almost all of the pollutants presented in the urban runoff
streamflow outputs could easily be accounted for by bulk precipitation deposition alone. Betson concluded that bulk
precipitation is an important component for some of the constituents in urban runoff, but the transport and
resuspension of particulates from other areas in the watershed are overriding factors.

Rubin (1976) stated that resuspended urban particulates are returned to the earth's surface and waters in four main
ways: gravitational settling, impaction, precipitation and washout. Gravitational settling, as dry deposition, returns
most of the particles. This not only involves the settling of relatively large fly ash and soil particles, but also the
settling  of smaller particles that collide and coagulate. Rubin stated that particles that are less than 0.1 um in
diameter move randomly in the air and collide often with other particles. These small particles can grow rapidly by
this coagulation process. These small particles would soon be totally depleted in the air if they were not constantly
replenished. Particles in the 0.1 to 1.0 um range are also removed primarily by coagulation. These larger particles
grow more slowly than the smaller particles because they move less rapidly in the air, are somewhat less numerous
and, therefore, collide less often with other particles. Particles with  diameters larger than 1 um have appreciable
                                                   24

-------
Table 2.8. Bulk Precipitation Quality
Constituent (all units mg/L
except pH)


Calcium
Magnesium
Sodium
Chlorine
Sulfate
PH
Organic Nitrogen
Ammonia Nitrogen
Nitrite plus Nitrate-N
Total phosphate
Potassium
Total iron
Manganese
Lead
Mercury
Nonfilterable residue
Chemical Oxygen
Demand
Zinc
Copper
1 Betson 1978
2 Malmquist 1978
Urban
(average of
Knoxville
St. Louis &
Germany'
3.4
0.6
1.2
2.5
8.0
5.0
2.5
0.4
0.5
1.1
1.8
0.8
0.03
0.03
0.01
16
65





Rural
(Tennessee)1


0.4
0.1
0.3
0.2
8.4
4.9
1.2
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.7
0.05
0.01
0.0002







Urban
(Gutebura,
Sweden)









2
1
0.03



0.05


10

0.08
0.02


Table 2.9. Urban Bulk Precipitation Deposition Rates (Source: Betson 1978)a
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Constituent
Chemical oxygen demand
Filterable residue
Nonfilterable residue
Alkalinity
Sulfate
Chloride
Calcium
Potassium
Organic nitrogen
Sodium
Silica
Magnesium
Total Phosphate
Nitrite and Nitrate-N
Soluble phosphate
Ammonia Nitrogen
Total Iron
Fluoride
Lead
Manganese
Arsenic
Mercury
Average Bulk
Deposition Rate
(kg/ha/yr)
530
310
170
150
96
47
38
21
17
15
11
9
9
5.7
5.3
3.2
1.9
1.8
1.1
0.54
0.07
0.008
Average Bulk
Prec. as a % of
Total Streamflow
Output
490
60
120
120
470
360
170
310
490
270
130
180
130
360
170
1,100
47
300
650
270
720
250
' Average for 3 Knoxville, KY, watersheds.
                                                   25

-------
 settling velocities. Those particles about 10 um in diameter can settle rapidly, although they can be kept airborne for
 extended periods of time and for long distances by atmospheric turbulence.

 The second important particulate removal process from the atmosphere is impaction. Impaction of particles near the
 earth's surface can occur on vegetation, rocks and building surfaces. The third form of particulate removal from the
 atmosphere is precipitation, in the  form of rain and snow. This is caused by the rainout process where the
 particulates are removed in the cloud-forming process. The fourth important removal process is washout of the
 particulates below the clouds during the precipitation event. Therefore, it is easy to see that re-entrained particles
 (especially from street surfaces, other paved surfaces, rooftops and from soil erosion) in urban areas can be readily
 redeposited through these various processes, either close to the points of origin or at some distance away.

 Pitt (1979) monitored airborne concentrations of particulates near typical urban roads. He found that on a number
 basis, the downwind roadside particulate concentrations were about 10 percent greater than upwind conditions.
 About 80 percent of the concentration increases, by number, were associated with particles in the 0.5 to 1.0 urn size
 range. However, about 90 percent of the particle concentration increases by weight were associated with particles
 greater than 10 um. He found that the rate of particulate resuspension from street surfaces increases when the streets
 are dirty (cleaned infrequently) and varied widely for different street and traffic conditions. The resuspension rates
 were calculated based upon observed long-term accumulation conditions on street surfaces for many different study
 area conditions, and varied from about 0.30 to 3.6 kg per curb-km (1 to 12 Ib per curb-mile) of street per day.

 Murphy (1975) described a Chicago study where airborne particulate material within the city was microscopically
 examined, along with  street surface particulates. The particulates from both of these areas were found to be similar
 (mostly limestone and quartz) indicating that the airborne particulates were most likely resuspended street surface
 particulates, or were from the same source. PEDCo (1977) found that the re-entrained portion of the traffic-related
 particulate emissions (by weight) is an order of magnitude greater than the direct emissions accounted for by vehicle
 exhaust and tire wear.  They also found that particulate resuspensions from a street are directly proportional to the
 traffic volume and that the suspended particulate concentrations near the streets are associated with relatively large
 particle sizes. The medium particle  size found, by weight, was about 15 um, with about 22 percent of the
 particulates occurring  at sizes greater than 30 um. These relatively large particle sizes resulted in substantial
 particulate fallout near the road. They found that about 15 percent of the resuspended particulates fall out at 10m,
25 percent at 20 m, and 35 percent at 30 m from the street (by weight). In a similar study Cowherd, et al. (1977)
 reported a wind erosion threshold value of about 5.8 m/s (13 mph). At this wind speed, or greater, significant dust
 and dirt losses from the road surface could result, even in the absence of traffic-induced turbulence. Rolfe and
 Reinbold (1977) also found that most of the particulate lead from automobile emissions settled out within 100 m of
roads. However, the automobile lead does widely disperse over a large area. They found, through multi-elemental
analyses, that the settled outdoor dust collected at or near the curb was contaminated by automobile activity and
originated from the streets.

Source Area Sheetflow and Particulate Quality
This chapter section summarizes the source area sheetflow and particulate quality data obtained from several studies
conducted in California, Washington, Nevada, Wisconsin, Illinois, Ontario, Colorado, New Hampshire, and New
 York since 1979. Most of the data obtained was for street dirt chemical quality, but a relatively large amount of
parking and roof runoff quality data has also been obtained. Only a few of these studies evaluated a broad range of
 source areas or land uses.


Source Area Particulate Quality
 Particulate potency factors (usually expressed as mg pollutant/kg dry particulate residue) for many samples are
 summarized on Tables 2.10 and 2.11. These data can help recognize critical source areas, but care must be taken if
 they are used for predicting runoff quality because of likely differential effects due to washoff and erosion from the
 different source areas. These data show  the variations in chemical quality between particles from different land uses
 and source areas. Typically, the potency factors increase as the use of an area becomes more intensive, but the
 variations are slight for different locations throughout the country. Increasing concentrations of heavy metals with
 decreasing particle sizes was also evident, for those studies that included particle size information. Only the quality
                                                   26

-------
of the smallest particle sizes are shown on these tables because they best represent the particles that are removed
during rains.


Warm Weather Sheet/low Quality
Sheetflow data, collected during actual rain, are probably more representative of runoff conditions that the
previously presented dry particulate quality data because they are not further modified by washoff mechanisms.
These data, in conjunction with source area flow quantity information, can be used to predict outfall conditions and
the magnitude of the relative sources of critical  pollutants. Tables 2.12 through 2.15 summarize warm weather
sheetflow observations, separated by source area type and land use, from many locations. The major source area
categories are listed below:

        • roofs
        • paved parking areas
        • paved storage areas
        • unpaved parking and storage areas
        • paved driveways
        • unpaved driveways
        • dirt walks
        • paved sidewalks
        • streets
        • landscaped areas
        • undeveloped areas
        • freeway paved lanes and shoulders

Toronto warm weather sheetflow water quality data were plotted against the rain volume that had occurred before
the samples were collected to identify any possible trends of concentrations with rain volume (Pitt and McLean
1986). The street runoff data obtained during the special washoff tests reported earlier were also compared with the
street sheetflow data obtained during the actual rain events (Pitt 1987). These data observations showed definite
trends of solids concentrations verses rain volume for most of the source area categories. Sheetflows from all
pervious areas combined had the highest total solids concentrations from any source category, for all rain events.
Other paved areas (besides streets) had total solids concentrations similar to runoff from smooth industrial streets.
The concentrations of total solids in roof runoff were almost constant for all rain events, being slightly lower for
small rains than for large rains. No other pollutant, besides SS, had observed trends of concentrations with rain
depths for the samples collected in Toronto. Lead and zinc concentrations were highest in sheetflows from paved
parking areas and streets, with some high zinc concentrations also found in roof drainage  samples. High bacteria
populations were found in sidewalk, road, and some bare ground sheetflow samples (collected from locations where
dogs would most likely be "walked").

Some of the Toronto sheetflow contributions were not sufficient to explain the concentrations of some constituents
observed in runoff at the outfall. High concentrations of dissolved chromium, dissolved copper, and dissolved zinc
in a Toronto industrial outfall during both wet and dry weather could not be explained by wet weather sheetflow
observations (Pitt and McLean 1986). As an example, very few detectable chromium observations were obtained in
any of the more than 100 surface sheetflow samples analyzed. Similarly, most of the fecal coliform populations
observed in sheetflows were significantly lower than those observed at the outfall, especially during snowmelt. It is
expected that some industrial wastes, possibly originating from metal plating operations,  were the cause of these
high concentrations of dissolved metals at the outfall and that some sanitary sewage was entering the storm drainage
system.

Table 2.15 summarizes the very little filterable pollutant concentration data available, before this EPA project, for
different source areas. Most of the available data is for residential roofs and commercial parking lots.
                                                    27

-------
 Table 2.10  Summary of Observed Street Dirt Chemical Quality (means)
             (mg constituent/kg solids)

p
TKN
COD
Cu
Pb
Zn
Cd
Cr
Residential
620 (4)
540 (6)
1100 (5)
710 (1)
810 (3)
1030 (4)
3000 (6)
290 (5)
2630 (3)
3000 (2)
100,000 (4)
150,000 (6)
180,000 (5)
280,000 (1)
180,000 (3)
170,000 (2)
162 (4)
110 (6)
420 (2)
1010 (4)
1800 (6)
530 (5)
1200 (1)
1650 (3)
3500 (2)
460 (4)
260 (5)
325 (3)
680 (2)
<3 (5)
4 (2)
42 (4)
31 (5)
170 (2)
Commercial
400 (6)
1500 (5)
910 (1)
1100 (6)
340 (5)
4300 (2)
110,000 (6)
250,000 (5)
340,000 (1)
210,000 (2)
130 (6)
220 (2)
3500 (6)
2600 (5)
2400 (1)
7500 (2)
750 (5)
1200 (2)
5 (5)
5 (2)
65 (5)
180 (2)
Industrial
670 (4)
560 (4)
65,000 (4)
360 (4)
900 (4)
500 (4)

70 (4)
References; location; particle size described;

(1)  Bannerman, ef a/. 1983 (Milwaukee, Wl) <31 urn
(2)  Pitt 1979  (San Jose, CA) <45 urn
(3)  Pitt 1985  (Bellevue, WA) <63 ^m
(4)  Pitt and McLean 1986 (Toronto, Ontario) <125 urn
(5)  Pitt and Sutherland 1982  (Reno/Sparks, NV) <63 urn
(6)  Terstrip, era/. 1982 (Champaign/Urbana, IL) >63 urn
                                                     28

-------
 Table 2.11 Summary of Observed Particulate Quality for Other Source Areas (means for <125 urn
          particles) (mg constituent/kg solids)
                                           TKN
COD
                                                                 Cu
                  Pb
                                                                                Zn
Cr
Residential/Commercial Land Uses
Roofs
Paved parking
Unpaved driveways
Paved driveways
Dirt footpath
Paved sidewalk
Garden soil
Road shoulder
Industrial Land Uses
Paved parking
Unpaved parking/storage
Paved footpath
Bare ground
1500
600
400
550
360
1100
1300
870

770
620
890
700
5700
790
850
2750
760
3620
1950
720

1060
700
1900
1700
240,000
78,000
50,000
250,000
25,000
146,000
70,000
35,000

130,000
110,000
120,000
70,000
130
145
45
170
15
44
30
35

1110
1120
280
91
980
630
160
900
38
1200
50
230

650
2050
460
135
1900
420
170
800
50
430
120
120

930
1120
1300
270
77
47
20
70
25
32
35
25

98
62
63
38
Source: Pitt and McLean 1986 (Toronto, Ontario)
                                                 29

-------
            Table 2.12 Sheetflow Quality Summary for Other Source Areas (mean concentration and reference)
UJ
O
Pollutant and Land Use
Total Solids (ma/L)
Residential:
Commercial:
Industrial:
Suspended Solids (ma/U
Residential:
Commercial:
Industrial:
Dissolved Solids (ma/U
Residential:
Commercial:
Roofs

58(5)
64(1)
18(4)
95(1)
190(4)
113(5)

22(1)
13(5)

4(5)

42(10
5(5)

Paved Parking Paved Unpaved
Storage Parking/Storage

1790(5) 73(5)
340 (2)
240 (1)
102(7)
490(5) 270(5) 1250(5)

1660(5) 41(5)
270 (2)
65(1)
41 (7)
306 (5) 202 (5) 730 (5)

130(5) 32(5)
70(2)
175(1)
61(7)
Paved Unpaved Dirt Paved Streets
Driveways Driveways Walks Sidewalks

510 (5) 1240(5) 49(5) 325(5)
235 (4)
325 (4)
506(5) 5620(5) 580 (5) 1800(5)

440 <5) 810(5) 20(5) 242(5)
242 (5)
373(5) 4670(5) 434(5) 1300(5)

70 (5> 430(5) 29(5) 83(5)
83(4)
83(5)
                Industrial:
109(5)
                                                     184(5)
68(5)
520(5)
133(5)
                                                                      950(5)
                                                                                                                                    146(5)    500 (

-------
Table 2.12 Sheetflow Quality Summary for Other Source Areas (mean concentration and reference) (Continued)
Pollutant and Land Use
BODg (mq/L)
Residential:
Commercial:
COD (mq/L)
Residential:
Commercial:
Industrial:
Total Phosphorus (mq/L)
Residential:
Commercial:
Roofs
3(4)
7(4)

46(5)
27(1)
20(4)
130(4)
55 (5)

0.03 (5)
0.05(1)
0.1 (4)
0.03 (4)
0.07 (4)
Paved Parking Paved Unpaved
Storage Parking/Storage
22(4)
11(1)
4(8)

173(5) 22(5)
190(2)
180(4)
53(1)
57(8)
180(5) 82(5) 247(5)


0.16(1)
0.15(7)
0.73 (5)
0.9 (2)
0.5 (4)
Paved Unpaved Dirt Paved Streets
Driveways Driveways Walks Sidewalks
13(4)


178 (5) 62(5) 174(5)
170(4)
174(5)
138(5) 418(5) 98(5) 322(5)

°-36 (5) 0.20 (5) 0.80 (5) 0.62 (5)
0.31 (4)
0.62 (5)
    Industrial:
                            <0,06 (5)
2.3 (5)
0.7 (5)
1.0(5)
0.9 (5)
3.0 (5)
                                                                                                                           0.82(5)      1.6(5)

-------
            Table 2.12 Sheetflow Quality Summary for Other Source Areas (mean concentration and reference) (Continued)
UJ
to
Pollutant and Land Use
Total Phosohate (ma/U
Residential:
Commercial:
Industrial:
TKN (ma/U
Residential:
Commercial:
Industrial:
Ammonia (ma/U
Residential:
Commercial:
Roofs

<0.04 (5)
0.08 (4)
0.02 (4)
<0.02 (5)

1.1 (5)
0.71 (4)
4.4 (4)
1.7(5)

0.1 (5)
0.9(1)
0.5 (4)
1.1 (4)
Paved Parking Paved Unpaved
Storage Parking/Storage


0.03 (5) <0.02 (5)
0.3 (2)
0.5 (4)
0.04 (7)
0.22 (8)
0.6(5) 0.06(5) 0.13(5)


3.8 (5)
4.1 (2)
1.5(4)
1.0(1)
0.8 (8)
2.9 (5) 3.5 (5) 2.7 (5)

0.1 (5) 0.3 (5)
1.4(2)
0.35 (4)
0.38(1)
Paved Unpaved Dirt Paved Streets
Driveways Driveways Walks Sidewalks

<0-2<5) 0.66(5) 0.64(5) 0.07(5)
0.12 (4)
0.07 (5)
<0.02(5) 0.10(5) 0.03(5) 0.15(5)

3'1(5) 1-3(5) 1.1(5) 2.4(5)
2.4 (4)
2.4 (5)
5'7(5> 7'5<5> 4.7(5) 5.7(5)

<0'1(5) 0.5(5) 0.3(5) <0.1(5)
0.42 (4)
<0.1 (5)
                Industrial:
0.4 (5)
                                                       0.3 (5)
0.3 (5)

-------
            Table 2.12 Sheetflow Quality Summary for Other Source Areas (mean concentration and reference) (Continued)
L.J
Ul
Pollutant and Land Use
Phenols (mq/L)
Residential:
Industrial:
Aluminum (uq/D
Residential:
Industrial:
Cadmium (ua/L)
Residential:
Commercial:
Industrial:
Chromium (ua/L)
Residential:
Commercial:
Industrial:
Roofs

2.4 (5)
1.2(5)

0.4 (5)
<0.2 (5)

<4(5)
0.6(1)

<4(5)

<60 (5)
<5(4)
<5(4)
<60 (5)
Paved Parking Paved Unpaved
Storage Parking/Storage

12.2(5) 30.0(5)
9.4 (5) 2.6 (5) 8.7 (5)

3.2 (5) 0.38 (5)
3.5 (5) 3.1 (5) 9.2 (5)

2 (5) <5 (5)
5.1 (7)
0.6 (8)
<4 (5) <4 (5) <4 (5)

20(5) <10(5)
71 (4)
19(7)
12(8)
<60 (5) <60 (5) <60 (5)
Paved Unpaved Dirt Paved Streets
Driveways Driveways Walks Sidewalks

9.7(5) <0.4(5) 8.6(5) 6.2(5)
7.0(5) 7.4(5) 8.7(5) 24(7)

5.3(5) <0.03(5) 0.5(5) 1.5(5)
3.4(5) 41(5) 1.2(5) 14(5)

5 (5) <1 (5) <4 (5) <5 (5)
<5(5)
<4 (5) <4 (5) <4 (5) <4 (5)

<6°(5) <10(5) <60(5) <60(5)
49(4)
<60 (5)
<60(5) 70(5) <60(5) <60 (5)

-------
Table 2.12 Sheetflow Quality Summary for Other Source Areas (mean concentration and reference) (Continued)
Pollutant and Land Use Roofs
Copper (ua/U
Residential: 10(5)
<5(4)
Commercial: 110(4)
Industrial: <2° <5)
Lead (|jg/L)
Residential: <4° (5)
30(3)
48(1)
17(4)
Commercial: 19 W
30(1)
Paved Parking Paved Unpaved
Storage Parking/Storage

100(5) 20(5)
40(2)
46(4)
110(7)
480(5) 260(5) 120(5)

250 (5) 760 (5)
200 (2)
350 (3)
1090 (4)
146(1)
255 (7)
54(8)
Paved Unpaved Dirt Paved Streets
Driveways Driveways Walks Sidewalks

210(5) 20(5) 20(5) 40(5)
30(4)
40(5)
40(5) 140(5) 30(5) 220(5)

1400 (5) 30(5) 80(5) 180(5)
670 (4)
180(5)
    Industrial:
                             <40 (5)
230 (5)
280 (5)
210(5)
260 (5)
                                                          340 (5)
                                                                                                                          <40 (5)       560 (5)

-------
Table 2.12 Sheetflow Quality Summary for Other Source Areas (mean concentration and reference) (Continued)
Pollutant and Land Use
Roofs
Paved Parking Paved Unpaved Paved Unpaved Dirt Paved Streets
Storage Parking/Storage Driveways Driveways Walks Sidewalks
Zinc (uq/L)



Residential:
Commercial:
Industrial:
320 (5)
670(1)
180(4)
310(1)
80(4)
70(5)
References:
(1) Bannerman, etal. 1983 (Milwaukee, Wl)
(2) Denver Regional Council of Governments
(3) Pitt 1983 (Ottawa)
(4) Pitt and Bozeman 1 982 (San Jose)
520 (5) 390 (5)
300 (5)
230 (4)
133(1)
490 (7)
640(7) 310(5)
(NURP)
1983 (NURP)
1000 (5) 40(5) 60(5) 180(5)
140 (4)
180(5)
410(5) 310(5) 690(5) 60 (5) 910 (5)

(5)  Pitt and McLean 1986 (Toronto)
(7)  STORE! Site #590866-2954309 (Shop-Save-Durham, NH) (NURP)
(8)  STORET Site #596296-2954843 (Huntington-Long Island, NY) (NURP)

-------
 Table 2.13 Sheetflow Quality Summary for Undeveloped Landscaped and Freeway Pavement Areas
           (Mean Observed Concentrations and reference)


        Pollutants              Landscaped Areas         Undeveloped Areas       Freeway Paved Lane and
                                                                               Shoulder Areas
Total Solids, mg/L
Suspended Solids, mg/L
Dissolved Solids, mg/L
BOD5, mg/L
COD, mg/L
Total Phosphorus, mg/L
Total Phosphate, mg/L
TKN, mg/L
Ammonia, mg/L
Phenols, ng/L
Aluminum, jig/L
Cadmium, (ig/L
Chromium, ng/L
Copper, ng/L
Lead, ng/L
Zinc, ng/L
388 (5)
100 (5)
288 (5)
3 (4)
70 (4)
26 (5)
0.42 (4)
0.56 (5)
0.32 (4)
0.14(5)
1.32(4)
3.6 (5)
1.2 (4)
0.4 (5)
0.8 (5)
1.5 (5)
<3 (5)
10 (4)
<20 (5)
30 (3)
35 (4)
<30 (5)
10(4)
588 (5)
400 (2)
390 (5)
193 (5)
	
72 (2)
54 (5)
0.40 (2)
0.68 (5)
0.10 (2)
0.26 (5)
2.9 (2)
1.8 (5)
0.1 (2)
<0.1 (5)
	
. 11 (5)
<4 (5)
<60 (5)
40 (2)
31 (4)
<20 (5)
100 (2)
30 (3)
<40 (5)
100 (2)
100 (5)
340 (6)
180 (6)
160 (6)
10 (6)
130 (6)
	
0.38 (6)
2.5 (6)
	
	
	
60 (6)
70 (6)
120 (6)
2000 (6)
460 (6)
References:
(2)  Denver Regional Council of Governments 1983 (NURP)
(3)  Pitt 1983 (Ottawa)
(4)  Pitt and Bozeman  1982  (San Jose)
(5)  Pitt and McLean 1986 (Toronto)
(6)  Shelly and Gaboury 1986 (Milwaukee)
                                                  36

-------
Table 2.14 Source Area Bacteria Sheetflow Quality Summary (means)
Unpaved
Pollutant and Paved Paved Parking/ Paved Unpaved Dirt
Land Use Roofs Parking Storage Storage Driveways Driveways Walks

(ft/1 00 mL)
Residential: 85(3) 250,000(5) 100(5) 600(5)
<2(4)
1400 (5)
Commercial 9(4) 2900(3)
350 (4)
210(1)
480 (7)
23,000 (8)
Industrial- 1600 (5) 8660(8) 9200(5) 18,000(5) 66,000(5) 300,000(5)
Fecal Strep
W/IOOmL)
Residential: 170(3) 190,000(5) <100(5) 1900(5) 1800(5)
920 (4)
2200 (5)
Commercial: 17(3) 11,900(3)
>2400 (4)
770(1)
1120(7)
62,000 (8)
Industrial:
690(5) 7300(5) 2070(5) 8100(5) 36,000(5) 21,000(5)
Pseudo. Aerua
(#/100mU
Residential: 30,000 1900(5) 100(5) 600(5) 600(5)
(5)
Industrial' 50(5) 5800(5) 5850(5) 14,000(5) 14,300(5) 100(5)
Freeway
Paved Land- Un- Paved Lane
Sidewalks Streets scaped developed and
Shoulders
11,000(5) 920(4) 3300(5) 5400(3) 1500(9)
6,900 (5) 49 (4)
55,000(5) 100,000(5)
>2400(4) 43,000(5) 16,500(3) 2200(9)
7300 (5) 920 (4)
3600 (5) 45,000 (5)
570(5) 2100(5)
3600 (5) 6200 (5)
References:
(1) Bannerman, at al. 1983 (Milwaukee, Wl) (NURP)
(3) Pitt 1983 (Ottawa)
(4) Pitt and Bozeman 1982 (San Jose)
(5) Pitt and McLean 1986 (Toronto)
(7) STORET Site #590866-2954309 (Shop-Save-Durham, NH) (NURP)
(8) STORET Site #596296-2954843 (Huntington-Long Island, NY) (NURP)
(9) Korbringer, etal. 1981 and Gupta, et al. 1979

-------
 Table 2.15 Source Area Filterable Pollutant Concentration Summary (means)

Roof Runoff
Solids (mg/L)
Phosphorus (mg/L)
Lead (ng/L)
Paved Parking
Solids (mg/L)
Phosphorus (mg/L)
TKN (mg/L)
Lead (ng/L)
Arsenic ((ig/L)
Cadmium (ng/L)
Chromium (ng/L)
Paved Storage
Solids (mg/L)
Residential
Total Filterable % Filt.
64 42 66(1)
58 45 77 (5)
0.054 0.013 24(1)
48 4 8(1)








Commercial
Total Filterable % Filt.



240 175 73(1)
102 61 60(7)
1790 138 8(5)
0.16 0.03 19(1)
0.9 0.3 33 (2)
0.77 0.48 62 (8)
146 5 3(1)
54 8.8 16(8)
0.38 0.095 25 (8)
0.62 0.11 18(8)
11.8 2.8 24(8)
73 32 44 (5)
Industrial
Total Filterable %Filt.
113 110 97(5)


490 138 28 (5)






270 64 24 (5)
References:

(1)  Bannerman, et al. 1983 (Milwaukee)  (NURP)
(2)  Denver Regional Council of Governments 1983 (NURP)
(5)  Pitt and McLean 1986 (Toronto)
(7)  STORET Site #590866-2954309 (Shop-Save-Durham, NH) (NURP)
(8)  STORET Site #596296-2954843 (Huntington-Long Island, NY) (NURP)
                                                   38

-------
 Other Pollutant Contributions to the Storm Drainage System
 The detection of pentachJophenols in the relatively few samples previously analyzed indicated important leaching
 from treated wood. Frequent detections of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) during the U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency's Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (EPA  1983a) may possibly indicate leaching from creosote
 treated wood, in addition to fossil fuel combustion sources. High concentrations of copper, and some chromium and
 arsenic observations also indicate the potential of leaching from "CCA" (copper, chromium, and arsenic) treated
 wood. The significance of these leachate products in the receiving waters is currently unknown, but alternatives to
 these preservatives should be considered. Many cities use aluminum and concrete utility poles instead of treated
 wood poles. This is especially important considering that utility poles are usually located very close to the drainage
 system ensuring an efficient delivery of leachate products. Many homes currently use wood stains containing
 pentachlorophenol and other wood preservatives. Similarly, the construction of retaining walls, wood decks and
 playground equipment with treated wood is common. Some preservatives (especially creosote) cause direct skin
 irritation, besides contributing to potential problems in receiving waters. Many of these wood products are at least
 located some distance  from the storm drainage system, allowing some  improvement to surface water quality by
 infiltration through pervious surfaces.

 Phase 1 Project Activities - Sources of Stormwater Toxicants
The first project phase of this research project included the collection and analysis of 87 urban stormwater runoff
samples from a  variety of source areas under different rain conditions (Table 2.16). All of the samples were
analyzed in filtered (0.45 ^m filter) and non-filtered forms to enable partitioning of the toxicants into "particulate"
(non-filterable)  and "dissolved" (filterable) forms.

Table 2.16. Numbers of Samples Collected from each Source Area Type
Local Source
Areas3
Roofs
Parking Areas
Storage Areas
Streets
Loading Docks
Vehicle Service Area
Landscaped Areas
Urban Creeks
Detention Ponds
Residential
5
2
na
1
na
na
2


Commercial/
Institutional
3
11
2
1
na
5
2


Industrial
4
3
6
4
3
na
2


Mixed







19
12
a All collected in Birmingham, AL.


Phase 1 - Analyses and Sampling
The samples listed in Table 2.16 were all obtained from the Birmingham, AL, area. Samples were obtained from
shallow flows originating from homogeneous source areas by using several manual grab sampling procedures. For
deep flows, samples were collected directly into the sample bottles. For shallow flows, a peristaltic hand operated
vacuum pump created a small  vacuum in the sample bottle which then gently drew the sample directly into the
container through a Teflon™ tube. About one liter of sample was needed, split into two containers: one 500 mL
glass bottle with Teflon™ lined lid was used for the organic and toxicity analyses, and another 500 mL polyethylene
bottle was used for the metal and other analyses.

An important aspect of the first phase of this research was to evaluate the effects of different land uses and source
areas, plus the effects of rain characteristics, on sample toxicant concentrations. Therefore, careful records were
obtained of the  amount of rain and the rain intensity that occurred before the samples were obtained. Antecedent dry
period data were also obtained to compare with the chemical data  in a series of statistical tests.
                                                    39

-------
 All samples were handled, preserved, and analyzed according to accepted protocols (EPA 1982 and 1983b). The
 organic pollutants were analyzed using two gas chromatographs, one with a mass selective detector (GC/MSD) and
 another with an electron capture detector (GC/ECD). The pesticides were analyzed according to EPA method 505,
 while the base neutral compounds were analyzed according to EPA method 625 (but only using 100 mL samples).
 The pesticides were analyzed on a Perkin Elmer Sigma 300 GC/ECD using a J&W DB-1 capillary column (30m by
 0.32 mm ID with a 1 ^m film thickness). The base neutrals were analyzed on a Hewlett Packard 5890 GC with a
 5970 MSD using a Supelco DB-5 capillary column (30m by 0.25 mm ID with a 0.2 urn film thickness). Table 2.17
 lists the organic toxicants that were analyzed.
 Table 2.17. List of Toxic Pollutants Analyzed in Samples
Pesticides
DL = 0.3 ug/L
BHC (Benzene
hexachloride)

Heptachlor

Aldrin

Endosulfan

Heptachlor epoxide

DOE (Dichlorodiphenyl
dichloroethylene)
ODD (Dichlorodiphenyl
dichloroethane)

DDT (Dichlorodiphenyl
trichloroelhane)
Endrin
Chtordane
Phthalate Esters
DL = 0.5pg/L
Bis(2-ethylhexyl) Phthalate

Butyl benzyl phthalate

Di-n-butyl phthalate

Diethyl phthalate

Dimethyl phthalate

Di-n-octyl phthalate









Poly nuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons Metals
DL =
Acenaphthene

Acenapthylene

Anthracene

Benzo (a) anthracene

Benzo (a) pyrene

Benzo (b) fluoranthene

Benzo (ghi) perylene
Benzo (k) fluoranthene

Chrysene

Dibenzo (a,h) anthracene


0.5 pg/L DL = 1 ug/L
Fluoranthene Aluminum

Fluorene Cadmium

Indeno (1 ,2,3-cd) Chromium
pyrene
Copper
Naphthalene
Lead
Phenanthrene
Nickel
Pyrene
Zinc







D.L. = Detection Limit
Metallic toxicants, also listed in Table 2.17, were analyzed using a graphite furnace equipped atomic absorption
spectrophotometer (GFAA). EPA methods 202.2 (Al), 213.2 (Cd), 218.2 (Cr), 220.2 (Cu), 239.2 (Pb), 249.2 (Ni),
and 289.2 (Zn) were followed in these analyses. A Perkin Elmer 3030B atomic absorption spectrophotometer was
used after nitric acid digestion of the samples. Previous research (Pitt and McLean 1986; EPA 1983a) indicated that
low detection limits were necessary in order to measure the filtered sample concentrations of the metals, which
would not be achieved by use of a standard flame atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Low detection limits would
enable partitioning of the metals between the solid and liquid phases to be investigated, an important factor in
assessing the fates of the metals in receiving waters and in treatment processes.

The Microtox™ 100% sample toxicity screening test, from Azur Environmental (previously Microbics, Inc.), was
selected for this research after comparisons with other laboratory bioassay tests. During the  first research phase,
twenty source area stormwater samples and combined sewer samples (obtained during a cooperative study being
conducted in New York City) were split and sent to four laboratories for analyses using 14 different bioassay tests.
Conventional bioassay tests were conducted using freshwater organisms at the EPA's Duluth, MM, laboratory and
using marine organisms at the EPA's Narraganssett Bay, RI, laboratory. In addition, other bioassay tests, using
bacteria, were also conducted at the Environmental Health Sciences Laboratory at Wright State University, Dayton,
Ohio. The tests represented a range of organisms that included fish, invertebrates, plants, and microorganisms.
                                                   40

-------
 The conventional bioassay tests conducted simultaneously with the Microtox™ screening test for the 20 stormwater
 sheetflow and combined sewer overflow (CSO) samples were all short-term tests. However, some of the tests were
 indicative of chronic toxicity (life cycle tests and the marine organism sexual reproduction tests, for example),
 whereas the others would be classically considered as indicative of acute toxicity (Microtox™ and the fathead
 minnow tests, for example). The following list shows the major tests that were conducted by each participating
 laboratory:

 • University of Alabama at Birmingham, Environmental Engineering Laboratory
         Microtox™ bacterial luminescence tests ( 10-, 20-, and 35-minute exposures) using the marine
          Photobacterium phosphoreum.

 • Wright State University, Biological Sciences Department
        Macrofaunal toxicity tests:
          Daphnia magna (water flea) survival; Lemma minor (duckweed) growth; and Selenastrum
            capricornutum (green alga) growth.
        Microbial activity tests (bacterial respiration):
          Indigenous microbial electron transport activity;
          Indigenous microbial inhibition of p-galactosidase activity;
          Alkaline phosphatase for indigenous microbial activity;
          Inhibition of P-galactosidase for indigenous microbial activity; and
          Bacterial surrogate assay using Onitrophenol-p-D-galactopyranside activity and Escherichia coli.

• EPA Environmental Research Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota
        Ceriodaphnia dubia (water flea) 48-h survival; and
        Pimephales promelas (fathead minnow) 96-h survival.

• EPA Environmental Research Laboratory, Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island
        Champia parvula (marine red alga) sexual reproduction (formation of cystocarps after 5 to 7 d
          exposure); and
        Arbacuapunctulata (sea urchin) fertilization by sperm cells.


Table 2.18 summarizes the results of the toxicity tests. The C. dubia. P. promelas, and C. Parvula tests experienced
problems with the control samples, and those results are therefore uncertain. The A. pustulata tests on the
stormwater samples also had a potential problem with the control samples. The CSO test results (excluding the
fathead minnow tests) indicated that from 50% to 100% of the samples were toxic, with most tests identifying the
same few samples as the most toxic. The toxicity tests for the stormwater samples indicated that 0% to 40% of the
samples were toxic. The Microtox™ screening procedure gave similar rankings for the samples as the other toxicity
tests.

Table 2.18. Fraction of Samples Rated as Toxic

 Sample series            Combined sewer     Stormwater, %
                         overflows, %
 Microtox™ marine bacteria    100               20
 C. Dubia                  60                Oa
 P. promelas               0'                 Oa
 C. parvula                 100               Oa
 A. punctulata              100               Oa
 D. magna                 63                40
 L minor	50^	0__

" Results uncertain, see text
                                                    41

-------
 Laboratory toxicity tests can result in important information on the effects of stormwater in receiving waters, but
 actual in-stream taxonomic studies should also be conducted. A recently published proceedings of a conference on
 stormwater impacts on receiving streams (Herricks 1995) contains many examples of actual receiving water impacts
 and toxicity test protocols for stormwater.

 All of the Birmingham samples represented separate stormwater. However, as part of the Microtox™ evaluation,
 several CSO samples from New York City were also tested to compare the different toxicity tests. These samples
 were collected from six CSO discharge locations having the following land uses:

         • 290 acres, 90% residential and 10% institutional;
         • 50 acres, 100% commercial;
         • 620 acres, 20% institutional, 6% commercial, 5% warehousing, 5% heavy industrial, and 64% residential;
         • 225 acres, 13% institutional, 4% commercial, 2% heavy industrial, and 81% residential:
         • 400 acres, 1% institutional and 99% residential; and
         • 250 acres, 88% commercial. 6% warehousing, and 6% residential.

 Therefore, there was a chance that some of the CSO samples may have had some industrial process waters.
 However, none of the Birmingham sheetflow samples could have contained any process waters because of how and
 where  they were collected.

 The Microtox™ screening procedure gave similar toxicity rankings for the twenty samples as the conventional
 bioassay tests. It is also a rapid procedure (requiring about one hour) and only requires small (<1 mL) sample
 volumes. The Microtox™ toxicity test uses marine bioluminescence bacteria and monitors the light output for
different sample concentrations. About one million bacteria organisms are used per sample, resulting in highly
 repeatable results. The more toxic samples produce greater stress on the bacteria test organisms that results in a
 greater light attenuation compared to the control sample. It should be emphasized that the Microtox™ procedure was
not used during this research to determine the absolute toxicities of the samples, or to predict the toxic effects of
 stormwater runoff on receiving waters, but to compare the relative toxicities of different samples that may indicate
 efficient source area treatment locations, and to examine changes in toxicity  during different treatment procedures.

Phase  1 - Potential Sources
A drainage system captures runoff and pollutants from many source areas, all with  individual characteristics
 influencing the quantity of runoff and pollutant load. Impervious source areas may  contribute most of the runoff
 during small storm events (e.g., paved parking lots, streets, driveways, roofs, sidewalks, etc.). Pervious source areas
can have higher material washoff potentials and become important contributors  for larger storm events when their
 infiltration rate capacity is exceeded (e.g., gardens, bare ground, unpaved parking areas, construction sites,
undeveloped areas, etc.). Many other factors also affect the pollutant contributions  from source areas, including:
surface roughness, vegetative cover, gradient, and hydraulic connections to a drainage system; rainfall intensity,
duration, and antecedent dry period; and pollutant availability due to direct contamination from local activities,
cleaning frequency/efficiency, and natural and regional sources of pollutants. The relative importance of the
different source areas is therefore a function of the area characteristics, pollutant washoff potential, and the rainfall
characteristics (Pitt 1987).

 Important sources of toxicants are often related to the land use (e.g., high traffic capacity roads, industrial processes,
 and storage area) that are unique to specific land uses activities. Automobile related sources affect the quality and
 quantity of road dust particles through gasoline and oil drips/spills;  deposition of exhaust products; and wear of tire,
 brake,  and pavement materials (Shaheen  1975). Urban landscaping practices potentially produce vegetation cuttings
 and fertilizer and pesticide washoff. Miscellaneous sources include holiday firework debris, wildlife and domestic
 pet wastes, and possible sanitary wastewater infiltration. In addition, resuspension  and deposition of
 pollutants/particles via the atmosphere can increase or decrease the contribution potential of a source area (Pitt and
 Bozeman 1982; Bannerman, etal. 1993).

 Phase  1 - Results
 Table 2.19 summarizes the source area sample data for the most frequently detected organic toxicants and for all of
 the metallic toxicants analyzed. The organic toxicants analyzed, but not reported, were generally detected in 5, or
                                                    42

-------
 less, of the non-filtered samples and in none of the filtered samples. Table 2.19 shows the mean, maximum, and
 minimum concentrations for the detected toxicants. It is important to note that these values are only based on the
 observed concentrations only. They do not consider the non-detectable conditions. Mean values based on total
 sample numbers for each source area category would therefore result in much lower concentrations. The frequency
 of detection is therefore an important consideration when evaluating organic toxicants. High detection frequencies
 for the organics may indicate greater potential problems than infrequent high concentrations.

 Table 2.19 also summarizes the measured pH and SS concentrations. Most pH values were in the range of 7.0 to 8.5
 with a low of 4.4 and a high of 11.6 for a roof and concrete plant storage area runoff sample, respectively. This
 range of pH can have dramatic effects on the speciation of the metals analyzed. The SS concentrations were
 generally less than 100 mg/L, with impervious area runoff (e.g., roofs and parking areas) having much lower SS
 concentrations and turbidities compared to samples obtained from pervious areas (e.g., landscaped areas).

 Thirteen organic compounds, out of more than thirty-five targeted compounds analyzed,  were detected in more than
 10 percent of all samples, as shown in Table 2.19. The greatest detection  frequencies were for 1,3-dichlorobenzene
 and fluoranthene, which were each detected in 23 percent of the samples. The organics most frequently found in
these source area samples (i.e., polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), especially fluoranthene  and pyrene) were
similar to the organics most frequently detected at outfalls in prior studies (EPA 1983a).

Roof runoff, parking  area and vehicle service area samples had the greatest detection frequencies for the organic
toxicants. Vehicle service areas and urban creeks had several of the  observed maximum organic compound
concentrations. Most of the organics were associated with the non-filtered sample portions, indicating an association
with the particulate sample fractions. The compound 1,3-dichlorobenzene was an exception, having a significant
dissolved fraction.

In contrast to the organics, the heavy metals analyzed were detected in almost all samples, including the filtered
sample portions. The non-filtered samples generally had much higher concentrations, with the exception of zinc
which was mostly associated with the dissolved sample portion (i.e., not associated with the SS). Roof runoff
generally had the highest concentrations of zinc, probably from galvanized roof drainage components, as previously
reported by Bannerman, et al. (1983). Parking and storage areas had the highest nickel concentrations, while vehicle
service areas and street runoff had the highest concentrations of cadmium and lead. Urban creek samples had the
highest copper concentrations, which were probably due to illicit industrial connections or other non-stormwater
discharges.

Table 2.20 shows the relative toxicities of the collected stormwaters. A wide range of toxicities  were found. About
9% of the non-filtered samples were considered highly toxic using the Microtox™ toxicity screening procedure.
About 32% of the samples were moderately toxic and about 59% were considered non-toxic. The greatest
percentage of samples considered the most toxic were from industrial storage and parking areas. Landscaped areas
also had a high incidence of highly toxic  samples (presumably due to landscaping chemicals), and roof runoff had
some highly toxic samples (presumably due to high zinc concentrations).  The phase 2 treatability study activities
indicated that filtering the samples through a range of fine sieves and finally  a 0.45um filter consistently reduced
sample toxicities. The chemical analyses  also generally found much higher toxicant concentrations in the non-
filtered sample portions, compared to the filtered sample portions.

 Replicate samples were collected from several source areas at three  land uses during four different storm events to
 statistically examine toxicity and pollutant concentration differences due to storm and site conditions. These data
 indicated that variations in Microtox™ toxicities and organic toxicant concentrations may be partially explained by
 rain characteristics. As an example, high  concentrations of many of the PAHs were associated with long antecedent
 dry periods and large rains (Barren  1990).
                                                    43

-------
Table 2.19. Stormwater toxicants detected In at least 10% of the source area sheetflow samples (ng/L, unless otherwise noted).
Parking Storage Street Loading
Roof areas areas areas runoff docks
N.F.a F.b N.F. F. N.F. F. N.F. F. N.F. F.
Total samples 12 12 16 16 8 8 6633
Base neutrals (detection limit = 0.5 ng/L)
1,3-Dichlorobenzene detection frequency = 20% N.F. and 13% F.
No. detected0 32 32111100
Mean" 52 20 34 13 16 14 5.4 3.3
Max. 88 23 103 26
Min.6 14 17 3.0 2.0
Fluoranthene detection frequency = 20% N.F. and 12% F.
No. detected 32 3210 1100
Mean 23 9.3 37 2.7 4.5 0.6 0.5
Max. 45 14 110 5.4
Min. 7.6 4.8 3.0 2.0
Pyrene detection frequency = 17% N,F, and 7% F.
No. detected 10 3210 1100
Mean 28 40 9.8 8 1.0 0.7
Max. 120 20
Min. 3.0 2.0
Benzo(b)fluoranthene detection frequency = 15% N.F. and 0% F.
No. detected 40 3000 1000
Mean 76 53 14
Max. 260 160
Min. 6.4 3.0
Benzo(k)fluoranthene detection frequency = 11% N.F. and 0% F.
No. detected 00 30001000
Mean 20 15
Max. 1
Min. 3.0
Benzo(a)pyrene detection frequency = 15% N.F. and 0% F.
No. detected 40 30001000
Mean 99 40 19
Max. 300 120
Min. 34 3.0
Vehicle
service
areas
N.F. F.
5


3
48
72
6.0

3
39
53
0.4

3
44
51
0.7

2
98
110
90

2
59
103
15

2
90
120
60
5


2
26
47
4.9

2
3.6
6.8
0.4

2
4.1
7.4
0.7

0




0




0



Landscaped
areas
N.F. F.
6


3
29
54
4.5

3
13
38
0.7

2
5.3
8.2
2.3

1
30



1
61



1
54


6


2
5.6
7.5
3.8

2
1.0
1.3
0.7

0




0




0




0



Urban
creeks
N.F. F.
19 19


2 0
93
120
65

1 0
130



1 0
100



2 0
36
64
8.0

2 0
55
78
31

2 0
73
130
19
Detention
ponds
N.F. F.
12


1
27



2
10
14
6.6

2
31
57
6.0

0




0




0



12


1
21



1
6.6



1
5.8



0




0




0




-------
Table 2.19. Continued).
Parking Storage Street Loading
Roof areas areas areas runoff docks
N.F.a F.b N.F. F. N.F. F. N.F. F. N.F. F.
Total samples 12 12 16 16 8 8 6633
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether detection frequency = 12% N.F. and 2% F.
No. detected 31 2000 1000
Mean 42 17 20 15
Max. 87 2 39
Min. 20 2.0
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether detection frequency = 13% N.F. and 0% F.
No. detected 30 3000 0000
Mean 99 130
Max. 150 400
Min. 68 3.0
Naphthalene detection frequency = 11% N.F. and 6% F.
No. detected 20 1100 0000
Mean 17 72 6.6
Max. 21
Min. 13
Benzo(a)anthracene detection frequency = 10% N.F. and 0% F.
No. detected 10 3000 0000
Mean 1 6 24
Max. 73
Min. 3.0
Butylbenzyl phthalate detection frequency = 10% N.F. and 4% F.
No. detected 10 2100 0000
Mean 100 12 3.3
Max. 21
Min. 3.3
Pesticides (detection limit = 0.3 ng/L)
Chlordane detection frequency = 11% N.F. and 0% F.
No detected 20 20 301000
Mean 1.6 1.0 1.7 0.8
Vehicle
service Landscaped
areas areas
N.F. F. N.F. F.
556 6

1110
45 23 56



2010
120 85
160
74

2110
70 82 49
100
37

2010
35 54
39
31

2210
26 9.8 130
48 16
3.8 3


1 000
0.8
Urban Detention
creeks ponds
N.F. F. N.F. F.
19 19 12 12

1010
200 15



200 0
59
78
40

1122
300 6.7 43 12
68 17
18 6.6

1000
61



1010
59 13




0000

Max.            2.2              1.2           2.9
Min.            0.9              0.8           1.0

-------
Table 2.19. Continued).
Parking Storage
Roof areas areas areas
N.F.a F.b N.F. F. N.F. F.
Total samples 12 12 16 16 8
Metals (detection limit = 1 ng/L)
Lead detection frequency = 100% N.F. and 54% F.
No. detected 121 16 8 8
Mean 41 1.1 46 2.1 105
Max. 170 130 5.2 330
Min. 1.3 1.0 1.2 3.6
Zinc detection frequency = 99% N.F. and 98% F.
No. detected 12 12 16 16 8
Mean 250 220 110 86 1730
Max. 1580 1550 650 560 13100
Min. 11 9 12 6 12
Copper detection frequency = 98% N.F. and 78% F.
No. detected 1 1 7 15 13 8
Mean 110 2.9 116 11 290
Max. 900 8.7 770 61 1830
Min. 1.5 1.1 10 1.1 10
Aluminum detection frequency = 97% N.F. and 92% F.
No. detected 12 12 15 15 7
Mean 6850 230 3210 430 2320
Max 71300 1550 6480 2890 6990
Min. 25 6.4 130 5.0 180
Cadmium detection frequency = 95% N.F. and 69% F.
No. detected 1 1 7 15 9 8
Mean 3.4 0.4 6.3 0.6 5.9
Max. 30 0,7 70 1.8 17
Min. 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.9
Chromium detection frequency = 91% N.F. and 55% F.
No. detected? 2 15 8 8
Mean 85 1.8 56 2.3 75
Max. 510 2.3 310 5.0 340
Min. 5.0 1,4 2.4 1.1 3.7
8


7
2.6
5.7
1.6

7
22
100
3.0

6
250
1520
1.0

6
180
740
10

7
2.1
10
0.3

5
11
32
1.1
Street
runoff
N.F. F.
6


6
43
150
1.5

6
58
130
4.0

6
280
1250
10

6
3080
10040
70

6
37
220
0.4

5
9.9
30
2.8
6


4
2.0
3.9
1.1

6
31
76
4.0

5
3.8
11
1.0

6
880
4380
18

5
0.3
0.6
0.1

4
1,8
2.7
1.3
Loading
docks
N.F, F,
3


3
55
80
25

2
55
79
31

3
22
30
15

3
780
930
590

3
1.4
2.4
0.7

3
17
40
2.4
3


1
2.3



2
33
62
4.0

2
8.7
15
2.6

1
18



3
0.4
0.6
0.3

0



Vehicle
service
areas
N.F. F.
5


5
63
110
27

5
105
230
30

5
135
580
1.5

5
700
1370
93

5
9.2
30
1.7

5
74
320
2.4
5


2
2.4
3.4
1.4

5
73
230
11

4
8.4
24
1.1

4
170
410
0.3

3
0.3
0.5
0.2

1
2.5


Landscaped
areas
N.F. F.
6


6
24
70
1.4

6
230
1160
18

6
81
300
1.9

5
2310
4610
180

4
0.5
1
0.1

6
79
250
2.2
6


1
1.7



6
140
670
18

6
4.2
8.8
O.i

5
1210
1880
120

2
0.6
1
0.1

5
2.0
4.1
1.4
Urban
creeks
N.F. F.
19


19
20
100
1.4

19
10
32
<1

19
50
440
<1

19
620
19


15
1.4
1.6
<1

19
10
23
<1

17
1.4
1.7
<1

19
190
3250 500
<5

19
8.3
30
<0.1

19
62
710
<0.1
<5

15
0.2
0.3
<0.1

15
1.6
4.3
<0.1
Detention
ponds
N.F. F,
12


12
19
55
1

12
13
25
<1

12
43
210
0.2

12
700
1570
<5

12
2
11
0.1

11
37
230
<0.1
12


8
1.0
1.0
<1

12
14
25
<1

8
20
35
<1

12
210
360
<5

9
0.5
0.7
0.4

8
2.0
3.0
<0.1

-------
Table 2.19. Continued).
Roof areas
N.F.a F.b
Total samples 12 12
Nickel detection frequency =
No. detected 10 0
Mean 16
Max. 70
Min 2.6
Other constituents (always
pH
Mean 6.9
Max. 8.4
Min 4.4
Suspended solids
Mean 14
Max. 92
Min. 0.5
Parking Storage
areas areas
N.F. F. N.F. F.
16 16 8 8
90% N.F.
14
45
130
4.2
detected,

7.3
8.7
5.6

110
750
9.0
and 37% F.
4 8 1
5.1 55 87
13 170
1.6 1.9
Vehicle
Street Loading service
runoff docks areas
N.F. F. N.F. F. N.F. F.
6

5
17
70
1.2
analyzed only for non-filtered

8.5
12
6.5

100
450
5.0

7.6
B.4
6.9

49
110
7.0
6 3

0 3
6.7
8.1
4.2
samples)

7.8
8.3
7.1

40
47
34
355

1 5 1
1.3 42 31
70
7.9


7.2
8.1
5.3

24
38
17
Landscaped
areas
N.F. F.
6 6

4 1
53 2.1
130
21


6.7
7.2
6.2

33
81
8.0
Urban
creeks
N.F. F.
19 19

18 16
29 2.3
74 3.6
<1 <1


7.7
8.6
6.9

26
140
5.0
Detention
ponds
N.F. F.
12

11
24
70
1.5


8.0
9.0
7.0

17
60
3.0
12

8
3.0
6.0
<1









aN.F/. concentration associated with a nonfiltered sample.
b F.: concentration after the sample was filtered through a 0.45 urn membrane filter.
c Number detected refers to the number of samples in which the toxicant was detected.
d Mean values based only on the number of samples with a definite concentration of toxicant reported (not on the total number of samples analyzed).
0 The minimum values shown are the lowest concentration detected, they are not necessarily the detection limit.

-------
Table 2.20. Relative Toxicity of Samples Using Microtox™ (Non-filtered)
Local Source
Areas
Roofs
Parking Areas
Storage Areas
Streets
Loading Docks
Vehicle Service Areas
Landscaped Areas
Urban Creeks
Detention Ponds
All Areas
Highly
Toxic
(%)
8
19
25
0
0
0
17
0
8
9%
Moderately
Toxic
(%)
58
31
50
67
67
40
17
11
8
32%
Not
Toxic
(%)
33
50
25
33
33
60
66
89
84
59%
Number
of
Samples
12
16
8
6
3
5
6
19
12
87
                 Microbics suggested toxicity definitions for 35 minute exposures:
                         Highly Toxic - light decrease >60%
                         Moderately Toxic - light decrease <60% & >20%
                         Not Toxic - light decrease <20%
                                                  48

-------
                                               Chapter 3

                        Laboratory-Scale Toxicant Reduction Tests


The phase 2 activities of this project examined methods to reduce stormwater toxicity from critical source areas
using a variety of conventional bench-scale treatment processes. The data from phase 1 identified the critical source
areas which generally had the highest toxicant concentrations for study during this research phase. The critical
source areas targeted for this additional study were storage/parking and vehicle service areas.

Phase 2 - Analysis and Sampling
The objective of this second research phase was to quantify improvements in stormwater toxicity using different
stages of several bench-scale treatment methods. These data were used to indicate the relative effectiveness of
different treatment efforts and processes. To meet this  objective and the resource restraints of cost and time, the
Azur Environmental (previously Microbics, Inc.) Microtox™ screening toxicity test was chosen to indicate the
relative changes in toxicity.

The efficiency of many pollution control devices is affected by the particle sizes and settling velocity distributions of
the pollutants in the wastewater. Therefore, settling column tests were conducted to determine the pollutant settling
velocities. Standard gravimetric solids analyses (EPA 1983b) were conducted on the settling column samples to
calculate the settling velocities and specific gravities of the particulates. Nephelometric turbidity analyses were also
conducted (EPA 1983b) for all subsamples during the treatability tests.

Samples were collected in the same manner from the critical source areas selected for testing as described in phase
1, but a larger volume of sample (10 to 20 liters) was collected from each location.

Phase 2 - Experimental Error
The second phase included intensive analyses of samples from twelve sampling locations in the Birmingham, AL,
area. Table 3.1 lists the sampling dates, source area categories, and relative toxicity category prior to treatment.
These sampled storms represent practically all of the rains that occurred during the field portion of the second
project phase (July-November, 1990). Independent replicates (obtained during separate analysis runs) were used to
determine the measurement errors associated with the Microtox™ procedure. The total number of Microtox™
analyses that were conducted for all of the treatability tests for each sample is also noted, as are the means, standard
deviations,  and coefficients of variation of the replicate toxicity values.

The initial toxicity values (before treatability tests) were plotted on normal-probability paper to indicate their
probability distribution characteristics. Almost all of the samples had initial toxicity values that were shown to be
normally distributed. Therefore, the coefficient of variation (COV = standard deviation/mean) values shown on
Table 3.1 can be used as an indication of the confidence intervals of the Microtox™ measurements. The COVs
ranged from 2.3 to 9.8 percent, with an average value of 5.1 percent. Therefore, the 95 percent confidence interval
(two times the COV values include 95.4 percent of the data, if normally distributed) for the Microtox™ procedure
ranged between 5 and 20 percent of the mean values. These confidence intervals are quite narrow for a bioassay test
and indicate the good repeatability of the Microtox™ procedure. In all cases, statistical tests were performed on the
test results to indicate the significance of the different  treatability tests.

Table 3.1 also shows that samples B and D were initially extremely toxic, while the remainder of the samples were
moderately toxic. All samples were reduced to "non-toxic" levels after various degrees of treatment.
                                                   49

-------
 Table 3.1. Phase 2 Treatability Sample Descriptions
Sample Date Initial Number of Standard
Source Toxicity" Analyses Deviation6
(%)
Automobile Service Area Samples
B 7/10/90 78 28 7.6
C 7/21/90 34 42 2.9
E 8/19/90 43 74 1.3
H 10/17/90 50 88 1.5
Industrial Loadinq & Parking Area Samples
D 8/2/90 67 74 2.1
F 9/12/90 31 88 1.5
G 10/3/90 53 88 3.0
I 10/24/90 55 89 1.9
J 11/5/90 49 89 1.1
K 11/9/90 28 89 2.2
Automobile Salvage Yard Samples
L 11/28/90 26 89 1.4
M 12/3/90 54 89 1.8
Coefficient of
Variation"
(%)
9.8
8.5
3.0
3.0
3.1
4.9
5.7
3.4
2.3
8.1
5.5
3.4
        " Toxicity measured as percent light reduction after 35 minute exposure.
        b Applies to replicate samples only.

Phase 2 - Treatability Tests
The selected source area runoff samples all had elevated toxicant concentrations, compared to the other urban source
areas  initially examined, allowing a wide range of laboratory partitioning and treatability analyses to be conducted.
The treatability tests conducted were:

                • Settling column (37 mm x 0.8 m Teflon™ column).
                • Floatation (series of eight glass narrow neck 100 mL volumetric flasks).
                • Screening and filtering (series of eleven stainless steel sieves, from 20 to 106 um, and a 0.45 urn
                  membrane filter).
                • Photo-degradation (2 liter glass beaker with a 60 watt broad-band incandescent light placed 25
                  cm above the water, stirred with a magnetic stirrer with water temperature and evaporation rate
                  also monitored).
                • Aeration  (the same beaker arrangement as above, without the light, but with filtered compressed
                  air keeping the test solution supersaturated  and well mixed).
                • Photo-degradation and aeration combined (the same beaker arrangement as above, with
                  compressed air, light, and stirrer).
                • Undisturbed control sample (a sealed and covered glass jar at room temperature).

Because of the difficulty of obtaining large sample volumes from many of the source areas that were to be
examined, these bench-scale  tests were all designed to use small sample volumes (about one liter per test). Each test
(except for filtration, which was an  "instantaneous" test) was conducted over a duration of 3 d. Subsamples (40 mL
each) were obtained for toxicity analyses at 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 12, 24,48, and 72 h. In addition, settling column samples
were also obtained several times within the first hour, at: 1,3,5, 10, 15,25, and 40 minutes.

Phase 2 - Results
The Microtox™ procedure allowed  toxicity screening tests to be conducted on each sample partition during the
treatment tests. This procedure enabled more than 900 toxicity  tests to be made. Turbidity tests were also conducted
on all samples.

Figures 3.1 to 3.24 (placed at end of chapter) are graphical data plots of the toxicity reductions observed  during each
treatment procedure examined, including the control measurements. These figures  are grouped in threes for each
treatment type. One group contains the treatment responses for the automobile service facility areas (samples B, C,
E, and H), another group is for the industrial loading and parking areas (samples D, F, G, I, J, and K), and the last
group is for the automobile salvage yards (samples L and M). These plots indicate  the reduction in toxicity as the
                                                   50

-------
 level of treatment increased. As an example, Figures 3.1 through 3.3 show three separate plots for the undisturbed
 samples undergoing very little change, except for samples F (which increased in toxicity with time) and C (which
 decreased in toxicity with time). In contrast, Figures 3.4 through 3.6 show the dramatic improvements available with
 plain physical settling. All samples, except for B, showed dramatic reductions in toxicity with increasing settling
 times. Even though the data are separated into these three groups, very few consistent differences are noted in the
 way the different sample types responded to various treatments. As expected, there are greater apparent differences
 between the treatment methods than between the sample groupings.

 Table 3.2 summarizes results from the non-parametric Wilcoxon signed ranks test (using SYSTAT: The System for
 Statistics, Version 5, SYSTAT, Inc., Evanston, 111.) for different treatment combinations. This statistical test
 indicates the two-sided probabilities that the  sample groups are the same. A probability of 0.05, or less, is used to
 indicate significant differences in the data sets (indicated by bold italics in the table). As  an example, Table 3.2
 indicates that there were significant differences (probabilities of 0.02) for all of the treatment tests done on sample D
 (an extremely toxic sample), compared to the undisturbed control sample.
Table 3.2.  Two-sided Probabilities Comparing Different Treatment Tests

                         Auto. Service Area        Industrial Loading & Parking Area
Auto. Salvage
Undisturbed versus:
settling
aeration
photodegradation
aeration &
photodegradation.
flotation - top layer
flotation - mid. layer
B C E H
n/a 0.25 0.02 0.41
n/a 0.31 0.25 0.07
n/a 0.12 0.06 0.16
n/a 0.35 0.24 0.06
n/a n/a 0.74 0.02
n/a n/a 0.31 0.87
D F G I J K
0.02 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.01 0.01
0.02 0.05 0.06 0.04 0.01 0.01
0.02 0.04 0.03 0.07 0.01 0.01
0.02 0.05 0.03 0.09 0.01 0.01
0.02 0.05 0.13 0.01 0.03 0.21
0.02 0.78 0.02 0.26 0.16 0.17
L M
0.02 0.02
0.02 0.03
0.02 0.16
0.02 0.09
0.01 0.09
0.59 0.89
The aeration test provided the most samples that had significant probabilities of being different from the control
condition. Settling, photo-degradation, and aeration and photo-degradation combined, were similar in providing the
next greatest number of samples that had significant probabilities of being different from the control condition. The
floatation test had six samples that had significant differences in toxicity between the top floating layer and the
control sample. However, the more important contrast between the middle sample layers (below the top floating
layer) and the control sample, which would indicate a reduction in toxicity of post-treated water, had only two
samples that were significantly different from the control sample.

The absolute magnitudes of toxicity reductions must also be considered. As an example, it may be significant, but
unimportant, if a treatment test provided many (and therefore consistent) samples having statistically significant
differences compared to the control sample, if the actual toxicity reductions were very small.

As shown on Figures 3.1 to 3.24, important reductions in toxicities were found during many of the treatment tests.
The highest toxicant reductions were obtained by settling for at least 24 h (providing at least 50 percent  reductions
for all but 2 samples), screening through at least a 40 um screen (20-70 percent reductions), and aeration and/or
photo-degradation for at least 24 h (up to 80 percent reductions). Increased settling, aeration or photo-degradation
times, and screening through finer meshes, all reduced sample toxicities further. The floatation tests produced
floating sample layers that generally increased in toxicity with time and lower sample layers that generally
decreased in toxicity  with time, as expected; however, the benefits were quite small (less than 30 percent
reductions). As shown on Table 3.2, only about 40% of the floatation test toxicity changes were statistically
different from the variations found in the control samples.

These tests indicate the wide ranging behavior of these related samples for the different treatment tests.  Some
samples responded poorly to some tests, while other samples responded well to all of the treatment tests. Any
practical application  of these treatment unit processes  would therefore require a treatment train approach, subjecting
critical source area runoff to a combination of processes in order to obtain relatively consistent overall toxicant
reduction benefits. The next three chapters describe a treatment train that was evaluated to reduce  critical source
area stormwater toxicity.
                                                   51

-------
c
0)
u
4>
Q.

C
o
•o
ce
'o
'x
\—
X
o
o
o
2


80

60

40
20
0
-20
-40

-60

-80

-100
1 T T — 1 	 1 	 T 	 1 	 T 	 1 	 1— 	 1 	
-

-

Samplers" 	 «
X u . 	 — TtT7.-., Sample "1" "
•-^J-y^-- 	 	 Sample "J" Sample 'K- 	
,; Sample "G" 	 .:
*•" 	
v
>
xx
\
• 	 _ Sample "P1

                      6    12   18   24   30  16   42   48   54   60   66   72
                   Undisturbed (room temperature, dark, and sealed)  (hours)
Figure 3.1  Toxicity reduction on control samples - industrial loading and parking areas.
              100

               80

               60

               40

               20

                0

              -20

              -40

              -60

              -80

             -100
                      •Sample "H"
Sample "E"	'--r"
                 0   6    12   18   24   30   36   42   48   54   60   66   72
                    Undisturbed (room temperature, dark,  and sealed) (hours)

    Figure 3.2 Toxicity reduction on control samples - automobile service facilities.
           -  100
               80 -

               60 -

               40

               20

                a

              -20

              -40

              -60

              -80

             -100
            Sample "M"
   Sample "L"
                 0    6   12   18   24   30   38   42   48   54   60   66  72
                    Undisturbed (room  temperature, dark, and sealed) (hours)

      Figure 3.3 Toxicity reduction on control samples - automobile salvage yards.
                                           52

-------
                                      Sample "F'^^.-i'l

                                    /-•-'' Sample "G"
                             12   18   2*   X   36   42   48   54   60   66   72
                                     Settling Time (hours)
Figure 3.4 Toxlcity reduction from settling treatment • industrial loading and parking areas.
            o
            3
            •a
100
 90
 80
 70
 SO
 50
 40
 30
 20
 10
  0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
                                     Sample "£"	"

                                            _.---""Sample "C"
                                                  Sample "H"
Sample "B"
                            12
                                                           54   60   66   72
                                     24   30   36   42   48
                                    Settling Time (hours)
    Figure 3.5  Toxicity reduction from settling treatment - automobile service facilities.
                  100
                  90
                  ao
                  70
                  60
                  50
                  40
                  30
                  20
                  10
                    0
                  -10
                  -20
                  -30
                  -40
                  -50
             Sample "L"
             Sample "M" ..---
                              12   18   24   30   36   42   48
                                      Settling Time (hours)
                                                             54   60   66  72
       Figure 3.6 Toxicity reduction from settling treatment - automobile salvage yards.
                                              53

-------
                 100
                  90
                  30
                  70
                  60
                  50
                  40
                  30
                  20
                  10
                   0
                 -10
                 -20
                 -30 r
                 -40
                 -50
Sample "I"
                        6   12   18   24   30   36   42   48   54  60   66   72
                                   Aeration Period (hours)
Rgure 3.7  Toxicity reduction from aeration treatment - industrial loading and parking areas.
                                       Sample "E"	

                                      ——-—•'
                                      ample "H"
                        6    12   18   24   30   36  42   48   54   60
                                   Aeration Period (hours)
                                                                   66   72
    Rgure 3.8 Toxicity reduction from aeration treatment • automobile service facilities.
             01
             Q.
                            12
                                18   24  30   36  42   48   54
                                   Aeration  Period (hours)
     Figure 3.9  Toxicity reduction from aeration treatment - automobile salvage yards.
                                           54

-------
                    100
                          10   20
                                                        80   90  100  110
                                   30   40  50  50   70

                                   Sieve Size  (microns)


Figure 3.10 Toxicity reduction from sieve treatment - industrial loading and parking areas.
                   100
                    60
V
ce

-2-  40
o
'x
o
                    20
                                    \ Sample "H"
                         Sample "E"
                                  30   4O  50   60   70

                                  Sieve Size (microns)
                                                       80   90   100  110
    Figure 3.11  Toxicity reduction from sieve treatment - automobile service facilities.
   100



    90



    80



    70



    60



    50



    40



    30



    20



    10



      0
                                   Sample "M"
                            Sample "L"^
                          10  20
                                   30   40  50  60   70   80  90  100  110

                                   Sieve  Size  (microns)


      Figure 3.12  Toxicity reduction from sieve treatment - automobile salvage yards.
                                            55

-------
                              12   18   24   30   36  42   48  54   60
                                Photo-degradation Period (hours)
                                         66   72
Figure 3.13  Toxicity reduction from photo-degradation treatment - industrial loading and parking areas.
                   100
                   90
                   ao
                   70
                   60
                   50
                   40
                   30
                   20
                   10
                    0
                  -10
                  -20
                  -30
                  -40
                  -50
Sample "C",	

      Sample "E"
                              12   18   24   30   36   42   48   54
                               Photo—degradation Period (hours)
                                                                 60   66
                                                                          72
    Figure 3.14 Toxicity reduction from photo-degradation treatment - automobile service facilities.
               
-------
 100
 90
 80
 70
 60
 50
 40
 30
 20
 10
  0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
                                                                     Sample "J"
                                Sample "LV>-'-
                                  Sample "G".--"'
                               	5'omple "D"
                                                    Sample "K"	,?-~-~-~-:-	
                                       Sample "r",.'
                                 6   12   18   24   30   36   42  48   54   60   66
                                  Aeration and Photo— degradation  Combined (hours)
                                                                                   72
   Figure 3.16 Toxicity reduction from aeration and photo-degradation treatment - industrial loading and
                                               parking areas.
                         100
                          90
                          30
                          70
                          SO
                          50
                          40
                          30
                          20 F
                          10
                           0
                         -10
                         -20
                         -30
                         -40
                         -50
.-'' Sample "E",''
                                6    12   .18   24   30   36   42   48    54   60   66
                                 Aeration and Photo-degradation Combined  (hours)
                                                                                  72
Figure 3.17 Toxicity reduction from aeration and photo-degradation treatment - automobile service facilities.
                                 6    12   18   24   30   36   42   48   54   60   66   72
                                 Aeration and  Photo—degradation Combined (hours)
 Figure 3.18  Toxicity reduction from aeration and photo-degradation treatment - automobile salvage yards.
                                                      57

-------
                          90
                          60
                          30
                        -30
                    ~  -60
                     x  -9°
                     o


                     2 -120
                    _o
                                 Sample "D"
                                              	^ Sample "J"


                                           Sample "I"
                                            Sample "K"



                                         Sample "F"
                                                                       Sample G"
                                6   12   18   24   30   36   42   48   54   60   66   72

                               Floatation period (floating top layer samples) (hours)



Figure 3.19 Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (top layer samples) - Industrial loading and parking

                                                  areas.
C-   90
 c.
 
-------
c
u
0>
u.
c
^eductio
$
'x
o
X
o
o
u
2

90

60
30
0
-30
-60
-90

-120

-150

-180
0
. '___J 	 ' 	 ' iii i ' i i
Tsomple 'D"
-
Sample "G"
Sample "1" 	 "
VT Sample "K"
- \
---"''
^
\ Sample "F" ,--"'
Nv ,'
\
^ ,'
- . : 	 1
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
                                Floatation period (middle layer samples) (hours)

 Figure 3.22 Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (middle layer samples) - industrial loading and
                                            parking areas.
                        90


                        60


                        30


                         0


                       -30


                       -60
                   JN

                   I   -90
                   o
                   •~  -120 -
                   x
                   o
                   o  -150 -
                   u
                   '•5  -180 -
T3
.,
(J
'x
o
I —
X
'o
u
3
90

60
30
0

-30

-60

-90

-120

-150

-180
i i i i . i i i i i i

_
Sample "M"
, /

Sample "L"
\ 	 • — " ' "
-V/

-

-

-

"
                               6   12   18   24   30   36   42   48   54   60   66

                                  Floatation period (middle layer samples) (hours)
                                                                                72
Figure 3.24 Toxicity reduction from floatation treatment (middle layer samples) - automobile salvage yards.
                                                   59

-------
                                               Chapter 4
                                The Development of the MCTT


 The information contained in this report can be used to develop new stormwater controls by selecting the most
 promising unit processes described during the bench-scale tests and applying them in unique combinations, or by
 adding them to currently utilized stormwater controls. This chapter presents one such application of this information
 in the development of the Multi-Chambered Treatment Train (MCTT).

 Component of a comprehensive urban runoff control program typically include structural practices such as detention
 ponds, grass swales, infiltration trenches, and other physical devices. The goal of this research was to add additional
 tools to these other technologies. This research developed and evaluated the effectiveness of the MCTT for the
 treatment of stormwater toxicants at critical source areas. The target area for use of this particular device includes
 areas such as vehicle service facilities, parking areas, paved storage areas, and fueling stations. In prior studies and
 during the first phase of this research project (as summarized in Chapter 2), these areas were found to have some of
 the highest concentrations of toxicants compared to all source areas (Barron 1990; Pitt, etal.  1995). The MCTT
 device is especially suited for these locations as it is a subterranean unit consuming no land surface area. Space is
 extremely limited for these typically small areas and these critical source areas are therefore left with few
 alternatives.

 The MCTT consists of three chambers:

         1. a catchbasin (or grit chamber) for removal of large particles and litter,
        2. a settling chamber for quiescent settling of fine settleable solids,
        3. a sand-peat moss "filter" for final polishing.

 Figure 4.1 shows a cross section of the MCTT. The catchbasin functions primarily as a protector for the other two
 units by removing large, grit-sized material. The setting chamber is the primary treatment chamber for removing
 settleable solids and associated constituents. The sand-peat filter is for final polishing of the effluent, using a
combination of sorption and ion exchange for the removal of soluble pollutants, for example.  During this research,
testing of the pilot-scale MCTT at a typical critical source area found it to significantly reduce urban stormwater
pollutants.

The remaining sections of this chapter briefly review oil and water separators, and the development of the MCTT.
Chapter 5 presents the results of field trials of the MCTT as a pilot-scale unit in Birmingham., AL, plus as two full-
sized units located in Wisconsin. Chapter 6 describes the general procedures for designing an MCTT.

 Oil/water separators are discussed in the following section because of their common use in treating stormwater at
 critical source areas. Information provided from manufactures and from the literature is summarized to indicate their
 ability to treat stormwater. Several types of commercially available oil/water separators are reviewed in this chapter.
 Little documentation, however, was located describing the performance of conventional oil/water separators for
 stormwater treatment. Documentation was also limited as to the proper design and application of these devices for
 stormwater. These devices are typically used for treating process wastewaters, although some authors describe their
 use for stormwater treatment. Their short-comings in treating stormwater were a major incentive for the
 development of the MCTT. The MCTT is somewhat comparable to an oil/water separator, but with enhanced
 settling and with the addition of a mixed media filter.
                                                    60

-------
Catchbasln      Main  Settling  Chamber
Packed Column  ~  i°rhe"f P1"0"3   4
aerators         ~   ln«  bubble aerators
                 -  tube settlers
Filtering  Chamber
—  sorbent filter fabric,
—  mixed  media filter layer
   (sand and peat)
-  filter  fabric
-  gravel  packed
   underdrain

                                                                                  Q.

                                    Figure 4.1 MCTT cross section.

-------
 Oil/Water Separators
 This report section briefly examines the most widely available oil/water separation technologies and their expected
 ability to treat stormwater. These devices include gravity separators (including API separators and separation
 vaults), coalescing plates separators, and cartridge filters added to oil/water separators. These devices are
 extensively used to treat industrial wastewaters and have been shown to be effective in those applications for which
 they were designed. Figure 4.2 summarizes the effectiveness of gravity oil/water separators. These units perform
 best at very high levels of oil contamination, such as may be found  at some industrial locations. This figure shows
 about 90% reductions in oil, if the influent oil concentrations are greater than about 10,000 mg/L. Reductions of
 about 50% would occur at influent oil concentrations of about 200 mg/L. Very little reduction is expected at levels
 less than about 100 mg/L. Little information is available demonstrating their effectiveness in treating stormwater,
 which usually has  oil contamination levels of much less than 100 mg/L.

 Other oil/water reduction technologies are used in some industrial applications, including separation tanks (typically
 small tanks used in shops that produce very small wastewater flows), and centrifuge separators (which require high
 energy demands and high maintenance, and are utilized in off-shore drilling operations). Neither of these
 technologies would be appropriate for the diffuse locations and highly irregular stormwater flows from critical
 source areas and are therefore not addressed in this report.

 Factors Relevant to Oil/Water Separator Performance
 Many factors affect separator performance, including: the quantity of oil, oil density, water temperature and other
 wastestream characteristics. The most important characteristic affecting oil removal performance is oil droplet size,
 from which the critical  rise rate can be determined. After determining the rise rate, design flow rate, and effective
 horizontal separation area, the separator can be appropriately sized.

 Oil Droplet Size and Critical Rise Rate
 Oil/water mixtures are usually divided into four categories:

        • free-floating oil, with oil droplet sizes of 250 urn or more, is evidenced by an oil slick or film on the
          water surface. In this case, the oil has separated from the water.
        • oil droplets and globules ranging in size from 10-300 um. This range is the most important range when
          dealing with oil/water separation.
        • emulsions, which have sizes in the 1-30 jam range, and
        •"dissolved" oil with diameters of less than 10 um.

The largest oil droplets  are easily separated from water using a basic spill trap or separation device. Smaller droplets
cause wide ranging differences in performance from different separation devices.  Emulsions are of two types:  stable
and unstable.  Stable emulsions are usually the result of surfactants (i.e. soaps and detergents) which hold the
droplets in solution. This type of emulsion is often present in cleaning operations  and can often be very difficult to
remove. Unstable emulsions are created by shearing forces present in mixing: the oil is held in suspension when the
interfacial tension of the drops' surface is equal to the force acting on the drops. These will generally separate by
physical methods such as extended settling times or filtration methods. Oil/water  separators are not able to treat
 stable emulsions or dissolved oil.

The American Petroleum Institute (API) suggests that the trapping of all oil droplets greater than 60 um  is an
appropriate design goal for API oil/water separators (API 1990). The following example was presented by the Local
 Hazardous Waste Management Program in King County, Washington. The first step is to obtain the oil droplet size
 distribution, by volume. Droplet size determinations can be made using several techniques, including using a
 Coulter Counter, manual counting, or using a laser particle counter. The Coulter LS230  is an appropriate laser
 particle counter, while the Coulter Multi-Sizer lie measures the oil droplets by sensing their effects on an electrical
 field. Table 4.1 shows a size distribution of droplets. If the goal is 95% oil reduction, by volume, then all droplets
 greater than 30 um should be removed. If the goal was only 65% control, then the critical drop size would be only
 90 um. The critical rise rate (VT) can be calculated for the critical drop size using Stokes'  law and used to select the
                                                     62

-------
10.000
>,000
7,000
5.000
4.000
3.000
2.000
1,000
•00
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
K>
to
70
60
SO
40
30
20
10
























































•























































*



















































•




i
•



































•

































t
















































































































I



















*












,





•*H



1














i

























9 8 asssessf g 89988881 § §|§§1§|| | |






















































LEGEND
• Parallel-plate separator
• Conventional oil-water separate
• • Less than given value







•







,








































11111





































•






I II






r












III!
                    InfltMnl oU, milligrams par liter
       Note: The d«u in iMi figure in ukcn from the 1911 API Refinery Survey.
Figure 4.2  Performance of API oil/water separators (AP11990).

-------
 most appropriate oil/water separator design. The relationship between the number of droplets and the volume of oil
 is given in the following equation:

 Volume of Oil = (number of droplets) * (71/6) "(diameter of droplets)3
 Table 4.1. Example Oil Droplet Size Distribution
 (Source: King Co. 1995)

   Drop Diameter   % in Size Range   % in Size Range
                 (by count)        (by volume)
<30
31-60
60-90
90 - 120
>120
10
40
30
15
5
<1
5
30
45
20
Design Flow Rate
The efficiency of a separator also depends upon the flow rate: as the flow increases, the separator performance
decreases. Therefore, a separator must be designed to accommodate the maximum expected flow for a given rainfall
event.

Effective Horizontal Separation Area
Once the critical rise-rate and maximum flow have been determined, the effective horizontal area is calculated from
the equation AH = Q/VT. This formula, also known as Hazen's principle, is commonly used in oil/water separator
design. Often, large areas are required for effective separation. However, stacked coalescing plates can be used to
create the necessary separator area in a limited space.

Other  Considerations
Selecting the critical (or design) density of oil is another relevant factor in the design of an oil/water separator. The
heaviest oil presumed to be present is used in determining the critical rise velocity. In general, densities range from
0.82-0.95. The separator will be most efficient for the lowest oil densities.

Water temperature also affects oil/water separator performance. At lower temperatures, separation becomes more
difficult, and therefore, the lowest temperature routinely encountered should be used in the design. Ambient ground
temperatures a few meters below the surface can be used to estimate water temperatures for an underground
installation. Also, ambient air temperatures during cooler weather can be used. Highland Tank suggests a
conservative value within the  5 - 15°C (40 - 60°  F) range, unless actual testing indicates that another value should
be used.

The solids content of the wastewater must also be considered for separator design. After the basic dimensions of the
separator have been calculated, sufficient volume  within the separator must be added for solids storage between
cleanings. However, the exact amount of solids that may accumulate is not as important as the knowledge that they
do enter the system and that one must design for their removal from the separator (Highland Tank). Therefore, a
proper design should include not only the needed  storage volumes for both hydrocarbons and solids, but also
adequate access so that proper monitoring and cleaning may  occur.


Gravity Separation
Gravity separation relies on the density differences between oil and water. Oil will rise to the water surface unless
some other contributing factor such as a solvent or detergent interferes with the process. For gravity units, this
density difference is the only mechanism by which separation occurs. Other technologies, such as air flotation,
coalescing plates, and impingement coalescing filters, enhance the separation process by mechanical means.
                                                     64

-------
Gravity separators are the most basic type of separator and are the most widely used. They have few, if any, moving
parts and require little maintenance with regard to the structure or operation of the device. Usually, separators are
designed to meet the criteria of the American Petroleum Institute (API), and are fined with other devices such as
coalescing plate interceptors (CPI) and filters. Even though these separators are effective in removing free and
unstable oil emulsions, they are ineffective in removing most emulsions and soluble oil fractions (Ford 1978).
Furthermore, it is important to remember that no gravity oil/water separation device will have a significant impact
on many of the other important stormwater pollutants, requiring additional treatment (Highland Tank).

Conventional American Petroleum Institute (API) Oil/Water Separator
The conventional API oil/water separator consists of a large chamber divided by baffles into three sections. The first
chamber acts as an equalization chamber where grit and larger solids settle and turbulent flow slows before entering
the  main separation chamber (Figure 4.3).



kh*w /

* :
»

Separator Channel A
'*»
Separator Channel B






B
t
I
                                   SIDE VIEW
                                                                 n-2
                                         A« * tool crou-sectional area.
                                         AH x tool surface uea of separator.
                                         5 ^ width of channel.
                                         d & depth of water.
                                         L * IcniiaofchaaaeL
                                         it * total number of lepamc
                                         2. a influent flow.
                                         VH « horizoiial velocity.
                                         V, > naenaeofoUflobalei.
                                                              \         \
                                                                                 END VIEW
                                Figure 4.3 API oil/water separator (AP11990).
                                                     65

-------
Often, manufacturers suggest the use of a catchbasin or interceptor tank as a pretreatment device so that coarse
material will be kept from entering the oil/water separation tank. After entering the main chamber, solids settle to
the bottom and oil rises to the top, according to Stokes' law. Larger API oil/water separators contain a sludge
scraper which continually removes the captured settled solids into a sludge pit. The oil is also removed by an oil
skimmer operating on the water surface. At the end of the separation chamber, all oil particles having a diameter of
larger than the critical size have theoretically risen to the  surface and have been removed by an oil skimmer.  Small
API units usually do not contain an oil skimmer, sludge scrapper, or sludge pit. While they are less costly due to the
absence of moving parts, they require more frequent cleaning and maintenance. These smaller units have been
shown to be as effective as the larger more expensive units, if they receive proper maintenance at regular intervals.

The API has developed a process by which to design a separator. The following steps describe this process with
Figure 4.3 used as a reference:

        1.  Determine the droplet rise velocity (VT) of the critical droplet size using Stokes' Law:

                                         VT = (g/18^)*(pw-Po)*d2
        Where:
                VT = rising velocity (terminal  velocity) of oil droplets (cm/sec or ft/s)
                g = acceleration due to gravity (cm/sec2 or ft/s2)
                u = absolute viscosity of water (g/cm-s or lbm/ft-s)
                pw = density of water (g/cm3 or Ibm/ft3)
                po = density of oil  (g/cm3 or Ibm/ft3)
                d = droplet diameter (cm or ft)


        2. Calculate the design horizontal velocity (VH) using the following equation:

                                         VH =  15VT    < 3 ft/min

        Where:
                VH = horizontal velocity  (cm/s or ft/s)

        If the calculated velocity is greater than 3 ft/min,  then 3  ft/min is used as the appropriate design value.


        3. Calculate the minimum vertical cross-sectional area (Av) using the following equation while using a
        value for flow rate (Q) that reflects the maximum expected flow:

                                               Av =  QA/H


        4. Calculate the channel width (W) and height (H) using the following equation:

                                               Av = H x W

        The values H and W will need to conform to the following restraints:

                • The depth (d) of the wastewater should be 0.9 - 2.8 m (3 - 8 ft).
                • The width (B) of the chamber should be  1.8 - 6.1 m (6 - 20 ft).
                • The ratio of depth (d) to width (B)  should be 0.3 - 0.5.

        Highland Tank notes that these values,  as well as the values for horizontal velocity, have a practical basis in
        that they attempt to limit turbulence within the separation zone  and provide a reasonable depth for
        maintenance while considering construction costs.
                                                    66

-------
         5. Calculate the main chamber length (L) using the following equation:

                                       L = F * (VH))/(VTr H    >5W

         F is a turbulence and short-circuiting factor, and serves as a correction factor which allows for less than
         ideal performance. F is a function of VH and Vj. Values of F are found in American Petroleum Institute
         publication number 421 (Table 4.2).

                 Table 4.2. Short-Circuiting Factor
                 (Source: AP11990)
VH/ VT F
20
15
10
6
3
1.74
1.64
1.52
1.37
1.28
        6. Finally, the design calculations are checked to see that the actual horizontal surface area is greater that
        the minimum horizontal area (AH). If AH is greater that the actual surface area, then steps 3 through 5 are
        repeated with different assumptions about height and width. AH is found by the following equation:

                                             AH = F x (Q/VT)


The API (1990) stipulates that if these design criteria are met, then the separator will remove all oil droplets greater
than about 150 um in diameter. The API reports that retention times are usually greater than the actual design values
since actual flows are usually smaller than design flows, hence smaller droplets are removed most of the time.  This
finding is confirmed by Ruperd (1993) in a study of an oil/water separator treatment device in the community of
Velizy, France. Also, API tanks are known to effectively remove large amounts of oil, including slugs of pure oil,
and will not be overwhelmed (Tramier 1983). Studies have also shown that these separators can produce effluents
down to 30 ppm (Delaine 1995), routinely at 30-150 ppm, with  occasional concentrations above 150 ppm,
depending upon the flow rate, and hence the retention times (Ford 1978).

The API has stated that very few separators with ratios of surface area to flow within the API design range achieved
effluent oil concentrations lower that 100 ppm (API 1990). Therefore,  the API separator is a recommended system
for the removal of solids and gross oil as a pretreatment device upstream of another treatment system, if additional
pollutants  of concern are present, or if more stringent effluent standards are to be met.

The following is a partial list of oil/water separator manufacturers in the U.S.:

        • Highland Tank and Manufacturing Co., One Highland, Rd.  Stoystown, PA 15563
        • McTighe Industries, P.O. Box 928, Mitchell, SD 57301-0928
        • Xerxes Corp., 7901 Xerxes Rd. Minneapolis, MN 55431-1253

Separation Vaults
Separation vaults are variations on the API oil/water separator design. They are  usually either septic tanks or utility
vaults that have been fitted with baffles in the manner of an API separator. They are usually poured in place or
manufactured locally. Surveys of these vaults in King County, Washington, revealed that they had main chamber
depths of  1.2 - 1.5 m (4 - 5 ft), widths of 1.2 -  1.8 m (4 - 6 ft), and lengths of about 1.8 m (6 ft). These vaults are
not necessarily designed according to the previously stated API methods and therefore are termed separation vaults
to differentiate them  from conventional API oil/water separators (King County 1995).
                                                     67

-------
 These vaults can theoretically achieve removal of all oil droplets of 75 urn in size, or greater. The following
 example is from the Local Hazardous Waste Management Program of King County, Washington. A truck
 maintenance facility utilizes a separation vault with a depth of 1.2 m (4 ft), width of 1.5 m (5 ft), and an effective
 length of 1.5 m (5 ft), and which receives runoff at a flow of 0.6 L/s (10 gpm, or 0.02 ft3/s) from the shop floor and
 washing pad. It is assumed that the runoff consists of non-emulsified oil and solids. The retention time is therefore
 4,500 s (75 min). If the rising time is equal to the retention time (Toii = Twater), then the critical droplet diameter is
 found from the following equation:

         den. = {[18|JH] / [g(pwater - Poil)Twater]}° '

 This results in a critical droplet size of 75 um under ideal conditions. This is smaller than the API standard of 150
 um; however, the API separators have been shown to remove particles down to 30 um under ideal conditions and
 the value of 150 um represents what would normally be achieved under practical applications. Here the 75 um
 represents an ideal condition; practical removal sizes would probably be in excess of 150 um.

 Coalescing Plate Interceptor Oil/Water Separators
 The coalescing plate interceptor (CPI) oil/water separators are simply conventional API oil/water separators and
 separator vaults with sets of parallel plates added to the main separation chamber. As small droplets of oil enter the
 plates, they rise until they encounter the next plate. Other drops also rise and coalesce. As the drops become larger,
 the buoyant forces acting on them become greater, eventually forcing the drops to slide off the plates and to rise
 quickly to the surface.

 The total horizontal separator area requirement is reduced by the use of parallel plates by compacting the effective
 separation area into a limited space. The total area is the sum of the area of each plate projected on the horizontal
 plane, along with the open surface area of the separator itself. According to vendors, the use of coalescing plates can
 reduce spatial requirements of separators up to two-fold on width and ten-fold on length when used  in place of a
 conventional separator without plates. Plates also help to dampen turbulence in the system, thus helping to maintain
 laminar flow. Oil collected from these systems has a lower water content than from conventional separators. The
 overall effluent oil content has  been reported to be 60% lower for parallel-plate systems, with a higher proportion of
 small oil droplets recovered (Brunsmann 1962).

 The earliest models  of CPI separators used horizontal parallel plates. Currently, two types of parallel-plate
 separators are marketed: the cross-flow inclined plate separator and the down-flow inclined plate separator. Figure
4.4 is a drawing of a downflow parallel plate separator.  In the cross-flow separator,  flow enters the plates from the
side and oil and sludge accumulates above and below the current. As oil and sludge build up, the oil then breaks free
and rises, while the sludge descends to the separator bottom. In a down-flow separator, the water flows downward
while oil rises to the above plate, and after coalescence, rises counter to the current to the top, while sludge will
descend, helped along by  the current.

The plates themselves are corrugated to improve oil and sludge collection. Vertical gutters are placed along the sides
of the plates themselves at the influent and effluent points to aid in the collection of oils and solids. The plates are
tilted at an angle of 45° - 60°, allowing sludge and oil to slide off, preventing clogging and resulting in lower
maintenance requirements. A 45° angle has been found to be most effective for oil removal (Thanh and Thipsuwan
 1978), but a 60° angle would reduce maintenance requirements further by insuring less clogging. However, a greater
 angle would also reduce the effective surface area as the effective surface is equal to the projection of the plates onto
 the horizontal plane (Branion 1978).

 Typical sizes for CPI oil/water separators are shown in the Table 4.3. As shown, the spacing between plates usually
 ranges from 20 - 40 mm (0.75  - 1.5 in.). However, Dull (1984) found that the optimum distance is 20 mm (3/4 in.),
 based on practical experience. Spacings 13 mm (1/2 in.) and less are prone to clogging and require intensive
 maintenance. Wider spacings, of up to 50 mm (2 in.) are occasionally used, but this limits the number of plates that
 can be placed in a separator, thereby decreasing its effectiveness.
                                                    68

-------
Adjustable outlet weir
        \
                                      Oil skimmer
                                                                          Adustabto inlet weir
                                                          Oil layer
     Clean-water
   outlet channel
     Concrete
                                                                                         Sediment trap
                          Figure 4.4 Downflow parallel plate separator (AP11990).
Table 4.3. Characteristics of coalescing plate interceptor separators (Source: AP11990)
Characteristic
                                Range
Perpendicular distance between plates
Angle of plate inclination from the horizontal
Types of oil removed
Direction of wastewater flow
                                0.75 -1.5 inches
                                45°- 60°
                                free oil only
                                cross-flow, or down-flow
CPI separators have been found to remove droplets down to 30 to 60 um size (Ryan 1986; Romano 1990), and have
been found to produce effluent concentrations in the range of 10 to 20 ppm (Delaine 1995; Dull 1984; Ryan 1986).
CPI separators are a good treatment choice if the wastewater contains smaller droplets and possibly some unstable
emulsions with larger diameter droplet sizes. Dissolved oil, stable emulsions, or a large amount of unstable
emulsions would decrease the performance of the coalescing plate interceptor separators.

The API notes that it is difficult to describe the separation process in a parallel plate separator due to the variability
of plate size, spacing, and inclination. They recommend that users rely on the empirically-derived recommendations
of the plate unit vendors when selecting a coalescing plate interceptor separator.

Impingement Coa/escery and Filtration Devices
Filtration devices are used as post-treatment after separation in coalescing plate separators, and greatly improves the
removal efficiency of a system. Many systems utilize these devices for treatment of industrial runoff; however, they
are occasionally used in stormwater applications as well (Aires 1995). The most common type used is a vertical tube
coalescer which has a random matrix of vertical tubes made of polypropylene fitted together in bundles. These
bundles are placed towards the end of the separation tank before the outlet and after the coalescing plates; however,
                                                     69

-------
 some manufacturers use these devices in place of plate systems. Oleophilic (oil-loving) filters provide a maximum
 coalescing surface, as well as helping to create a more laminar flow. These types of devices can provide better oil
 removal than a tank fitted only with coalescing plates, often with effluents suitable for direct discharge into surface
 waters.

 Solids are trapped in sharp turns or crevices while oils are removed by two mechanisms occurring within the filters.
 First, the small passages in the filters allow the oil droplets to come in contact with each other and coalesce together.
 Second, the oleophilic properties of the media attract oil droplets and hold them until they coalesce with other
 trapped droplets until they eventually break free and rise to the surface.

 The cartridge bundles can be removed and cleaned for reuse, although disposable filters are sometimes used.
 Disposable cartridge filters have the benefit of having simple maintenance requirements: when filters become
 clogged or saturated, they are simply removed and discarded. However, this process in itself may be a drawback in
 that the cartridges may need to be disposed of as a hazardous waste. Further, the cost of filters may be high and
 quickly reduce any benefit gained from reduced maintenance. Filters are typically made from fiberglass, nylon,
 polypropylene, and polyurethane foam; and are normally recommended as a secondary stage of treatment after gross
 solids and oil have been removed (Webb 1991).

 Other problems exist with filter cartridges as well. Filters are easily clogged, even when pretreatment occurs. Also,
 if stable emulsions are present, surfactants will poison the filter by interfering with the surface-wetting properties of
 the filter (Tabakin, et al. 1978). Despite these problems, filters  are known to remove oil to concentrations as low as
 10 ppm, with all droplets greater than 20 urn being removed (Xerxes Corp).


Maintenance of Oil/Water Separators
 Problems with oil/water  separators can be attributed largely to poor maintenance by allowing waste materials to
 accumulate in the system to levels that hinder performance and to levels  that can be readily scoured during
 intermittent high flows. When excess oil accumulates, it will be forced around the oil retention baffle and make its
way into the discharge stream. Also, sludge buildup is a major reason for failure. As waste builds up, the volume in
the chamber above the sludge layer is reduced and therefore the retention time is also reduced, allowing oil to be
discharged. Therefore, the efficiency of oil/water separators in trapping and retaining solids and hydrocarbons
depends largely upon how they are maintained. They must be designed for ease of maintenance and be frequently
maintained. Apparently,  few oil/water separators built for stormwater control are adequately maintained.

Manufacturers of prefabricated oil/water separators,  as well as the American Petroleum Institute, all recommend
periodic inspection and maintenance. Some manufacturers advise that these devices be cleaned twice per year, even
if the device is apparently working properly. However, it is best if the devices are inspected after every rainfall to
determine the rate of hydrocarbon and sludge buildup. The  most effective maintenance schedule can then be
obtained for each individual device. French researchers also advocate this approach, by developing individual
maintenance schedules after intensive observations for six months (Aires 1995).

Ease of maintenance must be considered when designing separators, including providing easy access. Maintenance
on these devices  is accomplished by using suction equipment, such as a truck mounted vacuum utilized by personnel
trained to handle potentially hazardous waste. The vacuum  is used to skim off the top oil layer and the device is then
drained. In larger devices, the corrugated plates  are left in place, but otherwise, they are lifted out along with any
other filter devices that are present. The sludge is then vacuumed out or shoveled out and any remaining solids are
loosened by  spraying hot water at normal pressure.

Maintenance of parallel plate units and coalescing filters is  similar. The separator is  drained and the plates are
washed by spraying. If there is inadequate space, then the plates will need to be  lifted from the separator for
effective cleaning. Cleaning should occur when coating of the plates is evident and before accumulations begin to
clog the spaces. Cleaning of polypropylene coalescing tubes is also  accomplished by lifting out the tube bundles and
cleaning with a hose or high pressure water spray to remove accumulated oil and grit. Sludge is removed from
                                                    70

-------
 underneath the coalescer supports and the coalescers are then replaced. No soaps or detergents are used in cleaning
 polypropylene components as they would destroy the oleophilic nature of the material.


 Performance of Oil/Water Separators for  Treating Stormwater
 Manufacturers state that efficiencies observed during testing of oil/water separators are on the order of 97 - 99% for
 the removal of oil from wastewater. The test method typically applies oil to a paved washpad, with water added via
 a sprinkler system to simulate rainfall. Oil is of a specified density (typically 0.72 - 0.95). These synthetic events are
 necessary to evaluate the performance of a separator but do not necessarily reflect the processes which occur during
 actual rainfall conditions where rapidly changing flows rates, unknown oil mixtures, and other pollutants are
 present. Published research is difficult to find on how these units actually perform once placed in operation.

 Interception of solid particles through settling, and flotation of oils and other floatables are processes occurring
 within an oil/water separator. French studies have shown that the average SS removal efficiency of separators is
 about 50% (Aires 1995). Oil/water separation requires an ascending speed of about 8 m/h, while the settling velocity
 of solids require descending velocities on the order of 1 to 3 m/h. At rates of 20% of the design flow rate, about 80%
 of the solids are removed; at 30% of the design flow rate, about 50% of the solids are removed. Negative removals
 also occur as the result of resuspension of previously settled material (Legrand, et al. 1994).

 In many instances, pretreatment tanks are placed before the oil/water separator to remove settleable solids before
 Stormwater enters the separator. A study in Velizy, France, found that the SS removal efficiency of a separator,
placed downstream of a settling pond, was about 13%. This low value was attributed to the fact that solids had been
allowed to settle during pretreatment, and therefore influent to the device had a low content of only the most
difficult to remove solids (Ruperd 1993).

 When the concentration of the oil in the wastewater  is high, the oil removal efficiency increases. In Velizy, France,
Ruperd (1993) found that oil/water separators fitted with cross current separators had removal efficiencies ranging
from zero to 90%, with an average of 47%. Low efficiencies were associated with low influent levels and greater
efficiencies were associated with higher influent levels. This finding supports those of Tramier (1983), stated earlier,
that separators are effective in removing large amounts of oil when the oil concentrations are elevated.

The Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments (Washington, D.C.) has conducted a survey of 109 separator
vaults in suburban Maryland and subsequently examined 17 in detail to determine their long-term effectiveness
(Schueler and Shepp 1993). These separators were used for controlling runoff from  areas associated with automobile
usage. These separators were either pre-cast  or poured in place concrete structures consisting of one, two or three
chambers. The results of this study revealed  that the amount of trapped sediments within separators varied from
month to month and that the contained waters were commonly completely displaced during even minor storms
(Shepp and Cole 1992). Figure 4.5 shows the variability  in average sediment depth with time for these 17 separators.
                     Av*. 3•dimwit Accumulation (InJ
                     12345
                                         Monthly Mea»urament3

                     	  STREETS         -•- ALL-OAY PUHKINQ  -•- CONVENIENCE COMM.
                     -•-  OA8 STATION      -"- TOWNHOUSE/ACTS -*-'- ALL-WEHAQE

       Figure 4.5 Monthly changes in sediment in 17 oil/water separators (Schueler and Shepp 1993).
                                                    71

-------
 Of the original 109 separators that were observed in the survey, devices less than one year old were effective in
 trapping sediments. Devices older than one year appeared to lose as much sediment than they retained (Shepp and
 Cole 1992). Not one of these separators had received maintenance since their installation. Survey observations
 suggested no net accumulation of sediment overtime, in part because they received strong variations in flow. Of the
 109 separators surveyed in this suburban Maryland study, 100% had received no maintenance,  1% needed structural
 repair, 6% were observed to have clogged trash racks, 84% contained high oil concentrations in the sediments
 trapped in their first chamber, 77% contained high oil concentrations in the sediments trapped in their second
 chambers, 27% contained high oil and floatables loading in their first chambers, and 23% contained high oil and
 floatables loading in their second chambers.

 Numerous manufacturers have developed small prefabricated separators to remove oils and solids from runoff.
 These separators are rarely specifically designed and sized for stormwater discharges, but usually consist of
 modified oil/water separators. Solids are intended to settle and oils are intended to rise within these separators, either
 by free fall/rise or by counter-current or cross-current lamella separation. Many of these separators have been
 installed in France, especially along highways (Rupperd 1993). Despite the number of installations, few studies have
 been carried out in order to assess their efficiency (Aires and  Tabuchi 1995).

 The historical use of oil/water separators to treat stormwater has been shown to be ineffective for various reasons,
 especially lack of maintenance and poor design for the relatively low levels of oils present in most stormwaters
 (Schueler 1994). Stormwater treatment test results from Fourage (1992), Rupperd (1993) and Legrand, et al. (1994)
 show that these devices are usually greatly under-sized.  They may possibly work reasonably well at flow rates
 between 20 and 30% of their published design hydraulic capacities. For higher flow rates, the flow is very turbulent
 (the Reynolds numbers can be higher than 6000), and improvements in settling by using lamella plates is very poor.
 These devices need to be cleaned very frequently. If they are not cleaned, the deposits are scoured during storm
 events, with negative efficiencies. However, the cleaning is usually manually conducted, and expensive. In addition,
 the  maintenance job is not very easy because the separators are very small. Some new devices are equipped with
 automatic sediment extraction pumps which should be a significant improvement. Currently, these researchers have
 found that the cleaning frequencies are  very insufficient and the stormwater quality benefits from using oil/water
 separators are very limited.

 The Multi-Chambered Treatment Train (MCTT)

Phase 3 - Field Demonstrations of the Multi-Chambered Treatment Train
 The Multi-Chambered Treatment Train (MCTT) was developed to specifically address many of the previously
 stated problems found for oil/water separators used for stormwater treatment at critical source areas. It was
developed and tested with specific stormwater conditions in mind, plus it has been tested at several sizes for the
reduction of stormwater pollutants of concern. The MCTT is intended to reduce organic and metallic toxicants, plus
 suspended solids, in the stormwater. Oil/water separators are intended to reduce very large concentrations of floating
 oils that may be present in industrial wastewaters . The extremely high concentrations of oils that the oil/water
 separators are most effective in removing are very rare in stormwater, even from critical source areas. If a site has
these high levels, then an oil/water separator may be needed, in addition to other controls to reduce the other critical
 pollutants likely present. The MCTT can remove the typically highest levels of oils that may be present in
 stormwater from most critical source areas, plus also providing control of the trace toxicants present.

 Earlier bench scale treatability studies conducted during this research (Chapter 3) found that the most beneficial
 treatment for the reduction of stormwater toxicants (as measured using the Microtox™ test) included quiescent
 settling for at least 24 h (generally 40% to 90% reductions), screening through at least 40 um screens (20% to 70%
 reductions), and aeration and/or photo-degradation  for at least 24 h (up to 80% reductions). These processes were
 combined in the MCTT. The MCTT contains aeration, sedimentation, sorption, and sand-peat (or other media)
 filtration and has been shown to provide excellent toxicant reductions.
                                                    72

-------
 The third research phase of this project included pilot- and full-scale tests of the MCTT. A pilot-scale MCTT
 treatment device was installed at a large parking lot and vehicle maintenance area in Birmingham, AL, on the
 University of Alabama at Birmingham campus. In addition, the state of Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources
 (WI DNR) (in conjunction  with Region V of EPA, the USGS, and the affected cities) installed full-scale MCTT
 units at a public works yard in Milwaukee and at a city parking area in Minocqua. These full-scale tests are still in
 progress, with preliminary results summarized in this report.

 The MCTT is most suitable for use at relatively small and isolated paved critical source areas, from about 0.1 to 1 ha
 (0.25 to 2.5 acre) in area. These areas include vehicle service  facilities (gas stations, car washes, oil change stores,
 etc.), convenience  store parking areas and areas used for equipment storage, along with salvage yards. The MCTT is
 an underground device that has three main chambers: an initial grit chamber for reduction of the largest sediment
 and most volatile materials; a main settling chamber (containing initial aeration and sorbent pillows) for the trapping
 of fine sediment and associated toxicants and floating hydrocarbons; and a sand and peat mixed media sorption/ion
 exchange unit for the removal of filterable toxicants. A typical MCTT requires between 0.5 and 1.5 percent of the
 paved drainage area, which is about  1/3 of the area required for a well designed wet detention pond.

 A pilot-scale  MCTT was constructed in Birmingham, AL, and tested over a six month monitoring period, from May
 to October, 1994. Two additional full-scale MCTT units have  recently  been constructed and are currently being
 monitored as  part of Wisconsin's 319 grant from the U.S. EPA. Complete organic and metallic toxicant analyses, in
 addition to conventional pollutants, were included in the analysis program. During monitoring of 13 storms at a
 parking facility, the Birmingham pilot-scale MCTT was found to have  the following overall median reduction rates:
 96% for total toxicity (as measured using the Microtox™ screening test), 98% for filtered toxicity, 83% for SS,  60%
 for  COD, 40% for turbidity, 100% for lead, 91% for zinc, 100% for n-Nitro-di-n-proplamine, 100% for pyrene, and
 99% for bis (2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate. The color was increased by about 50% due to staining from the peat and the
 pH  decreased by about one-half pH unit, also from the peat media. Ammonia nitrogen was increased by several
 times, and nitrate nitrogen had very low reductions  (about 14%). The MCTT therefore operated as intended: it had
 very effective reduction rates for both filtered and particulate stormwater toxicants and SS. Increased filterable
 toxicant reductions were obtained in  the peat/sand mixed media sorption/ion exchange chamber, at the expense of
 increased color, lowered pH, and depressed COD and nitrate reduction  rates. The preliminary full-scale test results
 substantiate the excellent reductions found during the pilot-scale tests, while showing better control of COD and
 nutrients and  less detrimental effects on pH and color. The test results are discussed later in more detail.

Development of the MCTT
 The MCTT includes a catchbasin/grit chamber followed by a two chambered tank that is intended to reduce a broad
range of toxicants (volatile, particulate, and dissolved). The runoff enters the catchbasin chamber by passing over a
 flash aerator (small column packing balls with counter-current air flow) to remove highly volatile components,  if
 present, and to capture large debris (such as plastic bags and litter). This catchbasin also serves as a grit chamber to
 remove the largest (fastest settling) particles. The second chamber serves as an enhanced settling chamber to remove
 smaller particles and has inclined tube or plate settlers to enhance sedimentation. The tube or plate settlers are
 mostly used to prevent scour of deposited small particles. This chamber also contains fine bubble diffusers and
 sorbent pads to further enhance the removal of floatable hydrocarbons and additional volatile compounds. The water
 is then pumped to the final chamber at a slow rate to maximize pollutant reductions. The final chamber contains a
 mixed media (usually sand and peat) slow  filter (sorption/ion exchange) device, with a filter fabric top layer. The
 MCTT is typically  sized to totally contain all of the runoff from a 6 to 20 mm (0.25 to 0.8 in) rain, depending on
 interevent time, rain size,  and  rain intensity patterns for the site.

 The treatability and source area information previously described in this report can be used to develop other source
 area or outfall stormwater controls. As  an example, it would be relatively easy to enhance the performance of typical
 wet detention ponds by adding some of the unit processes investigated. The most important control process would
 be to enhance the capture of small particles. In addition, water circulation and aeration may also enhance toxicant
 control by better utilizing photo-degradation and aeration processes. Care obviously needs to be taken to minimize
 scour of the deposited sediments. Conventional aeration design usually results in a circulation and aeration system
 than would have about 1/10 of the energy requirements needed for bottom scour. Subsurface discharges would also
 be an important addition in a wet detention pond to maximize  capture of floatable debris and oils. Obviously, many
                                                    73

-------
 other small units like the MCTT can be conceived and used for stormwater control at critical areas also. Typical
 goals would be to use a treatment unit having redundant processes, is easy to maintain, is robust for the changing
 conditions expected, and has the least cost possible for the needed level of stormwater control.

 Catchbasin/Grit Chamber
 Catchbasins have been found to be effective in removing coarser runoff solids. Moderate reductions in total and
 suspended solids (SS) (up to 45%, depending  on the inflowing water rate) have been indicated by prior studies
 (Lager, et al. 1977, Aronson, et al. 1983, Pitt  1979, and Pitt 1985). While relatively few pollutants are associated
 with these coarser solids, their removal decreases maintenance problems of the other MCTT chambers.

 Pitt, et al. (1997) (another volume in this series) recently evaluated three storm drain inlet designs in Stafford
 Township, New Jersey: a conventional catchbasin with a sump, and two representative designs that used filter fabric
 material. The inlet devices were located in a residential area. Twelve storms were evaluated for each of the three
 inlet units by taking grab composite samples using a dipper sampler throughout the events. Influent and effluent
 samples were analyzed for a broad range of conventional pollutants, metals, and organic toxicants, both in total and
 filtered forms. The catchbasin with the sump was the only device that showed important and significant removals for
 several pollutants:

        total solids (0 to 50%, average 22%).
        suspended solids (0 to 55%, average 32%).
        turbidity (0 to 65%, average 38%).
        color (0 to 50%, average 24%).

 The MCTT catchbasin/grit chamber design is based upon a recommended design from previous studies of
 catchbasins. This design suggests using a circular catchbasin with the diameter 4 times the diameter of the circular
 outlet. The outlet is then placed 1 .5 times its diameter from the top and 4 times its diameter from the bottom of the
 catchbasin, thus providing a total depth of 6.5 times the outlet diameter (Lager, et al. 1977 and Aronson, et al.
 1983).  The size of the MCTT catchbasin is controlled by three factors: the runoff flow rate, the SS concentration in
the runoff, and the desired frequency at which the catchbasin will be cleaned so as not to sacrifice efficiency.

Main Settling Chamber
The main settling chamber mimics the completely mixed settling column bench-scale tests previously conducted and
uses a hydraulic loading rate (depth to time ratio) for removal estimates.  This loading rate is equivalent to the
conventional surface overflow rate (SOR), or upflow velocity, for continuous-flow systems, or the ratio of water
depth to detention time for static systems. The  MCTT can be operated in both modes. If it uses an orifice, to control
the settling chamber outflow, then it operates in a similar mode to a conventional wet detention pond and the rate is
the upflow velocity (the instantaneous outflow  divided by the surface area of the tank). If the outflow is controlled
with a float switch and a pump, then  it operates as a static system and the hydraulic loading rate is simply the tank
depth divided by the settling time before the pump switches on to remove the settled water. The following
discussion describes the development of the this conventional settling tank design parameter.

 Upflow Velocity
Linsley and Franzini (1964) stated that in order to get a fairly high percentage removal of particulates, it is necessary
that a sedimentation tank be properly designed. In an ideal system, particles that do not settle below the bottom of
the tank's outlet will pass through the sedimentation tank, while particles that do settle below/before the outlet will
be retained. In the MCTT, the retention of the settled material is enhanced through the use of the inclined tube
 settlers which prevent scouring velocities from re-suspending previously settled particles.

 The path of any particle is the vector sum of the water velocity (V) passing through the tank and the particle settling
 velocity (v). Therefore, if the water velocity is  slow, slowly falling particles can be retained. If the water velocity is
 fast, then only the heaviest (fastest falling) particles are likely to be retained. The critical ratio of water velocity to
 particle settling velocity must therefore be equal to the ratio of the sedimentation tank length (L) to depth to the
 bottom of the outlet (D):

                         VL
                                                    74

-------
as shown on Figure 4.6.
                 Figure 4.6. Critical Velocity and Settling Tank Dimensions

The water velocity is equal to the discharge rate (Q, such as measured by cubic feet per second) divided by the tank
cross-sectional area (a, or depth times width: DW):
          V =
   Q
   a
or
         V =
   Q_
 DW
The tank outflow rate equals the tank inflow rate under steady state conditions. The critical time period for steady
state conditions is the time of travel from the inlet to the outlet. During critical portions of a storm, the inflow rate
(Qin) will be greater than the outflow rate (Qout) due to freeboard storage. The outflow rate is therefore less and
controls the water velocity through the tank. By substituting this definition of water velocity into the critical ratio:

             Qou,   = L
            WDv    D
The water depth to the outlet bottom (D) cancels out, leaving:


                 • = L
Qau, _
             Wv
Or
However, tank length (L) times tank width (W) equals tank surface area (A). Substituting leaves:
                                                     75

-------
           20111 _ A

             V


 and the definition of upflow velocity:
           v -
where           Qout = tank outflow rate (cubic feet per second),
                 A = tank surface area (square feet: tank length times tank width), and
                 v = upflow velocity, or critical particle settling velocity (feet per second).

Therefore, for an ideal sedimentation tank, particles having settling velocities less than this upflow velocity will be
removed. Only increasing the surface area, or decreasing the tank outflow rate, will increase particle settling
efficiency. Increasing the tank depth lessens the possibility of bottom scour. Deeper tanks may also be needed to
provide sacrificial storage volumes for sediment between sediment removal operations.

For slowly changing flow conditions (such as when quiescent settling is provided in the MCTT by a pump and float
switch), the following relationships can be  shown:


             _   Volume
                Flow rate


and



            „,         ,_.   .    Volume
            Flow rate (Qoll,) = -


where t = hydraulic detention (residence) time. With
          v =
                A

        and substituting:
                Volume
            v =	
but
            Volume = (A)(depth)
                                                    76

-------
therefore,
                _ (A)(depth)
leaving:
                    depth
               v = —-—
It is seen that the overflow rate (Q/A) is equivalent to the ratio of tank depth to detention time, not just detention
time alone. Therefore, the MCTT main settling tank can be sized and evaluated using either of these methods. A
continuous simulation computer model, presented later, used this relationship to develop storage/treatment design
curves for many U.S. cities.

In addition to housing plate or tube settlers, the main settling chamber also contains floating sorbent "pillows" to
trap floating oils and a fine bubble aerator that operates during the filling time of the MCTT. Plate settlers (or
inclined tubes) increase solids removal by reducing the distance particles travel to the chamber floor and by reducing
scour potential. Plate settler theory is described by Davis, et a/.(1989). The main settling chamber operates much
like a settling tank, as  described above, but with the plate settlers increasing the effective surface area of the tank.
The increase in performance is based on the number of plate diagonals crossing the vertical. If the plates are
relatively flat and close together, the increase in performance is greater than if the plates are steeper and wider apart.
The effective increase is usually about 3 to 5 fold.

The fine bubble aerator serves two functions: to support aerobic conditions in the settling chamber and to provide
dissolved air flotation  of particles. Aeration was used during the pilot-scale MCTT tests, but was not used during the
full-scale Wisconsin MCTT tests. Flotation has been utilized in industrial applications and combined sewer overflow
studies (Gupta, et al. 1977). The settling time in the main settling chamber typically ranges from 1 to 3 d, and the
settling depth typically ranges from 0.6 to 2.7 m (2 to 9 ft). These depth to time ratios provide for excellent
particulate (and associate pollutant) removals in the main settling chamber.

Toxicity Reductions Associated with Particle Settling
Figure 4.7 shows the percent toxicity reductions (compared to the initial toxicity levels) for all samples, plotted
against the hydraulic loading (depth/time), for plain settling alone. This hydraulic loading rate is for batch processes
which is equivalent to the surface overflow rate (ft/s) for continuous processes, as shown above. The range of
possible toxicant reductions can vary greatly, depending on sample characteristics. The settling chamber is therefore
supplemented by other processes, including flash aeration, extended aeration, sorbent pillows, sorption and ion
exchange, and sand filtration which combine to reduce variations in overall treatment performance.

This figure indicates that depth/time ratios of at least 3X10° m/s (1  X 10~4 ft/s) are needed to obtain a median
toxicity reduction of at least 70 percent in the main settling chamber. If the main settling chamber tank was one
meter (3.3 ft) deep, then the required detention time would have to be at least 0.4 days  to obtain this level of
treatment. If the tank was twice as deep, the required detention time would be 0.8 days. The tank surface area is
therefore based on the volume of runoff to be detained and the settling depth desired/available. Shallow tanks
require shorter detention times than deeper tanks, but the surface areas are correspondingly larger. Since the MCTT
is placed underground, a tank having a large surface area (and a shallower depth) may  be much more expensive than
                                                     77

-------
            B  +C
                                                    K  •  L  •  M
            % Toxicity  Reduction
                                                         +  A  *  .    +  .
      0.00001
0.0001
 0.001          0.01
Depth/Time  (ft/s)
                       Figure 4.7  Effects of hydraulic loading on toxicity reduction.

a deeper tank requiring a longer detention time. The needed tank dimensions are therefore sensitive to specific site
conditions, including:

        • available depth before interferences with existing buried utilities that cannot be moved, or bedrock,
        • the hydraulic grade line of the drainage system,
        • costs for different sizes and shapes of tanks, including structural problems associated with
          having a large roofed tank in areas having heavy surface traffic, and
        • the local rainfall characteristics.

If the rains are infrequent, long detention periods are easily obtained without having "left-over" water in the tank at
the beginning of the next event. However, if the rains are frequent, the available holding times are shortened,
requiring shallower main settling chamber tanks for the same level of treatment. The discussion of storage/treatment
trade-offs later in this chapter presents a computer spreadsheet program that was used to determine the most
effective tank sizes and detention periods for different areas of the US. Chapter 6 also includes an example showing
how these trade-offs are evaluated for an example design for Detroit, MI.
                                                    78

-------
 Filter/Ion exchange Chamber
 The final MCTT chamber is a mixed media filter (sorption/ion exchange) device. It receives water partially treated
 by the grit and the main settling chambers. The initial designs used a 50/50 mix of sand and peat moss, while the
 Ruby Garage full-scale MCTT in Milwaukee used a 33/33/33 mixture of sand, peat moss, and granulated activated
 carbon. The MCTT can be easily modified to contain any mixture of media in the last chamber. However, care must
 be taken to ensure an adequate hydraulic capacity.  As an example, peat moss alone was not effective because it
 compressed quickly, preventing water from flowing through the media. However, when mixed with sand, the
 hydraulic capacity was much greater and didn't change rapidly with time. The following is a summary of some of
 the media investigated in prior stormwater treatment devices. Clark and Pitt (1997), another report in this research
 series, present much more detail pertaining to alternative treatment media for stormwater control. Table 4.4 is a
 summary of past stormwater treatment benefits from using different filtering media.


         Table 4.4. Reported Filtration Media Performance for Stormwater Control
Pollutant
Suspended Solids
Turbidity
Total Nitrogen
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Nitrate - Nitrogen
Total Phosphorus
BOD5
Fecal Coliform Bacteria
COD
Total Organic Carbon
Iron
Copper
Lead
Zinc
Petroleum Hydrocarbons
Sand1
70
n/a
21
46
0
33
70
76
n/a
48
45
n/a
45
45
n/a
Leaf Compost2
95
84
n/a
56
n/a
40
n/a
n/a
67
n/a
89
67
n/a
88
87
Peat Moss3
90
n/a
50
n/a
n/a
70
90
90
n/a
n/a
n/a
80
80
80
n/a
        'City of Austin (1988)
        2 W&H Pacific (1992)
        3 Galli (1990)


Sand
Sand filtration for stormwater treatment began in earnest in Austin, Texas (City of Austin 1988). Sand filters in
Austin have been used for single sites and for drainage areas less than fifty acres. They are designed to hold and
treat the first one-half inch of runoff with very good pollutant reductions. In Washington, D.C., sand filters are used
both to improve water quality and to delay the entrance of large slug inputs of runoff into the combined sewer
system. Water quality filters are designed to retain and treat 8-13 mm (0.3 - 0:5 in.) of runoff, with the specific
filter size depending on the amount of impervious area in the watershecU(Galli 1990). In the State of Delaware, sand
filters are recognized as an acceptable method for achieving the 80% reduction requirements for SS, especially for
sites with large impervious areas that drain directly to the filter. The purpose of the filter in many areas  is to help
prevent or postpone clogging of an infiltration device (Shaver 1991). According to Delaware's specifications, the
sand filter should adequately remove particulates (SS reduction efficiency 75 - 85%) but not soluble compounds.
Studies of a six year old sand filter in Maryland found that the filter is just now becoming clogged after use in a
heavily traversed parking lot. Inspection below the  surface of the sand filter shows that oil, grease, and finer
sediments have migrated into the filter, but only to  a depth of about two to three inches (Shaver 1991).

Peat Moss
Peat is a partially decomposed organic material that forms in water in the absence of air. Generally, the more
decomposed the peat is, the lower its hydraulic conductivity (Cohen, et al. 1991). Peat is generally light in weight
when dry, and is highly adsorptive of water. Peat has a large surface area per unit volume and has a high cation
exchange capacity (Clymo 1963). Peat naturally performs an ion exchange with copper, zinc, lead, and mercury,
especially at pH  levels between 3.0 and 8.5. This capacity to bind and retain cations, though,  is finite and reversible
                                                    79

-------
 and is determined mostly by the pH of the solution. Peat is an excellent substrate for microbial growth and
 assimilation of nutrients and organic waste materials because of its high C:N:P ratio, which often approaches
 100:10:1. Peat's ability to retain phosphorus in the long-term is related to its calcium, aluminum, iron and ash
 content. The higher the content of each of the above constituents, the higher the retention capability. Peat is also
 polar and has a high specific adsorption for dissolved solids such  as transition metals and polar organic compounds
 (Galli 1990). Sorption of organic contaminants is facilitated by the organic content of peat. Polarity is believed to
 play a strong role in sorption of nonionic organics, although the role of various molecular forces in sorption is not
 well documented (Chiou and Kile 1994). Cohen, etal. (1991) found that more decomposed peat provides slightly
 greater reductions of selected organics than less decomposed peat.

 Combined Sand and Peat Moss Filters
 Peat generally has been combined with sand to create a sand-peat moss filter. The sand-peat filter system designed
 by the Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments (Washington, D.C.) has a grass cover on top underlain by
 twelve to eighteen inches of peat. The peat layer is supported by a 100 mm (4 in.) mixture of sand and peat which is
 supported by a 0.5 — 0.6 m (20 - 24 in.) layer of fine to medium sized sand. Gravel and an underdrain pipe is placed
 under the sand. The mixture layer is required because it provides the necessary continuous contact between the peat
 and the sand layers, ensuring a uniform water flow. Because this is a biological filtration system, it works best
 during the growing season when the grass cover can provide the additional nutrient reduction that will not occur in
 the rest of the system (Galli 1990). The sand-peat filter is usually an aerobic system. Modifications to the original
 design by the Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments have been made to account for unusual site
 conditions or reduction requirements.

 Preliminary Filtration Tests with Stormwater
 During the initial design of the MCTT, a sand filter alone was expected to permanently retain any particles that it
 trapped. Preliminary bench-scale tests, however, showed that sand by itself (especially if recently installed) did not
 permanently retain the stormwater toxicants (which are mostly associated with very fine particles and which were
 mostly washed from the sand during later events). There were no mechanisms to permanently retain the pollutants in
 the fresh sand. This lack of ability to retain stormwater toxicants prompted the investigation of other filtration
 media. Preliminary research has been  conducted at the University of Alabama at Birmingham to further evaluate
different filter media as part of this U.S. EPA  supported cooperative research agreement for  this work (Clark and
 Pitt 1997). The following list shows the preliminary results from filtration of stormwater runoff using the peat-sand
 filter:

        • Toxiciry: > 70% toxicity reduction efficiency,
        • Turbidity: increase in turbidity (influent turbidity values were low: < 15 NTU),
        • Conductivity: no noticeable reduction (influent conditions were between 50 and 175  uS/cm),
        • pH: effluent 0.5 - 1.0  pH units lower than influent (influent values were between 6.7 and 7.7),
        • Apparent color: slight increase in color (influent color was between 15 and 60 HACK color units),
        • Chemical Oxygen Demand: slight increase in COD (influent COD values were between 80 and 100
          mg/L),
        • Particle size distribution: large reductions throughout size range (most influent particle sizes were
          between 1 and 50 fim).

Combinations of filtration media, including organic materials (peat moss, activated carbon, composted leaves, and a
cotton processing waste material), Zeolite, and sand, were also investigated for their ability to more permanently
retain stormwater pollutants (Clark and Pitt 1997). Sand has been mixed with most of these materials in order to
maintain adequate hydraulic capacities, especially for peat. Initial clogging tests have shown that channeling still
 occurred in the Zeolite-sand combination media, significantly decreasing the performance by decreasing the contact
time provided by simple gravity flow. The use of a restrictive filter fabric placed on top  of the peat-sand filter in the
 MCTT allows the water to spread over the filter and help prevent preferential channel flow.

 The  sand-peat filter possesses ion exchange, adsorption, and filtration reduction mechanisms. As the media ages, the
 performance of these processes will change. Ion exchange capacity and adsorption sites, primarily associated with
the peat moss, will be depleted. Filtration,  primarily associated with the sand, however,  is expected to increase,
                                                    80

-------
especially for the trapping of smaller particles. Improved performance of sand filters with age has been documented
by Darby, et al. (1991). Eventually though, the sand-peat filter will become clogged by solids and the exchange
capacity of the peat will be exceeded, requiring replacement of the media. Replacement is expected to be required
about every 3 to 5 years.


Site Specific Design Requirements of the MCTT Main Settling Chamber
The design of the MCTT main settling chamber can be separated into the following general steps:

        • determine the pollutant removal goal
        • conduct a site survey to determine drainage area and character, subsurface conflicts (existing
          buried utilities and bed rock), and special surface loading conditions (such as from heavy public works
          vehicles)
        • determine the needed hydraulic grade line for the drainage system receiving the MCTT effluent
        • select a series of candidate MCTT tank depths and holding periods for the desired pollutant
          removal rate from the continuous simulation results for the  area nearest to the site that meet the
          above restraints
        • determine critical runoff volumes that need to be captured for the alternative tank depths and
          holding times
        • investigate alternative available tank components and select the most appropriate tank

Of course, the initial catchbasin/grit chamber and the final "filter/sorption" chamber, also need to be designed.
Chapter 6 contains an example for the design of a complete MCTT. This chapter is intended to describe the
information that was used to develop the main settling chamber design guidelines, trie most important pollutant
removal component of the MCTT.

A large fraction of the annual runoff volume is generally due to small to moderate sized storm events. In many parts
of the country, 85 percent of all the rains are less than 15 mm in depth (and usually last only a few hours in
duration). These small rains can generate about 70 percent of the total annual runoff, depending on the land use. The
influence of infiltration and initial abstractions is great (being about 1/3 to 2/3 of the total rainfall) for these small
rains for typical urban paved areas. Therefore, special small storm hydrology procedures that accurately consider the
runoff losses for these small events are needed for water quality investigations, as opposed to conventional large
storm hydrology procedures that are used for drainage design (Pitt 1987).

The design of a stormwater treatment device, including the MCTT, is greatly dependent on the rainfall pattern for a
specific area. In water quality evaluations, a single "design storm" is not evident because of the many factors
comprising runoff quality (runoff volume, runoff flow rate, water temperature, concentrations of many different
pollutants, etc.). It is not very clear under which storm condition the combination of these factors is critical for the
beneficial uses. In addition, targeting a specific size storm is no guarantee that all storms of lesser magnitude will
also be adequately controlled. Continuous simulation is therefore needed to effectively design and evaluate most
stormwater quality controls. The following describes the continuous simulation used to develop design guidelines
for the MCTT.

Toxicity Reduction through Settling
A critical aspect of the main settling tank design is the reduction of the toxicants through settling. The spreadsheet
storage/treatment model used the  toxicity reduction values shown in Table 4.5. This table shows the settling rates
(m/s) and median toxicity reductions for a 2.1 m (7 ft) deep main  settling chamber with the water held for various
times (from Figure 4.7). The same settling rates and toxicity reductions would occur if the main settling chamber
was half as deep (1. 1m or 3.5 ft in this example) and the water was held  for half as long. For this shallower example,
however, the treatment tank would have to be twice as large in surface area to provide the same volume. The
computer simulation shows the significance of having an adequate volume.
                                                    81

-------
 Table 4.5. Median Toxicity Reduction for Different Treatment Holding Times
2.1 m Deep Settling
Column Holding
Period (h)
6
12
24
36
48
72
Equivalent Settling
Rate (m/s)
9.8 x 10"3
4.9 x 10'5
2.5 x10'5
1.6 x10'5
1.2x 10'5
8.2X1Q-6
Median Toxicity Reduction (%)
per Individual Rain
46
60
75
84
92
100

Storage/Treatment Trade-Offs in MCTT Design
A computer simulation spreadsheet model (shown in Table 4.6) was developed to determine the toxicity reduction
for each individual storm (based on storm depth and interevent time available), the amount of annual rainfall treated,
and the overall annual toxicity reduction (Ayyoubi 1993). This information was plotted to obtain design curves to
enable the selection of the most effective combination of settling period, holding period, and storage volume. A long
holding period would result in better treatment than a short holding period, but may result in water remaining in the
MCTT at the beginning of the next storm. This will reduce the effective storage volume, with some of the later
storm possibly being diverted around the MCTT, without any treatment.  Similarly, a holding time can be too short.
This would result in very little water held in the tank at the beginning of the next rain, but the short holding time
may not provide adequate treatment. In all cases, the smallest storage volume for a specific removal rate would be
desired.

The model was run for various storage capacities, holding periods, and settling tank depths for 21 cities throughout
the U.S. having annual rains from about 180 - 1500 mm (7 - 60 in.) (design curves presented in Chapter 6). The
model used the rain depths and durations, the time interval between the consecutive storm events, the dimensions of
the subsurface tank, and the tank pumpout or drainage time. A random set of 100 rain events from the past 5 to  10
years (from Earthlnfo CD-ROMs, Boulder,  CO,)  was used for each city in these simulations.

Table 4.7 is an example use of this computer program for Birmingham, AL, the site of the pilot-scale MCTT tests
presented in Chapter 5 (Ayyoubi 1993). This table presents much detail for each individual event, and for the total
evaluation period. This analysis was conducted using rain  information from the Birmingham 1976 rain year and was
used for the design of the pilot-scale MCTT. This year was selected as most representative of the long-term rain
conditions for Birmingham, based on annual rain depth, monthly rain depths, and monthly number of individual
rains.

The main settling chamber's available volume before each rain is determined by the computer model. Each value in
the chamber "occupied before event" column was zero percent if the pump was capable of emptying the chamber
before the beginning of the rain since the last rain. The drainage of the main settling chamber for the Birmingham
pilot-scale MCTT was controlled with level-actuated float switches connected  to a pump. If the pump was not
capable of emptying the chamber before the beginning of the rain, then the value used would be the ratio of the
volume of water in the tank at the beginning of the storm to the volume of the tank. The numbers in the  chamber
"occupied during event" column represent the maximum amount of water present in the chamber for each rain. Each
value was calculated based on the difference between the average  inflow rate during the respective rain  event and
the pumping rate. A value of 7% was entered if the pumping rate was greater than or equal to the average influent
flowrate (the 7% represents 150 mm of water  in a 2.1 m deep tank before the pump is activated). If the pumping rate
was less than the influent flowrate,  a value equal  to the difference between the average influent flowrate and the
pumping rate multiplied by the rain duration was entered (not exceeding  100%).

Each value in the "treated runoff column was the same as the runoff amount (for a particular rain event) if the
maximum amount of water in the chamber during treatment  was less than 100%. If the maximum amount of water
in the chamber during treatment was 100%, the depth of treated runoff was then the sum of the runoff depth needed
                                                   82

-------
                Table 4.6.  Excel* Spreadsheet Model Used to Develop MCTT Design Curves (Ayyoubi 1993)
4
5
6
7
•
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
11
19
20
21
22
Time To Uoty Tank -
Chamber capacity -
Chamber Depth -
Chamber Surface Area -
Chamber Volume
Depth- to-Time luclo -
* Toxlolty (eduction
For Treated Water -


A

Rain
dapth*
(In)

0.46
O.Si
0.25


B

Accum
rain
(in)

0.46
1.04
1.29


c


»v (1)

0.7>
o.«o
0.76


D


Runoff
(in)

0.16
0.46
0.19




Accua
runoff
(in)

0.36
o.«
1.01


f
Ball
acre
runoff
(ft'J)

651
(42
345




Vain
dur
(hr)

i
15
12


H

avj
e
(ot.)

0.0201
0.0067
0.0010


I
Time to
next
rain
(hr)

91

la (0.50** lain)
ft
«, ft
cu ft
ft/a


X
aattliog
r occupied
during
event-max

52. lot
7.00*
7.00*

.
L
Max •
during
treat
(ft)

1.65
0.49
0.49


H

Treated
runoff
(in)

O.Ji
0.41
0.19


I
Un-
treated
runoff
(in)

0.00
0.00
0.00


o
Aooum
treated
runoff
(in)

o.»
0.12
1.01


r
t Tox
reduc
for
•ton

75.lt
75.lt
75.lt

75.1*

» a T




42.1 17.2 0.)
-4.2 -117.1 o.»
-1.5 -410.0 O.I
A:J4: (fO) CW121  24
A:J5: (F1> CU12]  0.4
A:J6: (FO) CU12]  7
A:J7: (FO) CU12]  *JB/J6
A:JB: (FO) CU12]  0. 5*43560/12* JS
»:J9: (S1) CU12]  »J6/(J«*3600)
  :J11: (fl) CM123 8IF -1,1,S11>
  :S11: (ri> CW93  <».22*>-2*21 .9S*aL06Uj»»)-7.6MJmio. JO/100

!  io22i  CU8]  0.7B
  .022: (F2> CUB]  +C22»A22
  ;E22: (F2) CUB]  +£21*022
A:F22: (FO) CUB]  +A22*C22/12*(O.S*US60)
A:G22: (FO) CUB]  9
A:H22: (FO CV10] «F22/(G22*36XX»
A: 122: (FO) CUB] 91
A:J22: K21/0,K21-I21/tJM)
A:K22: (P2) CU12] 9If(R22<-0/0.07/8IF(J22t$Jl«*ll22*622>-IJ$B,1,0,D22/aiF<$22>«022,022/l>22/622**22)>
A:N22: (F2) CU9] »022-H22
A:022: (F2) CW9] +02HH22
 :
A:P22:  (M) CW9] +IU2/022*|J»11
A:R22:  (F1) CW9] 3600*(H22-SJt8/(fJ$4*3600))
A:S22:  (F1) CW9]
A:T22:  (F1) CU9] »T2UP22*022

-------
Table 4.7. Risk Assessment and Design Evaluation of an MCTT for Birmingham, AL, Conditions
Ttm» So »aptj> full, tank »
Chaobac Kttaaff Capacity -
* Coaabar Depth -
Cbaaibac Surfaca Araa "
Ctuatmt Voltia* *
Dapth-to-TiW BAtiO "
• % Toxicity Induction
For fraatcd Watar -

Rain
daptha
(in)
0.46
0. 58
0.25
0* 03
0.39
0.01
0.05
0.03
2.33
0.01
0.01
0.51
0.01
0.01
0.67
0.61
0.01
0.85
0.01
1.02
1.4*
0.01
0.01

Aecua
rain
(in)
0.46
1.04
1.29
1.32
1.71
1.72
1.77
1.80
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.66
4.67
4.68
5.35
5.96
5.97
6.82
6.83
7.85
7.86
9.34
9.3S
9.36

i
R* (1)
0.78
0.80
0.76
0.60
0.78
0.60
0,61
0.60
0.93
0.60
0.60
0.80
0.60
0.60
0.80
0.80
0.60
0.82
0.60
0.84
0.60
0.67
0.60
0.60

Runoff
(in)
0.36
0.4C
0.19
0.02
0.30
0.01
0,03
0,02
2.17
0.01
0.01
0.41
0.01
0.01
0.54
0.49
0.01
0.70
0.01
0.86
O.O1
1.29
0.01
0.01

Accua
runoff
(in)
0.36
0.82
1.01
1.03
1.34
1.34
1.37
.39
.56
.56
.57
.96
.98
.99
.52
.01
5.02
5.72
5.72
6.58
6.58
7.87
7.88
7.88
Half
acr*
runoff
{cu ft)
651
842
345
33
552
11
55
33
3933
11
11
741
11
11
973
886
11
1265
11
1555
11
2337
11
11

lUin
dur
(hr)
9
35
12
2
12
10
6
11
34
2
2
25
11
1
8
9
3
25
4
19
3
17
1
10

tog
Q
<<=*•)
0.0201
0.0067
0.0010
0.0045
0.0128
0.0003
0.0026
0.0008
0.0321
0.0015
0.0015
0.0082
0.0003
0.0030
0.0338
0.0273
0.0010
0.0141
0.0008
0.0227
0.0010
0.03*2
0.0030
0.0003
Tim* to
a«tt
raia
(hr)
91
£8
2«
6
68
77
90
17
106
6
85
117
144
9
74
11
288
37
11
i
55
15
12
12
hr»
In  (0.50" )uln)
ft
KJ ft
cm n
                                                             24
                                                            0.4
                                                              7
                                                            104
                                                            726
                                                         .11-05

                                                           75.1»
                                                             UtiB Mttliag    Max •
                                                           cheater occupiad   during
                                                          bafora      during  txa*t
                                                           avant   avant-aax    (ft)
                                                           0,00%
                                                           S.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                          34.10%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                          15.00%
                                                           0.00%
                                                          37.30%
                                                           0.00%
      7.00%
      7.00%
      7.00%
     26.05%
      7.00%
      7.00%
      7.00%
    100.00%
      7.00%
      7.00%
      1.00%
      7.00%
      7.00%
    100.00%
     84.50%
      7.00%
     70.08%
      7.00%
    100.00%
      7.00%
    100.00%
      7.00%
      7.00%
1.61
0.49
0.49
0.49
1.82
0.49
0.49
0.49
7.00
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0,49
7.00
5.S2
0.49
4.91
0.49
7.00
0.49
7.00
0.49
0.49
Tea*tad
 runoff
  (in)

  0.36
  0.46
  0.19
  0.02
  0.30
  0.01
  0.03
  0.02
  0.54
  0.01
  0.01
  0.41
  0.01
  0.01
  0.53
  0.49
  0.01
  0.70
  0.01
  0.63
  0.01
  0.51
  0.01
  0.01
                                                                                                  Un-
runoff
 (in)

    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
 1.63
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
    0
 0.22
    0
 0.77
    0
    0
 Ace u*
traatad
 runoff
  (la)

  0.36
  0.62
  1.94
  1.94
  2.35
  2.36
  2.36
  2.90
  3,36
  1.39
  4.09
  4.09
  4.73
  4.73
  5.25
  5,25
  5.26
% toot
raduc
  for
•tors

75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.11
75.1%
16.8%
75.1%
75.1%
75,1%
75.1%
75.1%
74.6%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
55.6%
75.1%
2>.9%
75.1%
75.1%
                                                                                                            (Continued)

-------
             Table 4.7. (Continued).
Tlaa Ho Kapty full Tank  •         24  hr*
Cbaabar Runoff C«p4olty  -        0.4  In  (0.50" lain)
Chaabar Dapth           -          7  ft
Chaafear Surfaca Area     -        104  aq ft
Chaabar Voluaa          -        726  cu ft
Dapth-to-TlM |Utlo      -    8.1S-05  ft/a
% Tooclolty lU4uotion
   for Traatad Vatar     -       75.1%

Rain
depths
(in)
3.64
0.04
1.14
0.04
1.54
2.20
2.0*
0.01
0.21
0.04
0.01
0.84
1.03
1.71
0.30
0.26
3.84
0.01
0.07
0.01
2.31
0.27
0.05
0.41

Accua
rain
(in)
13.00
13.04
14.18
14.22
15.76
17.96
20.04
20.05
20.26
20.30
20.31
21.15
22.18
23.89
24.19
24.45
28.29
28.30
28.37
28.38
30.69
30.96
31.01
31.49

'

Rv (1)
0.95
0.60
0.86
0.60
0.88
0.92
0.92
0.60
0.76
0.60
0.60
0.82
0.84
0.88
0.77
0.76
0.95
0.60
0.6S
0.60
0.93
0.76
0.61
0.79


Runoff
(in)
3.46
0.02
0.98
0.02
1.36
2.02
1.91
0.01
0.16
0.02
0.01
0.69
0.87
1.50
0.23
0.20
3.65
0.01
0.05
0.01
2.15
0.21
0.03
0.38

Accua
runoff
(in)
11.34
11.37
12.35
12.37
13.73
15.75
17.66
17.67
17.83
17.85
17.86
18.55
19.41
20.92
21.15
21.35
24.99
25.00
25.05
25.05
27.20
27.41
27.44
27.81
Half
acca
runoff
(cu ft)
6276
44
1779
44
2460
3674
3473
11
290
44
11
1250
1570
2731
419
359
6621
11
•3
11
3899
372
55
688

R«in
dur
(hr)
35
8
10
IS
23
12
27
10
5
14
2
17
40
27
11
26
38
2
3
2
30
45
7
11

avg
0
(of«)
0.0490
0.0015
0.0494
0.000*
0.0297
0.0850
0.0357
0.0003
0.0161
0.0009
0.0015
0.0204
0.0109
0.02*1
0.0106
0.003*
0.0484
0.0015
0.0076
0.0015
0.0361
0.0023
0.0022
0.0174
TlM to
naxt
rain
(hr)
•9
6
85
22
50
*
92
176
46
164
75
102
126
6
49
43
11
19
40
111
62
11
76
•
Main aattling
chanbar
bafora
avant
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
66.67%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
75.00%
0.00%
0.00%
54.17%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
ocoupiad
during
avant-nax
100.00%
7.00%
100.00%
7.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
7.00%
19.07%
7.00%
7.00%
100.00%
49.63%
100.00%
•6.92%
7.00%
100.00%
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
100.00%
7.00%
7.00%
4*. 97%
Max H
during
traat
(«)
7.00
0.49
7.00
0.49
7.00
7.00
7.00
0.49
1.33
0.49
0.49
7.00
3.47
7.00
6.08
0.49
7.00
0.49
0.49
0.49
7.00
0.49
0.49
3.41

Traatad
runoff
(in)
0.48
0.02
0.48
0.02
0.56
0.44
0.17
0.01
0.16
0.02
0.01
0.68
0.87
0.57
0.23
0.20
0.4*
0.01
0.05
0.01
0.52
0.21
0.03
0.3*
Un-
traatad
runoff
(in)
2.98
0
0.50
0
0.80
1.58
1.74
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.93
0
0
3.16
0
0
0
1.61
0
0
0
Accua
txaatad
runoff
(in)
5.74
5.76
6.25
6.27
6.83
7.27
7.45
7.45
7.61
7.63
7.64
8.32
9.19
9.76
9.99
10.16
10.67
10.67
10.72
10.73
11.25
11.45
11.4*
11.86
% Tox
raduc
for
• to cm
10.4%
75.1%
36.9%
75.1%
30.9%
16.5%
6.8%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
74.1%
75.1%
28.5%
75.1%
75.1%
10.0%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
16.2%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
                                                                                 (Continuad)

-------
              Table 4.7. (Continued).
TIM To lapty Tall Tank  •         24  hri
ChaBbw Runoff Capacity  -        0.4  In  (0.50" lUin)
Chaobar Dapth           -          7  ft
Chaabar Surface Area     -        104  iq ft
Ciuuobar VoluM          -        726  cu ft
Dapth-to-TiiM Ratio      -    1.11-05  ft/a
% Toxlclty Reduction
   roc Treated Water     -       75.1%

Rain
depth*
(in)
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.03
1.76
0.01
0.46
1.17
0.26
0.03
0.01
0.09
0.26
1.01
1.63
0.17
0.23
0.07
0.30
0.54
0.06
0.93
0.86

Accua
rain
(in)
31.50
31.51
31.52
31.53
31.56
33.34
33.35
33.81
34.98
15.24
35.27
35.28
15.37
35.63
36.64
18.27
36.44
38.67
38.74
39.04
39.58
39.64
40.57
41.43

1

Rv ID
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.90
0.60
0.78
0.86
0.76
0.60
0.60
0.68
0.76
0.64
0.86
0.75
0.76
0.65
0.77
0.80
0.63
0.83
0.62


Runoff
(in)
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
1.60
0.01
0.36
1.01
0.20
0.02
0.01
0.06
0.20
0.85
1.43
0.13
0.17
0.05
0.23
0.43
0.04
0.77
0.71

ACCUB
runoff
(in)
27.82
27.63
27.83
27.84
27.86
29.46
29.46
29.62
30.83
31.01
11.05
11.05
31.11
11.31
32.16
31.59
33.72
13.90
33.94
34.17
34.60
34.64
35.41
36.12
Half
acre
runoff
(cu ft)
11
11
11
11
33
2908
11
651
1826
359
31
11
111
159
1540
2603
211
117
61
419
784
69
1401
1260

Rain
dur
(hr)





26
1
4
25
1
16
1
2
2
13
7
1
6
2
7
2
1
1
11

Avg
a
(of.)
0.0004
0.0010
0.0015
0.000*
0.0011
0.0111
0.0010
0.0452
0.0201
0.0996
0.0006
0.0010
0.0154
0.049*
0.0129
0.1031
0.0214
0.0147
0.0115
0.01S6
0. 10*9
0.0064
0.1297
0.0271
Tlaa to
next
rain
(hr)
57
112
161
41
9
176
61
15
207
72
•
94
47
101
10
24
10
24
141
1*
192
19
190
2*
Main
ohaabei
before
event
15.61%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
5*. 11%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
•at t ling
r occupied
during
event-sax
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
100.00%
7.00%
71.03%
100.00%
45.23%
7.00%
7.00%
6.97%
41.07%
100.00%
100.00%
19.1*%
16.70%
1.04%
26.56%
99.67%
7.00%
100.00%
100.00%
Max •
diexino
treat
(ft)
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
7.00
0.49
5.11
7.00
1.17
0.49
0.49
0.49
2.67
7.00
7.00
1.36
1.31
0.21
2.00
6.96
0.49
7.00
7.00

Treated
runoff
(in)
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.55
0.01
0.36
0.68
0.20
0.02
0.01
0.06
0.20
0.54
0.16
0.11
0.17
0.05
0.21
0.41
0.04
0.43
0.56
Un-
treated
runoff
(in)
0
0
0
0
0
1.05
0
0
0.12
0
0
0
0
0
0.31
1.25
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.34
0.11
ACCUB
treated
runoff
(In)
11.67
11.67
11.66
11.69
11.90
12.45
12.46
12.82
11.50
11.70
11.72
11.72
11.7*
11.98
14.52
14.70
14.61
15.00
15.05
15.26
15.71
15.75
16.16
16.75
% Tax
reduc
for
•ton
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
25.7%
75.1%
75.1%
50.9%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
47.5%
9.5%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75. 1%
41.6%
61.5%
                                                                                 (Continued)

-------
                  Table 4.7. (Continued).
     To Bapty Full  Tank   -         24  bra
Cha*r>«r Runoff Capacity   •        0.4  la  (0.50" Kain)
Chubcr Depth            •          7  t[t
chubu Surf»c» Ar«*      -        104  >q ft
Chubcr Voluii*           -        726  cu ft
D»pth-to-Tin. lUtlo      -    8.11-05  Ct/m
\ Toxlclty Reduction
   For Tr*at«4 W»t»r      -       79.lt

Rain
iptha
(In)
0.01
0.34
0.28
0.01
1.41
0.01
0.25
0.04
0.44
0.04
0.11
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.06
0.01
0.12
0.03
0.01
2.39
0.09
0.16
0.05
0.19

Accua
rain
(in)
41.44
41.78
42.06
42.07
43.48
43.49
43.74
43.78
44.22
44.26
44.37
44.38
44.39
44.40
44.46
44.47
44.59
44.62
44.63
47.02
47.07
47.23
47.28
47.43



Rv (1)
0.60
0.78
0.77
0.60
0.87
0.60
0.76
0.60
0.78
0.60
0.71
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.63
0.60
0.72
0.60
0.60
0.93
0.61
0.74
0.61
0.73


Runoff
(in)
0.01
0.27
0.22
0.01
1.23
0.01
0.19
0.02
0.34
0.02
0.08
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.04
0.01
0.09
0.02
0.01
2.22
0.03
0.12
0.03
0.11

ACCUB
runoff
(In)
36.12
36.39
36.61
36.61
37.84
37.84
38.03
38.06
38.40
38.43
38.50
38.51
38.92
38.92
38.96
38.97
38.65
38.67
38.66
40.90
40.93
41.09
41.08
41.19
Balf
•era
runoff
(cu ft)
11
481
391
11
2226
11
345
44
623
44
142
11
11
11
69
11
157
33
11
4034
55
215
55
199

Rain
dur
(hr)
6
14
13
2
21
3
11
a
21








2
3
25
28
26
9
4

Avg
g
(cfa)
0.0005
0.0096
0.00*4
0.0015
0.0295
0.0010
0.0087
0.0015
0.0082
0.0030
0.0098
0.0030
0.0015
0.0030
0.0027
0.0030
0.0109
0.0045
0.0010
0.0441
0.0005
0.0023
0.0017
0.0138
Time to
next
rain
(hr)
16
6
68
10
32
6
6
7
22
17
49
10
164
95
116
8
16
6
27
147
17
186
71
96
Main
chanbai
before
•vent
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
••tiling
c occupied
during
•vent- tax
7.00%
7.97%
7.001
7.00%
100.00%
7.00%
1.67%
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
2.86%
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
4.93%
7.00%
7.00%
100.00%
7.00%
7.00%
7.00%
10.71%
Max B
during
treat
I")
0.49
0.56
0.49
0.49
7.00
0.49
0.12
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.20
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.35
0.49
0.49
7.00
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.75

Treated
runoff
(in)
0.01
0.27
0.22
0.01
0.96
0.01
0.19
0.02
0.34
0.02
0.08
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.04
0.01
0.09
0.02
0.01
0.49
0.03
0.12
0.03
0.11
Un-
treated
runoff
(in)
0
0
0
0
0.67
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.73
0
0
0
0
ACCUB
treated
runoff
(In)
16.76
17.02
17.24
17.29
17.61
17.81
18.00
18.01
18.37
18.39
18.47
18.48
18.48
18.49
18.93
18.93
18.62
18.64
18.64
19.14
19.17
19.28
19.31
19.42
» Tax
leduc
far
atom
75.1%
75.1%
75.11
75.1%
34.3%
79.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
79.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
79.1%
79.1%
75.1%
79.1%
16.6%
75. 1%
75.1%
75.1%
79.1%
                                                                                 (Continued)

-------
                                                                                          Table 4.7. (Continued).
00
00
Tim* To Inpty Full Tank -
Chanber Runoff Capacity -
Chamber Depth •
Cnanber Surface, Area
Chamber Voluae -
Depth-to-Tlne Ratio -
% Toxlclty Reduction
for Treated Water

Rain
deptba
(in)
0.01
0.64
0.54
0.23
0.96
0.01
0.22
0. 12
0.02
0.72
0.57
1.09
0.25
0.87
1.35
0.20

Accua
rain
(In)
47.44
46.08
48.62
48.85
49.61
49.82
50.04
50.16
50.18
50.90
51.47
52.56
52.81
51.68
55.03
55.23

1
Hv (1)
0.60
0.80
0.80
0.76
0.63
0.60
0.76
0.72
0.60
0.81
0.80
0.85
0.76
0.62
0.87
0.76


Runoff
(In)
0.01
0.51
0.43
0.17
0.80
0.01
0.17
0.09
0.01
0.56
0.46
0.93
0.19
0.71
1.17
0.15

Ace wo
runoff
(In)
41.19
41.71
42.14
42.31
43.11
43.11
43.26
43.37
43.38
43.96
44.42
45.35
45.54
46.25
47.42
47.58
Bait
acre
runoff
(cu ft)
11
929
784
317
1446
11
303
157
22
1059
828
1662
345
1295
2132
276

Rain
dur
(hr)
11
23
20
14
4
5
10
13
5
35
28
39
8
19
16
18

Avg
Q
(cf.)
0.0003
0.0112
0.0109
0.0063
0.1004
0.0006
0.0084
0.0034
0.0012
0.0084
0.0082
0.0120
0,0120
0.0169
0.0370
0.0043
TlM to
next
rain
(hr)
6
94
284
71
129
14
130
16
10
167
62
73
109
115
108
24
                                                                                                            24
                                                                                                           0.4
                                                                                                             7
                                                                                                           104
                                                                                                           726
                                                                                                       8.1S-05

                                                                                                          75.1»
      him
      In  (0.50" Rain)
      /'
      •q ft
      cu (t
      ft/»
                                                                                                            Main eettllng     Max H
                                                                                                          chamber occupied   during
                                                                                                         before      during   treat
                                                                                                          event   eveot-nax    (ft)
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
O.OOt
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
  7.00%
  7.00%
  7.00%
  7.00%
100.00%
  7.00%
  0.13%
  7.00%
  7.00%
  7.00%
  7.00%
 69.12%
 14.17%
 99.18%
100.00%
  7.00%
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
7.00
0.49
0.01
0.49
0.49
0.49
0.49
4.84
0.99
6.94
7.00
0.49
                                        Un-     Accua
                            Treated  treated  treated
                             runoff   runoff   runoff
                              (In)      (In)      (In)
0.01
0.51
0.43
0.17
0.44
0.01
0.17
0.09
0.01
0.58
0.46
0.9)
0.19
0.71
0.52
0.15
   0
   0
   0
   0
0.36
   0
   0
   0
   0
   0
   0
   0
   0
   0
0.66
   0
                                                                                                                                    % Treated runoff
                                                                                                                 % Tax reduction of TOTAL (2) runoff
19.43
19.94
20.37
20.55
20.99
20.99
21.16
21.24
21.26
21.64
22.30
23.22
23.41
24.13
24.64
24.80

 52.1%
% Tax
reduc
  for
atora

75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
41.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75ll%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
75.1%
33.1%
75.1%
                                                                                                                                                                   19.1%
                                  (1)  Source;  SITT 1987 (value, reflect the average of .nail and large inperviou.  areaa)

                                  (J)  TOXAL represent* treated plua untreated water*

-------
 to fill the chamber, plus the amount of water pumped until the chamber was 100% full. The later value was
 evaluated based on the amount of time it takes to fill the main settling chamber while pumping during a rain event.
 This time T was determined as:

                 T = Vav / (Qin - Qout)
         Where:  Vav =  available volume of the main settling chamber at the beginning of rain event, m
                 Qm =  average inflow rate, mj/hr
                 Qout = outflow rate (pumping rate), mVhr

When the outflow rate exceeds the average inflow rate (T less than zero), the amount of treated runoff is equal to the
runoff. If T is positive and less than the rain duration, then the main settling chamber would fill before the rain ends.
Therefore, the amount of water pumped until the main settling chamber is 100% full would be equal to the runoff
multiplied by the ratio of T to the rain duration.  If T is greater than, or equal to, the rain duration, then the rain event
would be over before the main settling chamber could fill, and, therefore, the amount of treated runoff is equal to the
runoff. Note that it is possible to treat more than the capacity of the chamber during any  given storm, because
pumping starts when the water level is 6 inches above the permanent storage, and not when the chamber is
completely full. Similar drainage behavior would occur if the drainage was controlled with an orifice at this
elevation, instead of with a pump, except that the discharge rate would vary with water depth in the main settling
chamber.

The values in the "percent  toxicity reduction for storm" column were obtained by multiplying the percent toxicity
reduction of treated water (fixed at 75.1% for the example shown in Table 4.11) by the ratio of the amount of treated
water during each storm  to the total runoff of that same storm. The total annual treated runoff (52.1% for this
example) was obtained by  dividing the accumulative depths of the treated runoff by the total annual runoff,
multiplied by one hundred. The total runoff percent toxicity reduction value (39.1%) was based on the runoff treated
at different toxicity reduction values for each rain.

The calculations shown in this table were repeated over a range of drainage or pumping rates, and a range of storage
volumes and depths available in the main settling chamber. The drainage times evaluated included: 6, 12, 36, 48,
and 72 h, the captured runoff depths ranged from 1.8-61 mm (0.07 - 2.39 in.) (corresponding to rain depths of 2.5
-65 mm, or 0.10-2.57  in.).

If the MCTT is full from a previous rain (because of the required holding period), the next storm would bypass the
MCTT with  no treatment. Birmingham rains typically occur about every 3 to 5 d, so it would be desirable to have
the holding period less than this value. Similarly, if the storage volume was small, only a small fraction of a large
rain would be captured and treated, requiring a partial bypass  for most rains. The annual  toxicity reductions are
calculated by knowing the  individual storm median toxicity reductions and the annual percentage of runoff treated.
As an example (see Table 4.7), if the holding period was 24 h for a 2.1  m (7 ft) deep settling chamber, the individual
median storm toxicity reduction would be about 75%. If the MCTT was large enough to  contain the runoff from a 38
mm (1.5  in) rain, then about 98% of the annual runoff would be treated, for an annual expected toxicity reduction of
73% (0.75 X 0.98 = 0.73).

Figure 4.8 is a plot for Birmingham for different annual control levels associated with holding periods from 6 - 72 h
and storage volumes from 2.5-51 mm (0.1 - 2.0 in.) of runoff for a 2.1 m (7 ft) deep MCTT. This figure can  be
used to determine the size of the main settling chamber and the minimum required detention time to obtain a desired
level of control (toxicity reduction). If the tank is shallower than 2.1 m (7 ft), then the holding periods should be
similarly decreased. If the  tank is only  1 m (3.5 ft) deep, then the required holding periods would only be half as
long, but the surface area would have to be twice as large to obtain the same storage volume. This plot shows that
the most effective holding time and storage volume for a 70% toxicity removal goal, is 72 hours and 0.86 inch of
runoff. A shorter holding period would require a larger holding tank for the same level of control. Shorter holding
periods may only be more cost-effective for small removal goals (<50%). If a 6 hour holding time was used, the
maximum toxicant removal would only be about 46% for this depth of tank, irrespective of the tank holding volume.
                                                    89

-------
               c
               o
              o
              -t—I
               c
               03
               O
              'x
               o
              03
              D
              C
              c
              CD
              y
              
-------
                                              Chapter 5
         Pilot-Scale and Preliminary Full-Scale Test Results of the MCTT


This chapter describes field tests of the MCTT. Pilot-scale tests were conducted in Birmingham, AL, at a parking lot
site on the campus of the University of Alabama at Birmingham. The Birmingham tests included 13 rains, from May
through November 1994. The state of Wisconsin has since installed two full-scale MCTT units. One of these is
located at the City of Milwaukee public works Ruby Garage, and another is located at a new municipal parking area
in Minocqua. The Wisconsin Department of Natural  Resources (DNR) monitored seven events in Minocqua and the
U.S. Geological Survey, in contract with the DNR, monitored 15 events in Milwaukee that are summarized in this
report.

Pilot-Scale MCTT Design
The pilot-scale MCTT that was tested during this research was designed to incorporate all possible features of the
full-scale device. The catchbasin/grit chamber is made of a 25 cm (10 in.) diameter vertical PVC pipe containing
approximately 6 L of 3 cm (1 in.) diameter plastic Jaeger Products (Houston, Texas) Tri-Packs® packing column
spheres. The main settling chamber is 1.3 m2 (14 ft2)  in area by 1.2 m (4 ft) deep with a total capacity of 1.6 m3 (55
ftj) and includes plate settlers, aerators, and PIG8 Mat (New Pig Corp., Tipton, Pennsylvania) sorbent pads. During
use, the main settling chamber was filled almost to its full 1.2 m depth and was pumped to within a few cm of the
bottom when emptying. With a 72 h settling time, the settling rate provided was about 4 X 10"6 m/s and was
expected to result in a median toxicity reduction of about 90%. The filter chamber is 1.5 m~ (16 ft2) in area and
contains a 50/50 mixture of sand and peat 0.3 m (1  ft) deep directly on 0.2 m (0.6 ft) of sand placed over a fine
plastic screen and coarse gravel that covers the underdrain. Amoco 4557 (Gunderboom™) filter fabric also covers
the top of the filter media to distribute the water over the filter surface by reducing the water infiltration rate through
the filter and to provide additional pollutant reduction .  This extra pollutant reduction is mostly by sorption of very
fine particles and oils to the filter fabric material, not by filtering. Any large particles that could be trapped
mechanically had already been removed in the main settling chamber. The surface hydraulic loading rate of this
filter/ion exchange chamber was between 1.5 and 6 m per day (5 and 20 ft per day). The sand had the following size:
71% finer than #30 sieve (0.6 mm), 65% finer than #40 sieve (0.425 mm), and 0.5% finer than #50 sieve (0.18 mm).
The effective size (DIO) of the sand was 0.31 mm and the uniformity coefficient (D60/D|0) was 1.45.

While the actual MCTT would be an underground unit, the pilot-scale unit was built upon a trailer for mobility.
While this necessitated the use of pumps for filling the device with runoff, building a mobile unit offered several
advantages. The pilot-scale unit was constructed offsite, it can be moved to any desired location, and maintained and
operated with greater ease. Additionally, the cost of this method was much lower than building an underground
device. The unit was set up to capture runoff samples from a parking and vehicle  service area on the campus of the
University of Alabama at Birmingham. This site featured several attributes of critical source areas including paved
parking, fueling pumps, and a motorpool garage with vehicle service. Figures 5.1  - 5.4 are photographs of the
MCTT located at the UAB parking facility.

Leaching of Materials used  for the Construction of Treatability Test Equipment
An important consideration when constructing any treatability apparatus, including the pilot-scale MCTT, is
potential contamination of the test solutions by materials used in the construction of the device. Therefore, before
the pilot-scale, MCTT was constructed, as series of tests were conducted to examine the teachability of different
potential  construction materials. Samples of the various materials were left to soak in de-ionized water for set
periods of time, and then the water was analyzed for a broad list of constituents of interest.
                                                   91

-------
 Table 5.1  lists potential contaminants from some materials that may be used in bench-scale and pilot-scale test
 equipment (Cowgill 1988). Cowgill found that extensive steam cleaning (at least 5 washings using steam produced
 from distilled water) practically eliminated all contamination problems for sampling equipment. Cemented materials
 should probably be avoided, as is evident from this table. Threaded or bolted together components are much
- preferable.

 Table 5.1. Potential Sample Contamination from Sampler Material

  Material:	Contaminant:	
  PVC - threaded joints                    chloroform
  PVC - cemented joints                   methylethyl ketone, toluene, acetone, methylene
                                       chloride, benzene, ethyl acetate,
                                       tetrahydrofuran, cyclohexanone, organic tin
                                       compounds, and vinyl chloride
  Teflon™                               nothing
  polypropylene and polyethylene           plasticizers and phthalates
  fiberglass reinforced epoxy material (FRE)   nothing
  stainless steel                          chromium, iron, nickel, and molybdenum
  glass	boron and silica	

source: Cowgill (1988)

This project included testing the  leaching potentials for many materials that may be used in bench-scale and pilot-
scale treatment units. Samples of each material were immersed for a period of 72 h in approximately 500 mL of
laboratory grade  18 megohm water. A sample blank was also prepared. Analyses conducted on each of these
samples, and the sample blank, were the same to be performed for the pilot-scale MCTT, with the exception of
solids and metals analysis. Table 5.2 presents the contaminants that were found in the leaching water at the end of
the test in high concentrations that may affect the test results. The most serious problems occur with plywood,
including both treated and untreated wood. Attempting to seal the wood with Formica and caulking was partially
successful, but toxicants were still leached. Covering of the Formica clad plywood with polyethylene plastic
sheeting was finally used to eliminate any potential problem. Fiberglass screening material, especially  before
cleaning, also causes a potential problem with plasticizers and other organics. PVC and aluminum may be
acceptable materials, if phthalate esters and aluminum contamination can be tolerated.

These tables indicate that care must be taken when selecting test equipment. The use of Teflon™ reduces most of the
problems, but it is quite expensive. Delrin™ is almost as effective, is somewhat less expensive, arid is much easier to
machine when manufacturing custom equipment. Both of these materials are fragile and cannot withstand rough
handling. Glass is not usable for most large treatability test equipment, but is commonly used in bench-scale tests.

Table 5.3 is a summary of the basic  materials considered for construction of the pilot-scale MCTT, indicating the
relative problems associated with each material and the constituents of greatest concern. Results indicated the plastic
screen used to support the filter media to be the only material to be of potential concern. Prior to  installation, the
screen was rinsed with tap water  which was shown by further testing to reduce leaching of toxicants. The plywood
used for the MCTT structure showed potential leaching problems, but this was of minimal concern as the plywood
was covered by Formica™ and sheet plastic and never contacted the test water.

Pilot-Scale MCTT Operation
During a storm event, runoff from the parking lot drained to an existing storm sewer inlet. A 65 L (15 gal.) tub was
mounted inside this inlet which filled with runoff during the event. A float switch within  the tub triggered two sump
pumps to direct flow into the catchbasin/grit chamber of the unit. Pumped runoff filled the catchbasin storage
volume and then discharged into the settling chamber. During filling, an air pump supplied air to aeration stones
located in the main settling chamber. When the settling chamber filled to approximately 75 mm (3  in.) from the top
of the settling chamber, a float switch cut power to the sump pumps, the air pump, the two automatic samplers, and
an analog clock. The clock measured the total amount of time electricity was supplied to the unit and was used for
tracking the treatment time. Filling of the settling chamber took a minimum of 30 min. Longer filling times  occurred
for storm events that produced intermittent runoff. After a quiescent settling period of a nominal 72 h,  settling
chamber effluent was pumped through the filter media, sampled, and discharged.
                                                     92

-------
       Figure 5.1  Pilot-scale MCTT under construction.
Figure 5.2 Pilot-scale MCTT in place at the DAB parking facility.

-------
Figure 5.3 Automatic samplers installed on the pilot-scale MCTT,
                                           ^.^^^^^^••^•i
     Figure 5.4 Pilot-scale MCTT during a storm event.
                      94

-------
Table 5.2. Potential Sample Contamination from Materials that may be used in Treatability Test Apparatus
Material:
                                                          Contaminant observed:
untreated plywood
 toxicity, chloride, sulfate, sodium, potassium, calcium, 2,4-
 dimethylphenol, benzylbutyl phthalate, bis(2-ethylhexyl)
 phthalate, phenol, N-nitro-so-di-n-propylamine, 4-chloro-3-
 methylphenol, 2,4-dinitrotoluene, 4-nitrophenol, alpha BHC,
 gamma BHC, 4,4'-DDE, endosulfan II, methoxychlor, and
 endrin ketone
treated plywood (CCA)
 toxicity, chloride, sulfate, sodium, potassium,
 hexachloroethane, 2,4-dimethylphenol, bis(2-chloroethoxyl)
 methane, 2,4-dichlorophenol, benzylbutyl phthalate, bis(2-
 ethylhexyl) phthalate, phenol, 4-chloro-3-methylphenol;
 acenaphthene, 2,4-dinitrotoluene, 4-nitrophenol, alpha
 BHC, gamma BHC, beta BHC, 4,4'-DDE, 4,4'-DDD,
 endosulfan II, endosulfan sulfate, methoxychlor, endrin
 ketone, and copper (likely), chromium (likely), arsenic
 (likely)
treated plywood (CCA) and Formica
toxicity, chloride, sulfate, sodium, potassium, bis(2-
chloroethyl) ether*, diethylphthalate, phenanthrene,
anthracene, benzylbutyl phthalate, bis(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate, phenol*, N-nitro-so-di-n-propylamine, 4-chloro-
3-methylphenol*, 4-nitrophenol, pentachlorophenol, alpha
BHC, 4,4'-DDE, endosulfan II, methoxychlor, endrin
ketone, and copper (likely), chromium (likely), arsenic
(likely)	
treated plywood (CCA), Formica and silica caulk
lowered pH, toxicity, bis(2-chloroethyl) ether*,
hexachlorocyclopentadiene, diethylphthalate, bis(2-
ethylhexyl) phthalate, phenol*, N-nitro-so-di-n-
propylamine, 4-chloro-3-methylphenol*, alpha BHC,
heptachlor epoxide, 4,4'-ODE, endosulfan II, and copper
(likely), chromium (likely), arsenic (likely)	
Formica and silica caulk
lowered pH, toxicity, 4-chloro-3-methylphenol, aldrin, and
endosulfan 1
silica caulk
lowered pH, toxicity, and heptachlor epoxide
PVC pipe
N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 2,4-dinitrotoluene
PVC pipe with cemented joint
bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate*, acenaphthene, and
endosulfan sulfate
plexiglass and plexiglass cement
naphthalene, benzylbutyl phthalate, and bis(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate, and endosulfan II	
aluminum
toxicity, and aluminum (likely)
plastic aeration balls
2,6-dinitrotoluene
filter fabric material
acenaphthylene, diethylphthalate, benzylbutyl phthalate,
bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, and pentachlorophenol	
sorbent pillows
diethylphthalate, and bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
black plastic fittings
pentachlorophenol
reinforced PVC tubing
diethylphthalate, and benzylbutyl phthalate
fiberglass window screening
toxicity, dimethylphthalate, diethylphthalate*, bis(2-
ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, phenol, 4-
nitrophenol, pentachlorophenol, and 4.4'-DDD	
Delrin™
benzylbutyl phthalate
Teflon™
nothing (likely)
glass
zinc (likely)
note: * signifies that the observed concentrations in the leaching solution were very large compared to the other materials. Not all of
the heavy metals had been verified.
                                                            95

-------
 Table 5.3. Pilot-Scale MCTT Construction Material Leach Test
         MATERIAL
              USE
            LEACH POTENTIAL
 PVC pipe and cement

 Jaeger Tri-Packs* packing
 column spheres
 polyethylene sheeting

 Plexiglas™ and cement

 PIG* Mat absorbent pillow
 material
 Formica™ and caulk

 aluminum angle bracket

 Amoco 4557 filter fabric
 (Gunderboom™)
 plastic screen
treated plywood
 catchbasin construction and filter
 effluent piping
 stripping column

 settling chamber liner

 lamella plate construction

 settling chamber floating oil
 absorbent
 sand-peat filter chamber lining

 sand- peat filter chamber corner
 reinforcement
 sand-peat filter cover

filter media support


structural support (non-contact)
 LOW
 LOW

 LOW (n-nitroso-di-n-propylamine)

 LOW (conductivity, chloride, sodium)

 LOW (chloride)

 LOW (toxicity, conductivity, pH, nitrobenzene,
 4-chloro-3-methylphenol)
 LOW (toxicity, conductivity, chloride, calcium,
 pentachlorophenol)
 LOW (toxicity, conductivity, sulfate,
 pentachlorophenol)
 HIGH (toxicity)
 LOW (phenol, 4-nitrophenol,
 pentachlorophenol, di-n-octylphthalate)
 HIGH (toxicity, hexachloroethane, 2,4-
dimethylphenol, 4-chloro-3-methylphenol, 4-
 nitrophenol; likely heavy metals)	
Pilot-Scale MCTT Sampling and Analytical Techniques
Two automatic samplers, an ISCO 2700 and American Sigma 800 SL, were used to collect time-composited
samples from the pilot-scale MCTT in 10 L (2.5 gal.) glass sample containers. During filling of the unit, samples
were collected from the influent to the catchbasin and between the catchbasin and settling chamber. During
filtration^ samples were collected from the settling chamber effluent (or the sand-peat filter influent) and from the
filter effluent. All samples collected were promptly transferred to the laboratory for analysis. Table 5.4 lists the
analyses conducted and methods used. Table 5.5 shows sample volumes collected for individual analyses. Appendix
E contains detailed descriptions of the laboratory methods used for the pilot-scale evaluations.

A reading of pH was conducted immediately when the sample arrived in the laboratory. Within 24 h, a portion of the
chilled samples was filtered through a 0.45 (im membrane filter using an all glass filtering apparatus. The filtered
and unfiltered sample portions were then divided and preserved as follows:

        • unfiltered  samples in two 250 mL amber glass bottles (Teflon™ lined lids) (no preservative) for total
forms of toxicity, COD, and gas chromatography (GC) analyses (using mass spectrophotometric, MSD, and electron
capture, BCD,  detectors).
        • filtered sample in one 250 mL amber glass bottle (Teflon™ lined lids) (no preservative) for filtered forms
of toxicity, COD, and GC analyses (using MSD and BCD detectors).
        • unfiltered  sample in one 250 mL high density polyethylene (no preservatives) for SS and VSS, turbidity,
color, particle size, and conductivity.
        • filtered sample in one 250 mL high density polyethylene (no preservatives) for anion and cation analyses
(using ion chromatography), hardness, TDS, YDS, and alkalinity.
        • unfiltered  sample in one 250 mL high density polyethylene (HNO3 preservative to pH<2) for total forms
of heavy metals, using the graphite furnace  atomic adsorption spectrophotometer.
        • filtered sample in one 125 mL high density polyethylene (HNO3 preservative to pH<2)  for filtered forms
of heavy metals, using the graphite furnace  atomic adsorption spectrophotometer.
                                                     96

-------
 All samples were chilled on ice or in a refrigerator to 4°C (except for the HNO3 preserved samples for heavy metal
analyses) and  analyzed within the holding times shown below. The HNO3 preserved samples were held at room
temperature until digested. The following list shows the holding times for the various groups of constituents:

        • immediately after sample collection: pH
        • within 24 hours: toxicity, ions, alkalinity, color, turbidity
        • within 7 days: GC extractions and solids
        • within 40 days: GC analyses
        • within 6 months: heavy metal digestions and analyses.
        Table 5.4. Compounds Analyzed During MCTT Tests

        Organic Toxicants by GC/MSD - filtered and unfiltered (1 to 10 ^g/L MDL)
                 Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
                 Phthalate esters
                 Phenols

        Organic Toxicants by GC/ECD  - filtered and unfiltered (0.01 to 0.1 ng/L MDL)
                 Chlorinated insecticides

        Heavy Metals by graphite furnace-atomic adsorption spectrophotometry (GFAA) - filtered and unfiltered
        (1 to 5 ng/L MDL)
                 Cadmium
                 Copper
                 Lead
                 Zinc

        Toxicity Screening by Microtox™ - filtered and unfiltered

        Nutrients by Ion Chromatography - filtered (1 mg/L MDL)
                 Nitrate
                 Nitrite
                 Ammonia
                 Phosphate

        Major Ions by Ion Chromatography - filtered (0.1 to 1 mg/L MDL)
                 Cations (calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, and lithium)
                 Anions (chloride, sulfate, and fluoride)

        Conventional Analyses
                 COD
                 Color
                 Specific Conductance
                 Hardness
                 Alkalinity
                 pH
                 Turbidity
                 Solids (total, suspended, dissolved, and volatile forms)

        Particle size (Coulter Counter Multisizer lie)
                                                      97

-------
 Table 5.5. Analytes and Volumes Collected
 Constituent
Volume (mL)     Filtered?
Unfiltered?
Microtox™ toxicity screen
Turbidity
Conductivity
pH
color
hardness
alkalinity
anions (F, CI", NO2', NO32', SO42', and PO42")
cations (Li*, Na*, NH4*, K*, Ca2*, and Mg2*)
total solids
dissolved solids
semi-volatile compounds (by GC/MSD)
chlorinated insecticides (by GC/ECD)
particle size
metals (Pb, Cr, Cd, Cu, and Zn)
COD
10 mL
30 mL
70 mL
25 mL
25 mL
100mL
50 mL
25 mL
25 mL
100mL
100mL
315 mL
315 mL
20 mL
70 mL
10 mL
yes
yes





yes
yes

yes
yes
yes

yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes


yes

yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
Results of the Pilot-Scale MCTT Evaluation Tests
The pilot-scale MCTT was evaluated for 13 storm events. The performance of the MCTT was found to provide
levels of control comparable to those predicted. Based solely upon the design of the settling chamber, percent
toxicity reductions were predicted to be near the 90% reduction level. Actual performance of the overall MCTT was
found to have a median value of 96%. The median toxicity reduction of the filtered samples was found to be 87%.
Tables 5.6 through 5.9 display summarized results for the pilot-scale MCTT. Tables 5.6, 5.7, and 5.8 show results
for the catchbasin, the settling chamber, and the sand-peat filter, respectively. Table 5.9 gives summary results for
the overall MCTT. Included in these tables are the minimum, maximum, median, standard deviation, and
coefficient of variation (COV) for influent concentration conditions  and percent reductions. One-sided probability
(p) values for the concentration differences across the chamber/device are also displayed. Complete performance
data is presented in Appendices A and B.

Exact 1-sided probabilities were calculated by the Wilcoxon Signed  Rank Test for paired observations using
StatXact-Turbo™  software by Cytel Software Corporation. The exact probability calculated is based upon sign and
magnitude of concentration differences occurring across each chamber and across the entire MCTT,  while omitting
zero differences. The software calculated an exact p value as opposed to a p value obtained asymptotically which
would  inherently decrease accuracy for the relatively small sample size. The software also expedited data analysis
by performing the test in a batch mode. Values of p < 0.05, signifying less than a 5% chance that the inlet and outlet
values  are the same, are typically used to identify significant differences. This research uses a p value of 0.05 as the
level of significance, but the tables provide the actual values calculated  for individual interpretation.

Table 5.10 shows  performance summaries for the settling chamber, sand-peat chamber, and for the overall MCTT
for the major constituents of interest. The catchbasin was not found to provide significant toxicity reductions, as
expected, and is therefore not included on this table. The catchbasin  was used to provide grit and other coarse solids
control to reduce maintenance in the other chambers. Significant (1-sided p value < 0.05) concentration changes
occurring across the MCTT are given in Table  5.11.

By design, the settling chamber was assumed to provide most of the toxicity reductions. The other two chambers
and secondary features were added for extra benefit, especially to reduce variations in performance for the highly
variable runoff conditions. However, good toxicity reductions occurred in both the settling chamber  and the sand-
peat filter. The high levels of Microtox™ toxicity reductions observed indicate excellent reductions  of critical toxic
contaminants by the MCTT.
                                                    98

-------
                                              Table 5.6. MCTT Catchbasin Chamber Performance Summary
                                              Catchbasin Chamber Inlet Concentration

CONVENTIONAL ANALYSIS
Total Solids
Volatile Total Solids
Total Suspended Solids
Volatile Suspended Solids
Dissolved Solids
Volatile Dissolved Solids
Turbidity
Turbidity (filtered)
Apparent Color (unfillered)
Color (filtered)
Conductivity
PH
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Chemical Oxygen Demand (filtered)
TOXICITY
Relative Toxicity
Relative Toxicity (filtered)
METALS
Cadmium
Cadmium (filtered)
Copper
Copper (filtered)
Lead
Lead (filtered)
Zinc
Zinc (filtered)
IDL

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
0.75
0.75
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1.1
1.1

5
5

1
1
0.25
0.25
1.25
1.25
0.5
0.5
Units

mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
NTU
NTU
Hach*
Hach*
US/cm'
std.
mg/L
mg/L

125%
125%

Mg/L
Hg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
M8/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Minimum

29
10
7
2
13
5
2
ND
16
4
14
6.34
ND
ND

ND
ND

ND
ND
ND
6.8
3.5
ND
42
ND
Maximum

255
105
137
46
152
66
16
1.6
58
55
124
7.44
197
110

70
61

2.9
2.5
96.7
35.6
70.8
11.9
4022
60.2
Median

105
43
41
17
64
27
5.5
ND
27
32
55
7.04
42
23

24
16

ND
ND
23.7
13.3
16
2.1
177.8
13.3
Std. Dev.

70.5
29.1
39.4
12.6
39.6
18.5
3.7
0.4
14.5
14.7
28.4
0.3
55.5
36.7

20.9
17.8

1.3
1.3
25.4
8.9
17.5
3.4
1071
18.0
COV

0.58
0.59
0.81
0.69
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.70
0.43
0.47
0.45
0.04
1.00
1.05

0.88
0.73

1.44
2.17
0.86
0.53
0.85
1.38
2.24
0.99
1-sided P Value

0.2429
0.2395
0.1543
0.2288
-0.3862
0.2275
0.0215
0.2405
0.5176
0.3135
0.3477
-0.4526
0.4028
•0.1875

0.4464
-0.2402

-0.1655
0.0203
-0.3424
•0.0839
0.3386
0.1462
0.1219
-0.1736
^ ••»<»•
Minimum

-15
-36
-157
-300
-»3
-100
-15
-317
-US
-125
-36
-3
-800
-129

-71
-200

-307
-63
-85
-712
-124
-311
-144
-1188
Maximum

57
36
88
72
27
53
70
60
38
22
26
5
62
73

100
500

475
200
1183
62
79
275
99
77
IUVI I till*
Median

8
0
17
10
-7
0
23
7
0
0
0
0
-29
-13

4
0

0
21
-19
-18
10
-21
27
-13
JUl IVCUUCU
Std. Dev.

27
25
65
100
22
41
28
93
36
37
18
1.8
239
56

53
163

218
67
335
245
65
146
65
381
UD
co\

6J
13
7.4
•4.7
•4.0
-6.8
1.3
-4.8
-6.5
-53
-17
12.7
-2.67
-27

2.7
19

5.5
1.9
4.1
-2.0
-16
-7.1
5.7
-2J
Note:  N/A - not applicable; ND - value below detection limit;  negative p values indicate probability of increase; negative percent reductions indicate percent increase.

-------
                                                                                  Table 5.6. (continued)
o
o
Catchbasin Chamber

IONS
Ammonium
Calcium
Lithium
Magnesium
Potassium
Sodium
Hardness (as CaCO3)
Chloride
Fluoride
Nitrate
Nitrite
Phosphate
Sulfate
Bicarbonate
Carbonate
IDL

0.25
0.25
0.025
0.062
0.062
0.062
6.25
0.025
0.025
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
N/A
N/A
Units

mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
Minimum

ND
1.173
ND
0.158
0.249
0.441
6
0.651
ND
ND
ND
ND
1.017
12.37
0.001
Maximum

0.459
15.35
0.005
1.981
1.669
13.35
71
2.915
0.107
7.403
ND
0.628
23.9
80.33
0.056
Inlet Concentration
Median

ND
8.748
ND
1.078
0.539
1.057
38
1.208
ND
1.889
ND
ND
10.42
36.62
0.02
Std. Dev.

0.156
3.773
0.002
0.531
0.394
3.429
16.52
0.609
0.03
2.091
0.065
0.206
7.147
18.48
0.017
COV

1.097
0.44
1.672
0.489
0.563
1.706
0.432
0.483
1.038
0.722
1.611
2.479
0.71
0.491
0.877
Calchbasin
l-*idedP Value

0.2324
-0.3424
0.1563
•0.5000
•0.2487
-0.1115
0.1338
-0.4662
-0.2527
-0.1879
•0.3125
-0.3125
-0.1527
0.2709
0.1488
Catchbasin Chamber Percent Reduction
Minimum

-89
-39
-50
-34
-56
-62
-23
-194
-333
-36
•688
-24
-206
-28
-300
Maximum

42
34
100
33
42
57
52
16
53
49
100
100
10
52
86
Median

-10
-7
N/A
-3
-7
-11
5
-3
-28
2
-550
N/A
-2
3
5
Std. Dev.

45
23
75
20
29
30
22
55
104
20
295
88
58
23
96
COV

-4.0
-3.7
\2
-14
-3.5
-3.2
2.7
-3.8
-2.0
-328
-1.96
2.3
-2.8
5.1
-7.5
               ORGANICS
               Phenol
               N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
               Hcxachloroe thane
               Nitrobenzene
               2-Nitrophenol
               2,4-Dimelhylphcnol
               Hexachlorobutadiene
               4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
               4-Nitrophenol
               Pentachlorophenol
               Fluoranthene
               Pyrene
               Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
               Di-n-octylphthalate
0.38 ng/
1.0 ng/
0.40 ng/
0.48 jig/
0.90 fig/
0.68 tig/
0.22 ng/
0.75 ng/
0.60 jig/
0.90 jig/
0.55 fig/
0.48 ng/
0.62 ng/
0.62 n#
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
L ND
T. ND
»L 0.05
8.04
39.75
2.38
12.81
5.87
16.74
28.91
19.67
105.3
17.55
1.44
0.83
9.85
0.96
0.4
1.45
0.45
ND
ND
0.69
0.71
2.32
2.04
ND
ND
ND
2.11
ND
2.162
10.89
1.03
3.563
2.122
7.201
9.069
9.68
33.45
6.469
0.523
0.282
2.546
0.325
1.88
2.063
1.205
2.28
1.369
41.98
2.282
6.295
2.737
2.198
0.976
0.786
1.008
0.824
•0.5000
0.1563
-0.1484
•0.1875
0.1250
•0.0625
0.2188
0.5000
•0.4688
•0.3750
0.6250
-0.5000
0.5000
0.2500
-395
-3019
-1611
-517
-7000
-385
-683
-284
-2279
-238
-104
-60
-121
-135
379
690
808
871
675
539
524
213
95
1481
88
80
5033
76
53
70
-7
34
56
57
106
73
-49
36
12
7
28
14
214
943
560
332
1978
237
302
154
802
426
60
46
1397
63
16
-5.8
-28
8.7
-4.4
3.0
4.8
7.6
-1.9
3.72
-9.6
5.4
3.6
-22
               Note: N/A - not applicable; ND - value below detection limit negative p value* indicate probability of increa»e, negative percent reductions indicate percent i

-------
                                                    Table 5.7. MCTT Settling Chamber Performance Summary
                                               Settling Clumber Inlet Concentration
                                 IDL  Units  Minimum Maximum  Median   Std. Dev.
COV
CONVENTIONAL ANALYSIS
Total Solids
Volatile Total Solids
Total Suspended Solids
Volatile Suspended Solids
Dissolved Solids
Volatile Dissolved Solids
Turbidity
Turbidity (filtered)
Apparent Color (unfiltered)
Color (filtered)
Conductivity
pH
r
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Chemical Oxygen Demand (filtered)
Toxrcnr
Relative Toxicity
Relative Toxicity (filtered)
METALS
Cadmium
Cadmium (filtered)
Conner
rr^
Copper (filtered)
Lead
Lead (filtered)
Zinc
Zinc (filtered)

2.5 mg/L
2.5 mg/L
2.5 mg/L
2.5 mg/L
2.5 mg/L
2.5 mg/L
0.75 MTU
0.75 MTU
N/A Hacrf
N/A Hach*
N/A jiS/cm2
N/A std.
1.1 mg/L
1.1 mg/L

5 125%
5 125%

1 ng/L
1 Hg/L
0.25 ng/L
0.25 ng/L
1-25 ng/L
1.25 ng/L
0.5 ng/L
0.5 ng/L

34
12
ND
ND
18
8
1.4
ND
15
9
19
6.52
ND
3

ND
ND

ND
ND
6.5
11.4
3.5
ND
4.5
2.2

202
81
81
30
121
53
9.1
1.5
58
55
101
7,32
101
75

42
41

11.8
1.9
47.6
68.4
57.3
8.4
336.6
107.5

110
51
26
15
73
30
3.3
ND
32
32
61
6.96
41
55

24
27

ND
ND
23.9
17.4
14.6
2.8
164.1
13.6

52.27
22.86
25.94
9.31
30.95
15.83
2.45
0.43
12.80
13.70
25.02
0.26
35.47
28.83

15.28
14.40

3.63
1.11
10.47
20.15
17.66
2.86
100.4
29.26

0.49
0.50
0.74
0.59
0.43
0.54
0.58
0.75
0.38
0.45
0.40
0.04
0.74
0.73

0.73
0.57

1.86
3.52
0.43
0.75
0.94
0.93
0.66
1.09
Settling Chamber
 1-sided P Value

   0.0017
   0.0049
   0.0010
   0.0024
   0.2288
   0.0381
   0.0005
   0.0371
   0.0044
   0.0015
   -0.0662
   -0.3074
   0.0093
   0.0017
                                                                                             0.0537
                                                                                             0.0049
                                                                                             0.0083
                                                                                             0.2148
                                                                                             0.0320
                                                                                             0.2847
                                                                                             0.0002
                                                                                             0.0535
                                                                                             0.0046
                                                                                             -0.3386
     Settling Chamber Percent Reduction
Minimum Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.   COV
                                                                                                             -15
                                                                                                             -28
                                                                                                            -800
                                                                                                            -175
                                                                                                             -18
                                                                                                             -88
                                                                                                              -6
                                                                                                             -40
                                                                                                             -17
                                                                                                             -10
                                                                                                             -53
                                                                                                              -7
                                                                                                            -130
                                                                                                            -200
                         -700
                         -229
                          -75
                         -240
                          -49
                        -1224
                           40
                         -200
                         -171
                         -155
                                    50
                                    53
                                   100
                                   117
                                    36
                                    62
                                    86
                                    70
                                    45
                                    39
                                    19
                                     9
                                   100
                                   100
                             93
                            104
                            130
                             26
                             71
                             91
                            119
                            129
                             84
                             54
                      31
                      36
                      91
                      64
                       0
                      12
                      50
                      30
                      16
                      23
                     -15
                       0
                      53
                      55
                      18
                      69
                      21
                       0
                      23
                      13
                      88
                      33
                      39
                     -34
21
26
257
77
16
35
27
32
16
15
19
4.3
61
82
238
89
52
94
34
361
21
89
68
62
0.76
0.97
19.49
1.52
939
4.54
0.54
1.55
1.02
0.76
-1.46
-7.75
1.58
2.00
-3.89
1.99
1.93
-2.16
1.69
-3.87
076
4.99
2.93
-2.84
Note- N/A - not applicable;  ND - value below detection limit; negative p values indicate probability of increase;  negative percent reductions indicate percent
                                                 increase.

-------
                                                                                 Table 5.7. (continued)
                                          IDL   Units
  Settling Clumber  Inlet Concentration
Minimum Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.
s
       Settling Chamber        Settling Chamber Percent Reduction
COV    1-sided P Value   Minimum Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.   COV
IONS
Ammonium
Calcium
Lithium
Magnesium
Potassium
Sodium
Hardness (as CaCOj)
Chloride
Fluoride
Nitrate
Nitrite
Phosphate
Sulfate
Bicarbonate
Carbonate
ORGANICS
Phenol
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
Hcxachloroe thane
Nitrobenzene
2-Nitrophenol
2,4-Dimethylphenol
Hexachlorobutadiene
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
4-Nitrophenol
Pentachlorophenol
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Di-n-octylphthalate

0.25
0.25
0.025
0.062
0.062
0.062
6.25
0.025
0.025
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
N/A
N/A

0.38
1.0
0.40
0.48
0.90
0.68
0.22
0.75
0.60
0.90
0.55
0.48
0.62
0.62

mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L

Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Hg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L

ND
1.626
ND
0.211
0.266
0.716
ND
0.737
ND
ND
ND
ND
1.51
15.84
0.004

ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND

0.341
15.11
ND
1.829
1.335
5.803
58
2.53
0.09
7.837
0.146
0.683
23.67
47.89
0.047

5
5.26
7.7
2.76
2.24
81.25
26.19
9.03
120
46.46
1.24
0.77
10.34
0.72

ND
8.742
ND
1.028
0.547
1.349
35
1.264
0.029
2.391
0.042
ND
11.53
33.16
0.009

0.53
ND
1.18
0.54
ND
0.6
1.44
1.69
6.9
ND
ND
ND
1.92
ND

0.106
3.46
9E-04
0.479
0.358
1.332
13.62
0.55
0.026
2.155
0.044
0.239
6.863
10.34
0.012

1.39
3.018
2.422
1.083
0.983
22.97
7.203
7.756
40.43
13.44
0.422
0.255
2.64
0.249

0.876
0.403
2.778
0.458
0.495
0.871
0.405
0.414
0.806
0.723
1.024
2.019
0.632
0.316
0.886

1.594
3.765
1.53
1.307
3.218
3.81
2.049
6.56
3.289
3.019
0.962
0.809
1.048
0.709

•0.0178
-0.1697
•0.2500
-0.0081
0.1750
0.1902
-0.1960
-0.2593
-0.4961
0.0046
-0.0093
-0.3125
0.5151
-0.0024
-0.0161

0.3125
0.0938
0.0078
0.0625
0.1250
0.0313
0.1250
0.2813
•0.5000
0.1250
0.1250
0.1250
0.0020
N/A

-491
-75
33
-211
-90
-182
-120
-50
-180
-13
-674
-31
-44
-73
-167

-500
-208
-933
-3086
-204
-141
-129
-500
-287
-282
-300
-100
34
71

27
12
100
9
21
38
50
15
100
100
100
100
11
7
38

94
227
422
1272
320
586
191
1014
1576
363
200
400
1667
300

-62
-5
N/A
-29
6
3
-8
-1
-36
27
-308
N/A
0
-23
-23

3
81
82
26
6
53
29
93
50
107
111
103
99
98

168
29
47
62
30
58
46
20
82
36
264
75
16
29
73

214
106
331
1052
165
207
88
370
474
175
125
116
454
63

-1.6
-2.0
0.71
-1.3
-13.7
-5.4
-3.2
-3.1
-53
1.1
-1.52
1.3
•4.9
•0.95
-1.5

-2.7
2.1
12
-6.1
8.4
1.9
2.8
4.5
3.2
1.72
1.5
0.91
2.0
0.53
            Note: N/A-not applicable;  ND - value below detection limit; negative p values indicate probability of increase; negative percent reductions indicate percent increase.

-------
                                                 Table 5.8. MCTT Sand-peat Chamber Performance Summary
                                IDL
       S«nd - Peat Chamber Inlet Concentration
Units  Minimum Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.
          Sand-Peat         Sand-Peat Chamber Percent Reduction
COV    1-sided P Value   Minimum  Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.   COV
CONVENTIONAL ANALYSIS
Total Solids
Volatile Total Solids
Tola! Suspended Solids
Volatile Suspended Solids
Dissolved Solids
Volatile Dissolved Solids
Turbidity
Turbidity (filtered)
Apparent Color (unfiltered)
Color (filtered)
Conductivity
pH
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Chemical Oxygen Demand (filtered)
TOXICITY
Relative Toxicity
Relative Toxicity (filtered)
METALS
Cadmium
Cadmium (filtered)
Copper
rr
Copper (filtered)
Lead
Lead (filtered)
Zinc
Zinc (filtered)

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
0.75
0.75
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1.1
1.1

5
5

1
1
0.25
0.25
1.25
1.25
0.5
0.5

mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
NTU
NTU
Hach»
Hach»
US/cm*
std.
mg/L
mg/L

125%
125V.

Hg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L

21
10
ND
ND
21
5
0.76
ND
13
9
29
6.29
ND
ND

ND
ND

ND
ND
6.1
6.3
ND
ND
12.2
4.4

111
54
11
11
101
48
3.6
2.1
41
41
92
7.27
53
45

33
24

8.8
3.4
40.6
156.2
6.4
4.7
198.4
57.6

65.5
24.5
1.5
4.5
70.5
25
1.6
ND
26.5
22.5
68
6,975
25
22.5

11.5
6.5

ND
ND
18.35
20.6
2.9
1.65
58.85
18.25

26.89
13.84
4.19
4.57
25.25
13.81
0.75
0.52
8.39
9.01
20.54
0-24
19.44
16.85

10.38
9.60

2.83
1.38
9.67
40.95
2.56
1.87
56.57
21.21

0.40
0.48
1.14
1.10
0.39
0.56
0.44
1.15
0.32
0.41
0.32
0.03
0.79
0.88
,
0.82
1.00

2.17
2.86
0.53
1.35
0.92
0.99
0.78
0.82

0.1763
•0.0146
-0.1191
-0.1641
0.0820
-0.0313
-0.0005
•0.0005
-0.0010
-0.0005
0.0005
0.0010
-0.3359
-0.4434

0.0078
0.0537

0.4961
•0.1055
0.3823
0.3188
0.0078
0.3408
0.0874
0.1826

-51
-44
-500
-217
-29
-160
-584
-429
-262
-322
7
-1
-123
-103

-175
•67

•600
-250
-322
•611
-133
-400
-5908
-352

24
13
45
550
25
13
-4
-64
0
. -30
51
18
100
100

1200
1000

75
167
49
86
109
139
94
104

3
-30
-400
0
8
-10
-150
-133
-75
-100
21
7
-55
-5

70
67

-40
-21
25
18
18
5
62
69

25
19
240
209
16
50
200
119
83
84
12
5.2
85
68

368
309

189
97
107
196
60
167
1796
142

-«.27
-0.82
-1.45
3.47
3.25
-1.56
-0.91
•0.69
-0.78
-0.71
0.50
0.69
-11.81
36.40

2.73
1.56

-2.00
-4.48
-4.28
-4.70
5.24
-2.72
-3.61
322
Note: N/A - not applicable; ND - value below detection limit;  negative p values indicate probability of increase; negative percent reductions indicate percent increaae.

-------
                                                                                    Table 5.8. (continued)
                                                          Sand - Pot Chamber Inlet Concentration
                                            IDL   Units  Minimum Maximum Median  Std. Dev.   COV
g
  Sand-Peat         Sand-Peat Chamber  Percent Reduction
1-sided P Value   Minimum Maximum  Median   Std. Dev.    COV
IONS
Ammonium
Calcium
Lithium
Magnesium
Potassium
Sodium
Hardness (as CaCQ,)
Chloride
Fluoride
Nitrate
Nitrite
Phosphate
Sulfatc
Bicarbonate
Carbonate

0.25
0.25
0.025
0.062
0.062
0.062
6.25
0.025
0.025
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
N/A
N/A

mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L

ND
2.848
ND
0.657
0.241
0.52
11
0.732
ND
ND
ND
ND
1.343
27. 41
0.005

0.929
16.1
0.003
2.183
1.185
4.989
60
2.041
0.109
4.886
0.843
0.892
21.69
50.66
0.053

ND
92
ND
1.394
0.61
1.234
33
1.22
0.029
1.448
0.057
ND
11.06
36.82
0.011

0.263
3.364
0.001
0.463
0.309
1.204
14.6
0.472
0.03
1.455
0.265
0.26
6.064
7.749
0.013

0.882
0.381
1.61
0.366
0.462
0.791
0.44
0.363
0.929
0.785
1.477
2.783
0.609
0.198
0.825

-0.1201
0.0005
-0.5000
-0.1602
-0.0737
-0.1030
0.0078
-0.2598
0.0391
-0.1602
0.0244
-0.3125
-0.3188
0.0005
0.0005

-258
18
0
-67
-77
-45
•64
-372
-100
-475
38
42
-306
36
13

21
77
100
35
19
27
35
18
76
47
,100
100
17
86
100

-7
38
N/A
-4
-16
-11
24
-10
52
-5
59
N/A
-10
58
80

101
19
47
27
29
23
28
113
58
152
27
41
92
15
26

-1.8
0.44
1.4
-4.2
-1.3
-1.7
1.8
-3.1
1.7
-32
0.36
0.58
-2.5
0.25
0.36
              ORGANICS
              Phenol
              N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
              Hexachloroelhane
              Nitrobenzene
              2-Nitrophenol
              2.4-Dimcthylphenol
              Hexachlorobutadiene
              4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
              4-Nitrophenol
              Pentachlorophenol
              Fluoranthene
              Pyrene
              Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
              Di-n-octylphthalate
0.38
1.0
0.40
0.48
0.90
0.68
0.22
0.75
0.60
0.90
0.55
0.48
0.62
0.62
Mg/L
Mg/L
Hg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
4.62
4.83
2.96
4.46
5.65
11.23
5.9
9.37
121
4.91
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
1.35
1.205
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
1.504
1.681
1.019
2.44
2.009
5.378
2.455
4.782
51.57
4.41
0.085
0.048
0.248
0.058
1.69
1.296
1.863
97.61
2.091
-5.53
1.701
3.334
5.296
-2.35
-25.6
-7.19
4.73
3.153
0.2188
0.0625
-0.4063
0.5000
0.2500
0.4375
0.0625
0.2501
-0.2188
0.3750
0.3750
0.1250
0.1563
N/A
-500
-5400
-700
-152
-55
-155
-6855
-154
-683
-340
-89
-100
-650
-100
10150
4550
5162
667
2955
213
156
3425
2853
9200
280
320
167
150
103
64
89
70
86
41
97
104
13
-36
0
25
-188
0
3064
2236
1578
225
869
119
2089
1023
913
2801
103
155
300
75
3.2
-23
3.3
1.5
2.4
2.8
-3.3
2.8
4.0
3.64
3.7
1.4
-1.7
33
             Note: N/A - not applicable;  ND - value below detection limit; negative p values indicate probability of increase; negative percent reductions indicate percent

-------
                                                     Table 5.9. Overall MCTT Performance Summary
                                  IDL  Units
  MCTT  Inlet  Concentration
Minimum Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.
COV
CONVENTIONAL ANALYSIS
Total Solids
Volatile Total Solids
Total Suspended Solids
Volatile Suspended Solids
Dissolved Solids
Volatile Dissolved Solids
Turbidity
Turbidity (filtered)
Apparent Color (unfiltered)
Color (filtered)
Conductivity
pH
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Chemical Oxygen Demand (filtered)
TOX1CITY
Relative Toxicity
Relative Toxicity (filtered)
JUETALS
Cadmium
Cadmium (filtered)
Copper
Copper (filtered)
Lead
Lead (filtered)
Zinc
Zinc (filtered)

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
0.75
0.75
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1.1
1.1

5
5

1
I
0.25
0.25
1.25
1.25
0.5
0.5

mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
NTU
NTU
Hach*
Hach*
fiS/cm2
Std.
mg/L
mg/L

125%
125%

Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L

29
10
7
2
13
5
2
ND
16
4
14
6.34
ND
ND

ND
ND

ND
ND
ND
6.8
3.5
ND
42
ND

255
105
137
46
152
66
16
1.6
58
55
124
7.44
197
110

70
61

2.9
2.5
96.7
35.6
70.8
11.9
4022
60.2

105
43
41
17
64
27
5.5
ND
27
32
55
7.04
42
23

24
16

ND
ND
23.7
13.3
16
2.1
177.8
13.3

70.5
29.1
39.4
12.6
39.6
18.5
3.7
0.4
14.5
14.7
28.4
0.3
55.5
36.7

20.9
17.8

1.3
1.3
25.4
8.9
17.5
3.4
1071
18.0

0.58
0.59
0.81
0.69
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.70
0.43
0.47
0.45
0.04
1.00
1.05

0.88
0.73

1.44
2.17
0.86
0.53
0.85
1.38
2.24
0.99
   MCTT
1-sided P Value

   0.0005
   0.0127
   0.0002
   0.0027
   0.0784
   0.4629
   0.1331
  -0.0320
  -0.0007
  -0.0032
   0.0276
   0.0046
   0.0305
   0.1680
                                                                                              0.0022
                                                                                              0.0015
                                                                                             0.1338
                                                                                             0.1602
                                                                                             0.2119
                                                                                             -0.4250
                                                                                             0.0002
                                                                                             0.3345
                                                                                             0.0005
                                                                                             0.2119
     MCTT Percent  Reduction
Minimum Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.   COV
                                                                                                              -7
                                                                                                             -40
                                                                                                              25
                                                                                                            -200
                                                                                                            -108
                                                                                                            -180
                                                                                                            -245
                                                                                                            -309
                                                                                                            -194
                                                                                                            -850
                                                                                                             -57
                                                                                                              -2
                                                                                                             -40
                                                                                                             -63
                                                                -83
                                                               -800
                                                               -215
                                                               -155
                                                               -159
                                                               -558
                                                                29
                                                               -565
                                                                 -3
                                                               -923
                                                                          59
                                                                          55
                                                                         100
                                                                         115
                                                                          54
                                                                          39
                                                                          62
                                                                          42
                                                                          12
                                                                          13
                                                                          58
                                                                          20
                                                                         100
                                                                         100
                                   185
                                   192
                                   700
                                    75
                                  1950
                                    93
                                   110
                                    99
                                    97
                                   103
                                             32
                                             19
                                             83
                                             66
                                              7
                                              0
                                             40
                                            -92
                                            -55
                                            -49
                                             11
                                              8
                                             54
                                             10
                                     96
                                     87
                                     18
                                     16
                                     22
                                     17
                                     93
                                     42
                                     91
                                     46
                              20
                              31
                              22
                              89
                              39
                              57
                              99
                              111
                              58
                              237
                              31
                              73
                              46
                              55
                              66
                             261
                             263
                              69
                             566
                             197
                              22
                             196
                              31
                             323
 0.59
  2.0
 0.28
  2.6
  116
 -3.9
 -6.2
 -1.1
•0.84
 -2.1
  2.4
 0.93
 0.86
  1.9
0.74
  18
 2.9
 -3.6
 3.3
 -2.8
0.26
 -3.6
0.42
 •4.7
Note: N/A - not applicable; ND - value below detection limit;  negative p values indicate probability of increase; negative percent reductions indicate percent increase.

-------
                            IDL
                             Table 5.9. (continued)

    MCTT  Inlet Concentration          MCTT
Units     Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.    COV   1-sided P Value
     MCTTPercent  Reduction
Minimum Maximum  Median  Std. Dev.    COV
IONS
Ammonium
Calcium
Lithium
Magnesium
Potassium
Sodium
Hardness (as CaCO3)
Chloride
Fluoride
Nitrate
Nitrite
Phosphate
Sulfate
Bicarbonate
Carbonate
ORGANICS
Phenol
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
Hexachloroethane
Nitrobenzene
2-Nitrophenol
2,4-Dimethylphcnol
Hcxachlorobutadiene
4-Chloro-3-mcthylphenol
4-Nitrophenol
Pentachlorophenol
Fluoranthcne
Pyrene
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Di-n-octylphthalate

0.25
0.25
0.025
0.062
0.062
0.062
6.25
0.025
0.025
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
N/A
N/A

0.38
1.0
0.40
0.48
0.90
0.68
0.22
0.75
0.60
0.90
0.55
0.48
0.62
0.62

mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L

H&/L
HB/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
Mg/L
MS/L
Mg/L
Mg/L

0.459
15.35
0.005
1.981
1.669
13.35
71
2.915
0.107
7.403
0.239
0.628
23.9
80.33
0.056

8.04
39.75
2.38
12.81
5.87
16.74
28.91
19.67
105.3
17.55
1.44
0.83
9.85
0.96

ND
8.748
ND
1.078
0.539
1.057
38
1.208
ND
1.889
0.012
ND
10.42
36.62
0.02

0.4
1.45
0.45
ND
ND
0.69
0.71
2.32
2.04
ND
ND
ND
2.11
ND

0.156
3.773
0.002
0.531
0.394
3.429
16.52
0.609
0.03
2.091
0.065
0.206
7.147
18.48
0.017

2.162
10.89
1.03
3.563
2.122
7.201
9.069
9.68
33.45
6.469
0.523
0.282
2.546
0.325

1.097
0.44
1.672
0.489
0.563
1.706
0.432
0.483
1.038
0.722
1.611
2.479
0.71
0.491
0.877

1.88
2.063
1.205
2.28
1.369
41.98
2.282
6.295
2.737
2.198
0.976
0.786
1.008
0.824

-0.0034
0.0017
0.3281
-0.0171
-0.0461
-0.0647
0.0125
-0.0386
0.1475
0.0105
-0.1250
-0.1875
-0.0105
0.0007
0.0049

0.1094
0.0625
-0.5000
0.1250
0.2500
0.1250
0.0938
0.1563
0.4219
0.1250
0.1250
0.0625
0.0020
0.2500

-651
-99
0
-209
-153
-192
-200
-343
-267
-30
-2717
100
-229
-42
-600

-1910
-969
-1482
-5557
-3800
-182
-548
-106
-1069
-1850
-233
98
-667
81

31
. 80
100
43
43
73
67
26
100
68
100
100
15
87
100

215
2797
477
189
200
268
1957
476
3283
215
200
175
193
200

-403
33
N/A
-63
-23
-26
30
-13
32
24
-668
N/A
-27
43
81

100
92
102
18
40
118
111
92
-4
11
104
111
99
101

281
47
42
68
51
67
71
100
116
31
984
N/A
71
37
196

589
918
541
1625
1111
141
609
147
1042
563
107
24
226
34

-0.97
1.7
0.88
-1.2
-1.7
-1.9
6.9
-2.0
-14
1.2
-2.05
N/A
-1.4
0.84
23.7

-10
4.3
-6.6
-3.1
-3.9
1.6
3.9
1.6
5.7
-4.05
1.3
0.20
5.2
0.31
Note: N/A = not applicable; ND = value below detection limit; negative p values indicate probability of increase; negative perent reductions indicate percent i
                                                                                                                                ncrease.

-------
Table 5.10. Median Percent Reductions by Chamber
Constituent



Common Constituents
total solids
suspended solids
turbidity
conductivity
apparent color
pH
COD
Nutrients
nitrate
ammonium
Toxicants
Microtox™ toxicity (unfiltered)
Microtox™ toxicity (filtered)
lead
zinc
n-Nitro-di-n-propylamine
hexachlorobutadiene
pyrene
bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
Main
Settling
Chamber
(percent)

31'
91
50
-15
16
-0.3
53

27
-62

18
69
88
39
81
29
100
99
Sand-Peat
Chamber
(percent)


2.6
-400
-150
21
• 75
6.7
-55

-5
-7

70
67
18
62
64
97
25
N/A
Overall
Device
(percent)


32
83
40
11
-55
7.9
54

24
-400

96
87
93
91
92
100
100
99
 " Note: Bold italics indicate Wilcoxon 1-sided p value <0.05


Figures 5.5 through 5.8 are example plots of the concentrations of SS, unfiltered toxicity, unfiltered zinc, and
unfiltered bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate as the stormwater passed through the MCTT. Appendix A includes similar
plots for the remaining constituents tested. The four data locations on these plots correspond to the four sampling
locations on the MCTT. The sample location labeled "inlet" is the overall inlet to the MCTT (and the inlet to the
catchbasin/grit chamber). The location labeled "catchbasin" is the effluent from the catchbasin (and inlet to the main
settling chamber). Similarly, the location labeled "settling chamber" is the outlet from the settling chamber (and the
inlet to the sand-peat chamber). Finally, the location labeled "peat-sand" is the outlet from the sand-peat chamber
(and the outlet from the MCTT). Individual samples are traced through the MCTT on separate lines. Therefore, the
slopes of the lines indicate the relative reduction rates (mg/L reduction) for each sample and for each individual
major unit process  in the MCTT. If the lines are all parallel between two sampling locations, then the reduction rates
are similar. If a line has a positive slope, then a concentration increased occurred. If the lines have close to zero
slope, then little reduction has occurred (as for the catchbasin/grit chamber for most constituents and samples).

The suspended solids trends shown on Figure 5.5 show the significant reductions in suspended solids concentrations
through the main settling chamber, with little benefit from the catchbasin/grit chamber and the sand-peat chamber.
However, the first storm had a significant  increase in suspended solids concentration as it passed through the sand
and peat due to flushing of fines from the  incompletely washed media.
                                                    107

-------
 Table 5.11. Significant (1-sided p value < 0.05) Concentration Changes forMCTT

      Constituent	Median Percent Reduction
                Very High Constituent  Reductions (>80%)

      Suspended Solids                           83
      Toxicity (unfiltered)                           96
      Toxicity (filtered)                             87
      Lead                                      93
      Zinc                                       91
      Carbonate                                  81
      Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate	99	
                 High Constituent Reductions (50 to 80%)

      Volatile Suspended Solids                     66
      Chemical Oxygen Demand	54	
               Moderate Constituent Reductions (25 to 50%)

      Total Solids                                   32
      Calcium                                      33
      Hardness                                     30
      Bicarbonate                                   43

                 Low Constituent Reductions (0 to 25%)

      Volatile Total Solids                           19
      Conductivity                                 11
      pH                                        8
      Nitrate                                     24

                        Constituent Increases

      Turbidity (dissolved)                          -92
      Apparent Color                             -55
      Color                                     -49
      Ammonium                                -400
      Magnesium                                -63
      Potassium                                 -23
      Chloride                                   -13
      Sulfate                                    -27
The relative toxicity changes (as measured using a Azur Environmental Microtox™ unit) are shown on Figure 5.6
and indicate significant reductions in toxicity, especially for the moderate and highly toxic samples. No effluent
samples were considered toxic (all effluent samples were "non toxic", or causing less than a 20% light reduction
after 25 to 45 minutes of exposure). Figures 5.7 and 5.8 are for zinc and bis(2-ethylhexl) phthalate, a metallic and an
organic toxicant, and show significant and large reductions in concentrations, mostly through the main settling
chamber (corresponding to the large fraction of stormwater toxicants found in the particulate sample fraction). Zinc
also had further important decreases in concentrations in the peat/sand chamber. Zinc and toxicity are examples
where the use of the filtration/sorption chamber was needed to provide the highest levels of control. Otherwise, it
may be tempting to simplify the MCTT by removing the last chamber. Another option would be to remove the main
settling chamber and only use the pre-treating catchbasin as a grit chamber before the "filtraton" chamber (similar in
design to conventional stormwater sand filters). This option is also not recommended because of the short  life that
the filter would have before it would clog (Clark and Pitt 1997). In addition, the bench-scale tests  showed that a
treatment train was needed to provide some redundancy, even for a single sampling site, because of frequent storm
to storm variability in sample treatability.
                                                     108

-------
        160
       160
    -j 140
     at
     E. 120
    §100
    •Q
    •8
     8.  eo

    I  *'
    t-  20
         0
                                                                	IIDL
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
  I              I
Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber
                                  —=4
                                                 Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Mia Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
             Catch Basin
              Chamber

               0.1543
                 -157
                   88
                   17
                   65
                  7.4
Settling
Chamber

 0.0010
   -800
    100
     91
    257
     19
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.1191
   -500
     45
   -400
    240
    -1.5
MCTT
Overall

0.000?
    25
   100
    83
    22
  0.28
               Figure 5.5 MCTT performance for suspended solids.
                                   109

-------
         80
     §
     160^
     CN
     r  40
     ?  20
     33
     s
     «
                  tnlet  Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                    I               I                I
                  Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                                Catch Basin    Settling     Sand-peat      MCTT
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                                 Chamber     Chamber     Chamber
0.4464
   -71
   100
     4
    53
   2.7
0.0537
  -700
    93
    18
   238
   -3.9
0.0078
  -175
  1200
    70
   368
    2.7
Overall

0.0022
    -83
    185
    %
    66
   0.74
    Figure 5.6 MCTT performance for relative toxicity, by Microtox™, - unfiltered sample.
                                      110

-------
     -7 300 -
     N  200 -
        100 -
        500
        400 -
     ^300-
     1
     N  200-
        100-


          0
                                   Y               I               T"
                  Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat    Outlet
                    I               I                I
                  Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std  Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                                Catch Basin    Settling
                                 Chamber     Chamber
0.1219
  -144
    99
    21
    65
    5.7
0.0046
  -111
    84
    39
    68
    2.9
Sand-peat
 Chamber

  0.0874
  -5908
     94
     62
    1796
    -3.6
MCTT
Overall

0.0005
     -3
    91
    91
    31
   0.42
              Figure 5.7 MCTT performance for zinc - unfiltered sample.

-------
      ^ 10 -
     (N
     m
                                                                      	IDL .
         12
         10-
          8-
     f   6H
          4-
2-
                   Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
                                      	^	T^~
                  Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Mia Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev.  of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                                Catch Basin    Settling     Sand-peat     MCTT
                                  Chamber     Chamber     Chamber     Overall
0.5000
-121
5033
28
1397
3.6
0.0020
34
1667
99
454
2.0
0.1563
-650
167
-188
300
-1.7
0.0020
-667
193
99
226
5.2
     Figure 5.8  MCTT performance for bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate - unfiltered sample.
                                      112

-------
 Numerous other organic compounds were also analyzed, but only about 15 of the 70 target compounds were
 detected in sufficient frequency, or at high enough concentrations, to be reported. The organic analyte described
 above (bis(2-ethylhexl) phthalate) was representative of the 15 compounds that were detected in sufficient
 concentrations. In all cases, the concentrations observed were representative of stormwater concentrations expected
 to be found in similar parking areas. However, the frequency of the organic compounds detected were substantially
 greater (being from 30  to 80% for the 15 primary compounds, compared to 10 to 30% for most past stormwater
 studies). As expected, few samples had detectable filterable organic toxicant concentrations. The use of the
 Microtox™ toxicity screening procedure (for both filterable and total sample fractions) was therefore important as an
 indicator of the "treatability" of the toxic components of the samples.

 Appendix A includes plotted data, plotted mean and standard deviation error bars for the data, and summary tables
 for each  parameter. Appendix B includes tabular data with summary tables. Plotted data in Appendix A also displays
 the instrument detection limit (IDL), where applicable. A definition of the  IDL is the "concentration that produces a
 signal greater than three standard deviations of the mean noise level" for the given instrument. Generally, the IDL is
 equal to 0.5 of the lower limit of detection, (LLD), 0.25 of the method detection limit (MDL), and 0.1 of the upper
 limit of quantification (Greenberg, et al. 1992). The IDL, as given in the appendices, has been estimated by
 multiplying the established MDL for each respective analysis by 0.25. The IDL is presented as a reference line  in
 Appendix A to show the relative magnitudes of reported concentrations to  respective instrument and method
 detection capabilities.

 Storm events 11 and 12 had missing data due to handling and sampling errors. During event 11, a sampler hose
 became dislodged, preventing the collection of a sample between the settling chamber and the sand-peat filter. A
 broken sample bottle resulted in loss of the MCTT/sand-peat effluent sample for event 12. While not initially
 planned,  event 13 was treated by the device to offset the impact of these missing data.

 Variability of results may be in part due to the variability of the stormwater runoff treated. In the sand-peat filter, the
 presence of some  constituents likely effects the reduction of others due to interferences and competition for sorption
 sites. Such competition was observed in a study of sorption of various  dyes in a peat bed (Allen, et al. 1988).
 Inconsistent metal reductions in the sand-peat filter may also be due to excessive velocities (hydraulic loadings)
 through the media not allowing adequate contact time. Research into the area of determining proper velocities has
 been noted to be lacking (Karamanev, et al. 1994).

Preliminary Full-Scale MCTT Test Results
 Preliminary results from the full-scale tests of the MCTT in Wisconsin (Corsi, Blake, and Bannerman, personal
 communication) were encouraging and collaborate the high levels of treatment observed during the Birmingham
 pilot-scale tests. Table 5.12 shows the treatment levels that have been observed during seven tests in Minocqua
 (during one year of operation) and 15 tests in Milwaukee (also during one year of operation), compared to the pilot-
 scale Birmingham test results (13  events). These data indicate high reductions for SS (83 to 98%), COD (60 to
 86%), turbidity (40 to 94%), phosphorus (80 to 88%), lead (93 to 96%), zinc (90 to 91%), and for many organic
 toxicants (generally  65 to 100%).  The reductions  of dissolved heavy metals (filtered through 0.45 urn filters) were
 also all greater than 65% during the full-scale tests. None of the organic toxicants were ever observed in effluent
 water from either  full-scale MCTT, even considering the excellent detection limits available at the Wisconsin State
 Dept. of Hygiene  Laboratories that conducted the analyses. The influent organic toxicant concentrations were all
 less than 5 ug/L and were only found in the unfiltered sample fractions. The Wisconsin MCTT effluent
 concentrations were also very low for all of the other constituents monitored: <10 mg/L for SS, <0.1 mg/L for
 phosphorus, <5 ug/L for cadmium and lead,  and <20 u.g/L for copper and zinc. The pH changes in the Milwaukee
 MCTT were much less  than observed during the Birmingham pilot-scale tests,  possibly because of added activated
 carbon in the final chamber in Milwaukee. Color was also much better controlled in the full-scale Milwaukee
 MCTT.

 The Milwaukee installation is at a public works garage and serves about 0.1 ha (0.25 acre) of pavement. This MCTT
 was designed to withstand very heavy vehicles driving over the unit. The estimated cost was $54,000 (including a
 $16,000  engineering cost), but the actual total capital cost was $72,000. The high cost was likely due to uncertainties

-------
 associated with construction of an unknown device by the contractors and because it was a retro-fit installation. It
 therefore had to fit within very tight site layout constraints. As an example, installation problems occurred due to

 Table 5.12. Preliminary Performance Information for Full-Scale MCTT Tests, Compared to Birmingham Pilot-
 Scale MCTT Results (median reductions and median effluent quality)


suspended solids
volatile suspended solids
COD
turbidity
PH
ammonia
nitrates
Phosphorus (total)
Phosphorus (filtered)
Microtox® toxicity (total)
Microtox" toxicity (filtered)
Cadmium (total)
Cadmium (filtered)
Copper (total)
Copper (filtered)
Lead (total)
Lead (filtered)
Zinc (total)
Zinc (filtered)
benzo(a)anthracene
benzo(b)fluoranthene
dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
fluoranthene
indeno(1 ,2,3-cd)pyrene
phenanthrene
pentachlorophenol
phenol
pyrene
na' : not analyzed
Milwaukee MCTT
(15 events)
98 (<5 mg/L)
94 (<5 mg/L)
86 (13 mg/L)
94 (3 NTU)
-7(7.9pH)
47 (0.06 mg/L)
33 (0.3 mg/L)
88 (0.02 mg/L)
78 (0.002 mg/L)
na
na
91 (0.1 ug/L)
66 (0.05 ug/L)
90 (3 ug/L)
73 (1.4 ug/L)
96 (1.8 ug/L)
78 (<0.4 ug/L)
91 (<20 ug/L)
68 (<8 ug/L)
>45 (<0.05 ug/L)
>95(<0.1 ug/L)
89 (<0.02 ug/L)
98(<0.1 ug/L)
>90(<0.1 ug/L)
99 (<0.05 ug/L)
na
na
98 (<0.05 ug/L)

Minocqua MCTT
(7 events)
85 (10 mg/L)
naa
na
na
na
na
na
80(<0.1 mg/L)
na
na
na
na
na
65 (15 ug/L)
na
nd (<3 ug/L)
na
90 (15 ug/L)
na
>65 (<0.2 ug/L)
>75 (<0.1 ug/L)
>90 (<0.1 ug/L)
>90(<0.1 ug/L)
>95(<0.1 ug/L)
>65 (<0.2 ug/L)
na
na
>75 (<0.2 ug/L)

Birmingham MCTT
(13 events)
83 (5.5 mg/L)
66 (6 mg/L)
60 (17 mg/L)
40 (4.4 NTU)
8 (6.4 pH)
-210(0.31 mg/L)
24 (1.5 mg/L)
nd"
nd
100(0%)
87 (3%)
18 (0.6 ug/L)
16 (0.5 ug/L)
15(15u.g/L)
17 (21 ug/L)
93 (<2 ug/L)
42 (<2 ug/L)
91 (18 ug/L)
54 (6 ug/L)
nd
nd
nd
100(<0.6ug/L)
nd
nd
100(<1 ug/L)
99 (<0.4 ug/L)
100(<0.5ng/L)

nd": not detected in most of the samples
sanitary sewerage not being accurately located as mapped. Figures 5.9 - 5.14 are photographs of the MCTT
installation at the Ruby Garage site in Milwaukee. Figure 5.9 shows the Ruby garage drainage area, with snow blade
storage. Figures 5.10 - 5.12 are photographs of the Ruby garage MCTT being installed. Figure 5.13 shows the
catchbasin inlet and connecting piping to the MCTT during construction. Figure 5.14 shows the sorbent pillows on
top of the inclined tube settlers in the main settling chamber.

The Minocqua site is at a 1 ha (2.5 acre) newly paved parking area serving a state park and commercial area. It was
located in a grassed area and was also a retro-fit installation, designed to fit within an existing storm drainage
system. The installed capital cost of this MCTT was about $95,000.  Figures 5.15 - 5.22 show photographs of the
MCTT in Minocqua: Figure 5.15 shows the drainage area, a newly paved parking area. Figures 5.16 and 5.17 show
the installation of the 3.0 X4.6 m (10ft X 15ft) box culverts used for the main settling chamber (13 m, or 42 ft long)
and the filtering chamber (7.3 m, or 24 ft long). Figure 5.18 shows the placement of the tube settlers and Figure 5.19
shows the filter fabric  being unrolled for placement in the final chamber. Figure 5.20 shows the grit chamber (a 7.6
m3, 2,000 gal. baffled septic tank), and Figure 5.21 shows the interior of the final filtration chamber. Figure 5.22
shows the site after final construction.

It is anticipated that MCTT costs could be substantially reduced if designed to better integrate with a new drainage
system and not installed  as a retro-fitted stormwater control practice. Plastic tank manufactures have also expressed
an interest in  preparing pre-fabricated MCTT units that could be sized in a few standard sizes for small critical
                                                    114

-------
  Figure 5.9  Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, drainage area (Wl DNR photo).
Figure 5.10 Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT installation (Wl DNR photo).
                              15

-------
Figure 5.11  Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT installation (Wl DNR photo).
Figure 5.12  Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT installation (Wl DNR photo).
                             116

-------
   Figure 5.13 Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT catchbasin inlet and piping (Wl DNR photo).
Figure 5.14  Ruby Garage, Milwaukee, MCTT main settling chamber inclined tube settlers and
                          sorbent pillows (Wl DNR photo).
                                      17

-------
      Figure 5.15  Minocqua, Wl, MCTT, drainage area (Wl DNR photo).
Figure 5.16  Minocqua, Wl, MCTT, installation of box culverts (Wl DNR photo).
                               118

-------
Figure 5.17 Minocqua, Wl, MCTT, installation of box culverts (Wl DNR photo).
Figure 5.18 Minocqua, Wl,  MCTT, placement of tube settlers (Wl DNR photo).
                                .19

-------
Figure 5.19 Minocqua, Wl,  MCTT, filter fabric being prepared for installation (Wl DNR photo).
                    Figure 5.20 Minocqua, Wl, MCTT, grit chamber.
                                      120

-------
Figure 5.21 Minocqua, Wl, MCTT, interior of final filtration chamber.
      Figure 5.22 Minocqua, WE, MCTT, site after installation.
                             121

-------
                                               Chapter 6
                         General Design  Procedures for the MCTT
 Design Procedure
 The MCTT consists of three main components, as noted previously. The initial catchbasin inlet/grit chamber design
 is based on prior catchbasin performance studies (especially Lager, et al. 1977, Pitt 1979, and Pitt 1985). The
 development of the main settling chamber for toxicant control is described in Chapter 4 of this report, based on
 Ayyoubi's master's thesis (1993). The final "filtration" chamber design is based on Clark's master's thesis (1996).
 This section summarizes the integrated design of the MCTT, by examining each of these three components
 separately.

 The most critical step in the design of the MCTT is the sizing of the main settling chamber. The design of the
 filtration/sorption chamber is important as it acts as a polishing unit mainly for the reduction of filterable toxicants.
 The filtration/sorption chamber also helps to reduce the variability in  the overall performance of the MCTT. The
 catchbasin inlet acts as an initial grit chamber to reduce maintenance problems in the later MCTT components.

 The design of the MCTT can be separated into the following general steps:

        • determine the pollutant removal goal
        • conduct a site survey to determine drainage area and character, subsurface conflicts (existing
          buried utilities and bedrock), and special surface loading conditions (such as from heavy public works
          vehicles)
        • determine the needed hydraulic grade line for the drainage  system receiving the MCTT effluent
        • select a series of candidate MCTT tank depths and holding periods for the desired pollutant
          removal rate in the main settling chamber using the design curves for the area nearest to
          the site that meets the above site restraints and goals
        • determine critical runoff volumes that need to be captured for the alternative tank depths and
          holding times for the main settling chamber
        • investigate alternative available tank components and select the most appropriate tank
        • select the most appropriate filtration/sorption media (usually a peat/sand mixture, with activated carbon,
          if possible)
        • size the filtration/sorption chamber to obtain the desired flow rate and mass of media
        • size the catchbasin/grit chamber as a pre-treatment unit. This can be located adjacent to the MCTT, or it
          can be located at inlets upstream to the MCTT.

The following sections of this chapter address the major steps:  selecting the pollutant removal goal, sizing the initial
catchbasin/grit chamber, selecting alternative main settling tank sizes, and sizing the sorption/filtration chamber.
This chapter also illustrates the design processes with an example for Detroit, MI. The chapter also contains material
specifications that were used during this research for the construction of the pilot- and full-scale MCTT units.

Pollutant Removal Goal
The first major step in the specific design of any stormwater control device is establishing the pollutant removal
goal. This goal should be based on an understanding of the receiving water problems and the sources of the
problems. As noted, the MCTT was developed to control toxicant pollutants at critical source areas. In most cases, a
desired pollutant removal goal would be fairly large. The MCTT units tested during this project all had very high
removals of organic and metallic toxicants and suspended  solids (mostly >90% reductions), with smaller removals
                                                 122

-------
of nutrients. The design curves presented later in this chapter are used to size the main settling chamber of the
MCTT, based on the desired toxicity reduction in that chamber. However, the data from the monitored facilities
enable the overall removal of other pollutants to be estimated.

Table 6.1 shows the constituent removal rates for the complete MCTT, compared to the design toxicity reduction for
the main settling chamber of the MCTT alone. It is apparent that the overall MCTT provides additional treatment
than the main settling chamber alone. As an example, the overall MCTT provides about an additional 30% in
toxicity reduction beyond the main settling chamber alone. This additional treatment can be considered in the sizing
of the MCTT for a specific removal goal. This table can therefore be used to estimate the removal rates of other
critical pollutants for a candidate MCTT design. As an example, if the main settling chamber is designed for a 70%
reduction in toxicity, the overall MCTT removals would be approximately:
        Microtox® toxicity
        Suspended solids
        Lead
        Zinc
        Most organic toxicants
        COD
        Nitrates
91% (1.3X70%)
77% (1.1 X70%)
84% (1.2X70%)
84% (1.2X70%)
91% (1.3 X70%)
50% (0.72 X 70%)
22% (0.32 X 70%)
Similarly, if the desired overall suspended solids removal is 85%, the toxicity removal in the main settling chamber
that would be used for MCTT sizing, would be approximately 77% (8,5%/l. I). The removal estimates for these other
pollutants are approximate because of the variability in performance observed. Obviously, no removal can be greater
than 100%, and small MCTT units (having small expected toxicity reductions in the main settling chamber alone)
have not been tested. Therefore, as the main settling chamber toxicity removal varies from about 75%, these
estimates of removal for other pollutants would have increasing errors.
Table 6.1. Full MCTT Pollutant Removals Compared to Design Toxicity Reductions
        Constituent
 Ratio of Constituent Removal to
 Design Toxicity Removal Goal
 (median)
Very High Removals:
Microtox* toxicity
Microtox* toxicity
(filtered)
Suspended solids
Lead
Zinc
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Pentachlorophenol
Phenol
High Removals:
Volatile suspended solids
COD
Zinc (filtered)
Moderate Removals:
Turbidity
Lead (filtered)
Low Removals:
NO3
Cadmium
Cadmium (filtered)
Copper
Copper (filtered)
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
0.87
0.72
0.72
0.53
0.56
0.32
0.24
0.21
0.20
0.23
                                                123

-------
 Catchbasin Inlet Chamber Design
 Further background information for catchbasins, including recent field performance trials and summaries of earlier
 research, is available in another associated report currently being prepared as part of this research project (Pitt, et al.
 1997). This other report also contains monitoring information from field tests of inlet filters and presents alternative
 enhanced catchbasin designs. However, the conventional catchbasin, described below, was found to be most
 effective for almost all conditions. The commercially available inlet filters that were tested performed poorly, with
 rapid clogging. Some types of inlet screens are useful for trapping litter, however, and may be important in some
 applications. The conventional catchbasin must contain a sump to trap particulates and to reduce scour losses of
 previously trapped material. If the sump is too small, very little benefit is realized  with a catchbasin. The scour depth
 of a catchbasin sump is about 0.3 m (1 ft), with deeper sumps needed for sediment storage between cleaning
 operations.

 The geometry  of a catchbasin was found to be very important by Lager, et al. (1977) and later confirmed by
 Aronson, et al. (1983). The basic catchbasin (having an appropriately sized sump)  and an inverted outlet is the most
 robust configuration for a basic storm drain inlet. In almost all full-scale field investigations, this design has been
 shown to withstand extreme flows with little scouring losses, no significant differences between supernatant water
 quality and runoff quality, and minimal insect problems. It will trap the bed-load from the stormwater (especially
 important in areas using sand for winter traction control) and will  trap a moderate amount of SS  (about 30 to 45% of
 the annual loadings). The largest fraction of the sediment in the flowing stormwater will be trapped, in preference to
the finer  material that has greater amounts of associated pollutants. Their hydraulic capacities are designed using
 conventional procedures (grating and outlet dimensions), while the sump is designed based on the desired cleaning
 frequency. Figure 6.1 is this basic recommended configuration for an effective catchbasin.

 The size  of the catchbasin sump is  controlled by three factors: the  runoff flow rate,  the SS concentration in the
runoff, and the desired frequency at which the catchbasin will be cleaned without sacrificing efficiency. Figure 6.2
 shows the percent SS removed versus the influent flow rate, as presented by Pitt (1985). The volume of sediment
captured  in catchbasin sumps was calculated using this relationship for a one acre paved drainage area and for runoff
having 50 to 1000 mg/L SS concentrations. The  1976 Birmingham, AL, rain year was used to obtain typical rain
depths and flow rates for each rain. The Rv (volumetric runoff coefficient) was obtained from the small storm
hydrology tests conducted by Pitt (1987). Figure 6.3 shows the amounts of rainfall  treated before the catchbasin
sump  is 60% full, when the SS deposition is approximately in equilibrium with scour and the capture efficiency is
assumed  to be reduced to zero (Pitt 1985). The equation for this capture rate is:

        %  SS  Reduction = 44 x (0.51 )Q x (1.1 )QT:

where Q  is the  influent flowrate in ftVs (CFS). The volume of SS  removed was evaluated assuming a specific
gravity of 2.5. Table 6.2 shows the approximate accumulation of SS for different total rainfall depths.

An estimate of the required catchbasin sump volume and cleanout frequency can be calculated using this table and
specific site conditions. For example, assume the following conditions:
         • paved drainage area: 1.3 ha (3.3 acres),
         • 250  mg/L SS concentration, and
         • 640  mm (25 in.) of rain  per year.
 The sediment accumulation rate in the catchbasin sump would be  about 0.24 m3/ha (3.4 ft3/acre) of pavement per
 year. For a  1.3  ha (3.3 acre) paved drainage area, the annual accumulation would therefore be about 0.3 m3 (10 ft3).
 The catchbasin sump diameter should be at least four times the diameter of the outlet pipe. Therefore, if the outlet
 from the  catchbasin is a 250 mm (10 in.) diameter pipe, the sump  should be at least 1 m (40 in.)  in diameter (having
 a surface area of 0.8 m3, or 9 ft2). The annual accumulation of sediment in the sump for this situation would
 therefore be about 0.4 m (1.3 ft). If the sump is to be cleaned about every two years, the total accumulation between
 cleanings would therefore be about 0.8 m (2.6 ft). An extra 0.3 m  (1 ft) of sump depth should be provided as a safety
 factor because  of potential scour during unusual rains. Therefore,  a total sump depth of about 1.1 m (3.6 ft) should
 be used.  In  no case should the total sump depth be less than about 1 m (3 ft) and the sump diameter less than about
                                                 124

-------
                                   graong cover
suuiu depui
depending on
(at least 1 m,
or4D)
                                                                        t
                                                                       1.5 D
                                                                        I
                         normal water elevation
                    hooded        D
                    oudet
                                                             1
                                 _,
captured sediment
anddebzis
                                                                           I
                                                                    scour depth
                                                                    (about 0 J m)
                                                                     depda
                                4D (at least 0.75 m)
         Figure 6.1  Conventional catch basin with inverted sump (Pitt, eta/. 1997).
                                      125

-------
 u

 .—
 'u

 £
 cu
 o

 u
cst
 o
C/}

•o
 u
•a

 u
 c.
 

c/3
     50
 40
30
20
    10
                         0.5                1                 1.5


                            Catchbasin Influent Flowtate (CFS)


              Figure 6.2  Suspended solids capture vs flowrate (Pitt, eta/. 1997).
                   * 50 mg/L    -+80 mg/L   *• 100 mg/L  + 200 mgJL


                                * 500 mg/L  + 800 mg/L  +1000 mg/L
             60-





             45~





             30~




             15-
                 Rainfall Treated (in)
                0
                       10
20
30
40
50
                      Grit  Chamber Sump Capacity (ft^S/acre)

    Figure 6.3 Amount of rainfall treated before catchbasin sumps are 60% full (Pitt, et al. 1997).
                                       126

-------
Table 6.2 Approximate Suspended Solids Accumulations in Catchbasin Sump
(ftVacre of pavement)
Total Rainfall
(inches)
5
10
15
25
50
100
200
50 mg/L SS
cone.
0.13
0.27
0.40
0.67
1.3
2.7
5.4
100 mg/L SS
cone.
0.27
0.54
0.81
1.3
2.7
5.4
11
250 mg/L SS
cone.
0.67
1.3
2.0
3.4
6.7
13
27
500 mg/L SS
cone.
1.3
2.7
4.0
6.7
13
27
54
0.75 m (2.5 ft). This would provide an effective sump volume of about 0.8 m3 (9 ft3) assuming a safety factor of
about 1.6.

Main Settling Chamber Design
The design of the MCTT is very site specific, as noted previously, being highly dependent on local rains (rain
depths, rain intensities, and interevent times). A computer model, described previously, was therefore developed to
determine the amount of annual rainfall treated, the toxicity reduction rate for each individual storm, and the overall
toxicity reduction associated with a long series  of rains for different locations in the U.S. These design guidelines
were determined by continuous simulation of the rainfall-runoff process and MCTT performance using 100 random
rains (rain depths, rain durations, and interevent periods) obtained over a 5 to 10-year period for each city. Earth-
Info™ (Golden, Colorado) CD-ROM rainfall data compilations of National Weather Service data were used to
obtain this rain information. Table 6.3 shows the resultant required main settling chamber sizes for 21 cities having
rain depths ranging from 180 mm (7.1 in.) (Phoenix) to 1500 mm (60 in.) (New Orleans) per year. Design curves for
each of these cities  for different MCTT settling depths are shown in Figures 6.4 to 6.23, at the end of this chapter.
Table 6.3. MCTT Main Settling Chamber Required Sizes
(all 48 h holding times, except as noted, with 5 foot settling depths).
City
Phoenix, AZ
Reno, NV
Bozeman, MT
Los Angeles, CA
Rapid City, SD
Minneapolis, MN
Dallas, TX
Madison, Wl
Milwaukee, Wl
Detroit, Ml
Austin, TX
St. Louis, MO
Buffalo, NY
Seattle, WA
Newark, NJ
Portland, ME
Atlanta, GA
Little Rock, AR
Miami, FL
New Orleans, LA
Annual Rain
Depth (in.)
7.1
7.5
12.8
14.9
16.3
26.4
29.5
30.8
30.9
31.0
31.5
33.9
37.5
38.8
42.3
43.5
48.6
492
57.6
59.7
Runoff Capacity
(in.) for 70%
Toxicant Control
0.25 (24 h)
0.20 (18 h)
0.25
0.30
0.20(1 8 h)
0.32
0.50
0.32
0.36
0.24
0.22(18 h)
0.30
0.35
0.25
0.48
0.42
0.55
0.52
0.40
0.80
Runoff Capacity
(in.) for 90%
Toxicant Control
0.35
0.20
0.40
0.45
0.22
0.50
0.96
0.52
0.65
0.50
0.32
0.49
0.50
0.40
0.96
0.72
0.95
0.85
0.73
0.92
The overall range in MCTT size varies by more than three times for the same level of treatment for the different
cities. The required size of the main settling chamber generally increases as the annual rain depth increases.
However, the interevent period and the rain depth for individual rains determines the specific runoff treatment
                                                 127

-------
 volume requirement. As an example, Seattle requires a much smaller MCTT than other cities having similar annual
 total rains because of the small rain depths for each rain (it experiences many small rains, of relatively low
 intensity). Rapid City requires a smaller MCTT, compared to Los Angeles, because Los Angeles has much larger
 rains when it does rain. Similarly, Dallas requires an unusually large MCTT because of its high rain intensities and
 large individual rains, compared to upper Midwest cities that have similar annual total rain depths. In all cases, the
 most effective holding time is 2 d for 90% toxicant control (for the 1 .5 m, or 5 ft, settling chamber depth). In most
 cases, a toxicity reduction goal  of about 70% in the main settling chamber is probably the most cost-effective
 choice, considering the additional treatment that will be provided in the sand-peat chamber.

 The required runoff depth storage capacity increases as the depth of the main settling chamber increases. As an
 example,  for 90% toxicant control at Milwaukee, the storage requirement for a 1.5 m (5 ft) settling depth was shown
 to be 16.5 mm (0.65 in.) on Table 6.3. Figure 6.14 indicates that the required storage volume for a 0.6 m (2 ft)
 settling chamber would only be 14 mm (0.55 in.) of runoff, while it would increase to 19 mm (0.75 in.) of runoff for
 a 2.1 m (7 ft) settling depth and to 23 mm (0.9 in.) for a 2.7 m (9 ft) settling depth. The greater runoff depths require
 more time for the stormwater particulates to settle and be trapped in the chamber, while the shallower tanks require a
 greater surface area. The best tank design for a specific location is based on  site specific conditions, especially the
 presence of subsurface  utilities or groundwater and hydraulic grade line requirements. A large surface tank is usually
 much more expensive, even though the required volume is less, especially if heavy traffic will be traveling over the
 tank.

 As an example, for a 0.6 m (2 ft) settling depth, a combination of a 48 h holding time and 1 1  mm (0.45 in.) runoff
 storage volume would satisfy  a 75% treatment goal for Milwaukee (the site of the Ruby Garage full-scale MCTT
 installation), as shown on Figure 6.14.  This 1 1 mm runoff volume corresponds to a rain depth of about 13 mm (0.51
 in.) for pavement (Pitt 1987).  The 1 1 mm runoff storage volume corresponds to a chamber "live" volume of 22 m3
 (770 ft3) and a surface area of 10 m2 (1 10 ft2) for a 0.2 ha (0.5 acre) paved drainage area. The surface area of the
 MCTT would therefore be about 0.5  percent of the drainage area. This device would capture and treat about 80% of
 the annual runoff at a 95% level, resulting in an annual toxicity reduction of about 75% (0.8 X 0.95). The size of the
 main settling chamber would need to be greater than this because "dead" storage must be added to provided for
 standing water below the outlet orifice  (or pump) which would keep the inclined tubes submerged and to prevent
 scour.


Drainage of Main Settling Chamber
The main  settling chamber needs to be  empty at the end of the selected storage time to be able to treat runoff from
the next rain. The water leaves the main settling chamber and enters the final filter/sorption chamber. During the
pilot-scale MCTT tests, a small pump emptied  the main settling chamber after three days of storage. A float switch
was used to control the  water levels through switching the pump. The pumping rate was selected based on the
desired hydraulic loading rate  on the filter material. The full-scale MCTT devices in Wisconsin were operated using
orifices to control the water drainage from the main settling chamber into the final chamber. Therefore, the full-scale
tests included continuous flows from the settling chamber into the last chamber, as long as water was above the
orifice. The orifice was  located at the desired "dry-weather" depth, close to the top of the tube settlers. The
following  equation can  be used to estimate the  orifice diameter for different settling chamber  surface areas, settling
depths, and desired drainage times:
                where:  D0 = orifice diameter, in.,
                At = surface area of main settling chamber of MCTT, ft2,
                Cd = orifice coefficient,
                  t = desired MCTT drainage time, h, and
                 h! = settling depth, ft.


The MCTT at Minocqua, WI, has a main settling chamber made of 3.0 m X 4.6 m (10 ft x 15 ft) box culvert
sections, having a total length of 13 m (42 ft). The surface area is therefore 59 m2 (630 ft2). The settling depth is 1.5
                                                 128

-------
 m (5 ft), and the desired drainage time is 72 h. The desired orifice diameter, using the above equation (and an orifice
 coefficient of 1.0, corresponding to a well-rounded entrance), was calculated to be 13 mm (0.5 in.). In contrast, the
 MCTT at Ruby Garage in Milwaukee, WI, has a main settling chamber with a surface area 14 m2 (150 ft2) and a
 settling depth  of only 0.6 m (2 ft).  The desired drainage time was the same as at Minocqua. The calculated orifice
 diameter for the Milwaukee MCTT was 5 mm (0.2 in.).

 These are both small diameter holes through which almost all of the stormwater from the drainage area must
 eventually pass. Keeping the orifices clear is obviously of great importance. At both full-scale MCTT sites, the
 orifices are protected with a solid (removable) box covering the orifice with screening on the bottom side where the
 water enters. The boxes are relatively large to provide a large screened area. The screening holes are smaller than the
 orifices to help prevent clogging. In addition, the orifices are designed to be inefficient (having Cd coefficients as
 small as possible) enabling slightly larger diameters than calculated above. The Ruby Garage MCTT experienced
 clogging once during the  first year of operation, requiring manual cleaning. The material clogging the orifice was a
 mat from a biological growth that was growing on the inside of the MCTT main settling chamber. Care therefore
 needs to be taken to provide easy access to the orifice for cleaning and to protect the orifice as much as possible
 from clogging. One of the MCTT access locations should  therefore be located directly above the orifice, if possible.
 An overflow/bypass should also be provided in case the orifice cannot be quickly cleaned.

 Final Filtration-Sorption-Ion Exchange Chamber
 Additional treatment beyond the level provided in the main settling chamber would result from the filter-sorption-
 ion exchange chamber. The pumped or drained effluent from the main settling chamber is directed towards a mixed
 peat-sand chamber, which should provide a surface hydraulic loading rate of between 1.5 and 6 m per day (5 and 20
 ft per day), and have a depth of at least 0.5 m (18 in.). In addition to the pumped effluent, any excess runoff after the
 main settling chamber is full could also be directed towards the filter. Detailed information on stormwater filtration,
 including information useful for designing the filtration/sorption chamber of the MCTT, is also available in another
 associated report currently being prepared (Clark and Pitt 1997). The following guidelines are from this other report.

 Summarized information from the EPA sponsored filtration experiments (Clark and Pitt 1997) can be used to
 develop design guidelines for the third "filtration" (sorption-ion exchange) chamber of the MCTT. The design of a
 stormwater filter needs to be divided into two phases.  The  first phase is the selection of the filtration media to
 achieve the desired pollutant reduction goals. The second phase is the sizing of the  filter to achieve the desired run
 time before replacement of the media. The main objective  of the associated research reported by Clark and Pitt
 (1997) was to monitor a variety of filtration media to determine their pollutant reduction capabilities. However, it
 soon became apparent that the filters were more limited by clogging caused by suspended solids in the stormwater,
 long before reductions in their pollutant reduction capabilities could be identified. Therefore, measurements in filter
 run times, including flow rates and clogging parameters, were added to the research activities. Pretreatment of the
 stormwater so the SS content is about 10 mg/L is likely necessary in order to take advantage of the pollutant
 retention capabilities of most of the media. The MCTT provides this necessary pretreatment through sedimentation
 in the main settling chamber.


Selection of Filtration Media for Pollutant Reduction Capabilities
 The selection of the filter  media needs to be based on the desired pollutant reduction performance and the associated
 site conditions. If based on a wide range of pollutants for pretreated stormwater (such as provided in the main
 settling chamber), then the rankings (best media listed first) for the tested media were as follows:

         1) peat moss-sand (with degradation in color, turbidity, and pH)
        2) activated carbon-sand (no degradation, but fewer benefits)
        3) Enretech-sand, forest/sand, filter fabrics, or sand alone (few changes, either good or bad)
        4) compost-sand (many negative changes)
                                                 129

-------
  (Note: if the storm water was not pretreated, with associated shortened run times, then the rankings were much
  different, with compost-sand being near the top of the list). The following list summarizes the likely significant
  reductions in concentrations observed for the filters:

  Sand'. With pretreatment, sand filtration has little additional benefit. Likely minimum effluent concentrations: 10
  mg/L for SS, 50 HACH color units, 10 NTU for turbidity.

  Peat moss-sand: Medium to high levels  of control for most pollutants for pre-settled stormwater. Largest range and
  number of pollutants benefited under pre-settled conditions. Caused increases in color and turbidity, and reductions
  in pH (by about 1A to 1 pH unit). Likely minimum effluent concentrations: 5 mg/L for SS, 85 HACH color units, 10 -
  25 NTU for turbidity.

 Activated carbon-sand: Very good control for most pollutants. Caused no adverse changes for any pollutant. Likely
  minimum effluent concentrations: 5 mg/L for SS, 25 HACH color units, 5 NTU for turbidity.

 Zeolite-sand: No likely benefits for pre-settled stormwater. Caused increased color and turbidity on pre-settled
  stormwater. Likely minimum effluent concentrations: 10 mg/L for SS, 75 HACH color units, 15 NTU for turbidity.

 Compost-sand: Worsened water quality for many pollutants if stormwater was pre-settled. Increased color under all
 conditions and had increased phosphate and potassium in effluent. Likely minimum effluent concentrations: 10
 mg/L for SS, 100 HACH color units, 10 NTU for turbidity.

 Enretech-sand: Had little effect on pre-settled stormwater. Likely minimum effluent concentrations: 10 mg/L for
 SS, 80 HACH color units, 10 NTU for turbidity.

 Filter fabrics: No significant and/or important reductions for any pollutants using either untreated or pre-settled
 stormwater.


 Design of Filters for Specified Filtration Durations
 The filtration durations measured during these tests can be used to develop preliminary filter designs. It is
 recommended that allowable suspended solids loadings be used as the primary controlling factor in stormwater
 filtration design. Clogging is assumed to occur when the filtration rate becomes less than about 1 m/day. Obviously,
 the filter would still  function at smaller filtration flow rates, especially for the smallest rains in arid areas, but an
 excessive amount of filter by-passing would likely occur for moderate rains in humid areas. Tables 6.4 and 6.5
 summarize the observed filtration capacities of the different media tested.
 Table 6.4. Filtration Capacity as a Function of Suspended Solids Loadings (small-scale tests)

 Filtration Media                  Capacity to 20 m/day       Capacity to 10 m/day      Capacity to <1 m/day
	(gSS/rrf)	(gSS/nr)	(gSS/rrQ	
 Sand                          150-450                 400->2000              1200-4000
 Peat-sand                      100-300                 150-1000                200-1700
 Peat                          ?                      ?                      200
 Leaves                        ?                      ?                      2100
 Activated carbon-sand            150-900                 200-1100                500->2000
 Zeolite-sand                    200-700                 800-1500                1200->2000
 Compost-sand                  100-700                 200-750                350-800
 Enretech-sand                  75-300                  125-350                400-1500
                                                  130

-------
Table 6.5. Filtration Capacity as a Function of Pretreated Water Loading (influent <10 mg SS /L) (small-scale
tests)

Filtration Media	Capacity to 20 m/day (m)   Capacity to 10 m/day (m)    Capacity to <1 m/day (m)
Sand
Peat-sand
Activated carbon-sand
Zeolite-sand
Compost-sand
Enretech-sand
6-20
3-17
5-25
7-25
3-20
3-11
8->25
4-22
6->25
8->25
4-30
4-25
13->40
7-30
15->40
14->40
6->30
15->30
The most restrictive materials (the Enretech and Forest Products media) are very fibrous and still show compaction,
even when mixed with sand. The most granular media (activated carbon and the Zeolite) are relatively uniform in
shape and size, but have sand interspersed to fill the voids to slow the water to increase the contact time for better
pollutant reduction. The sand has the highest filtration rates because it has the most uniform shape and size.

The flow rates through filters that have thoroughly dried between filter runs significantly increases. Our small-scale
tests restricted complete drying during normal inter-event periods. Drying may occur more commonly with the full-
scale filters in the MCTT. Wetting and drying of filters (especially peat) has been known to produce solution
channels through the media that significantly increases the flow. If these solution channels extend too far through
the filter, they would reduce pollutant reduction performance. Adequate filter depths will minimize this problem.
The filter fabrics did  not indicate any flow rate improvements with wetting and drying, while the peat moss/sand
filter had the greatest improvement in flow capacity (by about ten times), as expected. The other media showed
much more modest improvements (but still about two to three times).

The filter capacity ranges may be grouped into the following approximate categories, as shown on Table 6.6.


Table 6.6. Filter Media Categories and Filtration Capacities (allowing interevent drying of media)
       Capacity to <1  m/day         Capacity  to 10 m/day         Filtration Media Category
       (gSS/m*)	(gSS/m*)      	
        5,000                    1,250                      Enretech-sand; Forest-sand
        5,000                    2,500                      Compost-sand; Peat-sand
       10,000                    5,000                      Zeolite-sand; Act. Carbon-sand
       15,000                    7,500                      Sand
Filter designs can be made based on the predicted annual discharge of suspended solids to the filtration device and
the desired filter replacement interval. As an example, Table 6.7 shows typical volumetric runoff coefficients (Rv)
that can be used to approximate the fraction of the annual rainfall that would occur as runoff for various land uses
and surface conditions. In addition, Table 6.8 summarizes likely suspended solids concentrations associated with
different urban areas and waters.
Table 6.7. Typical Volumetric Runoff Coefficients for Different Land Use Areas
Area
Low density residential land use
Medium density residential land use
High density residential land use
Commercial land use
Industrial land use
Paved areas
Sandy soils
Clayey soils
Annual Average
Volumetric Runoff
Coefficient (Rv)
0.15
0.3
0.5
0.8
0.6
0.85
0.1
0.3

-------
 Table 6.8. Typical Suspended Solids Concentrations for Different Source Areas

             Source Area                                         Suspended
                                                                Solids
                                                                Concentration
            	(mg/L)	
             Roof runoff                                                4-25
             Paved parking areas                                     40 - 1600
             Paved storage areas                                      40 - 200
             Paved driveways                                             400
             Streets                                               250-1300
             Paved walkways                                         20 - 400
             Unpaved parking and storage areas                              700
             Landscaped areas                                      100 - 1000
             Detention pond water                                           20
             Mixed stormwater                                             150
             Effluent after high level of pre-treatment of stormwater                  5
             (such as by the main settling chamber in the MCTT)	
Using the information in the above tables and the local annual rain depth, it is possible to estimate the annual
suspended solids loading from an area. The following three examples illustrate these simple calculations.

1) A 1.0 ha paved parking area, in an area receiving 1.0 m of rain per year:

        (50 mg SS/L) (0.85 Rv) (1 m/y) (1 ha) (10,000 m2/ha) (1,000 L/m3) (g/1,000 mg) =
        425,000 g SS/y

Therefore, if a peat-sand filter is to be used, having an expected suspended solids capacity of 5,000 g/m2 before
clogging, then 85 m2 of this filter will be needed for each year of desired operation for this 1.0 ha site. This is about
0.9% of the paved area per year of operation. If this water is pre-treated so the effluent has about 5 mg/L SS, then
only about 0.2% of the contributing paved area would be needed for the filter. A sand filter would only be about 1/3
of this size because of its greater capacity before clogging (but with decreased pollutant retention).

2) A 1.0 ha medium density residential area having 1.0 m of rain per year:

        (150 mg SS/L) (0.3 Rv) (1 m/y) (lha) (10,000 m2/ha) (1,000 L/m3) (g/1,000 mg) =
        450,000 g SS/-y

The unit area loading of suspended solids for this residential area is about the same as in the previous example,
requiring about the same percentage of the  drainage area dedicated for the filter. The reduced amount of runoff is
balanced by the increased suspended solids concentration.
3) A 1.0 ha rooftop in an area having 1.0 m of rain per year:

        (10 mg SS/L) (0.85 Rv) (1 m/y) (1 ha) (10,000 m2/ha) (1,000 L/m3) (g/1,000 mg) =
        85,000 g SS/y

The unit area loading of suspended solids from this area is much less than for the other areas and would only require
a filter about 0.2% of the roofed drainage area per year of operation. Pretreatment of this water (such as in the
MCTT) would only marginally improve the filter performance and is not recommended for this condition.

It is recommended that the filter media be at least 50 cm in depth and be sized to provide a hydraulic loading rate of
between 1.5 and 6 m/d  for the MCTT. In addition, it is highly recommended that significant pre-treatment of the
water be used to reduce the suspended solids concentrations to about 10 mg/L before filtration for pollutant
                                                  132

-------
reduction. This pre-treatment can be accomplished using the main sedimentation chamber in the MCTT. The
selection of the specific filtration media should be based on the desired pollutant reductions, but should in all cases
include amendments to plain sand if immediate and permanent pollutant reductions are desired.

Example Design of Full-Scale MCTT
The following is an example preliminary design for a full-scale MCTT for a public works garage in Detroit, MI. It
was prepared for the Rouge River National Demonstration Project for consideration as a local demonstration project.
The design is divided into the major steps, as indicated previously.

Determine the Pollutant Removal Goal

The first step in designing a stormwater management practice is to identify the pollutant removal goal, or range of
likely goals for consideration. In the MCTT, this process is based on the toxicity removal goal in the main settling
chamber, the control parameter. This value can be estimated, based on the removal goals of other pollutants for the
complete MCTT, as shown previously.

The toxicity removal goal in the main settling chamber for this example design was within the range of 70 to 90%.
The final removal will be  determined based on  site constraints and cost. These removals would result in the
approximate overall MCTT removals for  other  pollutants as shown in Table 6.9. Obviously, the high level of
treatment associated with  the 90% toxicity removal goal in the main settling chamber results in very high removals
for most toxicants and many of the conventional pollutants. In most cases, the pollutant reductions associated with
the more modest 70% toxicant removal goal for the main settling chamber are adequate. This design example shows
the results associated with both of these goals for comparison. It is probably best to consider a range of options for
most stormwater management programs. The costs associated with each option, along with their pollutant removal
capabilities, can then be used in a decision analysis procedure in order to select the best combination of control
practices that should be used in an area.
Table 6.9. Example Pollutant Removals for Example Design Alternatives
Example Constituents
                                            Pollutant Removal
                                            if 70% toxicity goal
                                            in main settling
                                            chamber
Pollutant Removal if
90% toxicity goal in
main settling
chamber
Very High Removals:
   Microtox* toxicity, Microtox* toxicity (filtered),
 suspended solids, lead, zinc, fluoranthene
 pyrene, pentachlorophenol, and phenol	
                                            80 to 90%
Close to 100%
High Removals:
   Volatile suspended solids, COD, and
 zinc (filtered)
                                            50 to 60%
65 to 80%
Moderate Removals:
Turbidity and lead (filtered)
Low Removals:
Nitrate, cadmium, cadmium (filtered),
copper, and copper (filtered)
About 40%
15 to 25%
About 50%
20 to 30%
Main Settling Chamber Design

The initial steps, after the pollutant removal goals are identified, include site surveys of candidate MCTT locations.
These site surveys include the following, at a minimum:

        • conduct a site survey to determine drainage area and character, subsurface conflicts (existing
          buried utilities and bedrock), and  special surface loading conditions (such as from heavy public works
          vehicles)
                                                 133

-------
         • determine the needed hydraulic grade line for the drainage system receiving the MCTT effluent

 The following steps are then conducted, using the MCTT design curves for the city of interest:

         • select a series of candidate MCTT tank depths and holding periods for the desired pollutant
           removal rate in the main settling chamber from the continuous simulation results for the area nearest to
           the site that meet the above restraints and toxicity removal goals
         • determine critical runoff volumes that need to be captured for the alternative tank depths and
           holding times for the main settling chamber
         • investigate alternative available tank components and select the most appropriate tank

 The filtration/sorption chamber is then designed, using the information previously presented:

         • select the most appropriate filtration/sorption media (usually a peat/sand mixture, with activated carbon,
           if possible)
         • size the filtration/sorption chamber to obtain the desired flow rate and mass of media

 Finally, the catchbasin/grit chamber is designed, based on existing or new inlet arrangements.

 The following paragraphs present these steps for the example Detroit MCTT facility. The discussion describes how
 the design curve was prepared, using local rain information. Similar processes were used to develop the design
 curves for the 21 cities throughout the U.S. that are presented as Figures 6.4 through 6.24.

 Rainfall for Detroit and Expected Performance of MCTT
 The local Detroit rain patterns (depths, durations, and antecedent dry periods) for the past 10 years were examined
 and used to develop a  100 event random rain set that represents the long-period conditions. Detroit rains from 1950
through 1991 were obtained from the 1993  version of the Earthinfo CD ROM (Boulder, CO) which contained
hourly rainfall depths for Detroit. These rains were extracted from the CD ROM and converted into separate rainfall
events using the rain utilities in SLAMM (the Source Loading and Management Model) (Pitt and Voorhees 1995).

This rain information was used to model MCTT treatment capacity and treatment duration tradeoffs for specific
storage and treatment options, using the spreadsheet model previously presented. This model was used to examine
the effects of different holding times (6 to 72 hours) and tank capacities (5 mm - 40 mm, or 0.2 - 1.5 inches) for
different tank live storage depths (0.6 m - 2.7 m, or 2 - 9 feet). The model was run about 200 times to create a
summary for the different options.

The treatment benefits were plotted, as shown in Figure 6.9 for Detroit. These analyses indicated that for a  1.5 m (5
ft) live chamber depth and desired 75% toxicity reductions in the main settling chamber, the smallest MCTT would
have a storage capacity of about 9.1 mm (0.36 in.) and should hold the stormwater for 48 hours. Holding the
stormwater for longer periods of time would result in better treatment of the water  flowing through the MCTT, but a
smaller fraction of the annual stormwater would flow through the unit, resulting in less overall annual toxicity
reductions. Similarly, holding the water for a shorter period of time would increase the amount of annual stormwater
that would pass through the MCTT, but the stormwater would receive less treatment.

Site Surveys
Alternate sites for the proposed MCTT were examined. Site maps were used to estimate the drainage areas at
potential locations at the candidate public works yard. Three locations were examined. The upper manhole location
would have a relatively small area and the distance from the pavement surface to the pipe crown was only  1.4 m (4.7
 ft), too shallow for an effective MCTT. The middle manhole location had a paved  yard, plus roof, drainage area of
 about 0.4 ha (1.0 acres) and the distance from the pavement surface to the pipe crown was 1.8 m (5.9 ft) which
would allow a shallow MCTT. The lower manhole location had a drainage area of about 0.6 ha (1.5 acres)  and the
 distance  from the pavement surface to the pipe crown was 2.1 m (6.9 ft). The deeper pipe locations were preferred,
 allowing more efficient MCTT configurations. All existing drainage pipes were 0.3 m (12 inch) in diameter.
                                                 134

-------
The inside vertical dimensions of an MCTT for this site are approximately as follows:

         • about 0.15 m (6 in.) for underflow  into the main settling chamber (and supports for the inclined tube
          settlers),
         • about 0.6 m (2 ft) for the inclined tube settlers,
         • the live settling depth (usually from 0.6 m - 2.7 m, or 2 to 9 ft),
         • about 0.15 m (6 in.) freeboard above the live settling depth for absorbent pillows.

Therefore, about 1  m (3 ft) is required, in addition to the live settling depth, for the inside depth of the MCTT. It
would be possible to reduce some of the dimensions slightly, but 1.6 m (5 ft) is seen as the likely minimum
dimension for an MCTT having a live settling depth of 0.6 m (2 ft).  The wall thickness of the bottom and top plates
of the MCTT must also be added to these depth requirements. As this is to be located in a heavy weight traffic area,
it is expected that 150 mm (6 in.) of heavily reinforced concrete may be needed as the roof of the MCTT (needs to
be determined by a structural engineer). With  decreasing live settling depths, the surface area of the MCTT must
increase to compensate (to obtain the needed tank volume).

MCTT Sizing Options
The following tables summarize the needed MCTT  sizes for 70 and 90% toxicity reductions in the main settling
chamber for the different main settling chamber heights (the complete MCTT would have increased toxicant
reductions, as noted previously). A 70% reduction of toxicants (as indicated by the Azur Environmental Microtox®
toxicity screening test) in the main settling chamber would require the capture of 5.1 mm (0.20 in.) of runoff and a
holding time of 24 hours, when using a 0.6 m (2 ft)  settling depth, as shown on Figure 6.9. In contrast, a 90%
reduction would require the capture of 10 mm  (0.40 in.) of runoff. The following describes the calculations needed
to obtain the actual sizes for the MCTT for the 70% level of treatment in the main settling chamber.
        Pavement area: 0.60ha(1.5ac, or 63,600ft2)

        Runoff volume: (0.20in) (63,600ft2) (ft/12in) = 1,060ft3 (29 m3)

        Surface area of main settling chamber: I,060ft3/2ft depth = 530ft2 (49 m2)

        Surface area of settling chamber, as a percentage of drainage area: (100) (53Oft2/63,600ft2) = 0.83%

The sand/peat "filter" size is determined by the following calculations:

        Needed average drainage rate: I,060ft3/24h = 44ft3/h (1.2 m3/h)

        The maximum filtration rate is 2 m/d (6 ft/d), or 0.08 m/h (0.25 ft/h) for the filter, based on Austin, TX,
        stormwater filtration guidelines

        Required area of filtration chamber: (44 ft3/h)/0.25 ft/h = 176 ft2 (16 m2)

        Surface area of filtration chamber, as a percentage of drainage  area: (100) (176ft2/63,600ft2) = 0.28%

The surface area of the main settling chamber plus the "filter" chamber  is therefore: 0.83% + 0.28% =1.11%. The
life of the "filtration" media can be estimated knowing the mass of suspended solids that will be discharged from the
main settling chamber and directed to the "filtration" chamber. The effluent of the main settling chamber has a
suspended solids concentration of approximately 5 mg/L, the volumetric runoff coefficient (Rv) for pavement is
about 0.85, and the annual rain depth for Detroit is 790 mm (31 in.). The estimated annual discharge from  the main
settling chamber is therefore:
                                                 135

-------
  (1.5ac)(43,560ft2/ac)(0.85Rv)(31in/y)(5mgSS/L)(ft/12in)(7.48gal/ft3)(3.78L/gal) = 21,280,OOOmgSS/y,or
  20,280gSS/y, or 20kgSS/y

  The unit area filter loading rate is therefore 1.3kgSS/m2-y, with a 176ft2 (16.1m2) filter area. The peat/sand filter has
  an estimated lifetime loading capacity, before clogging (flow <1 m/d), of about 5kgSS/m2. The estimated lifetime of
  the sand/peat media is therefore about 4 years, before media replacement may be needed. The final filter fabric layer
  on top of the peat/sand media may extend the lifetime of the media before clogging, requiring replacement of the
  fabric instead of the media. The preliminary chemical break-through tests (Clark, et al. 1997) indicate that clogging,
  even with the extensive pre-treatment provided by the main settling chamber, will occur before the pollutant
  removal capacity of the peat/sand will be exceeded. The following tables summarize the calculated sizes for the
  various MCTT options for this Detroit site:

         • 0.6 m (2 ft) live settling depths and 24 h holding times (would require about 1.5 m, or 5 ft, of depth above
  the drainage pipe crown):

  Toxicity       Settling Chamber        Settling Chamber Area     Mixed Media "Filter"     Total MCTT Area (% of
  Reduction     Capacity (in. of runoff)     (% of drainage area)      Area (% of drainage     drainage area)
                                                          area)
70%
90%
0.20 inch
0.40 inch
0.83%
1.67%
0.28%
0.56%
1.11%
2.22%
 If the drainage area was 0.6 ha (1.5 acres or 63,600 ft2), then the surface area of the MCTT for 70% toxicity
 reduction would be about 50 m2 (530 ft2) for the main settling chamber and about 17 m2 (180 ft2) for the "filter"
 chamber. The inside depth of the chambers would be about 1.5 m (5 ft), and if an 1.5 m X 2.4 m (5 X 8 ft) box
 culvert was used as the MCTT chambers, 20 m (66 ft) would be required for the length for the main settling
 chamber and 7 m (23 ft) for the "filter" chamber. The surface areas (and culvert lengths, if still  1.5 m X 2.4 m, or 5
 X 8 ft) would be increased by  about twice for 90% toxicity reduction in the main settling chamber.

         • 1.5 m (5 ft) live settling depths and 48 h holding times (would require about 2.4 m, or 8 ft, of depth above
 the drainage pipe crown):

 Toxicity      Settling Chamber        Settling Chamber Area    Mixed Media "Filter"      Total MCTT Area (% of
 Reduction    Capacity (in. of runoff)    (% of drainage area)      Area (% of drainage      drainage area)
                                                         area)
70%
90%
0.29 inch
0.51 inch
0.48%
0.85%
0.20%
0.35%
0.68%
1.20%
 If the drainage area was 0.6 ha (1.5 acres, or 63,600 ft2), then the surface area of the MCTT for 70% toxicity
 reduction would be about 30 m2 (320 ft2) for the main settling chamber and about 12 m2 (130 ft2) for the "filter"
 chamber. The inside depth of the chambers would be about 2.4 m (8 ft), and if an 2.4 m X 3.0 m (8 X 10 ft) box
 culvert was used as the MCTT chambers, 9.8 m (32 ft) would be required for the length for the main settling
 chamber and 4.0 m (13 ft) for the "filter" chamber. The surface areas (and culvert lengths, if still 2.4 m X 3.0 m, or 8
 X 10 ft) would be increased by about 1.8 times for 90% toxicity reduction in the main settling chamber.

         • 2.1 m (7 ft) live settling depths and 72 h holding times (would require about 3.0 m, or 10 ft, of depth
 above the drainage pipe crown):

 Toxicity      Settling Chamber        Settling Chamber Area    Mixed Media "Filter"      Total MCTT Area (% of
 Reduction    Capacity (in. of runoff)    (% of drainage area)      Area (% of drainage      drainage area)
	area)	
~70%         0.31  inch              0737%OT4%                 051%
 90%         0.64 inch              0.76%                 0.30%                 1.06%
                                                  136

-------
 If the drainage area was 0.6 ha (1.5 acres, or 63,600 ft2), then the surface area of the MCTTfor 70%toxicity
 reduction would be about 22 m2 (240 ft") for the main settling chamber and about 8.4 m2 (90 ft2) for the "filter"
 chamber. The inside depth of the chambers would be about 3.0 m (10 ft), and if a 3.0 m X 3.7 m (10 X 12 ft) box
 culvert was used as the MCTT chambers, 6.1 m (20 ft) would be required for the length for the main settling
 chamber and 2.3 m (7.5 ft) for the "filter" chamber. The surface areas (and culvert lengths, if still 3.0 m X 3.7 m, or
 10 X 12 ft) would be increased by about 2.1 times for 90% toxicity reduction in the main settling chamber.

        • 2.7 m (9 ft) live settling depths and 72 h holding times (would require about 3.7 m, or 12 ft of depth
 above the drainage pipe crown):
Toxicity
Reduction
70%
90%
Settling Chamber
Capacity (in. of runoff)
0.36 inch
0.74 inch
Settling Chamber Area
(% of drainage area)
0.33%
0.69%
Mixed Media "Filter"
Area (% of drainage
area)
0.17%
0.34%
Total MCTT Area (% of
drainage area)
0.50%
1.03%
If the drainage area was 0.6 ha (1.5 acres, or 63,600 ft2), then the surface area of the MCTT for 70% toxicity
reduction would be about 20 m2 (210 ft2) for the main settling chamber and about 10 m2 (110 ft2) for the "filter"
chamber. The inside depth of the chambers would be about3.7 m (12 ft), and if a 3.7 m X 4.6 m (12 X 15 ft) culvert
was used as the MCTT chambers, 4.3 m (14 ft) would be required for the length for the main settling chamber and
2.3 m (7.5 ft) for the "filter" chamber. The surface areas (and culvert lengths, if still 3.7 m X 4.6 m, or 12 X 15 ft)
would be increased by about 2.1 times for 90 % toxicity reduction in the main settling chamber.

Catchbasin/Grit Chamber Design
The last step is to size the catchbasin/grit chamber as a pre-trearment unit. The catchbasin can be located adjacent to
the MCTT, or it can be located at inlets  upstream to the MCTT. During the pilot-scale Birmingham tests, the
catchbasin was located adjacent to the rest of the MCTT units for convenience. However, at the Milwaukee, WI,
full-scale MCTT installation, the existing  inlet was modified and used as a catchbasin, upstream of the main settling
and "filtration" chambers. In Minocqua, WI, the upstream inlets were fitted with the aeration balls in nylon net bags,
but a large sump (a 1200 gal precast concrete septic tank) was located before the main settling chamber to serve as
the grit chamber/sump.

The general dimensions for a catchbasin/grit chamber were described earlier. For the 305 mm (12 in.) diameter
outlet pipe at this site, the catchbasin should be 1.2 m (48 in.) in diameter. The scour depth is about 305 mm (12 in.)
for any catchbasin, so the sump should be sized to provide sufficient sacrificial storage capacity. Table 6.2 indicated
that the annual sediment accumulation for a site having 790 mm (31 in.) of rain per year,  with influent SS
concentrations of 100 mg/L, would be about 0.29 m3/ha-y (4.2 ft3/ac-y). The 1.2 m (48 in.) diameter sump has a
cross-sectional area of about 1.2 m" (12.6  ft"), indicating a sediment accumulation rate of about 100 mm (0.33 ft) per
year. If the influent SS concentration was  a high 250 mg/L, then the sediment accumulation rate in the sump would
be about 240 mm (0.8 ft) per year. A sump depth of 0.6 m (2 ft) (in addition to the 305 mm, 1 ft, scour depth) would
therefore provide at least 2 years, to more than 5 years of storage.

Maintenance Activities
No effective stormwater pollution control device can be considered maintenance-free. In  order to be effective, the
stormwater control device must accumulate pollutants, especially sediment  and other debris. As noted previously,
the MCTT is designed for reasonable maintenance. The MCTT is intended to be periodically examined about every
6 months, with major maintenance activities every several years.

The chambers of the MCTT should be vented, mosquito proofed, and be made easily accessible for maintenance.
Maintenance for the MCTT would consist of inspections, cleaning of the catchbasin, and renewing of the sorbent
pillows  every 6-12 mo. The ion exchange/sorption capacity of the sand-peat media should last from 3-5 years
before requiring replacement. Specific site conditions may warrant more frequent maintenance, which should be
evident  after the first few site examinations.
                                                 137

-------
 Preliminary Material Specifications
         • A removable grid needs to be placed in the catchbasin inlets a few inches above any possible water
 surface to support a nylon mesh bag (locally available) which contains about a foot thickness of Jaeger 25 mm (1
 in.) Tri-Pack High Performance column packing balls (available from W. J.  May & Assoc. of Nashville, TN (615)
 662-1276, or from Jaeger Products of Houston at (800) 678-0345). Several of these bags need to be made for
 rotating during cleaning. The support needs to be made of material and constructed so as not to snag and tear the
 mesh bags.

         • The inclined tube settlers can be purchased from Meurer Research (Golden, CO, 303-279-8373) (or
 alternative). These are about 0.6 m (2 ft) thick and have 0.1 m (4 in.) tubes. The estimated cost for these is about $25
 per ft2 (for 1.2 m, or 4 ft tall units). They will have to be supported on some type of grid about 0.15 m (6 in.) off the
 bottom  of the tank. Do not use any galvanized metal or treated wood in the installation where water contact is
 possible (stainless steel,  aluminum or plastic are acceptable).

         • Floating sorbent  pillows can be purchased from New Pig Corp. (Tipton,  PA, 800-643-6465) (or
 alternative). 75 mm X 3.0 m (3 in. X 10 ft) "Spaghetti Socks" float and are about $12 each. About 5 to 10 should be
 placed in the MCTT main settling chamber at one time.

        • The MCTT tank accesses need to be sufficient in size for entry, cleanout and installation. For example,
the inclined tube settler sections need to be able to fit through the accesses easily (large 1.8 m X 1.8 m, or 6 ft X 6 ft
accesses with hinged steel covers may be better than smaller round manhole covers).

        • There should be no direct connection between the main settling chamber and the filtration tank chambers
(such as over the top of a tank divider) besides the orifice, because overtopping water would easily scour the filter
media. A suitable bypass/overflow should be provided to prevent flooding if the orifice clogs. This bypass/overflow
should be around the last filter/sorption chamber, connecting the downstream discharge directly with the main
settling  chamber.

        • The 0.3 - 0.45 m (12 -  18 in.) of mixed filter media is comprised of Vi sand mixed with  '/2 peat moss. The
surface of the mixed filter media is to be covered with a "Gunderboom" fabric material (Amoco 4557, available
from Ray Bauer Assoc. in New York at (516) 671-6535 or from Polar Supply, Co. of Anchorage at (907) 563-5000,
or from  a local Amoco filter fabric distributor). The fabric needs to be one piece (or carefully seamed) and is to
cover the top of the media and extend about 0.15 m (6 in.) up the sides of the  tank to minimize leakage at the edges.
The edges should be anchored to the walls of the MCTT, or weighted with concrete cinder blocks. Do not use loose
stone to  weigh down the  filter fabric (as shown in Figure 5.21) because of difficulties in removing the fabric for
cleaning or replacement.  The water jet coming from the orifice will need to be directed to some type of splash plate
to diffuse the water before it hits the fabric. It can be directed into  a perforated pipe  laying on the top of the fabric,
extending the length of the filter, to serve as a rough flow distributor.  The mixed media filter material is laid over
another  filter fabric and then 0.15 m (6 in.) of sand. The sand is also above another filter fabric and then gravel
underdrain material. These bottom two layers of filter fabric also need to extend up the tank several inches and
preferably be one piece (or carefully sewn). The top filter fabric acts as a flow distributor and the Amoco fabric also
tends to  sorb dissolved oils.

        • The filter sand material needs to be clean and have an effective size (D|0) of about 0.3 mm and an
uniformity coefficient (D60/Di0) of about 1.5. After the filter media installation is complete, it needs to be carefully
rinsed using clean water  until the  water runs clear to remove any fines.
                                                 138

-------
  Atlanta, Georgia
2 Ft Chamber Depth
                              Atlanta, Georgia
                            5 Ft Chamber Depth
Percent Annual Toxicant Contro

90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
$^~
F
^u -| > • ' i i i i ' •
0 1 2
Percent Annual Toxicant Contro
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
c
o
O
§
X
|2
03
C
C

"c
o
o
§
X
o
r~
"(5
^
<
"c

0
2
Q.




0
100 -,

90 -
80 -
70 -

60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -

20 -


.,''
.^" ^-'
/^" -
/ ^~~~~ —
/.' ' S 'jf -*~" '
£/'/ 	
(iff




1 ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' '
"c
O
0
§
'x
o
r~
re
c

"c
?^
0)
0 1 2 '~~~~~~
j(/ 	
w
/
*
' 1 1 ! | 1 1 1 1
0 1 i
Main Chamber Capacity
(inches runoff)
	 72 hr
48 hr
	 \(. hr
                   6hr
                      	24 hr


     Figure 6.4 MCTT design curves for Atlanta, GA.
                 139

-------
   Austin, Texas
2 Ft. Chamber Depth
                                 Austin, Texas
                             5 Ft Chamber Depth
0
al Toxicant C
u
c
"c

-------
       Bozeman, Montana
      2 Ft Chamber Depth
0
O
Toxicant
CO
c
<
"c
§
iuu -
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
/^~
i
r




      )        1
       Main Chamber Capacity
          (inches runoff)
 Bozeman, Montana
5 Ft Chamber Depth
2
o
O
*-*
c
CO
o
1
co
rcent Annu
CD
0.
mn

90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
£\) ^
C

^*-"
#•'"
IF~-

I 1 2
 Main Chamber Capacity
     (inches runoff)
      Bozeman, Montana
      7 Ft Chamber Depth
 Bozeman, Montana
9 Ft Chamber Depth
O
o

I
I
co
ZJ
c
I

-------
        Buffalo, New York
       2 Ft Chamber Depth
  Buffalo, New York
 5 Ft Chamber Depth
o
O
§
X
£
CO
c
<
"c
8
0)
Q.
IUU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -
^> V
¥f-/- 	
Iff
flfl
Kl
'j/
i


i i i . i , i i ,
0 1 2
        Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
o
O
3
1
CO
rcent Annu
iuu -
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
^:. 	
&.
/£ 	
f
r—
Y
 3   .      1
 Main Chamber Capacity
     (inches runoff)
o
O
s
g
8
 	
/"
y/'
/^ 	
//
^

. i . . | . i i i
) 1 2
        Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
 Buffalo, New York
9 Ft Chamber Depth
o

"c
o
o
"c
'>?
0
r-
°co

c
c
<
"c
8
CD
n



ir
ir


mn
IUU

90 -
80 -
70 -

60 -

50 -
A O
40 -
30 -
on
zu

(


	





^,.._ _ ..
/^ 	
y
/
//*"
,


af
/
'/


i i . i | i . i i

) 1 2
Main Chamber Capacity
(inches runoff)
	 72 hr
48 hr
	 1£ h.
                           6hr
                              	24 (if
             Figure 6.7 MCTT design curves for Buffalo, NY.
                          142

-------
          Dallas, Texas
       2 Ft. Chamber Depth
                                     Dallas, Texas
                                 5 Ft Chamber Depth
o
O
8
'x
o

~ea
c
:.--^;
/' .•'' s'~'~~^' 	
// S .,>* ~~~~ ~~~
/v'-^-' 	
t//'/
W
'//
'

, , i . | . . , ,
0 1 2
        Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
                                    Dallas, Texas
                                9 Ft Chamber Depth
o
O
"c
8
'x
o
r-
13

c
|
1
IUU -
90 -
80 -
70 -

60 -

50 -

40 -
30 -
on

.^""
/>-<.*
//V"^l_

// /^ —
if' / — 	 , .
£//, ^^"




                                 )         1         :
                                  Main Chamber Capacity
                                      (inches runoff)
                    ----- 18hr ------- ------- 72hr
                            6hr
                                            4g hr

                                            36 hr

                                            24 hr
                Figure 6.8 MCTT design curves for Dallas, TX.
                            143

-------
  Detroit, Michigan
2 Ft Chamber Depth
         Detroit, Michigan
       5 Ft. Chamber Depth
o
is
o
o
s
1
OJ
rcent Annu
mo

90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
9D

/.^~~~

Iff
f

o
c
o
O
3
I
 	
£
/^
 3         1

 Main Chamber Capacity
     (inches runoff)
       3         1
       Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
  Detroit, Michigan
7 Ft Chamber Depth
        Detroit, Michigan
      9 Ft Chamber Depth
0
o
c

"x
g
CO
3
c
1
IUU
90 -
80 -

70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -
/-"
fS. •••'"'
/ •'
f; -•- —
fF 	
^
O
o


"x
.2
(0
ZJ
c^
rcent An
90 -
80 -

70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -
ms"''
;-••**'

:/.••'
^-~---
^
 )         1

 Main Chamber Capacity
     (inches runoff)
       )         1
       Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
 ]g hr 	

•I2hr 	


. 6hr
                               	72 hr

                               	48 hr

                               	 36hr

                               	24 hr
        Figure 6.9 MCTT design curves for Detroit, Ml.
                     144

-------
       Little Rock, Arkansas

       2 Ft Chamber Depth
   Little Rock, Arkansas

   5 FL Chamber Depth
c
o
O
§
X
o
I-
"CO
c
"c
8

                             Q.
90 -


80 -


70 -


60 -


50 -


40 -


30 -
   D         1


    Main Chamber Capacity

        (inches runoff)
      Little Rock, Arkansas

      7 Ft Chamber Depth
  Little Rock, Arkansas

  9 Ft Chamber Depth
o
o
+-•


I
X
o


To

c
0>

S£
0)
Q.
iuu -
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
^
/,--'^.. 	
fr" 	
//Z~— ~—~
/^ 	




       3          1         :

        Main Chamber Capacity

            (inches runoff)
c
o
o
"c
._
X
.2
CO
c
c
p
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
^:
/*•"-

r
   D         1         :

    Main Chamber Capacity

        (inches runoff)
                   ----- 18 hr ------------- 72 hr


                   ---- 12hr
                              6hr
                                           361w
                                 ------- 24 hr


            Figure 6.10 MCTT design curves for Little Rock, AR.
                           145

-------
 I
 o
 o

 I

 I
 10
 c
CD
Q.
      Los Angeles, California

       2 Ft Chamber Depth
iuu -
90 -
80 -
70 -i
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on -
f'Jty ' '
ft/— 	
j
a
f
^



       )         1

       Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
         Los Angeles, California

          5 Ft Chamber Depth
2
o
0
8
X
o
15
•cent Annu
CD
Q.
'inn —
IUU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
f\i ^
0

f-y"
//- 	
'f~--

1 2
           Main Chamber Capacity
               (inches runoff)
     Los Angeles, California     Los Angeles, California

      7 Ft Chamber Depth        9 Ft Chamber Depth
o
O
*-*


§
1

c
I
- 	
]'.•' 	
/

i i i i i i . , ,
) 1 i
   o
   o


   1

   £
   CO
   C
   I
   
-------
       Madison, Wisconsin
       2 Ft Chamber Depth
"c
o
o
•*-•
§
X
o
h-
"co
3
<
"c
?
(U
100 -

90 -

80 -
70 -

60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
2Q -
[ 	 jmry*?'M 	 '" 	 1
' '/'S/'
Ifjf: 	
til
u>> :


:.:i
'/



,,....
       )         1        :
       Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
      Madison, Wisconsin
      5 Ft Chamber Depth
2
"c
o
o
"c

'x
£
CO
13
C
"c
8
•inn
1UU

90 -
80 -

70 -
60 -

50 -
40 -
30 -
on -


.• -^'
ii-
ff~

f 	
i/
i
i/



      )         1         ;
       Main Chamber Capacity
           (inches runoff)
      Madison, Wisconsin
      7 Ft Chamber Depth
      Madison, Wisconsin
      9 Ft Chamber Depth
o
O


1

I
CO
3
c
8

(U
Q_
iuu -
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
(
/^ 	 . 	
/
r-~~
7
3 1 i
       Main Chamber Capacity
           (inches runoff)
                  	18hr 	72hr

                  	12 hr	4ghr

                                	 36 hr

                                	24 hr
6hr
              Figure 6.12 MCTT design curves for Madison, Wl.
                            147

-------
          Miami, Florida
       2 Ft. Chamber Depth
                                    Miami, Florida
                                5 Ft. Chamber Depth
 •£ 100
 O  90 H
 I
 x
 o

15
 13
 C

<


1
 0>
Q.
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
       3         1

        Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
rcent Annual Toxicant Con
iuu -
90 -
80 -
70 -i
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
/^-'--:
f
                                3         1

                                 Main Chamber Capacity
                                     (inches runoff)
I
o
o

13
I
0)
a.
          Miami, Florida
      7 Ft Chamber Depth
iuu -
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
	 ..-^
/"'• 	 "'
/;/.'.-- 	
/^•'X-^1TH1
ft/ jS
f/s
v/~
/

       3          1         :
       Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
                                   Miami, Florida
                                9 Ft Chamber Depth
o
0
"c
._
r-
15
c
c
<
1
0)
iuu -
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on _
zu ^
/"^~--
jfe^~-
Y
i . i i i ....
                                )         1
                                 Main Chamber Capacity
                                     (inches runoff)
                  	18 hr  	72 hr

                                  	48 hr

                                  	 36 hr

                                  	24 hr
                       - 12 hr


                      — 6hr
             Figure 6.13 MCTT design curves for Miami, FL
                          148

-------
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
 2 Ft. Chamber Depth
  Milwaukee, Wisconsin
   5 Ft. Chamber Depth
o
c
o
O
8
X
o
"m
rcent Annu
mn
I UU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on

/S?' '"~"
& 	

T
1
2
c
o
O
s
H
"oj
3
c
tr
^ nn
1UU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on

^,:^-
•*£"
{'/^ 	
ft-
'f/.
 )         1
  Main Chamber Capacity
      (inches runoff)
   )         1

    Main Chamber Capacity
        (inches runoff)
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
 7 Ft Chamber Depth
  Milwaukee, Wisconsin
   9 Ft. Chamber Depth
o

c
o
o

_
0
r-
3
C
<
"c
s

ifin — ,


90 -
80 -
70 -

60 -
50 -

40 -
30 -
on _


..-——*
.-*"""^
• ^'~~ """~" —
''/ '
r''~

¥^ —
H/f
%/ /
//


0

c
o
O

._

15
3
c
C

c

-------
Minneapolis, Minnesota
  2 Ft Chamber Depth
Minneapolis, Minnesota
  5 Ft. Chamber Depth
c
o
o
§
X
0
r-
15
c
e
c
s
0)
a.
IUU
90 -
80 -
70 -

60 -
50 -

40 -
30 -
20 -
//s^
/f^L 	
//



/




1 ' ' ' i ' ' ' '
0 1 2
o
O
c
I
ca
rcent Annu
IUU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
^?? ••~~
/>""
^ 	
V
   Main Chamber Capacity
       (inches runoff)
  3         1     -    ;

  Main Chamber Capacity
      (inches runoff)
Minneapolis, Minnesota    Minneapolis, Minnesota
 7 Ft Chamber Depth        9 Ft Chamber Depth
0
O
-»-*
??
_o
h-
"co
P
0)
o.
IUU -
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
^u —
(
^ 	
/•''"''
iF1^
V
j 1 2
   Main Chamber Capacity
       (inches runoff)
^
o
O

"£

__
75
ZJ
c:

<

-------
I
X
o
~ca
3
C
I

-------
     New Orleans, Louisiana
       2 Ft. Chamber Depth
                               New Orleans, Louisiana
                                5 Ft. Chamber Depth
 c
 o
O
S
'><
o
<
s
:" "
jfe---'
/'^


"



-
i i i . i i i . i
0 1 2
                                 Main Chamber Capacity
                                     (inches runoff)
     New Orleans, Louisiana
      7 Ft. Chamber Depth
                              New Orleans, Lousiana
                               9 Ft Chamber Depth
^
o
O
1
H
75
=3
|
•£
1
o.
IUU -

90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -

50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -

/'

/----
^T~-
Ft ^
v/^
1
r
/
/
, , , , 1 1 . . i
0 1 S
        Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
                             o
                            O

                             C
                             0)
                             0_
                               100
                                   o
                                 Main Chamber Capacity
                                     (inches runoff)
                            - 12 hr

                           — 6hr
                                       48 hr
                                       36 hr
            Figure 6.17 MCTT design curves for New Orleans, LA.
                           152

-------
        Phoenix, Arizona
      2 Ft Chamber Depth
•£  100
o
O

I
'x
£
CO
Z3
C
<

0)
2
0)
0_
uu -
90 -i
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
£1 	 "
r





       D         1

       Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
       Phoenix, Arizona
      5 Ft Chamber Depth
2
c
o
0
c
'x
15
rcent Annu
mn
i uu
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on

f
j'
ei ...
//

       Main Chamber Capacity
          (inches runoff)
        Phoenix, Arizona
      7 Ft Chamber Depth
       Phoenix, Arizona
      9 Ft Chamber Depth
2
0
0
c
._
5?
'$.
CO
c
<
p
Q.
mn — .

90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -

40 -|
30 -
on.


/"^, 	 	
if
//.•• 	
/A'
1 r
'f-~
—

i i . . i i i i i
o
o
O


"ro
^

§

-------
c:
o
O


I
CO

c

         Portland, Maine
       2 Ft Chamber Depth
IUU
90 -
80 -

70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on -
/^^^^ —
///
i///
IF
jjl/
1


       0         1         :

       Main Chamber Capacity
           (inches runoff)
    Portland, Maine
  5 Ft. Chamber Depth
o
j"^
c
o
o
§
X
»-
CO
3
C
<
+-•
C
S
 >
1 2
  Main Chamber Capacity
      (inches runoff)
         Portland, Maine
      7 Ft Chamber Depth
s
o
O

1
CO
cent Anr
ni
mo _ ,
IUU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
AJ

^~~~"
/•""
F~~-
^
' • ' ' i ' ' ' '
       )         1         :

       Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
    Portland, Maine
 9 Ft Chamber Depth
i=
c
o
0
c
'x
"5
c
CT
rcent A
mn — ,
IUU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
4Q -
30 -
on -

/>:-~
/^
r
  )         1        :

  Main Chamber Capacity
      (inches runoff)
                 	18 hr

                 	12 hr
                            6hr
	72 hr


	48 hr

	 36hr

	24 hr
            Figure 6.19 MCTT design curves for Portland, ME.
                          154

-------
tro
    Rapid City, South Dakota    Rapid City, South Dakota

       2 Ft. Chamber Depth        5 Ft Chamber Depth
rcent Annual Toxicant Con
IUU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
X* 	

       3         1

       Main Chamber Capacity

           (inches runoff)
o
c
o
O
c
'x
£
co
•cent Annu
0)
Q.
•inn
IUU
90 -
80 -i
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
zu ^
C

v 	
f" 	
^
	

• i . . i , i i i
1 2
                   Main Chamber Capacity
                       (inches runoff)
o
O


I
x
CO
n
c
c
0)
    Rapid City, South Dakota   Rapid City, South Dakota

      7 Ft Chamber Depth        9 Ft Chamber Depth
IUU -
90 -
on
ou
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on _
/
if
/

	
	




       )         1         :

       Main Chamber Capacity
            (inches runoff)
2
c
o
0
c

0
15
c
c
0)
o

-------
    Reno, Nevada
2 Ft. Chamber Depth
         Reno, Nevada
      5 Ft. Chamber Depth
2
0
O
•*_»
s
1
(0
rcent Annu
*n^~
'£.' 	



1 2
2
o
0
3
X
15
'cent Annu
&
ion
IUU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on
f.\i ^
C

,^--^
$•""".
""^. 	
_ — , 	 __ .

• , , , | i , i i
1 2
 Main Chamber Capacity
     (inches runoff)


   Reno, Nevada
7 Ft Chamber Depth
      Main Chamber Capacity
          (inches runoff)


        Reno, Nevada
     9 Ft Chamber Depth
2
o
O
§
15
r™
rcent Am
mo — i
1 UU
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
on _

.- 	
/x""

__.- 	

2
.»•*
c
o
O
s
jg
15
r—
rcent Am
inn

90
80
70
60
50
40
30
9n
o
O

'x
d
"55
c
§
(U
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
/u
,--""
x" 	

	 -• 	

, , . . | . . , .
 )         1         :

 Main Chamber Capacity
     (inches runoff)
                      o.
      )         1         :

      Main Chamber Capacity
          (inches runoff)
            	18hr 	72hr


            	12 hr	48 hr

                          	 36 hr

                          	24 hr
6hr
         Figure 6.21 MCTT design curves for Reno, NV.
                      156

-------
 Seattle, Washington
 2 Ft Chamber Depth
         Seattle, Washington
         5 Ft Chamber Depth
2
c
o
O
§
X
o
1-
"53
c
c
<
0>
Jjj
a.



90 -
80 -
70 -

60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -

J- / ""
'^/- 	
1
•^T
:il
H
/



1 1 , < | 1 1 , I
0 1 2
o
O
c
'x
£

-------
        St. Louis, Missouri
       2 Ft. Chamber Depth
o
is
0
0
§
'x
o
r-
"(5
^
c
<
I
0)
a.
0
100 •=

90 -
80 -
70 -

60 -

50 -

40 -
30 -
20 -
/r/^'
(:&• 	
/
*u
JOT
w
"i
i:
/


' ' ' ' i ' ' ' '
o
o
§
'x
0
1-
75
^
c
c
I
X
lc— '
?/
V
i i , , | , i i i.
                                    ]         1
                                    Main Chamber Capacity
                                        (inches runoff)
                  	18 hr 	72 hr
                           - 12 hr


                          —  6hr
                                         . 48 hr

                                          36 hr

                                         •24hr
           Figure 6.23 MCTT design curves for St Louis, MO.
                          158

-------
                                         References
Aires, N., and J.P. Tabuchi. "Hydrocarbon separators and stormwater treatment." (in French). TSM, Special
        Issue: Stormwater. No. 11, pp. 862-864. 1995.

Allen, H.E. (editor). Metal Contaminated Aquatic Sediments. Ann Arbor Press. Chelsea, MI. 350 pgs.
        1996.

Allen, S., G. McKay, and K. Khader. "Multi-component Sorption Isotherms of Basic Dyes onto Peat."
        Environmental Pollution. Vol. 52, pp. 39-55, 1988.

Alley, W.M. "Determination of the Decay Coefficient in the Exponential Washoff Equation." International
        Symposium on Urban Runoff, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, July 1980.

Alley, W.M. "Estimation of Impervious-Area Washoff Parameters." Water Resources Research, Vol. 17,
        No. 4, pp 1161-1166,1981.

Ammon. D.C. Urban Pollutant Buildup and Washoff Relationships. Masters of Engineering Thesis,
        University of Florida, 1979.

API (American Petroleum Institute). Monographs of Refinery Environmental Control Management of
        Water Discharges. Design and Operation of Oil-water Separators.  American Petroleum Institute.
        Washington, D.C. 1990.

APWA (American Public Works Assoc.). Water Pollution Aspects of Urban Runoff. Water Pollution
        Control Research Series WP-20-15, Federal Water Pollution Control Administration, January
        1969.

Aronson, G., D. Watson, and W. Pisano. Evaluation ofCatchbasin Performance for Urban Stormwater
        Pollution Control.  Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory: Office of Research and
        Development, EPA-600/2-83-043, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1983.

Austin, Texas (City of). Design Guidelines for Water Quality Control Basins. Environmental DCM. City of
        Austin Transportation and Public Services Department. 1988.

Ayyoubi, A. Physical Treatment of Urban Storm Water Runoff Toxicants. Master's Thesis. The University
        of Alabama at Birmingham Department of Civil  Engineering, Birmingham, Alabama,  1993.

Bannerman,  R., K. Baun, M. Bohn, P.E. Hughes, and D.A. Graczyk. Evaluation of Urban Nonpoint Source
        Pollution Management in Milwaukee County,  Wisconsin. PB  84-114164. U.S. Environmental
        Protection Agency. Chicago, 111. 1983.

Bannerman,  R., D.W. Owens, R.B. Dodds, and N.J. Hornewer. "Sources of pollutants in Wisconsin
        stormwater." Water Science and Technology. Vol. 28, No. 3-5, pp. 241-259. 1993.

Barkdoll, M. P., D. E. Overton, and R. P. Beton. "Some Effects of Dustfall on Urban Stormwater Quality."
        Water Pollution Control Federation, 49(9): 1976-84.  1977.
                                               159

-------
 Barren, P. Characterization of Polymiclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Urban Runoff. Master's Thesis. The
         University of Alabama at Birmingham Department of Civil Engineering, Birmingham, Alabama,
         1990.

 Benke, A. C, G. E. Willeke, F. K. Parrish, and D. L. Stites. Effects of Urbanization on Stream Ecosystems.
         School of Biology, Environmental Resources Center,  Report No. ERC 07-81, Georgia Institute of
         Technology, Atlanta, Georgia. 1981.

 Beton, R. P. "Precipitation and Streamflow Quality Relationships in an Urban Area." Water Resources
         Research, 14(6): 1165-1169. 1978.

 Box, G.E.P., W.G. Hunter and J.S. Hunter. Statistics for Experimenters. John Wiley and Sons. New York,
         1978.

 Branion, R. "Principles for the separation of oil drops from water in gravity type separators." In: Oil in
        Freshwater: Chemistry, Biology,  Countermeasure Technology, (edited by Vandermeulen, J.H. and
        S.E. Hruey). Pergamon Press. New York. pp. 431-442. 1978.

 Brunsmann, J.J., J. Cornelissen, and H. Eilers. "Improved oil separation in gravity separators." Journal of
        the Water Pollution Control Federation. Vol. 34. no. 1, pp. 45-55. 1962.

Callahan, M.A., M.W.  Slimak, N.W. Gabel, I.P. May, C.F. Fowler, J.R. Freed, P.  Jennings, R.L. Durfee,
        F.C. Whitmore, B. Maestri, W.R. Mabey, B.R. Holt, and C. Gould. Water Related Environmental
        Fates of 129 Priority Pollutants. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Monitoring and Data
        Support Division, EPA-4-79-029a and b. Washington D.C. 1979.

Chiou, C., and E. Kile. "Effects of Polar and Nonpolar Groups on the Solubility of Organic Compounds in
        Soil Organic Matter." Environmental Science and Technology. Vol. 28, no. 6, pp. 1139-44. 1994.

Clark, S. Evaluation of Filtration Media for Stormwater Runoff Treatment. MSCE thesis prepared for the
        Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, the University of Alabama at Birmingham,
        Birmingham, AL. 442 pgs. 1996.

Clark, S. and R. Pitt. Stormwater Treatment at Critical Areas, Vol. 3: Evaluation of Filtration Media. U.S.
        Environmental Protection Agency, Cooperative Agreement No. CX 824933, Water Supply and
        Water Resources  Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. To be
        published in 1997.

Claytor, R.A. "An introduction to stormwater indicators: an urban runoff assessment tool." Watershed
        Protection Techniques. Vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 321 - 328. Spring 1996a.

Claytor, R.A. "Multiple indicators used to evaluate degrading conditions in Milwaukee County."
        Watershed Protection Techniques. Vol.  2, no. 2, pp. 348 -  351. Spring 1996b.

Claytor, R.A. "Habitat  and biological monitoring reveals headwater stream impairment in Delaware's
        Piedmont." Watershed Protection Techniques. Vol. 2,  no.  2,  pp. 358 - 360. Spring 1996c.

Claytor, R.A. and  W. Brown. Environmental Indicators to Assess the Effectiveness of Municipal and
        Industrial Stormwater Control Programs. Prepared for the U.S. EPA, Office of Wastewater
        Management. Center for Watershed Protection, Silver  Spring, MD. 210 pgs. 1996.

Clymo, R. "Ion  Exchange in Sphagnum and Its Relation to Bog Ecology." Annuls of Botany. New series,
        Vol. 27,  pp. 309-24. 1963.
                                                160

-------
 Cohen, A., M. Rollins, W. Zunic, and J. Durig. "Effects of Chemical and Physical Differences in Peats on
        Their Ability to Extract Hydrocarbons from Water." Water Research. Vol. 25, no. 9, pp. 1047-60.
        1991.

 COE (U.S. Corps of Engineers), Hydraulic Engineering Center. Urban Storm Water Runoff: STORM.
        Generalized Computer Program. 723-58-L2520. Davis, Calif., May 1975.

 Cook, W.  L., F. Parrish, J. D. Satterfield, W. G. Nolan, and P. E. Gaffney. Biological and Chemical
        Assessment ofNonpoint Source Pollution in Georgia: Ridge-galley and Sea Island Streams,
        Department of Biology, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia. 1983.

 Cowgill,  U.M. "Sampling waters, the impact of sample variability on planning and confidence
        levels." In: Principles of Environmental Sampling. Edited by L.H. Keith. ACS
        Professional Reference Book. American Chemical Society, pp. 171-189. 1988.

 Cowherd,  C. J., C. M. Maxwell, and D. W. Nelson. Quantification of Dust Entrainment from Paved
        Roadways. EPA-450 3-77-027, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
        North Carolina. July 1977.

Crunkilton, R., J. Kleist, J. Ramcheck, B. DeVita, and D. Villeneuve. "Assessment of the response of
        aquatic organisms to long-term in situ exposures to urban runoff." In: Effects of Watershed
        Development & Management on Aquatic Ecosystems, Engineering Foundation Conference,
        Snowbird, UT. ASCE, NY. August 1996.

CTA, Inc.  Georgia Nonpoint Source Impact Assessment Study: Blue Ridge/Upland Georgia Cluster,
        Piedmont Cluster, and Gulf Coastal Plain Cluster, Georgia Envir, Protection Division, Dept. of
        Natural Resources, Atlanta, Georgia. 1983.

Darby,  J., D. Lawler, and T. Wilshusen. "Depth Filtration of Wastewater: Particle Size and Ripening."
        Research Journal. Water Pollution Control Federation. Vol. 63, no. 3, May/June, pp. 228-38.
        1991.

Davies, P.H. "Factors in controlling nonpoint source impacts." In: Storm-water Runoff and Receiving
        Systems: Impact, Monitoring, and Assessment.  Herricks, E. E., editor, CRC/Lewis Publishers,
        Boca Raton, Fla. pp. 53-64. 1995.

Davis, R., X. Zhang, and J. Agarwala. "Particle Classification for Dilute Suspensions Using an Inclined
        Settler." Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Research. Vol. 28, pp. 785-93.  1989.

Delaine, J. "Separating oil from water offshore." The Chemical Engineer. No. 419 pp. 31-34. 1995.

Denver Regional Council of Governments. Urban Runoff Quality in the Denver (Colorado) Region.
        Prepared for the  U.S. EPA. Washington, D.C. PB85-101640. Sept. 1983.

DePinto, J.V., T.C. Young and S.C. Martin. "Aquatic Sediments." Journal of Water Pollution Control
        Federation.  Vol. 52. No. 6. pp 1656-70. 1980.

Donigian,  A.S.Jr. and N.H. Crawford. Modeling Nonpoint Pollution from the Land Surface. EPA-600/3-
        76-083, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Athens, Georgia, July 1976.

 Durum, W. H. '"Occurrence of Some Trace Metals in Surface Waters and Groundwaters." In Proceeding of
        the Sixteenth Water Quality Conference, Am. Water Works Assoc., et al. Univ. of Illinois Bull.,
        71(108), Urbana, Illinois. 1974.
                                               161

-------
 Dull, L. Survey of Oil/Water Separating System Technologies - Methods and Their Applications in
         Controlling Pollutants of Concern in Waste-water from Transit Bases. Seattle Metro, Seattle, WA.
         1984.

 Dyer, S.D. and C.E. White. "A watershed approach to assess mixture toxicity via integration of public and
         private databases." Abstract Book: SETAC 17lh Annual Meeting, pg. 96. Washington, D.C., Nov.
         17-21, 1996.

 Environmental Science & Technology. "Toxicity of aquatic mixtures yielding to new theoretical
        approach.". Vol. 30, no. 4, pp. 155a - 156a. April 1996a.

 Environmental Science & Technology . "News Briefs." Vol. 30, no. 7, pg. 290a. July 1996b.

 Ebbert,  J. C., J. E. Poole, and K. L. Payne. Data Collected by the U.S. Geological Survey During a Study of
        Urban Runoff in Bellevue,  Washington, 1979-82. Preliminary U.S. Geological Survey Open-File
        Report, Tacoma, Washington. 1983.

 Ehrenfeld, J. G. and J. P. Schneider The Sensitivity of Cedar Swamps to the Effects of Non-Point Pollution
        Associated with Suburbanization in the New Jersey Pine Barrens, PB8-4-136779, U.S.
        Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water Policy, Washington, D.C.. 1983.

 Ellis, J.B., R. Hamilton, and A.H. Roberts. "Composition of Suspended Solids in Urban Stormwater."
        Second International Conference on Urban Storm Drainage, Urbana, Illinois, June 1981.

 EPA. Methods for Organic Chemical Analyses of Municipal and Industrial Wastewater. Environmental
        Monitoring and Data Support Laboratory. EPA-600/4-82-057, U.S. Environmental Protection
        Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. 1982.

 EPA. Results of the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program. Water Planning Division, PB 84-185552,
        Washington, D.C., December 1983a.

EPA. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, EPA-600/4-79-020, U.S. Environmental
        Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. 1983b.

Field, R., EJ. Struzeski, Jr., H.E. Masters and A.N. Tafuri.  Water Pollution and Associated Effects from
        Street Salting.  EPA-R2-73-257, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. May
        1973.

Field, R., and R. Turkeltaub. "Urban runoff receiving water impacts: program overview." Journal of
        Environmental Engineering, 107:83-100. 1981.

Field, R. and R. Pitt. "Urban storm-induced discharge impacts:  US Environmental Protection Agency
        research program review." Water Science and Technology. Vol. 22, No. 10/11. pp.  1-7. 1990.

Field, R., M. O'Shea, and K. Chin,  (eds.). Integrated Stormwater Management. Lewis Publishers, Boca
        Raton, Florida, 1993.

Ford, D. "Technologies for removal of hydrocarbons from surface and groundwater sources." In:  Oil in
        Freshwater: Chemistry, Biology,  Countermeasure Technology, (edited by Vandermeulen, J.G. and
        S.E. Hruey),  Pergamon Press. New York. pp. 413-430. 1978.

 Fourage, M. "Assessment of the efficiency of a prefabricated separator for Stormwater treatment.  Thoughts
        to and tests of materials to trap hydrocarbons." (in French) Unpublished DESS student report,
        Universities of Nancy and Metz, September 1992.
                                                162

-------
 Fram, S., M.K. Stenstrom, and G. Silverman. "Hydrocarbons in urban runoff." Journal of Environmental
        Engineering, 113:1032-1046. 1987.

 Galli, J. Peat-Sand Filters: A Proposed Stormwater Management Practice for Urbanized Areas. Prepared
        for the Coordinated  Anacostia Retrofit Program and Office Of Policy and Planning, D.C.
        Department of Public Works. 1990

 Garie, H. L. and A. Mclntosh. "Distribution of benthic macroinvertebrates in a stream exposed to urban
        runoff," Water Resources Bulletin, 22,447. 1986.

 Garie, H. L. and A. Mclntosh. "Distribution of benthic macroinvertebrates in a stream exposed to urban
        runoff."  Water Science and Technology, 22, 10/11.  1990.

 Gilbert, R. Statistical Methods for Environmental Pollution Monitoring. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New
        York, 1987.

 Greenberg, A., L. Clesceri, and A. Eaton, (eds.). Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
        Waste-water, 18th ed. American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association,
        Water Environment Federation, Washington, D.C., 1992.

Gupta, M., D. Mason, M. Clark, T. Meinholz, C.  Hansen, and A Geinopolos, Screening/Flotation
        Treatment of Combined Sewer Overflows Volume  I - Bench Scale and Pilot Plant Investigations.
        EPA- 600/2-77-069a, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, August 1977.

Haile, R.W., J.Alamillo, K. Barrett, R. Cressey, J. Dermond, C.  Ervin, A. Glasser, N. Harawa, P. Harmon,
        J. Harper, C. McGee, R.C. Millikan, M.  Nides, and J.S. Witte. An Epidemiological Study of
        Possible Health Effects of Swimming in Santa Monica Bay. Santa Monica Bay Restoration Project.
        Monterey Park, CA.  May 1996.

Herricks, E. E. Stormwater Runoff and Receiving Systems: Impact, Monitoring, and Assessment.
        CRC/Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Fla. 1995.

Herricks, E.E, I. Milne, and I. Johnson. "A protocol for wet weather discharge toxicity assessment."
        Volume 4, pg. 13 - 24. WEFTEC'96: Proceedings of the 6$h Annual Conference & Exposition.
        Dallas, Texas. 1996a.

Herricks, E.E., R. Brent, I. Milne, and I. Johnson. "Assessing  the response of aquatic organisms to short-
        term  exposures to urban runoff." In: Effects of Watershed Development & Management on
        Aquatic Ecosystems,  Engineering Foundation Conference, Snowbird, UT. ASCE, NY. August
        1996b.

Hoffman, E.J., G.L. Mills, J.S. Latimer, and J.G.  Quinn. "Urban runoff as a source of polycyclic aromatic
        hydrocarbons to coastal waters." Environment Science  and Technology, 18:580-587. 1984.

Hiitter, U. and F. Remmler. "Stormwater infiltration at a site with critical subsoil conditions: Investigations
        of soil, seepage water, and groundwater." 7lh International Conference on Urban Storm Drainage.
        Hannover, Germany. Sept. 9-13, 1996. Edited by F.  Sicker and H-R. Verworn. IAHR/IAWQ. SuG
        Verlagsgesellschaft.  Hannover, Germany, pp. 713-718. 1996.

 Huber, W.C. and J.P. Heaney. "The USEPA Storm Water Management Model, SWMM: A Ten Year
        Perspective." Second International Conference on Urban Storm Drainage, Urbana, Illinois, June
        1981.

 Ireland, D.S., G.A. Burton, Jr., and G.G. Hess. "In-situ toxicity  evaluations of turbidity and photoinduction
        of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons." Environmental  Toxicology and Chemistry. Vol.  15,  no. 4,
        pp. 574-581. April 1996.
                                                163

-------
 Jewell, T.K., D.D. Adrian and D.W. Hosmer. "Analysis of Stormwater Pollutant Washoff Estimation
         Techniques." International Symposium on Urban Storm Runoff, University of Kentucky,
         Lexington, Kentucky, July 1980.

 Johnson, I., E.E. Herricks, and I. Milne. "Application of a test battery for wet weather discharge toxicity
         analyses." Volume 4, pg. 219 - 229. WEFTEC '96: Proceedings of the 69"' Annual Conference &
         Exposition. Dallas, Texas. 1996.

 Karamanev, D., M. Belanger, C. Chavarie, J. Chaouki, and R. Mayer. "Hydrodynamic Characteristics of a
         Trickling Bed of Peat Moss Used for Biofiltration of Waste water," The Canadian Journal of
         Chemical Engineering. Vol. 72, pp. 411-17. 1994.

 King County, Washington. Small Quantity Generator Oily Wastewater Management Study. Local
        Hazardous Waste Management Program in King County. Washington. 44 pp. 1995.

 Klein, R. D. "Urbanization and stream quality impairment." Water Resources Bulletin, 15. 1979.

 Kobriger, N.P., T.L. Meinholz, M.K. Gupta, and R.W. Agnew. Constituents of Highway Runoff. Vol. 3.
        Predictive Procedure for Determining Pollution Characteristics in Highway Runoff. FHWA/RD-
        81/044. Federal Highway Administration. Washington, D.C.  February 1981.

 Koeppe, D. E., comp. Vol. IV: "Soil-Water-Air-Plant Studies." In: Environmental Contamination by Lead
        and Other Heavy Metals, G. L. Rolfe and K. A. Peinbold, eds.  Institute for Environmental
        Studies,  Univ. of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, Illinois. July 1977.

 Lager, J., W. Smith, and G. Tchobanoglous. Catchbasin Technology Overview and Assessment. EPA-
        600/2-77-051, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, May, 1977.

 Lee, G.F. and A. Jones-Lee.  "Water quality impacts of stormwater-associated contaminants: focus on real
        problems." Water Science and Technology. Vol. 28, No. 3-5,  pp. 231-240.  1993.

 Lee, G.F. and A. Jones-Lee. "Deficiencies in stormwater quality monitoring." in: Stormwater NPDES
        Related Monitoring Needs, Engineering Foundation Conference, Mt. Crested Butte, CO. ASCE,
        NY.  pp. 651-662. 1995.

Legrand, J., H. Maillot, F. Nougarede, and S. Defontaine. "A device for stormwater treatment in the urban
        development zone of Annoeullin." (in French) TSM, no 11, pp 639-643. 1994.

Lenet, D. R., D. L. Penrose, and K. Eagleson. Biological Evaluation of Non-Point Sources of Pollutants in
        North Carolina Streams and Rivers, North Carolina Division of Environmental Management,
        Biological Series #102, North Carolina Dept. of Natural Resources and Community Development,
        Raleigh, North Carolina. 1979.

Lenet, D. and K. Eagleson. Ecological Effects of Urban Runoff on North Carolina Streams, North Carolina
        Division of Environmental Management, Biological Series #104, North Carolina Dept. of Natural
        Resources and Community Development, Raleigh, North Carolina. 1981.

 Lenat, D. R., D. L. Penrose, and K. W. Eagleson. "Variable effects of sediment addition on stream
        benthos." Hydrobiologia, 79,187.1981.

 Lindsay, W. L. Chemical Equilibria in Soils. John Wiley and  Seno, New Trk. 1979.

 Linsley, R.K., and J.B. Franzini. Water Resources Engineering. McGraw-Hill. New York. 1964.
                                               164

-------
 Malmquist, Per-Arne. Atmospheric Fallout and Street Cleaning - Effects on Urban Stream Water and
        Snow. Prog. Wat. Tech., 10(5/6): 495-505, 1978. Pergamon Press, Great Britain. September 1978.

 Mancini, J. and A. Plummer. "Urban runoff and water quality criteria." In: Urban Runoff Quality-Impact
        and Quality Enhancement Technology. Edited by B. Urbonas and L.A. Roesner. Engineering
        Foundation Conference, Henniker, Hew Hampshire. ASCE, NY. pp. 133-149. June 1986.

 Manning, M.J., R.H. Sullivan, and T.M Kipp October 1976. Nationwide Evaluation of Combined Sewer
        Over/lows and Urban Stormwater Discharges,  Vol. Ill:  Characterization of Discharges. U.S.
        Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.

 Marcy, S. and J. Gerritsen. "Developing deverse assessment endpoints to address multiple stressors in
        watershed ecological risk assessment." Abstract Book: SETAC 17'h Annual Meeting, pg. 96.
        Washington, D.C., Nov. 17-21, 1996.

 Medeiros, C. and R. A. Coler. A Laboratory/Field Investigation into the Biological Effects of Urban
        Runoff, Water Resources Research Center, University  of Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachusetts.
        1982.

 Medeiros, C., R. A. Coler, and E. J. Calabrese.  "A laboratory assessment of the toxicity of urban runoff on
        the fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas)" Journal  of Environmental Science Health, A19, 847.
        1984.

 Mikkelsen, P.S., K. Amgjerg-Nielsen, and P. Harremoes. "Consequences for established design practice
        from geographical variation of historical rainfall data." Proceedings: 7th International Conference
        on Urban Storm Drainage. Hannover, Germany. Sept. 9-13,  1996a.

Mikkelsen, P.S., M. Hafliger, M. Ochs, J.C. Tjell, M. Jacobsen, and M. Boiler. "Experimental assessment
        of soil and groundwater contamination from two old infiltration systems for road run-off in
        Switzerland." Science of the Total Environment. 1996b.

Mote Marine Laboratory. Biological and Chemical Studies on the Impact of Stormwater Runoff upon the
        Biological Community of the Hillsborough River, Tampa, Florida, Stormwater Management
        Division, Dept. of Public Works, Tampa, Florida. 1984.

Mull, R. "Water exchange between leaky sewers and aquifers." 7ih International Conference on Urban
        Storm Drainage. Hannover, Germany. Sept. 9-13. Edited by F. Sicker and H-R. Verworn.
        IAHR/1AWQ. SuG-Verlagsgesellschaft.  Hannover, Germany, pp. 695-700. 1996.

Murphy, W. Roadway Paniculate Losses: American Public Works Assoc. Unpublished. 1975.

Novotny, V. and G. Chesters. Handbook of Nonpoint Pollution  Sources and Management.  Van Norstrand
        Reinhold Company, New York, 1981.

Novotny, V., and Olem, H. Water Quality: Prevention, Identification, and Management of Diffuse
        Pollution. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1994.

 Partner, K. Photo and Biodegra dation ofPyrene and Benzo (a) pyrene in a Model of the Near Surface
        Environment. Ph.D. dissertation. Department of Environmental Health Sciences, School of Public
        Health. The University of Alabama at Birmingham. 1993.

 PEDCo-Environmenal, Inc. Control of Re-entrained Dust from Paved Streets. EPA-907/9-77-007, U.S.
        Environmental Protection Agency, Kansas City, Missouri.  1977.

 Pedersen, E. R. The Use ofBenthic Invertebrate Data for Evaluating Impacts of Urban Stormwater Runoff,
        Masters thesis submitted to the College of Engineering,  University of Washington, Seattle. 1981.
                                               165

-------
 Perkins, M. A. An Evaluation oflnstream Ecological Effects Associated with Urban Runoff to a Lowland
         Stream in Western Washington, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis Environmental
         Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon. 1982.

 Phillips, G. R., and R. C. Russo. Metal Bioaccumulation in Fishes and Aquatic Invertebrates: A Literature
         Review. EPA-600-3-78-103, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Duluth, Minnesota.
         December 1978.

 Pitt, R. Demonstration ofNonpoint Pollution Abatement Through Improved Street Cleaning Practices.
         EPA-600/2-79-161, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, August 1979.

 Pitt, R. Characterizing and Controlling Urban Runoff through Street and Sewerage Cleaning. U.S.
         Environmental Protection Agency. Storm and Combined Sewer Program, Risk Reduction
         Engineering Laboratory. EPA/600/S2-85/038. PB 85-186500. Cincinnati, Ohio, June 1985.

 Pitt, R. Small Storm Urban Flow and Paniculate Washoff Contributions to Outfall Discharges. Ph.D.
        dissertation submitted to the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of
        Wisconsin - Madison. 1987.

 Pitt, R. "Biological impacts associated with urban runoff," in: Effects of Urban Runoff on Receiving
        Systems: An Interdisciplinary Analysis of Impact, Monitoring, and Management, Engineering
        Foundation Conference, Mt. Crested Butte, CO. ASCE, NY. 1991.

 Pitt, R. "Biological effects of stormwater runoff." In:  Handbook ofEcotoxicology, ed. by D. Hoffman and
        A. Burton. Lewis Publishers. 1994.

 Pitt, R. "Biological Effects of Urban runoff Discharges." Urban runoff and Receiving Water Systems: An
        Interdisciplinary Analysis of Impact,  Monitoring, and Management. Engineering Foundation and
        ASCE.  Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan. 1995.

Pitt, R. and M. Bozeman. Sources of Urban Runoff Pollution and Its Effects on an Urban Creek, EPA
        600/S2-82-090, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. 1982.

 Pitt, R. and G. Shawley. A Demonstration of Non-Point Source Pollution Management on Castro Valley
        Creek. Alameda County Flood Control and Water Conservation District (Hayward, CA) for the
        Nationwide Urban Runoff Program, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Water Planning
        Division,  Washington, D.C., June 1982.

Pitt, R. and R. Sutherland. Washoe County Urban Stormwater Management Program; Volume 2, Street
        Particulate Data Collection and Analyses. Washoe Council of Governments, Reno, Nevada,
        August 1982.

 Pitt, R. and P. Bissonnette. Bellevue  urban runoff program, summary report. PB84 237213, Water Planning
        Division,  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency and the  Storm and Surface Water Utility,
        Bellevue, Washington. 1984.

 Pitt, R. and J. McLean. Toronto area watershed management strategy study: Humber River pilot watershed
        project, Ontario Ministry of the Environment, Toronto, Ontario. 1986.

 Pitt, R., M. Lalor,  R. Field, D.D. Adrian, and  D. Barbe'. Investigation of Inappropriate Pollutant Entries
        into Storm Drainage Systems,  A User's Guide.  EPA/600/R-92/238. U.S. Environmental Protection
        Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. 1993.
                                               166

-------
 Pitt, R, S. Clark, and K. Farmer. Potential Groimdwater Contamination from Intentional and Non
         Intentional Stormwater Infiltration. Cooperative Agreement No. CR 819573, U.S. Environmental
         Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. 1994.

 Pitt, R., R. Field, M. Lalor, and M. Brown. "Urban Stormwater toxic pollutants: Assessment, sources, and
         treatability." Water Environment Research. May/June 1995.

 Pitt, R. and J. Voorhees. "Source loading and management model (SLAMM)." Seminar Publication:
         National Conference on Urban Runoff Management: Enhancing Urban Watershed Management
         at the Local, County, and State Levels. March 30 - April 2, 1993. Center for Environmental
         Research Information, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA/625/R-95/003. Cincinnati.
         Ohio. pp. 225-243. April 1995.

 Pitt, R., S. Clark, K. Partner, and R. Field. Groundwater Contamination from Stormwater Infiltration. Ann
         Arbor Press. Chelsea, Michigan. 218 pages. 1996.

 Pitt, R., R. Field, M. Brown, and K. Gordon. Stormwater Treatment at Critical Areas, Vol. 2: Evaluation of
        Storm Drainage Inlet Devices. Cooperative Agreement No. CR 819573, Water Supply and Water
         Resources Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. To be published in
         1997.

Pratt, J. M., R. A. Coler and P. J. Godfrey. "Ecological effects of urban Stormwater runoff on benthic
        macroinvertebrates inhabiting the Green River, Massachusetts." Hydrobiologia, 83, 29. 1981.

Prych,  E. A. and J. C. Ebbert. Quantity and Quality of Storm Runoff from Three Urban Catchments in
        Bellevue, Washington, Preliminary U.S. Geological Survey Water Resources Investigations
        Report, Tacoma, Washington. Undated.

Pyzoha, D. Implementing a Stormwater Management Program. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida,
         1994.

Rainbow, P.S. "Chapter 18: Heavy metals in aquatic invertebrates." In:  Environmental Contaminants in
         Wildlife; Interpreting Tissue Concentrations. Edited by W.N. Beyer, G.H. Heinz, and A.W.
        Redmon-Norwood. CRC/Lewis Press. Boca Raton, pp. 405 - 425.  1996.

Richey, J. S., M. A. Perkins, and K. W. Malueg. "The effects of urbanization and Stormwater runoff on the
        food quality in two salmonid streams," Verh. Internal. Werein. Limnol., 21, 812, Stuttgart. 1981.

Richey, J. S. Effects of Urbanization on a Lowland Stream in Western Washington, Doctor of Philosophy
        dissertation, University of Washington, Seattle. 1982.

Rolfe, G.L. and K.A. Reinhold.  Vol. I: Introduction and Summary. Environmental Contamination by Lead
        and Other Heavy Metals. Institute for Environmental  Studies, University of Illinois, Champaign-
        Urbana, Illinois, July 1977.

Romano, F. Oil and Water Don 't Mix: The Application of Oil-Water Separation Technologies in
        Stormwater Quality Management. Seattle Metro. Washington. 1990.

Rubin, A. J., ed. Aqueous-Environmental Chemistry of Metals. Ann  Arbor Science Publishers, Ann Arbor,
         Michigan. 1976.

 Rupperd, Y. "A lamellar separator for urban street runoff treatment." (in French) Bulletin de Liaison des
         Laboratoires des Fonts et Chaussees, no 183, pp 85-90. 1993.

 Ryan, J. "Process selection for oil separation." Effluent and Water Treatment Journal. Vol. 26, pp. 60-63.
         1986.
                                                167

-------
 Sartor J. and G. Boyd. Water Pollution Aspects of Street Surface Contaminants. EPA-R2-72-081, U.S.
         Environmental Protection Agency, November 1972.

 Schueler, T. (editor). "Hydrocarbon Hotspots in the Urban Landscape: Can they be Controlled?" Watershed
         Protection Techniques. Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 3-5. Feb. 1994.

 Schueler, T. (editor). "Stream channel geometry used to assess land use impacts in the Pacific Northwest."
         Watershed Protection  Techniques. Vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 345 - 348. Spring 1996.

 Schueler, T., and D. Shepp. The Quality of Trapped Sediments and Pool Water Within Oil Grit Separators
         in Suburban Maryland. Metro  Washington Council of Governments. Washington, D.C. 48 pp.
         1993.

 Scott, J. B., C.  R. Steward, and Q. J. Stober. Impacts of Urban Runoff on Fish Populations in Kelsey Creek,
         Washington, Contract No. R806387020, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis
        Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon. 1982.

 Shaheen, D.G.  Contributions of Urban Roadway Usage to Water Pollution. 600/2-75-004. U.S.
        Environmental Protection Agency. Washington, D.C. April 1975.

 Shaver, Earl. "Sand Filter  Design for Water Quality Treatment."  Proceedings from an Engineering
        Foundation Specialty Conference. Crested Butte, Colorado, 1991.

 Shelley, P.E. and D.R. Gaboury. "Estimation of Pollution from Highway Runoff- Initial Results",
        Conference on Urban Runoff Quality - Impact and Quality Enhancement Technology, Henniker,
        New Hampshire,  Edited by B. Urbonas and L.A. Roesner, Proceedings published by the American
        Society of Civil Engineering, New York, June 1986.

Shen, H.W. "Some Basic Concepts on Sediment Transport in Urban Storm Drainage Systems." Second
        International Conference on Urban Storm Drainage, Urbana, Illinois, June 1981.

Shepp, D., and  D. Cole. A  Field Survey of Oil-Grit Separators in Suburban Maryland. Metro Washington
        Council of Governments. Washington, D.C. 51 pp. 1992.

Singer, M.J. and J. Blackard. "Effect of Mulching on Sediment in Runoff from Simulated Rainfall." Soil
        Sci. Soc. Am. J., 42:481-486, 1978.

Solomon, R.L., and D.F.S. Narusch. Vol:III: "Distribution and Characterization of Urban Dists." In:
        Environmental Contamination by Lead and Other Heavy Metals, G. L. Rolfe and K.  G. Reinbold,
        eds. Institute for Environmental Studies, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, Illinois. July 1977.

Spring, R. J., R. B. Howell, and  E. Shirley. Dustfall Analysis for the Pavement Storm Runoff Study (1-405
        Los Angeles). Office of Transportation Laboratory, California Dept. of Transportation,
        Sacramento, California. April 1978.

Squillace, P.J.,  J.S. Zogorski, W.G. Wilber, and C.V. Price. "Preliminary assessment of the occurrence and
        possible sources of MTBE in groundwater in the United States, 1993 - 94." Environmental
        Science &  Technology. Vol. 30, no. 5, pp. 1721 - 1730. May 1996.

 Stephenson, D. "Evaluation of effects of urbanization on storm runoff." 7lh International Conference on
        Urban Storm Drainage. Hannover, Germany. Sept. 9-13, 1996. Edited by F. Sieker and H-R.
        Verworn. IAHR/IAWQ. SuG-Verlagsgesellschaft. Hannover, Germany, pp. 31-36. 1996.

 Striegl, R. G. Effects ofStormwater Runoff on an Urban Lake, Lake Ellyn at Glen Ellyn, Illinois, USGS
        Open  File Report 84-603, U.S.  Geological Survey, Lakewood, Colorado. 1985.
                                               168

-------
Sutherland, R., and R.H. McCuen. "Simulation of Urban Nonpoint Source Pollution." Water Resources
        Bulletin, Vol. 14, No. 2, pp 409-428, April 1978.

Sutherland, R., W. Alley, and F. Ellis. Draft Users' Guide for Paniculate Transport Model (PTM). CH2M
        -HILL, Portland, Oregon, for the U.S. Geological  Survey, undated (1982?).

Tabakin, R.B., R. Trattner, and P.N. Cheremisinoff. "Oil water separation technology: the available options
        available." Water and Sewage Works. Vol. 125, no.8, pp. 72-75. 1978.

Terstriep, M.L., G.M. Bender,  and D.C. Noel. Final Report - NURP Project, Champaign, Illinois:
        Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Municipal Street Sweeping in the Control of Urban Storm
        Runoff Pollution. State Water Survey Division, Illinois Dept. of Energy and Natural Resources,
        Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, December 1982.

Thanh, N.C. and U. Thipsuwan. "Oil separation from oily wastewater by inclined plates." In: Water
        Pollution Control in Developing Countries, Proceedings of the International Conference.
        Bangkok, Thailand, February 1978. (edited by Ouano, E.A.R., B.N. Lohani and N.C. Thanh), pp.
        553-565. Pergamon Press. New York, NY. 1978.

Tramier B. Water  Treatment Technology - IP 84-011. Institute of Petroleum. London, England. 1983.

Trauth, R. and C. Xanthopoulos. "Non-point pollution of groundwater in urban areas." /* International
        Conference on Urban  Storm Drainage. Hannover,  Germany. Sept. 9-13, 1996. Edited by F. Sicker
        and H-R. Verwom. IAHR/IAWQ. SuG-Verlagsgesellschaft. Hannover, Germany, pp. 701-706.
        1996.

Verschueren, K. Handbook of Environmental Data on Organic Chemicals, 2"J edition. Van Nostrand
        Reinhold Co., New York. 1983.

W&H Pacific. Methods and Results Summary: Compost Storm Water Filter System. W&H Pacific (now
        Stormwater Management) Portland, OR. 1992.

Water Environment & Technology. "News Watch: Sewer separation lowers fecal coliform levels in the
        Mississippi River." Vol. 8, no. 11, pp. 21 - 22. Nov. 1996a.

Water Environment & Technology. "Research Notes: Beachgoers at Risk from Urban Runoff." Vol. 8, no.
        11, pg. 65. Nov. 1996b.

Webb C. "Separating oil from water." The Chemical Engineer. No. 494, pp. 19-24.1991.

Wilber, W.G., and J.V. Hunter. The Influence of Urbanization on the Transport of Heavy Metals in New
        Jersey Streams. Water Resources Research Institute, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New
        Jersey. 1980.

Yalin, M.S. "An Expression for Bed  Load Transportation."  Journal of the Hydraulics Division,
        Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol 89, pp 221-250, 1963.

Zogorski, J.S., A.B. Morduchowitz, A.L.  Baehr, B.J. Bauman, D.L. Conrad, R.T. Drew, N.E. Korte, W.W.
        Lapham, J.F. Pankovv, and E.R. Washington. Fuel Oxygenates and Water Quality: Current
        Understanding of Sources, Occurrence in Natural Waters, Environmental Behavior, Fate, and
        Significance. Office of Science and Technology, Washington, D.C. 91 pgs. 1996.
                                               169

-------
         Appendix A
Plotted MCTT Performance Data

-------
                                  TABLE A-1.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFETTERED SAMPLES
                                  Total Solids
        300
        250 -

        200 -
     1  100 H
        50 -
                 ""I""   """r^-""—•,-    	=	=p=
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
       300
       250 -

       200 -
    g  150 -
     o
    OT
    %  100 -
        50 -
                                                i               i
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
                                                                       IDL
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.2429
     -45
      57
       8
      27
      6.3
 Settling
Chamber

 0.0017
    -15
     50
     31
     21
   0.76
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 0.1763
     -51
     24
       3
     25
    -8.3
MCTT
Overall

0.0005
    -7
    59
    32
    20
   0.59
                                     A-2

-------
                                 TABLE A-2.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                              Volatile Total Solids
       120
    ^ 100 -
    ^»
    r  so H
        60 -
    CO
    £  40 -
        20 H
       120
    g100^
    f  90H
    "3
    W  60
    5
    .£  40 -
    >  20-J
         0
                   1              I              I               I
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                                                                      IDL
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.2395
     -36
      36
       0
      25
      13
 Settling
Chamber

 0.0049
    -28
     53
     36
     26
   0.97
Sand-peat
Chamber

-0.0146
    -44
     13
    -30
     19
   -0.82
MCTT
Overall

0.0127
   -40
    55
    19
    31
    2.0
                                   A-3

-------
                                 TABLE A-3.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                             Total Suspended Solids
        160
        160

     -j  140
     *di
     E.  120

     =5  100
     V)
     I  80
     I  60
     3
     S  40

     °  20

         0
                                                                 	IIDL
                  Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
  i              i               i
Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat
                                                             Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
             Catch Basin
              Chamber

               0.1543
                 -157
                   88
                   17
                   65
                   7.4
 Settling
Chamber

 0.0010
   -800
    100
     91
    257
     19
Sand-peat
Chamber

-0.1191
    -500
     45
    -400
    240
    -1.5
MCTT
Overall

0.0002
    25
   100
    83
    22
   0.28
                                    A-4

-------
                                 TABLE A-4.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                           Volatile Suspended Solids
                Inlet   Catch Basin
                         i               r
                           Settling Chamber
      —^-^-^z^—	1IDL
      Sand-peat   Outlet
       50
    5"
       40
     
-------
                                  TABLE A-5.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                Dissolved Solids
    160
    140

3  12°
I  100
co   80
•o
1   60
o
tn
09
a   40
    20-
     0 -

    160
    140 •

i   12°-
•5
co
•o
0)
"5
M
£   40 H
         80 -
        60 -
         20 -
              Inlet   Catch Basin
I               I
 Settling Chamber
                                                                        DL
                                                   Sand-peat    Outlet
             Inlet   Catch Basin
                             i               i
                               Settling Chamber
                                                   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Mm. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                          Catch Basin
                           Chamber

                           -0.3862
                                -43
                                27
                                 -7
                                22
                               -4.0
                                        Settling
                                        Chamber

                                         0.2288
                                            -18
                                            36
                                              0
                                            16
                                            9.4
                      Sand-peat
                      Chamber

                       0.0820
                          -29
                           25
                            8
                           16
                           3.2
MCTT
Overall

0.0784
  -108
    54
     7
    39
   116
                                   A-6

-------
                                 TABLE A-6.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                            Volatile Dissolved Solids
        70

    i  60
     E
    I  5°
    •8
g  30
(0
Q
5  20

>  10

    0


   70
     (0
     to
     O
    ^  50 H
    •3
    o>  40
    •o
     4)
30 -

20

10

 0
                                                                       IDL
         Inlet   Catch Basin
I               T
 Settling Chamber
                                                   Sand-peat   Outlet
         Inlet   Catch Basin
                             i^              r
                              Settling Chamber
                                                   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                       Catch Basin
                        Chamber

                         0.2275
                           -100
                             53
                              0
                             41
                            -6.8
                                        Settling
                                        Chamber

                                         0.0381
                                            -88
                                             62
                                             12
                                             35
                                            4.5
                       Sand-peat
                       Chamber

                       -0.0313
                          -160
                            13
                           -10
                            50
                           -1.6
MCTT
Overall

0.4629
  -180
    39
     0
    57
   -3.9
                                    A-7

-------
                                 TABLE A-7.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Turbidity

     2
     3
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
10 -
16 -
14 -
j? 12-
Z. W-
T3 fl _
2 S
3 6-
4 -
2-
n _






4




*-—-K ,--1
L 1 --^---
Inlet   Catch Basin
1               I
 Settling Chamber
                                                  Sand-peat    Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max, Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
             Catch Basin
               Chamber

                0.0215
                   -15
                   70
                   23
                   28
                   1.3
           Settling
           Chamber

            0.0005
                -6
                86
                50
                27
              0.54
Sand-peat
Chamber

-0.0005
   -584
      -4
   -150
    200
   -0.91
MCTT
Overall

0.1331
  -245
    62
    40
    99
   -6.2
                                   A-8

-------
                                 TABLE A-8.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Turbidity
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
    =6
    2
        1 -
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.2405
    -317
      60
       7
      93
     -4.8
Settling
Chamber

 0.0371
    -40
     70
     30
     32
     1.6
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.0005
    -429
     -64
    -133
     119
   -0.69
MCTT
Overall

-0.0320
   -309
     42
    -92
    111
    -1.1
                                   A-9

-------
                                  TABLE A-9.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Apparent Color
        120

     |  100
     o
     o   80
     o
     as
     X   60
     O   40
2.  20
Q.

    0


   120
     O
     •3
     O

     o
     (0
        100 -
   80-
        60 -
     O  40
        20-
                   I               I               I              7
                  Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
                   I               i              i               I
                  Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                          Catch Basin
                           Chamber

                            0.5176
                              -115
                                38
                                 0
                                36
                              -6.5
 Settling
Chamber

 0.0044
    -17
     45
     16
     16
     1.0
Sand-peat
Chamber

-0.0010
   -262
      0
     -75
     83
   -0.78
MCTT
Overall

-0.0007
   -194
     12
    -55
     58
  -0.84
                                    A-10

-------
I
3
O
•5
O
                                 TABLE A-10.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Color
        120
        100 -
        80-
        60-
I
o
•g
•
.c
o
(0
r  40 -
o
•5
o
    20 -
        120
        100 -
        80-
        60-
     o
     o>
     I
     r  40 -
     o
     •3
     O
        20 -
                  Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
                  Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                          Catch Basin
                            Chamber

                             0.3135
                               -125
                                22
                                  0
                                37
                               -5.3
Settling
Chamber

 0.0015
    -10
     39
     23
     15
   0.76
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.0005
    -322
     -30
    -100
     84
   -0.71
MCTT
Overall

-0.0032
   -850
     13
    -49
    237
    -2.1
                                   A-1L

-------
                                 TABLE A-ll.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Conductivity
        140

        120


     55
     3   80 H
     .
     I   60
     8
 40

 20

  0


140

120
     55
     3   80
     I   60
     o   40
         20

          0
                   i         ;      i               i               i
                  Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                   i               i               i               i
                  Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
Chamber
0.3477
-36
26
0
18
-17
Settling
Chamber
-0.0662
-53
19
-15
19
-1.5
Sand-peat
Chamber
0.0005
7
51
21
12
0.50
MCTT
Overall
0.0276
-57
58
11
31
2.4
                                   A-12

-------
                                 TABLE A-12
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                     pH
        6 -
        5 -
                 I               I               I               I
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
     Q.
        8 -
        7 -
        6 -
        5 -
f-	fr	*-•
                                            i
                  i              i               i               i
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
             Catch Basin
               Chamber

               -0.4526
                    -3
                     5
                     0
                   1.8
                  12.7
Settling
Chamber

-0.3074
     -7
      9
      0
    4.3
    -7.7
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.0010
     -1
     18
      7
     5.2
    0.69
MCTT
Overall

0.0046
    -2
    20
     8
    7.3
   0.93
                                   A-13

-------
                                 TABLEA-13.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFETTERED SAMPLES
                           Chemical Oxygen Demand
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
       250
       200 -
Q
O
       100 -J
        50 -
                                            --I	
                                 T             I
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                              Catch Basin
                               Chamber
                                       Settling
                                       Chamber
Sand-peat
 Chamber
MCTT
Overall
0.4028
-800
62
-29
239
-2.67
0.0093
-130
100
53
61
1.58
-0.3359
-123
100
-55
85
-11.81
0.0305
-40
100
54
46
0.86
                                   A-14

-------
                                TABLE A-14.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                           Chemical Oxygen Demand
       120
                                                                	lini
       120
       100 -

    _  80 -

    -§•  60 H
    Q
    o
    °  40 -

        20 -
         0
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                                 i               i
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.1875
    -129
      73
     -13
      56
     -27
Settling
Chamber

 0.0017
   -200
    100
     55
     82
    2.0
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.4434
    -103
    100
      -5
      68
      36
MCTT
Overall

0.1680
   -63
   100
    10
    55
    1.9
                                   A-15

-------
                                  Table A-15.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                Relative Toxicity
     X
     o
        80
     ••s
     -§  60
       20
     •«
                 Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                   T              I               I
                 Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.4464
     -71
     100
     100
      53
     2.7
Settling
Chamber

 0.0537
   -700
     93
     93
    238
    -3.9
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 0.0078
   -175
   1200
     100
     368
     2.7
MCTT
Overall

0.0022
   -83
   185
   100
    66
   0.74
                                   A-16

-------
     £
    £
    IO
    CM
     §
    JO
    4)
    cc
                                 TABLE A-16.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                               Relative Toxicity
     § 60 -
        20 -
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                 Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.2402
    -200
     100
       0
     163
       19
Settling
Chamber

 0.0049
   -229
    100
     69
     89
     2.0
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.0537
     -67
     100
     67
     309
     1.6
MCTT
Overall

0.0015
  -800
   100
    87
   261
    18
                                   A-17

-------
                                TABLE A-17.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Ammonium
     z
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
    I
        2 -
        1  -
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.2324
     -89
      42
     -10
      45
     -4.0
Settling
Chamber

-0.0178
   -491
     27
    -62
    168
    -1.6
Sand-peat
Chamber

-0.1201
   -258
     21
      -7
     101
    -1.8
 MCTT
 Overall

-0.0034
   -651
    31
   -403
    281
   -0.97
                                   A-18

-------
                                TABLE A-18.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Calcium
     (0
    O
     to
    O
18

16

14

12

10

 8

 6

 4

 2

 0


18

16

14

12

10

 8

 6

 4

 2

 0
                                                                       IDL
                Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
                 Inlet   Catch Basin
                          i               r
                           Settling Chamber
Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
Chamber
-0.3424
-39
34
-7
23
-3.7
Settling
Chamber
-0.1697
-75
12
-5
29
-2.0
Sand-peat
Chamber
0.0005
18
77
38
19
0.44
MCTT
Overall
0.0017
-99
80
33
47
1.7
                                   A-19

-------
                                  TABLE A-19.
              MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                     Lithium
        0.030
        0.025 - —

        0.020-

        0.015 -

        0.010 -
        0.005 -
        0.000
       0.006
                                          IDL
                   Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
       0.005 -

       0.004 -

       0.003 -

       0.002 -

       0.000 -

       0.000
                   Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outiet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.1563
     -50
     100
     N/A
      75
      1.2
 Settling
Chamber

-0.2500
     33
    100
   N/A
     47
   0.71
Sand-peat
Chamber

-0.5000
      0
    100
    N/A
     47
     1.4
MCTT
Overall

0.3281
     0
   100
   N/A
    42
   0.88
                                     A-20

-------
                                TABLE A-20.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Magnesium
     £ 2 -
     o>
     S
                                i               i               i
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
       3 -
     £ 2 -
     o>
     5
       1 -
                Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.5000
     -34
      33
      -3
      20
     -14
Settling
Chamber

-0.0081
   -211
      9
    -29
     62
    -1.3
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.1602
     -67
     35
      -4
     27
    -4.2
MCTT
Overall

-0.0171
   -209
    43
    -63
    68
   -1.2
                                  A-21

-------
                                 TABLE A-21.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Potassium
        2 -
        1 -
                                                                       IDL
                 \               \               \               ]
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
        2 -
        1 -
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber    Sand-peat    Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.2487
     -56
      42
      -7
      29
     -3.5
 Settling
Chamber

 0.1750
    -90
     21
      6
     30
   -13.7
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.0737
     -77
      19
     -16
      29
    -1.3
MCTT
Overall

-0.0461
   -153
    43
    -23
    51
   -1.7
                                   A-22

-------
       14

       12

       10



        6

        4

        2

        0
                                TABLE A-22.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Sodium
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
                Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
Chamber
-0.1115
-62
57
-11
30
-3.2
Settling
Chamber
0.1902
-182
38
3
58
-5,4
Sand-peat
Chamber
-0.1030
-45
27
-11
23
-1.7
MCTT
Overall
-0.0647
-192
73
-26
67
-1.9
                                    A-23

-------
                                 TABLE A-23.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Total Hardness
Inlet   Catch Basin
i               r
  Settling Chamber
                                                  Sand-peat   Outlet
"n
O
CO
(D
£
c
(5
1
ou
70-
60-
50-
40 -
30 -
20 -
10-
n



<







>- -H


h — --__


                 Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
             Catch Basin
              Chamber

               0.1338
                  -23
                   52
                    5
                   22
                   2.7
            Settling
           Chamber

           -0.1960
              -120
                50
                -8
                46
               -3.2
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.0078
    -64
     35
     24
     28
     1.8
MCTT
Overall

0.0125
  -200
    67
    30
    71
    6.9
                                   A-24

-------
                                TABLE A-24.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Chloride
       3 -
    o
       1 -
                 I               I               I               I
                Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
       3-
    o
        1 -
                Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                                                                      IDL
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.4662
    -194
      16
      -3
      55
     -3.8
Settling
Chamber

-0.2593
    -50
     15
     -1
     20
    -3.1
Sand-peat
Chamber

-0.2598
   -372
     18
     -10
     113
    -3.1
MCTT
Overall

-0.0386
   -343
     26
    -13
    100
    -2.0
                                    A-25

-------
                                 TABLEA-25.
              MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Fluoride
        0.12
        o.oo
        0.12
       0.10-

       o.oa -
     t 0.06 H
       0.04 -

       0.02 -

       0.00
                  Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                  Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
Chamber
-0.2527
-333
53
-28
104
-2.0
Settling
Chamber
-0.4961
-180
100
-36
82
-5.3
Sand-peat
Chamber
0.0391
-100
76
52
58
1.7
MCTT
Overall
0.1475
-267
100
32
116
-14
                                    A-26

-------
                                TABLE A-26.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Nitrate
        10
         8 -
    I
     «n
    9    4H
         2 -
                 Inlet   Catch Basin    Setting Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                   i              r              I              i
                 Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.1879
     -36
      49
       2
      20
     -328
Settling
Chamber

 0.0046
    -13
    100
     27
     36
     1.1
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.1602
    -475
     47
      -5
     152
    -3.2
MCTT
Overall

0.0105
   -30
    68
    24
    31
    1.2
                                   A-27

-------
                                 TABLE A-27.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Nitrite
0.2 H


0.0


1.0
        0.8-
        0.4-
        0.2 -
        0.0
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                       Catch Basin
                        Chamber

                        -0.3125
                           -688
                            100
                            -32
                            295
                           -1.96
 Settling
Chamber

-0.0093
   -674
    100
    -84
    264
   -1.52
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.0244
     38
    100
     74
     27
    0.36
 MCTT
 Overall

-0.1250
  -2717
    100
    -40
    984
  -2.05
                                   A-28

-------
                                TABLE A-28.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Phosphate
                                                                      IDL
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
    O
    0.
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.3125
Settling
Chamber

-0.3125
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.3125
MCTT
Overall

-0.1875
                                   A-29

-------
                                 TABLE A-29.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Sulfate
    o
    CO
        30
        25 -

        20 -
    S
    §  15 H
        10 -

         5 -
                                                i               i
                 Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                   i              i               i               i
                 Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.1527
    -206
      10
      -2
      58
     -2.8
Settling
Chamber

 0.5151
    -44
     11
      0
     16
    -4.9
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.3188
   -306
     17
     -10
     92
    -2.5
MCTT
Overall

-0.0105
   -229
     15
    -27
     71
   -1.4
                                   A-30

-------
                                TABLE A-30.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Bicarbonate
        90
        80
        70

    ~  60
    I  50
    o"  40
    O
    X  30
        20 •
        10 -
         0
    2
80
70
60
50 -
     E,
     O"  40
     X  30
        20
        10
         0
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet

         Inlet   Catch Basin
I               i
 Settling Chamber
                                                  Sand-peat    Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                       Catch Basin
                        Chamber

                         0.2709
                            -28
                             52
                              3
                             23
                            5.1
           Settling
           Chamber

           -0.0024
               -73
                 7
               -23
                29
             -0.95
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.0005
     36
     86
     58
     15
    0.25
MCTT
Overall

0.0007
   -42
    87
    43
    37
   0.84
                                  A-31

-------
                                 TABLE A-31.
            MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFELTERED SAMPLES
                                   Carbonate
        0.06
        o.oo
        0.06
        0.05 -

        0.04 -
    i
    J.  0.03 H
    on
    o
        0.02 -

        0.01 -

        0.00
                    i     ,          i              T
                  Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
                    i              ii               i
                  Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.1488
    -300
      86
       5
      96
     -7.5
 Settling
Chamber

-0.0161
   -167
     38
    -23
     73
    -1.5
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.0005
     13
    100
     80
     26
    0.36
MCTT
Overall

0.0049
  -600
   100
    81
   196
   23.7
                                   A-32

-------
        tJ
        O
        o>
        TJ
        o
                                    TABLE A-32.
               MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                      Cadmium
           14
12 -

10 -

 8 -

 6 -

 4 -

 2-

 0
                     ~T            "TT              T
                    Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
                    Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                   Catch Basin
                     Chamber

                     -0.1655
                       -307
                         100
                          0
                         218
                         5.5
Settling
Chamber

 0.0083
    -75
    100
     25
     52
     1.9
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.4961
   -600
     75
    -40
    189
    -2.0
MCTT
Overall

0.1338
  -215
   100
    18
   263
   2.9
                                       A-33

-------
                                     TABLEA-33.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                       Cadmium
            o -1
                    Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
            4 -
         ^>
            2 -
                    Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.0203
     -63
     100
      21
      67
      1.9
 Settling
Chamber

 0.2148
   -240
     26
      0
     94
    -2.2
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 -0.1055
    -250
     100
     -21
     97
    -4.5
MCTT
Overall

0.1602
  -155
    75
    16
    69
   -3.6
                                       A-34

-------
                                     TABLE A-34,
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                        Copper
            120
            120
         o
100 -

 80-

 60 -

 40-

 20-

  0
                      Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                                                    f—
                       i               i               i              i
                      Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                   Catch Basin
                    Chamber

                    -0.3424
                        -85
                        100
                        -19
                        335
                        4.1
 Settling
Chamber

 0.0320
    -49
     71
     23
     34
     1.7
Sand-peat
 Chamber

  0.3823
    -322
     49
     25
     107
     -4.3
MCTT
Overall

0.2119
  -159
   100
    22
   566
    3.3
                                        A-35

-------
                                     TABLE A-35.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                        Copper
                     Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
iou —
160 -
140 -
120-
i 100-
t 80-
60-
40-
20 -
n







"T" _..u 	 - -• — """" "^




-r
"~™~ -—"^j ^
                     Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev, of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.0839
    -712
      62
      -18
     245
     -2.0
 Settling
Chamber

 0,2847
  -1224
     91
     13
    361
    -3,9
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.3188
    -617
     86
     18
     196
    -4,7
MCTT
Overall

-0.4250
   -558
     93
     17
    197
    -2.8
                                       A-36

-------
                                TABLE A-36.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFELTERED SAMPLES
                                    Lead
                                                                	IIDL
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
ou —
70 -
60 -
~ 50-
«d
o>
3 40 -
JQ
°- 30-
20 -
10 -
n -









<





> 	 ^





^\^_
^^*-^ 	 ft.
                Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.3386
    -124
      79
      10
      65
     -16
 Settling
Chamber

 0.0002
     40
    100
     88
     21
   0.26
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 0.0078
    -133
     100
      18
      60
     5.2
MCTT
Overall

0.0002
    29
   100
    93
    22
   0.26
                                  A-37

-------
                                 TABLE A-37.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                     Lead
        14
       12 -

       10 -

        8-
     £  6H
        4 -

        2 -

        0
                  i               i               r
                 Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.1462
    -311
     100
     -21
     146
     -7.1
Settling
Chamber

 0.0535
   -200
    100
     33
     89
    5.0
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.3408
   -400
    100
      5
    167
    -2.7
MCTT
Overall

0.3345
  -565
    99
    42
   196
   -3.6
                                   A-38

-------
                                TABLE A-38.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFELTERED SAMPLES
                                    Zinc
       500
       500
       400 -
    I300-1
    N 200 H
       100 -
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                  T              i             n
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

  0.1219
    -144
      99
      27
      65
      5.7
Settling
Chamber

 0.0046
   -171
     84
     39
     68
    2.9
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 0.0874
  -5908
     94
     62
   1796
    -3.6
MCTT
Overall

0.0005
    -3
    97
    91
    31
   0.42
                                  A-39

-------
                                 TABLE A-39.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                     Zinc
        120

        100

         80

     "a   eo

     ^   40

         20

         0



        120

        100 -

         80

     ^   60-

     5   40

         20-

         0 •
                                                     IDL
 \               i              r              i
Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
                   i               i              i               i
                  Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
             Catch Basin
              Chamber

              -0.1736
                -1188
                   77
                   -8
                  381
                  -2.3
Settling
Chamber

-0.3386
   -155
     54
    -34
     62
    -2.8
Sand-peat
 Chamber

 0.1826
   -352
     100
     69
     142
     322
MCTT
Overall

0.2119
  -923
    100
    54
   323
   -4.7
                                   A-40

-------
                                TABLE A-40.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Phenol
                                                                	IDL
                 Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
        10
        8 -
     o
        4H
         2 H
                 Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.5000
    -395
     100
      53
     214
      16
Settling
Chamber

 0.3125
   -500
    94
      "t

    214
    -2.7
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.2188
   -500
    100
    100
   3064
     3.2
MCTT
Overall

0.1094
 -1910
   100
   100
   589
   -10
                                  A-41

-------
                                TABLE A-41.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                          N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
    4,0
    
-------
                                TABLE A-42.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                               Hexachloroethane
    I
    <0
    to
    I
    o
     
-------
                            TABLE A-43.
          MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                             Nitrobenzene
               Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
       15
       10 -
    4)
    N
    2   5H
                   •—-{•—    I
                          4-
               Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                          Catch Basin   Settling
                            Chamber    Chamber
-0.1875
  -517
   100
    34
   332
    8.7
0.0625
 -3086
  100
   44
  1052
  -6.1
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.5000
   -152
    100
     70
    225
     1.5
MCTT
Overall

0.1250
 -5557
   100
    18
  1625
   -3.1
                              A-44

-------
                                TABLE A-44.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                2-Nitrophenol
        6 -

        5 -
     o  4 H
     4)

     I  3
    3  2H
        1 -
        o
                Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
                Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
Chamber
0.1250
-7000
100
56
1978
-4.4
Settling
Chamber
0.1250
-204
100
6
165
8.4
Sand-peat
Chamber
0.2500
-55
100
86
869
2.4
MCTT
Overall
0.2500
-3800
100
40
1111
-3.9
                                   A-45

-------
                                 TABLE A-45.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                              2,4-Dimethylphenol
        100
         80 -
         60 -
      I   40
     Q
     4
     CN   20
  0

100
     I   "
     1   60
         40 -
     CN   20 -
                   T             T              TV
                  Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber    Sand-peat   Outlet
                                                                       IDL
                                   	^—H	1—
                  Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                      Catch Basin
                       Chamber

                       -0.0625
                          -385
                           100
                            57
                           231
                           3.0
 Settling
Chamber

 0.0313
   -141
    100
     53
    201
    1.9
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.4375
   -155
     100
     41
     119
     2.8
MCTT
Overall

0.1250
  -182
   100
   100
   141
   1.6
                                   A-46

-------
                             TABLE A-46.
          MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                           Hexachlorobutadiene
    .C
    U
    
-------
                                TABLE A-47.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                            4-Chloro-3 -methylphenol
     0>
0>

(O
o
o
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
        30
        20 -
        10 -
                 Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                          Catch Basin
                           Chamber

                            0.5000
                             •-284
                              100
                               73
                               154
                               7.6
 Settling
Chamber

 0.2813
   -500
    100
     93
    370
    4.5
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.2501
   -154
    100
    100
   1023
     2.8
MCTT
Overall

0.1563
  -106
   100
    92
   147
    1.6
                                   A-48

-------
                                TABLE A-48.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                4-Nitrophenol
        500
  0

500
                  Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
        400 -
     r  3oo
     o
     c
     V
     2  200
        100 -
                  f—-4—--
                  Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev, of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                              Catch Basin
                                Chamber
                                    Settling
                                    Chamber
Sand-peat
 Chamber
MCTT
Overall
-0.4688
-2279
95
-49
802
-1.9
-0.5000
-287
100
50
474
3.2
-0.2188
-683
100
13
913
4.0
0.4219
-1069
100
-4
1042
5.7
                                    A-49

-------
                                 TABLE A-49.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                               Pentachlorophenol
•o

-------
                TABLE A-50.
MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                Fluoranthene
o —
ra 2 -
c
<0
1 1 -
LL
0 -
3 -
.§2-
c
4>

-------
                                TABLE A-51.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Pyrene
     1
     4>
        1  -
                                                                      IDL
                Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat

        1 -
                Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
Catch Basin
 Chamber

 -0.5000
     -60
      80
       9
      46
      5.4
 Settling
Chamber

 0.1250
   -100
    100
    100
    116
   0.91
Sand-peat
Chamber

 0.1250
   -100
     100
     55
     155
     1.4
MCTT
Overall

0.0625
    98
   100
   100
    24
   0.20
                                   A-52

-------
                                 TABLE A-52.
           MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                           Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
                                                                 	IDL
                 Inlet   Catch Basin    Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
        12

        10
     0)
     1   8
     £
         4 -
     4)
     (N
     •—^   «
     
-------
                                 TABLE A-53.
             MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                               Di-n-octylphthalate
                                                                       IDL
                 Inlet  Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat    Outlet
     i
     I
     (0
     f
     o
     f
     b
1 -
                Inlet   Catch Basin   Settling Chamber   Sand-peat   Outlet
Concentration Difference
   1-sided P Value
Min. Percent Reduction
Max. Percent Reduction
Median Percent Reduction
Std. Dev. of Percent Reduction
COV of Percent Reduction
                      Catch Basin
                        Chamber

                         0.2500
                           -135
                            76
                            14
                            63
                            -22
 Settling
Chamber

   N/A
     71
    100
     98
     63
   0.53
Sand-peat
 Chamber

    N/A
    -100
     100
      13
      75
     3.3
MCTT
Overall

0.2500
    81
    100
    100
    34
   0.31
                                  A-54

-------
Table A-54 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #1
     6e+7
                                   10
                               Particle Diameter (jim)
                              100
   O
     10

Particle Diameter
                                                             100
                                     A-55

-------
Table A-55 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #2
     6e+6
     Oe+0
                                    10
                               Particle Diameter (jim)
100
      100
   I   80
       60 J
   0)
   •5   40 ^
   E
   O   20 -i
                                    i
                                    10

                               Particle Diameter
100
                                     A-56

-------
Table A-56 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water- UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #3
    6e+6
    Oe+0
                               Particle Diameter (jam)
  _
  o
      100
      80
      .60
  o^
  0)
  >  40
   E
  O  20  ^
     10

Particle Diameter
                                                             100
                                    A-57

-------
Table A-57 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking

Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #4
     3e+7
                                                             100
                              Particle Diameter (urn)
     100
  I   80
  ><  60 H
  .a

  «£


  |  40




  I
  O
      20 -
                                   10



                               Particle Diameter (jim)
100
                                    A-58

-------
Table A-58 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #5
   1.5e+7
      100  -r
     10

Particle Diameter
                                                             100
                                                              100
                               Particle Diameter (fim)
                                     A-59

-------
Table A-59 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #6
   1.5e+7
   O.Oe+0
                                                             100
                               Particle Diameter (jam)
      100
   ®   80 -
       60 -
   CD
   .2   40 -
   _m
   13
   E
   O   20
                                    10

                               Particle Diameter (|im)
100
                                    A-60

-------
Table A-60 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #7
     5e+7
  E 4e+7 -I
  ® 3e+7 -
 _
  o
 19

  |
 u
    2e+7 -
1e+7 -
    Oe+0
      100
   O
                                                            100
                              Particle Diameter (urn)
                                                            100
                               Particle Diameter (p.m)
                                     A-61

-------
Table A-61  Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #8
     6e+7
 E
"E        I
 3 4e+7 J
 |
 "o

 ~ 2e+7

 |
 O
             	iv ,
    Oe+0
     100
  O
                                   10
                              Particle Diameter (jim)
                                                           100
                                   10

                               Particle Diameter
                                                           100
                                     A-62

-------
Table A-62 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water- UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #9
    4e+7
    3e+7 -
 I 2e+7
 
-------
Table A-63 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #10
     4e+7
                                    10

                               Particle Diameter (urn)
100
                                                              100
                               Particle Diameter (urn)
                                     A-64

-------
Table A-64 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #11
     1e+8
    Oe+0
                                    10
                               Particle Diameter (jam)
      100
       80 H
       60
   0)
  •2   40 -
  _ro
   3
   E

  O   2°
                                    10

                               Particle Diameter (|j.m)
100
                                     A-65

-------
Table A-65 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #12
     1e+8
                                   10
                              Particle Diameter (jim)
100
     100
      80	
  _
  o
     40 -
  O
      20 -
                                   10

                              Particle Diameter
100
                                    A-66

-------
Table A-66 Particle Size Distributions of MCTT Treated Water - UAB Remote Parking
Lot, Birmingham, AL Storm Event #13 .
     6e+7
     Oe+0 ~
           1
     10
Particle Diameter
100
   O
                                                             100
                               Particle Diameter (|j.m)
                                      A-67

-------
         Appendix B
Tabular MCTT Performance Data
             B-l

-------
                                    TABLE B-l.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Total Solids (mg/L)
                                   IDL = 2.5 mg/L
     Storm Event        MCTT and     Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber    MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand    Peat-sand Outlet

         1
         2
         3
         4
         5
         6
         7
         8
         9
         10
         11
         12
         13
Min. Concentration           29             34              21              31
Max.Concentration          255            202             111              168
Median Concentration       105            110              66              63
Standard Deviation           70             52              27              38
COV                    0.58           0.49            0.40             0.54

'No sample available for analysts.
255
55
58
190
58
29
91
154
134
105
229
136
78
110
47
47
142
70
34
132
163
83
114
202
162
72
111
43
54
99
53
21
66
87
65
77
NS'
90
37
168
44
41
78
52
31
64
75
62
75
107
NS
38
                                      B-2

-------
                                    TABLE B-2.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                              Volatile Total Solids (mg/L)
                                   IDL = 2.5 mg/L
     Storm Event        MCTT and      Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber     MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet

         1
         2
         3
         4
         5
         6
         7
         8
         9
         10
         11
         12
         13
Min. Concentration           10              12              10               14
Max.Concentration          105              81              54               78
Median Concentration         43              51              25               29
Standard Deviation           29              23              14               19
COV                     0.59            0.50             0.48             0.53

'No sample available for analysis.
80
20
25
94
28
10
40
64
43
43
105
56
33
51
20
18
81
38
12
53
67
28
51
77
63
30
54
20
23
48
21
10
27
38
21
26
NS'
43
14
78
26
26
42
28
14
30
38
24
37
65
NS
19
                                      B-3

-------
                                       TABLE B-3.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                Total Suspended Solids (mg/L)
                                      IDL = 2.5mg/L
      Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
137
7
8
38
17
16
23
75
77
41
103
47
41
7
137
41
39
0.81
18
7

j

-------
                                      TABLE B-4.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA- UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                               Volatile Suspended Solids (mg/L)
                                      IDL = 2.5mg/L
     Storm Event
       Number
  MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
          4
          5
          6
          1
          8
          9
         10
         11
         12
 Min. Concentration
 Max. Concentration
 Median Concentration
 Standard Deviation
 COV
29
-1
J

-------
                                    TABLE B-5.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                Dissolved Solids (nig/L)
                                   IDL = 2.5 mg/L
     Storm Event       MCTT and     Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber    MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet

          1
         2
         3
         4
         5
         6
         7
         g
         9
         10
         11
         12
         13
Min. Concentration          13             18              21               27
Max.Concentration         152            121              101              113
Median Concentration        64             73              71               62
Standard Deviation          40             31              25               27
COV                    0.55            0.43             0.39             0.44

'No sample available for analysis.
118
48
50
152
41
13
68
79
57
64
126
89
37
92
40
46
111
44
18
73
86
58
80
121
103
53
101
41
45
93
52
21
74
76
67
76
NS"
89
34
113
41
35
70
46
27
62
69
62
70
107
NS
36
                                      B-6

-------
                                    TABLE B-6.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                            Volatile Dissolved Solids (mg/L)
                                   IDL = 2.5 mg/L
     Storm Event       MCTT and      Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber     MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet

         1
         2
         3
         4
         5
         6
         7
         8
         9
         10
         11
         12
         13
Min. Concentration           5               8               5               13
Max.Concentration          66              53              48               59
Median Concentration        27              30              25               25
Standard Deviation          19              16              14               14
COV                     0.60            0.54             0.56             0.49

°No sample available for analysis.
51
17
23
66
17
5
27
35
26
30
59
37
9
43
8
14
53
23
10
30
41
22
30
47
49
13
48
15
12
46
17
9
29
30
22
28
NS'
34
5
59
21
20
40
18
14
32
30
22
28
46
NS
13
                                       B-7

-------
                                   TABLE B-7.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Turbidity (NTU)
                                  IDL = 0.75 NTU
     Storm Event        MCTT and     Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber     MCTT and
      Number      Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
6.3
2.2
2.0
16.0
6.3
3.5
8.2
7.8
6.2
2.6
4.0
4.6
5.5
2.0
16.0
5.5
3.7
0.64
1.9
1.4
2.1
5.7
6.1
2.7
9.1
7.4
3.3
1.8
3.8
3.1
6.3
1.4
9.1
3.3
2.5
0.58
1.7
0.8
1.1
3.6
0.8
1.5
1.9
1.9
1.4
1.9
NS°
1.5
2.3
0.8
3.6
1.6
0.8
0.44
2.4
5.2
6.9
7.7
4.0
6.0
3.6
3.1
3.5
4.8
4.8
NS
2.4
2.4
7.7
4.4
1.7
0.37
"No sample available for analysis.
                                    B-8

-------
                                      TABLE B-8.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                     Turbidity (NTU)
                                     IDL = 0.75 NTU
     Storm Event
       Number
  MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
-t
j
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
<1DL "

-------
                                    TABLE B-9.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                           Apparent Color (Hach® color units)
     Storm Event       MCTT and     Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber    MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet

         1
         2
         3
         4
         5
         6
         7
         8
         9
         10
         11
         12
         13
Min. Concentration           16             15               13              30
MaxConcentration           58             58               41              100
Median Concentration        27             32               27              45
Standard Deviation           15             13               8              19
COV                     0.43            0.38             0.32             0.38

"No sample available for analysis.
44
24
27
58
26
16
26
20
20
38
55
54
34
37
19
29
36
24
15
32
43
23
38
55
58
32
34
19
16
25
20
13
26
36
27
30
NS"
41
30
100
46
44
62
35
47
38
40
42
50
73
NS'
30
                                      B-10

-------
                                   TABLE B-10.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                              Color (HACH* color units)
    Storm Event        MCTT and     Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber    MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand    Peat-sand Outlet

         1
         2
         3
         4
         5
         6
         7
         8
         9
         10
         11
         12
         13
Min. Concentration            49               9              27
Max. Concentration           55             55              41             100
Median Concentration        32             32              23              39
Standard Deviation           15             14               9              19
COV                     0.47           0.45             0.41            0.45

"No sample available for analysis.
39
22
18
45
20
4
19
40
32
40
55
47
22
32
23
17
35
21
9
19
35
38
38
55
52
20
31
16
12
27
18
9
14
27
23
26
NS'
41
22
100
33
27
39
33
38
28
35
47
48
50
NS
40
                                     B-1L

-------
                                    TABLE B-ll.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Conductivity (uS/cm2)
     Storm Event        MCTT and      Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber     MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand    Peat-sand Outlet

          1
          2
          3
          4
          5
          6
          7
          8
          9
         10,
         11
         12
         13
Min. Concentration           14              19               29              22
Max. Concentration          124             101               92              73
Median Concentration         55              61               68              53
Standard Deviation           28              25               21              17
COV                    0.45            0.40             0.32            0.36

'No sample available for analysis.
89
52
48
124
41
14
79
55
64
52
90
80
38
76
42
40
92
41
19
81
62
61
61
90
101
38
92
45
51
86
50
29
66
70
72
71
NS'
92
42
73
31
25
52
39
22
54
57
61
56
73
NS
39
                                      B-12

-------
                                  TABLE B-12.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                       pH
     Storm Event        MCTT and     Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber     MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
7.22
7.04
7.44
7.11
6.87
6.82
6.94
6.34
6.53
6.58
7.16
7.12
7.15
6.34
7.44
7.04
0.31
0.045
6.86
6.96
7.32
7.12
6.98
6,80
6.91
6.52
6.54
6.60
7.21
7.13
7.20
6.52
7.32
6.96
0.26
0.038
6.95
7.10
7.27
6.95
6.93
7.07
6.29
6.75
6.98
6.97
NS'
7.03
7.03
6.29
7.27
6.98
0.24
0.034
6.37
6.26
5.93
6.05
6.45
6.78
6.34
6.47
6.62
6.50
5.97
NS
6.64
5.93
6.78
6.41
0.27
0.043
'No sample available for analysis.
                                    B-13

-------
                                     TABLE B-13.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - LTNFILTERED SAMPLES
                              Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/L)
                                     IDL = 1.1 mg/L
     Storm Event         MCTT and       Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber      MCTT and
       Number         Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
107
31
2
114
2

-------
                                      TABLES-14.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                               Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/L)
                                      IDL=l.Img/L
Storm Event
  Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
                                        Catch Basin to
                                       Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
70
23
5
110
7
5
55
24
<1DL b

-------
                                       TABLE B-15.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                               Relative Toxicity (I 25% reduction)
                                          = I20of5%
      Storm Event         MCTT and      Catch Basin to
       Number        Catch Basin Inlet   Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
          4
          5
          6
          1
          8
          9
          10
          11
          12
          13
 Min. Concentration
 Max. Concentration
 Median Concentration
 Standard Deviation
 COV
24
25
12
70
13
 i

-------
                                       TABLE B-16.
                   MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                               Relative Toxicity (I 25% reduction)
                                           = I20of5%
      Storm Event         MCTT and       Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber
       Number         Catch Basin Inlet    Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
32
9
10
61
12
<1DL b
39
35
13
42
36
8
16
40
27
23
32
22

-------
                                     TABLES-17.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Ammonium (mg/L)
                                     IDL = 0.25mg/L
     Storm Event
       Number
  MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
I
2
~i
j
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
0.38

-------
    Storm Event
      Number
                                   TABLES-18.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Calcium (mg/L)
                                  IDL = 0.25 mg/L
  MCTT and     Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber    MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
15.35
8.43
9.27
11.13
5.64
1.17
9.03
8.75
7.27
6.75
13.54
10.97
4.23
1.17
15.35
8.75
3.77
0.44
10.10
6.68
7.50
10.65
6.01
1.63
9.26
9.93
6.92
8.74
15.11
13.29
5.86
1.63
15.11
8.74
3.46
0.40
16.10
6.63
7.92
10.32
5.76
2.85
9.70
8.73
10.22
9.67
NS"
11.77
6.29
2.85
16.10
9.20
3.36
0.38
7.92
2.79
1.85
2.96
2.78
2.33
6.37
7.16
6.54
6.04
8.48
NS
4.05
1.85
8.48
5.05
2.38
0.48
'No sample available for analysis.
                                    B-19

-------
     Storm Event
      Number
                                    TABLE B-I9.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Lithium (rng/L)
                                  IDL = 0.025 mg/L
  MCTT and      Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber    MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
0.003 *
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.002 »
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.005 »
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.004 *
0.000 *
0.005 *
0.000 »
0.002
1.672
0.000 »
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.003 *
0.000 *
0.000 4
0.000 *
0.000 »
0.001 *
0.000 '
0.000 »
0.000 »
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.003 »
0.000 *
0.001
2.778
0.003 *
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.002 *
0.000 *
0.001 *
0.002 *
0.000 *
0.000 *
0.000 »
NS"
0.000 *
0.000 '
0.000 *
0.003 "
0.000 '
0.001
1.610
0.002 *
0.000 »
0.000 *
0.002 *
0.001 *
0.000 »
0.002 *
0.001 *
0.001 »
0.000 »
0.000 »
NS°
0.000 »
0.000 *
0.002 *
0.001 *
0.001
1.155
•No sample available for analysis.
* Data below instrument detection limit (IDL).
                                     B-20

-------
                                   TABLE B-20.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Magnesium (mg/L)
                                  IDL = 0.062 mg/L
     Storm Event        MCTT and     Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber     MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand    Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
1.98
0.89
1.08
1.68
0.64
0.16
1.16
1.29
0.80
0.82
1.77
1.37
0.47
0.16
1.98
1.08
0.53
0.49
1.32
0.71
0.85
1.40
0.66
0.21
1.18
1.47
0.75
1.03
1.83
1.68
0.53
0.21
1.83
1.03
0.48
0.46
2.18
0.79
0.95
1.34
0.80
0.66
1.61
1.45
1.51
1.58
NS°
1.53
0.80
0.66
2.18
1.39
0.46
0.37
3.64
0.82
0.62
1.18
0.84
0.49
1.97
1.83
1.52
1.63
2.77
NS
0.92
0.49
3.64
1.35
0.94
0.62
•No sample available for analysis.
                                    B-21

-------
                                   TABLE B-21.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Potassium (mg/L)
                                  IDL = 0.062 mg/L
     Storm Event        MCTT and     Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber     MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
0.73
0.36
0.54
1.67
0.51
0.25
0.46
0.95
0.52
0.72
1.24
0.76
0.40
0.25
1.67
0.54
0.39
0.56
0.55
0.40
0.49
1.21
0.54
0.36
0.27
1.01
0.59
1.13
1.34
0.98
0.54
0.27
1.34
0.55
0.36
0.49
1.04
0.43
0.39
1.19
0.57
0.39
0.24
0.81
0.65
1.03
NS"
0.85
0.44
0.24
1.19
0.61
0.31
0.46
1.84
0.56
0.64
0.96
0.65
0.45
0.32
0.97
0.71
0.94
1.37
NS
0.47
0.32
1.84
0.68
0.43
0.52
°No sample available for analysis.
                                    B-22

-------
                                   TABLE B-22.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Sodium (uig/L)
                                 IDL = 0.062 mg/L
    Stonn Event        MCTT and     Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber    MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand    Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
1.23
0.71
0.88
13.35
1.30
0.44
1.05
1.55
0.66
1.06
1.86
1.21
0.84
0.44
13.35
1.06
3.43
1.71
0.87
0.85
0.84
5.80
1.35
0.72
1.36
1.60
0.81
1.52
1.81
1.35
0.99
0.72
5.80
1.35
1.33
0.87
2.46
1.17
0.52
4.99
1.55
0.77
1.30
1.32
0.86
1.51
NS"
1.12
0.70
0.52
4.99
1.23
1.20
0.79
3.57
1.22
0.75
3.67
1.72
0.91
1.36
1.53
0.92
1.28
1.66
NS
0.98
0.75
3.67
1.32
0.98
0.60
'No sample available for analysis.
                                     B-23

-------
                                      TABLE B-23.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNF1LTERED SAMPLES
                               Total Hardness (mg/'L as CaCO3)
                                     IDL = 6.25 mg/L
     Storm Event         MCTT and      Catch Basin to
       Number         Catch Basin Inlet   Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median. Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
71
50
49
46
3!

45
NS
11
11
46
25
11
0.42
aNo sample available for analysis.
bData below instrument detection limit (IDL).
                                       B-24

-------
                                     TABLE B-24.
                   MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Chloride (mg/L)
                                   IDL = 0.025 mg/L
     Storm Event        MCTT and      Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber     MCTT and
       Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1.51
0.81
0.78
0.78
1.78
0.65
1.52
1.35
1.21
1.25
2.92
1.04
0.80
1.26
0.85
0.85
2.30
1.60
0.74
1.27
1.33
1.24
1.45
2.53
1.07
0.80
1.90
0.87
0.73
1.95
2.04
0.95
1.36
1.33
1.11
1.59
NS<
1.07
0.73
2.27
0.79
3.46
1.61
1.95
1.14
1.12
1.57
1.23
1.35
2.67
NS
0.93
Min. Concentration          0.65            0.74             0.73             0.79
Max.Concentration          2.92            2.53             2.04             3.46
Median Concentration       1.21            1.26             1.22             1.46
Standard Deviation          0.61            0.55             0.47             0.79
COV                     0.48            0.41             0.36             0.47

"No sample available for analysis.
                                      B-25

-------
                                      TABLE B-25.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                      Fluoride (mg/L)
                                     IDL = 0.025 mg/L
      Storm Event         MCTT and       Catch Basin to
       Number        Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
0.1 1
0.07
0.04

-------
                                      TABLE B-26.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                      Nitrate (mg/L)
                                     IDL = 0.25 mg/L
     Storm Event         MCTT and       Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber      MCTT and
       Number        Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber      to Peat-sand      Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
5.81
1.22
1.88
1.52
1.40

-------
     Storm Event
       Number
                                    TABLE B-27.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Nitrite (mg/L)
                                   IDL = 0.25 mg/L
  MCTT and      Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber    MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
0.24*
0.04*
0.05*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00'
0.01 *
0.01 '
0.05*
0.08*
0.00*
0.00*
0.04*
0.00*
0.24*
0.01 *
0.07
1.61
0.15*
0.04*
0.06*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.08*
0.06*
0.07*
0.00*
0.00*
0.03 *
0.06*
0.00*
0.15*
0.04*
0.04
1.02
0.84*
0.06*
0.00*
0.15*
0.05*
0.00*
0.60
0.15 *
0.14*
0.04*
NS"
0.05 *
0.05*
0.00 *
0.84
0.06*
0.26
1.48
0.35*
0.00*
0.18*
0.00*
0.01 '
0.00*
0.34
0.09*
0.07*
0.00*
0.00*
NS'
0.00*
0.00*
0.35
0.01 *
0.13
1.51
"No sample available for analysis.
*Data below instrument detection limit (IDL).
                                      B-28

-------
                                   TABLE B-28.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                  Phosphate (mg/L)
                                  IDL = 0.25 mg/L
     Storm Event       MCTT and     Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber     MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
0.63
0.00'
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.45
0.00*
0.00*
0.63
0.00*
0.21
2.48
0.00*
0.00*
0.00'
0.68
0.00*
0.00*
0.00 *
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.56
0.30
0.00*
0.68
0.00*
0.24
2.02
0.23
0.00*
0.00*
0.89
0.00 *
0.00*
0.00*
0.00 *
0.00*
0.00 *
NS°
0.00*
0.00*
0.00 '
0.89
0.00*
0.26
2.78
0.00*
0.00*
1.31
0.52
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
0.00*
NS<
0.67
0.00*
1.31
0.00*
0.42
2.01
'No sample available for analysis.
'Data below instrument detection limit (IDL).
                                      B-29

-------
     Storm Event
      Number
                                    TABLE B-29.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Sulfate (mg/L)
                                   IDL = 0.25 mg/L
  MCTT and      Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber    MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
g
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
20.09
2.90
3.91
3.51
4.11
1.02
14.49
12.70
11.51
10.42
23.90
15.65
6.66
1.02
23.90
10.42
7.15
0.71
18.13
2.74
3.54
10.75
3.81
1.51
15.41
13.86
11.53
11.92
23.67
17.46
6.80
1.51
23.67
11.53
6.86
0.63
21.69
3.07
3.18
10.04
5.47
1.34
14.82
12.64
12.08
12.33
NS°
15.55
7.31
1.34
21.69
11.06
6.06
0.61
19.93
4.75
12.89
8.33
6.03
1.93
12.34
12.98
12.78
13.82
24.71
NS'
8.13
1.93
24.71
12.56
6.37
0.55
"No sample available for analysis.
                                     B-30

-------
     Storm Event
      Number
                                   TABLE B-30.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA -UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Bicarbonate (mg/L)
  MCTT and     Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber     MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand     Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
61.05
41.66
44.92
80.33
22.95
12.37
21.28
36.62
27.22
26.63
46.30
43.71
23.74
12.37
80.33
36.62
18.48
0.49
29.60
34.58
37.21
47.89
25.63
15.84
20.29
40.68
25.24
33.16
45.12
46.08
23.94
15.84
47.89
33.16
10.34
0.32
35.73
34.24
39.89
50.66
32.28
27.41
33.16
37.91
42.16
50.28
NS°
50.23
35.45
27.41
50.66
36.82
7.75
0.20
14.91
8.91
5.74
13.66
12.87
17.61
17.62
21.18
21.58
19.40
13.86
NS'
16.23
5.74
21.58
15.57
4.72
0.31
•No sample available for analysis.
                                    B-31

-------
                                   TABLE B-31.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA -UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Carbonate (mg/L)
     Storm Event        MCTT and      Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber    MCTT and
      Number      Catch Basin Inlet Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand    Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.06
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.03
0.05
0.02
0.00
0.06
0.02
0.02
0.88
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.03
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.00
0,01
0.02
0.05
0.02
0.00
0,05
0,01
0.01
0.89
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.03
o.oi
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
NS*
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.05
0.01
0.01
0.82
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
NS'
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.69
"No sample available for analysis.
                                   B-32

-------
                                     TABLE B-32.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Cadmium (u.g/L)
                                      1DL = 1 ug/L
     Storm Event
       Number
  MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
2.9
2.0

-------
                                      TABLE B-33.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                     Cadmium (ug/L)
                                       IDL= 1 ug/L
      Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
2.0
2.0

-------
                                      TABLE B-34.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UMFILTERED SAMPLES
                                      Copper (ng/L)
                                     IDL = 0.25 ug/L
     Storm Event         MCTT and      Catch Basin to
       Number         Catch Basin Inlet   Settlins Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
96.7
11.9
<1DL b
32.9
23.0
25.9
12.7
23.7
32.6
25.1
65.0
20.8
12.9

-------
                                    TABLE B-35.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Copper (ng/L)
                                   IDL = 0.25
     Storm Event       MCTT and      Catch Basin to    Settling Chamber    MCTT and
      Number       Catch Basin Inlet  Settling Chamber     to Peat-sand    Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
13.5
35.6
6.8
9.8
26.8
23.5
12.2
14.4
9.5
13.3
28.1
10.3
12.1
6.8
35.6
13.3
8.9
0.53
14.3
13.4
55.2
68.4
21.1
58.9
14.4
17.4
11.4
30.6
20.2
11.8
13.5
11.4
68.4
17.4
20.2
0.75
13.9
27.8
35.2
6.3
27.6
27.3
11.2
29.3
13.9
8.1
NS°
156.2
6.3
6.3
156.2
20.6
40.9
1.4
10.8
20.2
28.8
2.6
23.0
23.7
80.3
34.1
25.7
6.6
11.1
NS
0.9
0.9
80.3
21.6
21.1
0.95
"No sample available for analysis.
                                     B-36

-------
                                      TABLE B-36.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                       Lead (ng/L)
                                     IDL= 1.25
     Storm Event         MCTT and      Catch Basin to
       Number     ,    Catch Basin Inlet   Settlins Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
70.8
12.5
3.5
12.9
7.6
16.0
11.6
29.8
33.8
25.0
19.5
6.7
18.9
3.5
70.8
16.0
17.5
0.85
15.1
5.7
5.0
14.6
3.5
14.4
22.1
57.3
15.4
56.0
11.6
6.7
15.8
3.5
57.3
14.6
17.7
0.94
4.6

-------
                                       TABLE B-37.
                   MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                         Lead (ng/L)
                                       IDL= 1.25ng/L
      Storm Event         MCTT and       Catch Basin to
       Number         Catch Basin Inlet   Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
          4
          5
          6
          7
          8
          9
          10
          11
          12
          13
 Min. Concentration
 Max. Concentration
 Median Concentration
 Standard Deviation
 COV

-------
                                   TABLE B-38.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Zinc (jig/L)
                                  IDL = 0.5
     Storm Event        MCTT and      Catch Basin to   Settling Chamber    MCTT and
      Number      Catch Basin Inlet Settling Chamber    to Peat-sand    Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
225
4022
42
96
68
50
326
178
168
191
422
157
263
42
4022
178
1071
2.2
164
53
44
235
4.5
36
187
194
155
337
286
169
109
4.5
337
164
100
0.66
198
43
31
37
12
26
168
76
60
80
NS°
80
58
12
198
59
57
0.78
31
2578
17
99
4.6
23
11
12
11
18
11
NS
24
4.6
2578
18
738
3.1
'No sample available for analysis.
                                     B-39

-------
                                      TABLE B-39.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                        Zinc (u-g/L)
                                      IDL = 0.5 |ag/L
      Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
26.6
5.2
4.3
13.8
60.2
1.4

-------
                                     TABLES-40.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                      Phenol (|ig/L)
                                     IDL = 0.38 |ig/L
     Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
~l
->
J
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
8.04
0.71

-------
                                      TABLE B-41.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                              N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine (ng/L)
                                      IDL= I.
      Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
•^
j
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
39.75
7.11
<1DL b
0.36
3.94
3.99
<1DL
1.45
10.65

-------
                                    TABLE B-42.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Hexachloroethane (ug/L)
                                    IDL = 0.40 |ug/L
Storm Event
Number
1
T
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1 1
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
2.26
2.38

-------
                                      TABLE B-43.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Nitrobenzene (u.g/L)
                                      IDL = 0.48
      Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
•>
j
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
12.81
2.36

-------
                                     TABLE B-44.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - LTNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                   2-Nitrophenol (ug/L)
                                     IDL = 0.90
     Storm Event
       Number
  MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
<1DL b
<1DL
<1DL

-------
                                      TABLE B-45.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 2,4 Dimethyphenol (ng/L)
                                     IDL = 0.68ug/L
      Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
->
j
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV

-------
                                      TABLE B-46.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                 Hexachlorobutadiene (u.g/L)
                                          = 0.22|ag/L
     Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
15.95
3.31
<1DL b

-------
                                      TABLE B-47.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                               4-Chloro-3-methyphenol (u.g/L)
                                     IDL = 0.75 ug/L
     Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
6.83
1.09

-------
                                      TABLE B-48.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                    4-Nitrophenoi (ug/L)
     Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settlina Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV

-------
                                       TABLE B-49.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - (JNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Pentachlorophenol (ug/L)
                                      IDL = 0.90
      Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV

-------
                                      TABLE B-50.
                MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                    Fluoranthene  (u.g/L)
                                      IDL = 0.55 u,g/L
     Storm Event
       Number
  MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
•7
3
4
5
6
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
1.05

-------
                                      TABLE B-51.
                  MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - FILTERED SAMPLES
                                       Pyrene (ug/L)
                                      IDL = 0.48 f.ig/L
      Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Min. Concentration
Max. Concentration
Median Concentration
Standard Deviation
COV
0.83
<1DL b

-------
                                       TABLE B-52.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                               Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (ng/L)
                                       IDL = 0.62 ug/L
     Storm Event
       Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2.11

-------
                                       TABLE B-53.
                 MCTT PERFORMANCE DATA - UNFILTERED SAMPLES
                                   Di-n-octylphthalate (u,g/L)
                                       IDL = 0.62 u.g/L
      Storm Event
        Number
   MCTT and
Catch Basin Inlet
 Catch Basin to
Settling Chamber
Settling Chamber
  to Peat-sand
  MCTT and
Peat-sand Outlei
          4
          5
          6
          7
          8
          9
          10
          11
          12
0.96
<1DL b
<1DL
0.69
0.86

-------
                                     Table B-54. Observed MCTT Influent Pesticide Concentrations (ug/L)
Sample
estimatec
874
908
936
964
992
1020
1048
1097
1287
1315
1403
1512
1621
876
910
938
966
994
1022
1050
1099
1289
1317
1405
1514
1623

Storm Event
J MDL (ng/L)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
' '" 7
8
9
~10
11
12
13

Chamber

























C


Filtered

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
P
F
F

alpha-BHC
8













14













gamma-BHC
3




18



23


















heptachlor
7









11


. _..











9


beta-BHC
2

12
17
24
31
6
35
12
12

11
10
3
17
9
10
11
18
5
29
8


5
7
4

delta-BHC
9






17




















aldrin
48
530
197
82
96
133
49
941
140
284
656
181
59
105
626
146
85
68
97

838
102
512
979
89
33
65

heptachlor epoxide
11
20








15

















endosulfan I
15













37











	 	

4,4'-DDE
26

























- - 	 -
~.
Cd
                                                                                                             Continued

-------
                                                             Table B-54.  Continued
CO

LH
ON
Sample
estimated
874
908
936
964
992
1020
1048
1097
1287
1315
1403
1512
1621
876
910
938
966
994
1022
1050
1099
1289
1317
1405
1514
1623
Storm Event
dDL (ng/L)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Chamber



























Filtered

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
/
F
F
F
F
dieldrin
12
169
140
49
23
121

170
55
112
154
26


171
103
56

72

35
61
103
110
35


endrin
26



39


42
46
48
37
67
36
26



35


29
32
37
40
50
29

4,4'-DDD
7
142
52
21
45
32

139
104
95
185
103
49
20
143
45
26
49
28

114
94
91
201
89
48
15
eridosulfan II
5










6


_ . _









8


4,4'-DDT
31
139


152
60

51
113


68
35








66
108

61
31
39
endrin aldehyde
47


























endosulfan sulfate
8
47
28
9
35
44
12
75
83
104
85
98
27
29
16
11
36
11
20


13
13
11
15
10
12
melhoxychlor
39
170
51
41
138
186

296
330

335

251
181






92

113
40
121
92

endrin ketone
7
11


8
25

11
17
19
17
18
15
17
10

7
88
20

9
37
7
17
,72
40
28

-------
                   Table B-55. Observed Pesticide Concentrations after Grit Chamber and before Main Settling Chamber
CO
Sample
Storm Event
e»Umated MDL (ng/L)
877
911
939
967
995
1023
1051
1100
1290
1318
1406
1515
1624
900
913
941
969
997
1025
1053
1102
1292
1320
1408
1517
1626
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Chamber

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
I)
II
II
Filtered

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N "
N
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F"
F
F
F
F
F
alpha-BHC
8
13












17






8


11


gamma-BHC
3








24



4












	
heptachlor
_ _ ._

. .. _








8



- • •" 	






. 	 	

12

8
	
tote-BHC
2

8
10
13
22
7
31
9


5
4
6

12
11
12
25
3
31
8
16


3
4
detta-BHC
9


























aldrin
48
515
165
104
98
113
83
843
84
299
148
108
53
138
832
184
100
80
111

841

611
747
117

60
heptachlor epoxide
11












- -













endosulfan I
15



15





















-- -
4.4'-DDE
26


























                                                                                                         Continued

-------
                                                               Table B-55. Continued
to

i!/<
CO
Sample
estimated
877
911
939
967
995
1023
1051
1100
1290
1318 "
1406
1515
1624
900
913
941
969
997
1025
1053
1102
1292
1320
1408
1517
1626
Storm Event
WDL (ng/L)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Chamber

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II ""
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
Filtered

N
N
N
N
N
N
N "
N
N
N
N
N
N
F
F
F
F
F
F
F "
F
F
F
F
F
F
dieldrin
12
203
92
60
25
63

156
50

107
26


232
131
66
27
112

115
53
136
117
38


endrin
26



41


37
57
44
49
38
39




41
._.

39
35
41
50
56
37

4,4'-DDD
7
112
37
27
49
28

129
108
108
208
114
41
22
125
52
29
47
31

133
100
105
234
105
42
17
endosulfan II
5












----- - -













4,4'-DDT
31






99
79





-





92
73
93

56


endrin aldehyde
47


























endosulfan sulfate
8
77
27

24
47
8
75
83
103
102
100
26
37
8
10
41
11
21


15
17
50
19
11
11
methoxychlor
39
337
48


225

303
326
438
95
225
78
40






108

109
218

126

endrin ketone
7
16
11
8
94


11
21
7
18
23
15
14
18
10
9
79
17

10
44

19
79
41
28

-------
               Table B-56. Observed Pesticide Concentrations after Main Settling Chamber and before Final MCTT Chamber (ng/L)
00
Sample
•stimate
879
914
950
970
998
1026
1026
1054
1103
1293
1321
1518
1627
881
916
952
972
1000
1028
1028
1056
1105
1295
1323
1520
1629
Storm Event
A MDL (ng/L)
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
Chamber

III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
II
III
II
II
Filtered

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
-
F
r
F
~

alpha-BHC
8
16




667
785






14




14
18

16




gamma-BHC
i





1938
2305











48
54






heptachlor
7





1710
1828











44
46






beta-BHC
2
15
9
10
22
5
1927
2092

10
9
7

9
15
7
9
17
6
39
40

7

8
3
9
delta-BHC
9





1250
1451











46
48






aldrin
48
501
60
66
52

2672
3122
131

72
60


600
58
53
51
70
117
133
170
30
101
80


heptachlor epoxide
11





4633
5339











119
123






endosulfan I
15





4147
5173











129
132





- -
4,4'-DDE
26





7448
8288











135
142






                                                                                                     Continued

-------
                                                           Table B-56.  Continued
td

ON
o
Sample
estimated
879
914
950
970
998
1026
1026
1054
1103
1293
1321
1518
1627
881
916
952
972
1000
1028
1028
1056
1105
1295
1323
1520
1629
Storm Event
MDL (ng/L)
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
Chamber

III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
III
111
III
III
III
III
III
Filtered

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
dieldrin
12
161

21
35

7027
7833
47


36


146


29
43
162
194
80

21
26

30
endrin
26



40

8755
44
10082
36
57
58
32




42

184
58
199
36
63
62
38

4,4'-DDD
7
90
20
17
36
8
4398
5084
98
21
38
48
19
13
102
21
14
39
19
146
153
130
22
125
148
33
17
endosulfan II
5





3393
4258











144
149





...
4,4'-DDT
31





1801
1769


61








113
104






endrin aldehyde
47





2900
3531











79
99






endosulfan sulfale
8
38

12
15
18
6459
6980
53
29
62
60
10

31
13
26
9

141
142

22
89
13
10
13
methoxychlor
39
124




2797
2776
204
143
283
225
96
51
73

56


103
79
107
97
171
81
123

endrin ketone
7
16
7
9
79

3741
4498
7
23
35
40
53
23
12
7

63
5
159
175
8
35
5
13



-------
                                     Table B-57. Observed Pesticide Concentrations in MCTT Effluent (ug/L)
CO
Ox
Sample
estimate!
8B2
917
953
973
1001
1029
1029
1057
1106
1296
1324
1412
1630
901
919
955
975
1003
1031
1031
1059
1108
1296
1328
1414
1832
Storm Event
J MDL (ng/L)
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
6
9
10
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
Chamber

IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
Filtered

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
alpha-BHC
8
9




13
15
10










23
23
12





gamma-BHC
3





58
68











75
76






heplachlor
7





49
57






—




66
63






beta-BHC
2
10
9
g
18
5
46
55
9
6
6
8
15
7
10
10
11
22
6
56
55
10
8
6
9
9
8
delta-BHC
9





65
76











63
65






aldrin jheptachlor epoxide
48





135
163
66










145
152
68





11





222
265











177
177






endosulfan I
15





249
296











191
193






4,4'-DDE
26





308
386











218
215






                                                                                                           Continued

-------
                                                           Table B-57. Continued
CO
Sample
estimated
882
917
953
973
1001
1029
1029
1057
1106
1296
1324
1412
1630
901
919
955
975
1003
1031
1031
1059
1108
1298
1326
1414
1632
Storm Event
dDL (ng/L)
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
Chamber

IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
Filtered

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
dieldrin
12





293
383











238
254
23





endrln
26



29

388
32
492
32
35

32




40

283
31
283
32


32

4,4'-DDD
7
24
14
9
28
10
309
370
63
23
17
24
30
9
28
14
7
30
12
224
228
70
66
52
76
43
11
endosulfan II
5





287
336











221
225






4,4'-DDT
31





247
274









39

192
163




37

endrin aldehyde
47





188
226











155
164






endosulfan sulfate
8





297
349
18
12
38
20
14
9



10

228
220
18
9
9

8
8
methoxychlor
39


63


350
378

68
164
37
77



62


234
184


65

76

endrin ketone
7
19


62

326
362
41
43
41
21
20
33



37

247
240
7
17
11
11
12
7

-------
           Appendix C
Source Area Pollutant Observations
               C-l

-------
Table C-l. Roof Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations
                        1-Resid. Roof
                                          7-Apt. Roof
23-Resid. Roof
24-Resid. Roof

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexacnloroethane
Naphthalene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,l) perlene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

70
92
0.4

6.6
12
3.8

59
23
14
12
10
10
9
9


14
82










14
3.4
11





46
0.9

620
30
40
170
70
7.9
1580
Filtered

86
98
0.4






































230
0.3
2.3



1550
Non-
filtered

23
24


7.0
17
8.9

46
42
39
36
32
30
28
23

21
55
147










6.4
12
34






0.5

8370
0.68

30
170
30
60
Filtered

55
65
















17






















1550


1.3


46
Non-
filtered

2
15


6.7
3
1

25
16
11
10
9
9
8
8

























80
0.57
10
20
3.1
4.4
140
Filtered

15
26







































6.4


2.6


140
Non-
filtered

11
29


5.9
92
5.5

69
45
35
18
16
14
11
8

























380
0.32

10
3.2
30
395
Filtered

31
48







































8.7
0.18

8.7


250
                                          C-2

-------
Table C-l. Roof Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)
                        25-Resid. Roof
10-Car Service
Roof
31-Com. Roof
                                                                       34-Com. Roof

Microtox Toxicity
110 (c/o light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol ) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Naphthalene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,l) perlene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

40
46


6.0
10
2

17
15
13
11
11
10
10
9






31


















120
0.19
10
1.5
10
3.6
210
Filtered

37
40







































16
0.13

1.1


210
Non-
filtered

34
40


7.2
1
1.2

84
67
Filtered

39
45








38
22
16 :
10 ;
8
5

87
88
68
56
187

22
24
105
45
28
16
73
266
221
300





0.3





17
23


13




4.8














270 : 75

510
1.7
1.3





410 250
Non-
filtered

19
19


4.4
<1
7.3

84
58
32
15
9
8
7
5

























25
0.95

13
80
2.6
110
Filtered

35
36







































11
0.13

1.6


110
Non-
filtered

25
29


7.0
7
1.5

27
21
11
5
5
4
4
3

























160
0.28


5.3
70
23
Filtered

33
33







































160





23
                                          C-3

-------
Table C-l. Roof Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)
                        14-lndus. Roof
                                          49- Indus. Flat
                                          Roof
52- Indus. Flat
Roof
58- Indus. Flat
Roof

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Naphthalene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,l) perlene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

0
3


7.3
11
8.9

58
16
9
7
7
6
6
5

20



48




15



28
12
52


0.7
1.1
0.7

2.2

380
1.4

900
80

15
Filtered

16
17



















21




14














30


1.7


15
Non-
filtered

13
16


8.4
6
3.5

53
42
27
21
18
17
16
15

























322
1.5
5
10
5.7
4.9
87
Filtered

17
22







































322
0.6




51
Non-
filtered

30
35


8.2
2
2

16
14
12
11
10
10
9
8










7.6














420
1.0
10
30
50
5.4
11
Filtered

13
21







































162
0.52
1.4



9
Non-
filtered

21
26


8.2
1
1.5

17
14
8
6
6
6
5
5

























154
1.0
9.1
20
15
5.3
21
Filtered

25
29







































154
0.68

3.7
1.1

12
                                          C-4

-------
Table C-2. Parking Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlbrobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Naphthalene
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,l) perlene
Pesticides Detected
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
D->
Non-
filtered

61
66


7.3
22
17

52
40
32
27
25
23
22
18


9.6





1
1
1.8







1.4


3420
70
310
440
3.3

88
\pt.
Filtered

45
49
































0.2


1110
0.3

2.8
1.5

88
f
Non-
filtered

8
9


6.9
9
14

52
45
38
32
28
27
24
20


33
81


41

94
80
55
29
132
11
78
20

0.3



1580
0.5
270
130
130
70
40
i-Apt.
Filtered

26
27






















4.8
19











110


1.3


23
2
Non-
filtered

9
19


6.7
27
7.7

57
42
30
25
23
22
19
17



217
47







10
8
21




0.8

780
10
40
60
130
60
30
-Inst.
Filtered

27
37



































230
0.2




25
9
Non-
filtered

0
0


7.5
52
7.9

62
51
36
28
26
23
20
17

15
60
102
41
72
13
21
16
40
16

18
42
20




1.2

130
0.72
5.9
12
30

30
•Com.
Filtered

38
41
















17


6.6















130

1.2



14
                                       C-5

-------
Table C-2. Parking Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ug/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Naphthalene
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,l) perlene
Pesticides Detected
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
16-lnst.
Non-
filtered

29
35


8.5
750
720

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

24



















22500

>2.4
770
130
20
150
Unpaved
Filtered

13
13



































120

2.4
2.6
1.2

23
2
Ur
Non-
filtered

7
22


8.0
32
63

44
41
38
33
30
29
28
25





















620
0.25

10
1
40
13
7-lnst.
i paved
Filtered

4
20



































620


2.0


13
29-ln
Non-
filtered

9
10


7.4
181
67

9
9
8
8
8
7
7
6





















6480
0.24
30
30
30
10
24
st. Paved
Filtered

16
16



































480


2.7


18
3(
Non-
filtered

9
14


7.2
69
8

59
47
37
29
26
24
21
17





















880
0.39
5.2
10
29
50
25
)-Com.
Filtered

29
29



































32
0.10

1.6


23
                                      C-6

-------
Table C-2. Parking Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)
                        37-Com. Paved
44-Com.
 Paved
S1-Com.
 Paved
S2-Com.
 Paved

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (|ig/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Naphthalene
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,l) perlene
Pesticides Detected
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

8
8


7.7
67
8.8

66
54
46
39
36
33
29
24





















1530
1.5
25
30
70
50
95
Filtered

9
10



































34


9.2

1.6
14
Non-
filtered

11
16


8.2
14
4.2

59
39
18
15
14
13
12
10





















390
2.6
60

5.6
4.2
12
Filtered

22
33



































91
0.23
1.3



7
Non-
filtered

34
48


5.6
50
20

47
42
39
36
34
33
32
28





















>222
1.6
4.6
70
31
28
277,
Filtered

30
43



































222
1.2
2.0
31
2.1
3.2
259
Non-
filtered

65
72
0.25

5.9
22
4.8

73
47
30
23
21
19
18
17





















271
0.63
11
33
39
5.4
308
Filtered

55
61
0.23


































14
0.46
1.1
22
2.0
2.6
253
                                         C-7

-------
Table C-2. Parking Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Naphthalene
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,l) perlene
Pesticides Detected
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Methoxychlor
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
S3-Cor
Non-
filtered

47
60
0.65

5.7
27
2.0

53
46
39
34
33
31
29
26




















0.3

262
3.4
5.0
99
29
67
647
n. Paved
Filtered

35
58
0.38



































<5
1.8
5.0
61
5.2
13
558
3£
U
Non-
filtered

22
22


7.7
457
57

51
50
48
44
41
38
35
31






















4290
0.11
4.5
20
60
130
27
-Indus.
npaved
Filtered

11
14




































2890

2.1
7.9
1.4

27
41
U
Non-
filtered

18
26


8.7
39
62

43
41
39
35
32
30
28
24






















4840
1
11
10
14
70
30
l-lndus.
npaved
Filtered

23
29




































100
0.47

1.8
1.2

6
56
U
Non-
filtered

15
19


7.4
13
8.1

49
45
41
37
34
32
29
25






















303
1.9
3.8
10
10
20
28
-Indus.
npaved
Filtered

22
22




































303
1.0
3.1
1.1
2.5

24

-------
Table C-3. Storage Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations
                           43-Com.
46-Com.
13-lndus.
Unpaved
51 -Indus.

Microtox Toxicity
11 0(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction) ,
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl fiexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Pesticides Detected
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

0.2
8


8.1
17
3.5

76
58
34
20
17
16
14
10



31




180
2.2
7.5
10
50
60
29
Filtered

0
0






















54
0.72


1.6

14
Non-
filtered

21
26


7.7 !
7
6.1

48
31
24
20
18
18
17
16








<5
16
3.7
10
3.6
1.9
103
Filtered

8
15








•













<5
1.6

1.3
1.8

103
Non-
filtered

36
36


7.6
453
260

7
7
6
6
5
5
5
4

16
4.5

8 __[

1.1

6990
2.4
340
300
310
60
290 |
Filtered

57
57















14






37


1.7


9
Non-
filtered

100
100
0.1

11.6
21
21

68
53
46
38
35
32
28
23








1360
10
90
30
9.4
30
12
Filtered

100
100
0.1





















744
1.3
8.1
1
1.6


                                          C-9

-------
Table C-3. Storage Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)
                           53-lndus.
                           Unpaved
 54-lndus.
Unpaved RR
   ROW
55-lndus.
Unpaved
S6-Junkyard

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (|ig/L)
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Pesticides Detected
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

36
38


9.0
254
119

31
30
28
25
23
23
22
18








6040
3.2
20
120
330
90
260
Filtered

11
8






















<5
0.42
1.1

5.7

8
Non-
filtered

9
10


7.9
10
12

31
29
25
23
21
20
18
17








590
0.91
60
10
30
20
25
Filtered

8
6






















10
0.42
1.7
1.5
1.6

6
Non-
filtered

49
45


10.0
5
2.4

16
15
13
11
10
10
10
9








480
10
69
30
8.4
7.9
21
Filtered

67
68
0.6





















182
0.27
32
1
2.5

2
Non-
filtered

100
100
0.02

6.5
38
15

55
49
47
40
38
36
34
30






29

584
17
12
1830
99
167
13100 '
Filtered

100
100
0.07





















33
10
12
1520
3.5
87
13
                                         C-10

-------
Table C-4. Street Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (u,g/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Pesticides Detected
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
26-R
Non-
filtered

0
19


6.9
7
3.3

67
51
34
26
22
20
17
16












70
0.35
2.8
10
30
3.3
58
esid.
Filtered

12
30


























18
0.10
1.3
1.7
3.9

58
42
Non-
filtered

0
0


7.4
22
7.6

82
55
26
16
15
14
13
11




305







292
0.56
3.2
10
1.5
1.2
17
School
Filtered

0
I 0


























292
0.51

0.97
1.5

3
A
Non-
filtered

27
32


8.0
94
64

20
17
16
15
14
13
12
11


5.4
0.6

1






10040
0.40
30
1250
150
2.8
130
Indus.
Filtered

45
48
















3.3
05

0.7






4380
0.20
2.7
2.1


76
15
Non-
filtered

33
36


7.4
52
83

38
36
34
31
29
27
25
21

15




14
15
19

0.8

3880
220

360
30

80
-Indus.
Filtered

10
10


























50


2.9


6
                                       C-ll

-------
Table C-4. Street Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (jig/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Pesticides Detected
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
40-1
Non-
filtered

33
37


7.7
105
42

26
25
22
19
18
17
16
15












4020
1.3
10
20
40
70
56
ndus.
Filtered

43
43


























410
0.16
1.3
11
1.5

23
50
Non-
filtered

22
32


8.4
11
3.3

51
42
36
31
29
27
24
21












>151
1.0
3.3
10
5.0
6.3
>4
-Indus.
Filtered

10
17


























151
0.57
2.0

1.1

4
                                      C-12

-------
Table C-5. Loading Dock Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
135 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Pesticides Detected
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
38-I
Non-
filtered

12
17


7.1
47
18

55
52
49
44
41
39
35
29


1

810
2.4
2.4
15
60
4.2
79
idus.
Filtered

21
21


















18
0.56

15

1.3
62
47
Non-
filtered

31
36


8.3
34
7

46
25
20
17
16
16
14
13




590
1.2
8.9
20
80
8.1
31
-Indus.
Filtered

28
35


















<5
0.48




4
57
Non-
filtered

31
37


8.0
39
25

82
55
26
16
15
14
13
11




930
0.73
40
30
25
7.8
<1
-Indus.
Filtered

9
9


















<5
0.28

2.6
2.3


                                     C-13

-------
Table C-6. Vehicle Service Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations
                          C-Gas Station
5-Car Service
8-Car Wash
45-Auto Serv.
   Stor.

Microtox Toxicity
110 ("Alight decrease)
I36 (% light decrease)
EC 50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
1 0% larger (by vol.) than;
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals detected (ng/L)
8is(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylerte
Fluorene
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Pesticides Detected
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum \
Cadmium j
Chromium !
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

0
0


7.8
22
11

84
59
46
23
20
18
17
15


6




0.8













1340 I
30 j
320
6.6 i
90
60
83
Filtered

0
0
















4.9


















n/a
0.2 j

6.3


83
Non-
filtered

32
49


7.3
17
12

47
42
37
33
29
27
25
22


72
161

37





53
38
39
25
107
15
60

0.8

1370
1.7 i
30 I
580 t
110
10
130
Filtered

40
46



































410


1.1


13
Non-
filtered

10
16


7.3
38
2.6

64
48
30
22
18
17
16
13

45
65
74
57
104


11
44
47
25
51
31

90
103
120



230
10
2.4
1.5
60
70
50
Filtered

14
20















23
47

53
82



11
16
6.8
7.4








200





23
Non-
filtered

5
9


8.1
22
4.8

31
17
12
10
10
10
9
8





















490
2.1
8.1
10
30
7.9
30
Filtered

0
3



































63
0.34

2.1
1.4

11
                                          C-14

-------
Table C-6. Vehicle Service Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)
                        S4-Car Service

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Pesticides Detected
Chlordane
Methoxychlor
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

44
49


5.3
20
21

66
63
60
57
55
54
52
47




















0.3

93
2.4
11
76
27
62
234
Filtered

45
50




































<5
0.50
2.5
24
3.4
31
234
                                        C-15

-------
Table C-7. Landscaped Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations
                            E-Park
41-Resid.
 Lawn
                                                          17-lnst. Grass
28-lnst. Grass

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Pesticides Detected
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

8
10


6.4
12
62

50
37
33
28
26
25
23
21


4.5






0.7







2920

2.2
50
70

83
Filtered

4
11































1860

1.5
1.7


83
Non-
filtered

18
23


6.4
10
13

50
35
30
25
24
23
20
17

















180
1.0
110
4
1.7
30
32
Filtered

39
47































120
1.0
1.6
0.94
1.7

32
Non-
filtered

0
0


7.2
11
6

49
44
39
36
31
28
25
22

56
54
85
12
49
28
20
128
38
8.2
54
30
61
54


2090
0.04
100
110
1.4
130
24
Filtered

0
0































810


3.6


24
Non-
filtered

0
12


7
81
64

37
36
33
29
27
25
24
22

















1770
0.32
10
10
9.4
30
18
Filtered

6
21































1650

1.4
2.0


18
                                         C-16

-------
Table C-7. Landscaped Area Runoff Sheetflow Quality Observations (Continued)
                        B-lndus. Grass
S5-lndus.
Sidewalk

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 , 3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Pesticides Detected
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

25
74
0.5

6.2
74
130

13
12
11
10
9
9
9
8


>7.5

>6




1.3
2.3






4610

250
300
60

1160
Filtered

75
80
0.4















7.5

6




1.3







1590

4.1
8.3


669
Non-
filtered

7
10


7.0
8
0.5

71
59
31
16
13
11
10
8

















<5
>0.11
3.2
17
3.5
21
32
Filtered

6
9































<5
0.11
1.5
8.8
<1
2.1
32
                                        C-17

-------
Table C-8. Dry Weather Urban Creek Water Quality Observations
                           35-Det. Pond
                             Influent
33-Det. Pond
  Influent
12-Det. Pond
  Influent
4-Det. Pond
  Influent

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,i) perylene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

5
5


7.0
135
59

41
39
35
30
27
25
24
22






























3250
10
10
6.2
60
30
32
Filtered

9
17












































500


1.3


17
Non-
filtered

0
0


6.8
126
30

54
50
44
38
34
32
29
25






























2310
0.33
3.7
6.4
16
10
20
Filtered

23
26












































350


1.5

3.6
20
Non-
filtered

20
20


7.2
5
7.9

83
45
29
23
21
19
17
16

204
120
78
38
21
297



69
40
59
128

102
61
237
64
78
126









103
0.76
2.4
310
100
70
23
Filtered

27
61
0.7



















6.7























43





23
Non-
filtered

30
36


7.1
30
7.7

56
50
45
39
36
34
32
28


65
40
25













8
31
19









920
30
30
440
2.8

25
Filtered

33
42












































120


1.2


16
                                            C-18

-------
Table C-8. Dry Weather Urban Creek Water Quality Observations (Continued)
                           59-Linda Dr.
                             Creek
61-Shades
Plaza Creek
62-Patton Cr.
 at Hwy 31
63-Patton CR.
 at P.C. Rd.

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected ((ig/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,i) perylene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

17
17


6.9
23
5.4

73
62
49
37
32
29
25
22






























353
>0.31
52
10
23
1.7
11
Filtered

0
2




,







































321
0.31
3.1
1.6
<1
<1
10
Non-
filtered

0
0


7.6
8
1.2

52
37
25
19
17
17
16
14






























251
<0.1
30
10
23
>2.1
5
Filtered

12
20












































251
<0.1
<0.1
<1
1.5
2.1
3
Non-
filtered

0
0


8.1
12
0.7

84
72
45
20
16
14
11
9






























251
<0.1
14
4.8
2.9
<1
10
Filtered

1
7












































251
<0.1
<0.1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Non-
filtered

0
0


8.2
5
0.5

51
33
17
12
10
9
8
7






























>303
<0.1
<0.1
4.7
1.5
2.1
3
Filtered

0
0












































303
<0.1
<0.1
<1
<1
<1
<1
                                           C-19

-------
Table C-8. Dry Weather Urban Creek Water Quality Observations (Continued)
                         69-Shades Cr. at
                            Irondale
70-Shades Ck.
 at Mt. Brook
71-Shades Cr.
at Brookwood
76-Shades Cr.
 at Oxmoor

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,i) perylene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

5
7


8.2
5
0.4

23
17
16
14
13
12
11
10






























53
<0.1
>38
2.9
1.4
13
4
Filtered

5
6












































<5
<0.1
3.8
<1
<1
1.9
4
Non-
filtered

11
15


8.6
5
0.6

85
63
26
16
12
10
9
7






























94
<0.1
22
3.0
21
<1
<1
Filtered

9
13












































93
<0.1
1.7
<1
1.6
<1
<1
Non-
filtered

6
13


8.2
30
0.4

63
36
25
20
17
17
16
14






























284
<1
>0.72
4.8
13
22
4
Filtered

2
2












































92
<0.1
0.72
1.2
<1
<1
1
Non-
filtered

0
7


7.7
27
23

52
50
46
43
40
38
35
29






























1180
<0.1
2.6
11
13
24
9
Filtered

11
11












































64
<0.1
0.26
<1
<1
1.7
5
                                          C-20

-------
Table C-8. Dry Weather Urban Creek Water Quality Observations (Continued)
                           74-Little Cahaba
                              at Moody
 73-Little
Cahaba at
  Leeds
 72-Little
Cahaba at
Bailey Rd.
  75-Little
Cahaba below
    Dam

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L) ^
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Cnrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,i) perylene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

6
7


7.7
20
1.4

42
38
33
29
27
25
23
22






























252
<0.1
>5.7
3.0
1.9
<1
4
Filtered

12
14














n/a1





























<5
<0.1
5.7
<1
<1
<1
4
Non-
filtered

0
0


7.7
8
2.5

47
37
26
20
18
17
16
15






























180
0.14
3.8
2.2
1.6
63
1
Filtered

13
13














n/a'





























43
<0.1
0.19
<1
<1
<1
<1
Non-
filtered

4
4


8.0
7
1.7

27
17
15
12
11
10
10
9






























84
<1
26
2.3
30
74
2
Filtered

6
11












































84
<1
0.49
<1
<1
<1
<1
Non-
filtered

4
9


7.8
7
5.7

50
40
32
26
24
23
21
18






























24
<0.1
17
14
2.1
30
4
Filtered

5
6














n/a'





























<5
<0.1
0.83
<1
1.4
<1
4
 sample bottle for filterable BNA analyses broke for these samples.
                                              C-21

-------
Table C-8. Dry Weather Urban Creek Water Quality Observations (Continued)
                          70(2)-Shades Cr.
                           at Mt. Brook
71(2)-Shades
   Cr. at
 Brookwood
72(2)-Little
Cahaba at
Bailey Rd.

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichloro benzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,i) perylene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

15
9.4


8.4
10
0.2

60
32
17
12
11
10
9
8






























<5
<0.1
>1.4
21
16
<1
11
Filtered

21
17












































<5
<0.1
1.4
1.7
1.5
<1
11
Non-
filtered

0
0


7.9
7
0.2

51
32
16
8
7
6
6
5






























<5
0.18
>4.3
42
11
35
6
Filtered

0
7.3












































<5
0.18
4.3
1.2
1.4
<1
6
Non-
filtered

0
0


7.9
30
0.8

60
54
48
41
39
37
34
30






























692
<0.1
3.9
<1
44
1.8
9
Filtered

7
21












































<5
<0.1
1.2
<1
1.1
<1
9
                                           C-22

-------
Table C-9. Dry Weather Urban Detention Pond Water Quality Observations
                         3-Hoover Pond
                                              11-
                                           Georgetown
32-Georgetoen
    Lake
36-Hoover
  Pond

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ug/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,i) perylene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

5
12


7.0
6
4

76
65
45
17
15
14
12
10






18






6.6

6














230
0.20
230
210
1.5
70
22
Filtered

0
15




















6.6






6.6

5.8














210
0.04




22
Non-
filtered

16
16


7.1
5
4.5

87
72
39
26
23
21
18
16

15
27

53

68



10
5.8
13
14

57














860
0.12
1
70
1

25
Filtered

0
0
















21



17























51





25
Non-
filtered

9
13


6.9
33
28

55
49
44
37
34
32
29
24






























1350
0.28
10
23
8.8
30
22
Filtered

4
9












































330





22
Non-
filtered

16
16


7.6
12
8.5

85
77
58
34
24
20
17
15






























190
1

22
2.2
10
10
Filtered

20
20












































190





10
                                          C-23

-------
Table C-9. Dry Weather Urban Detention Pond Water Quality Observations (Continued)
                          60-Mt. Lake
64-Star Lake
    65-
Georgetown L
                               66-Hoover
                                 Pond

Micro t ox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
\35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,i) perylene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

8
9


7.2
7
4.5

52
48
42
37
34
32
30
27






























>362
11
15
19
4.5
<1
<1
Filtered

7
12












































362
0.2
<0.1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Non-
filtered

25
25


7.2
60
13.7

62
57
50
44
40
37
34
29






























1480
0.13
<0.1
0.2
55
1.2
10
Filtered

0
0












































<5
0.10
<0.1
<1
<1
<1
8
Non-
filtered

2
2


7.0
13
2.7

59
42
35
31
28
27
25
22






























334
<0.1
33
11
31
37
>12
Filtered

5
6












































<5
<0.1
<0.1
<1
<1
2.2
12
Non-
filtered

11
11


7.6
7
2.5

52
35
26
23
21
19
18
16






























141
<0.1
<0.1
10
43
<1.6
3
Filtered

16
17












































121
<0.1
<0.1
<1
<1
1.6
3
                                         C-24

-------
Table C-9. Dry Weather Urban Detention Pond Water Quality Observations (Continued)
                         67-Meadowbrook
68-Brook
Highlands
66(2)-Hoover
   Pond
   67(2)-
Meadowbrook

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
135 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Bis(chloroisopropyl) ether
Hexachloroethane
Bis(2-chloroethoxyl) methane
Naphthalene
Acenaphylene
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Benzo(b) fluoranthene
Benzo(k) fluoranthene
Benzo(a) pyrene
Benzo(g,h,i) perylene
Pesticides Detected
Alpha BHC
Delta BHC
Aldrin
DDT
Endrin
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Non-
filtered

41
65
n/a

8.0
20
1.2

52
49
45
39
37
35
33
29






























1570
<0.1
1.2
37
>1.4
15
7
Filtered

7
8












































<5
<0.1
Non-
filtered

0
0


8.5
3
0.5

34
27
21
17
16
16
15
14






























<5
<0.1
<0.1 <0.1
<1 j 13
1.4
2.5
7
18
>1.5
3
Filtered

17
17












































<5
<0.1
<0.1
<1
1.4
1.5
<1
Non-
filtered

10
19


7.7
13
0.7

50
36
29
24
23
22
19
17






























430
>0.7
1.6
>35
24
6.3
<1
Filtered

3.7
14












































211
0.69
1.3
35
<1
6.3
<1
Non-
filtered

0
8.4


8.6
28
1.6

63
60
57
53
50
50
52
43






























8.3
<0.1
1.6
11
25
24
<1
Filtered

6.7
16












































<5
<0.1
2.6
4.8
<1
<1
<1
                                          C-25

-------
Table C-10. New York City Combined Sewer Overflow Water Quality Observations

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25 • i
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Nitrobenzene
Isophorone
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
Diethyl phthalate
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Pesticides Detected
BHC
ODD
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
Reg
Non-
filtered

9
14


7.2
36
25

81
71
59
48
43
39
35
29








17










1.2


410
1.4
30
50
50
5.6
41
46-49
Filtered

23
32




































120
0.43
1.0
8.8

3.0
19
1
Non-
filtered

43
47


7.1
48
10

80
69
58
48
43
40
37
32








17













2510
1.0

50
120
3.2
31
•I-10A
Filtered

37
43




































30
0.16

4.2

1.3
6
Non-
filtered

23
26


7.1
31
5.4

70
55
43
36
33
31
28
23






















1450
0.65

60
50
9.1
19
TI-13
Filtered

13
48














n/a1
















n/a1




161
0.22

11

9.1
9
B
Non-
filtered

59
61
0.1

7.3
34
11

74
65
59
51
47
44
41
36






















23030
1.9
30
160
40
16
225
B-L-22
Filtered

54
59
0.8



































164
0.72

9.3

7.08
64
insufficient sample for filtered BNA and filtered pesticide analyses.
                                           C-26

-------
Table C-10. New York City Combined Sewer Overflow Water Quality Observations
(Continued)

Microtox Toxicity
11 0(%. light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Nitrobenzene
Isophorone
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
Diethyl phthalate
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Pesticides Detected
BHC
ODD
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
BE
Non-
filtered

54
54
0.1

7.1
61
13

61
56
51
44
40
37
33
28








61













1610
1.1
9.6
100
60
10 .
53
-U4
Filtered

47
52
0.4



































253
0.19

4.4

4.2
8
E
Non-
filtered

58
63
<0.1

7.1
56
13

69
62
55
49
45
42
38
33






















710
2.0
30
90
70
20
55
SB-U2
Filtered

57
64
0.1



































<5
0.25

5.7

5.1
13
Tl-re
Non-
filtered

48
54
0.85

6.7
44
25

69
60
52
45
41
39
35
32






















720
1.6
40
50
19
30
120
g 46-49(2)
Filtered

42
49




































20
0.88


1.6
3.5
48
BB-
Non-
filtered

71
76
0.01

6.5
447
107

17
15
14
12
11
10
9
8


10

22
7.7

9.3
38
33
82
6.6
560001
15
43
11
8.2





>161
1.2
8.8
64
1.7
30
220
U-2(2)
Filtere
d

69
75
0.05



































161
0.74


1.5
15
6
 likely contamination.
                                       C-27

-------
Table C-10. New York City Combined Sewer Overflow Water Quality Observations
(Continued)

Microtox Toxicity
110 (% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Nitrobenzene
Isophorone
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1 , 3-Dichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
Diethyl phthalate
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Pesticides Detected
BHC
ODD
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
TI-1
Non-
filtered

60
65
0.24

6.6
140
17

62
57
48
40
36
34
31
26












541







0.5

49
1.9
8.3
70
9.3
9.7
100
DA (2)
Filtered

54
68
0.28



































<5
0.87
<1
8.3
1.7
8.7
18
BB
Non-
filtered

72
74
0.14

6.6
184
29

33
28
24
20
18
17
16
15












836









1780
10
130
190
110
29
390
-L-22 (2)
Filtered

66
72
0.14



































<5
0.93
<1
6.9
2.2
5.8
31
BE
Non-
filtered

54
60
0.54

6.6
129
21

67
61
53
46
42
39
35
29



15.5


103





115









810
1.6
7.5
130
14
16
210
3-U4 (2)
Filtered

54
62
0.45



































<5
0.81
<1
5.0
1.5
2.3
20
T
Non-
filtered

54
60
0.93

6.6
52
8.3

77
64
50
40
36
33
30
25












142









740
0.86
20
340
10
9.5
120
-13 (2)
Filtered

62
67
0.26



































<5
0.67
<1
5.7
1.8

35
                                    C-28

-------
Table C-10. New York City Combined Sewer Overflow Water Quality Observations
(Continued)

Microtox Toxicity
11 0(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
pH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (|ig/L)
Nitrobenzene
Isophorone
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
Diethyl phthalate
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Pesticides Detected
BHC
ODD
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
N
Non-
filtered

68
72
0.03

6.7
44
12

65
59
53
45
42
39
36
32

27




















800
2.0
3.8
110
40
48
91
16
Filtered

70
76
0.23



































423

<1
22
3.9
48
49
Non-
filtered

67
71
0.15

6.8
11
9.5

75
66
58
49
44
41
38
33






















330
1.7
3.9
110
15
13
100
N 18
Filtered

68
77
0.03



































174

3.6
26
2.9
13
80
Non-
filtered

40
49


6.8
62
31

61
53
44
36
32
29
26
20






















500
8.9
16 ,
30
14
|_6.1
75
N23
Filtered

33
46




































144
0.17
14
23
7.5
6.1
62
Non-
filtered

64
70
0.10

6.7
10
10

76
68
62
55
51
48
43
37






















>543
1.1
>3.9
30
4.2
7.6
63
M36
Filtered

66
72
0.14



































543

3.9
23
4.2
5.7
63
                                     C-29

-------
Table C-10. New York City Combined Sewer Overflow Water Quality Observations
(Continued)

Microtox Toxicity
I10(% light decrease)
I35 (% light decrease)
EC50 (fraction)
Other Constituents
PH
Suspended solids (mg/L)
Turbidity (NTU)
Particle Size
10% larger (by vol.) than:
25
50
75
85
90
95
99
Base Neutrals Detected (ng/L)
Nitrobenzene
Isophorone
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
Diethyl phthalate
Fluorene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
Benzyl butyl phthalate
Fluoranthene
Bis(2-ethyl hexyl) phthalate
Pyrene
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Benzo(a) anthracene
Chrysene
Pesticides Detected
BHC
ODD
Chlordane
Heavy Metals Detected
Aluminum
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
M
Non-
filtered

59
60
0.34

6.6
169
28

75
65
58
50
47
44
42
37






















570
5.1
40
70
90
5.4
130
13
Filtered

54
58
0.83



































203
5.1

25
6.6
5.4
53
M
Non-
filtered

78
82
0.09

7.1
93
31

56
50
44
36
33
30
27
22






















1290
10
29
110
90
15
200
36(2)
Filtered

61
65
0.55



































283


17
3.8
5.5
44
l\
Non-
filtered

30
43


7.0
101
26

51
45
38
31
28
25
23
18






















n/a
0.97
19
27
92
9.8
49
/I 2 (2)
Filtered

37
46




































174


27
6.6
5.5
49
N
Non-
filtered

77
79
0.01

6.5
122
11

57
54
49
43
39
37
34
28


















0.3



140
0.86
3.5
30
6.0
14
32
23(2)
Filtered

66
68
0.19



































<5


12
3.2
14
32
                                     C-30

-------
Table C-11. Sampling Site Descriptions - Rainfall Conditions During Source Area Sampling
Sample #
A
B
C
D
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
31
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Sample Date
3/30/89
3/30/89
3/30/89
3/30/89
3/30/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
5/14/89
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
6/4/90
7/2/89
Sample Time
6:05 AM
6:10
6:25
6:40
6:50
2:40 PM
2:50
3:00
3:30
3:35
3:50
4:00
4:05
4:15
4:25
4:45
4:50
5:30
5:30
5:40
5:40
6:04
10:45 AM
11:00
11:05
11:10
11:35
11:45
11:55
12:20
12:25
12:35
12:45
12:55
1:00 PM
1:10
1:30
1:35
1:40
1:45
7:00 AM
Rain depth before sample
was collected (in.)
1.73 (large)
1.73
1.73
1.73
1.73
0.41 (small)
0.45
0.50
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.54
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.1 9 (small)
0.19
0.20
0.22
0.24
0.27
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
2.06 (large)
Peak rain intensity
before sample was
collected (in./h)
0.37 (heavy)
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.20 (light)
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.18 (light)
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.99 (heavy)
                                                                          Continued
                                              C-31

-------
 Table C-11. Sampling Site Descriptions - Rainfall Conditions During Source Area Sampling (Continued)
Sample #
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
71(2)
70(2)
67(2)
72(2)
66(2)
Sample Date
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
7/2/89
8/30/89
8/30/89
8/30/89
8/30/89
8/30/89
Sample Time
7:10
7:20
7:30
7:45
7:45
8:10
8:15
8:15
8:30
8:30
8:45
8:55
9:00
9:05
9:20
9:30
9:45
3:10 PM
3:30
4:10
4:30
5:30
Rain depth before sample
was collected (in.)
2.15
2.20
2.28
2.38
2.38
2.48
2.48
2.48
2.48
2.48
2.48
2.48
2.48
2.48
2.49
2.49
2.50
0.05 (small)
0.09
0.09
0.10
0.11
Peak rain intensity
before sample was
collected (in./h)
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.99
0.09 (light)
0.09
0.09
0.09
0.09
Note: the rain depths and rain intensities shown are the approximate amounts for these events, up until the time shown for sample
collection. The rain values were obtained from the meteorological station in Birmingham (in Homewood) and are only approximate
for the sampling locations. These values were used to approximate the rain category (light or heavy rain intensity, and small or large
rain amount). The rain history was also used to approximate the antecedent dry period before the event. Samples 59 - 76 were
collected during  dry weather from local streams. The following list shows the approximate antecedent rain periods for these rains:
         3/30/89: 3 days since previous rain to total 1", or more (short period)
         5/14/89: 9 days since previous rains to total 1", or more (long period)
         6/4/89: 13 days since previous rains to total 1", or more (long period)
         7/2/89: <1 day since previous rains to total 1", or more (short period)
         8/30/89: 28 days since previous rains to total 1",  or more (long period)
                                                       C-32

-------
               Table C-12. Sampling Location Descriptions
            Sample*    Date
                                 Time
                                            Rain
Temper.
Sample Location
                                Sample Description:
Land Use          Source     Color     Turb.    Oil Sheen
n
 i
L>J
OJ
A
B
C
D
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
3/30/?
3/30
3/30
3/30
3/30
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
5/14
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
6/4
i 6:05 AM
6:10
6:25
6:40
6:50
2:40 PM


3:30
3:35
3:50

4:05
4:15
4:25
4:45
4:50
5:30
5:30
5:40
5:40
6:04
10:45 AM
11:00
11:05
11:10
11:35
11:45
11:55
12:20
12:25
12:35
12:45
12:55
1:00
1:10
1:30
1:35
1:40
1:45
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
MOO. RAIN
MOD. RAIN
HARD RAIN
HARD RAIN
HARD RAIN
HARD RAIN
HARD RAIN
MOD. RAIN
MOD. RAIN
MOD. RAIN
MOD. RAIN
MOD. RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
DRIZZLE
DRIZZLE
DRIZZLE
DRIZZLE
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
DRIZZLE
HARD RAIN
HARD RAIN
MOO. RAIN
MOO. RAIN
MOD. RAIN
DRIZZLE
DRIZZLE
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
40-50
40-50
40-50
40-50
40-50
60-70
65
50-60


50-60
50-60
50-60
50-60
50-60
50-60
50-60
65

65
60-70
60-70
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
85
85


85
85
85
85

         TRACE CROSSING  IN  HABERT
         MEDIAN OF  HEBERT  BY A
         GAS STATION  ON  150 BY G
         GREENTREE  ARTS  PARKING LOT
         GREENTREE  ARTS  PLAYGROUND
         2137 FARLEY  BLLAN  (HOOVER)
         HOOVER CITY  HALL  PARK. LOT
         HOOVER CITY  HALL  PONO-EFFL.
         HOOVER CITY  HALL  POND-IN
         FIRESTONE  CAR SERVICE HUY 31  HOOVER
         "THE WILLONS" APTS-LOMA ROAD
         "THE UILLONS" APTS-LOMA ROAD
         RIVER CHASE  CAR WASH-LOMA RD.  HOOVER
         FOOD WORLD-LOMA RD. HWY 31 HOOVER
         EXPRESS OIL  CHANGE LOMA RD. HOOVER
         GEORGETOWN LAKE PARK POND-OUT
         GEORGETOWN LAKE PARK POND-IN
         4th AVE S0/14th ST (DAYTON SUPERIOR)
         3rd AVE S0/14th ST
         15th ST BETWEEN 1st & 2nd AVE  SO
         11th AVE S0/13th  ST BUSINESS  INCUB.
         UAB GRASS  NEAR  ENGINEERING BLDG
         EVAN'S ROOF
         PITT'S ROOF
         JENKIN'S ROOF
         FARLEY RD  &  LINDA
         GRESHAM JH SCHOOL
         LANDSCAPED AREA &  GWIN ELEM.  SCHOOL
         GWIN ELEM. SCHOOL
         HOOVER MALL
         HOOVER MALL  ROOF
         GEORGETOWN LAKE OUT
         GEORGETOWN LAKE IN

         HOOVER CIY HALL POND IN
         HOOVER POND  OUT
         GREENSPRINGS RD AUTO SHOP REGION
         ARA AUTO AIRCOND.-GREENSPRINGS HWY
         5th AVE/9th  ST  SO  HARDWARE SPEC.
         2nd ANE/11th ST SO
INDUS.
INDUS.
COMMER.
RESID.
RESID.
RESID.
INST.
MIXED
MIXED
COMMER.
RESID.
RESID.
COMM/IND
COMMER.
COMMER.
RESID.
RESID.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INST.
INST.
RESID.
RESID.
RESID.
RESID.
INST.
INST.
INST.
COMMER.
COMMER.
DET. POND
DET. POND
COMMER.
DET. POND
DET. POND
COMMER.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
PUDDLE
FL. WATER
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER

PUDDLE
PUDDLE
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
PUDDLE
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
YELLOW
YELLOW
CLEAR
CLEAR
YELLOW
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
YELLOW
CLEAR
CLEAR
S. FOAMY
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR

GREENISH

CLEAR


YELLOW
CLEAR

CLEAR

CLOUDY


CLEAR
CLEAR
YELLOW
YELLOW
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
YELLOW

YELLOW
HIGH
HIGH
MOOER.
MOOER.
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
MOOER.
LOW
LOW
LOU
LOW
LOU
LOW
LOU
MODER.
HIGH
LOW
MOOER.
HIGH
LOU
LOW
LOW
LOW

LOW-MOO.

MODER.
LOU
LOW
LOW- MOO.
LOW-MOO.
LOU
MOOER.
LOU
LOU
LOW

HODER.
NONE
LIGHT
NONE
LIGHT
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
LIGHT
NONE
LIGHT
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE


NONE

LIGHT
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
LIGHT
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE-LGT

NONE

-------
n
UJ
                    Table C-12. Sampling Location Descriptions (Continued)
                  Sample*
A
8
C
D
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

Landscaped
Area Type

GR. STRIPS


PARK YARD

















FR. YARD


Other
Flat Pitched Area Unpaved
Roof Roof Type Area
STREET

VEH. AREA
PARKING

X
PARKING
VEH. SERV
PARKING
X
VEH. AREA
PARKING
X
STORAGE X
X
STREET
. PARKING X
X
X
X
STREET
PARKING X

PARKING
PARKING

Paved Area Type:
Cone. Asphalt
X

X
X


X

X

X
X



X




X


X
X
                                                        PARKING
                                                        LOADING
                                                        PARKING     X
                                                         STREET
   Paved Area Texture:
Smooth    Inter.   Rough


  X

  X
           X


           X
                                                                                                  Paved Area  Condition:
                                                                                                 Good     Fair     Poor

-------
             Table C-12. Sampling Location Descriptions (Continued)

             Sample*    Date      Time       Rain     Temper.          Sample Location
                                    Land Use
                                                      Source
   Sample Description:
Color    Turb.     Oil  Sheen
n
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
66(2)
67(2)
70(2)
71(2)
72(2)
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/20
8/21
8/30
8/30
8/30
8/30
8/30
8/21
8/21
8/21
8/21
8/21
8/21
7:00 AM
7:10
7:20
7:30
7:45
7:45
8:10
8:15
8:15
8:30
8:30
8:45
8:55
9:00
9:05
9:20
9:30
9:45
4:15 PM
4:20
4:30
4:40
4:55
5:00
5:10
5:20
5:40
5:50
6:35
6:46
7:10
7:45
7:55
8:05
8:35
9:30 AM
5:30 PM
4:10
3:30
3:10
4:30
8:20
8:30
8:40
8:50
9:05
9:15
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
DRIZZLE
MOO. RAIN
MOO. RAIN
MOO. RAIN
MOD. RAIN
HARD RAIN
MOD. RAIN
MOO. RAIN
MOO. RAIN
MOD. RAIN
DRIZZLE
DRIZZLE
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN

NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN

NO RAIN

NO RAIN

NO RAIN
HARD RAIN
HAD RAINE
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
DRIZZLE
DRIZZLE
DRIZZLE
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
NO RAIN
60-70
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
80-90
80-90
80-90
80-90
80-90
70-80
70-80
85
85
85
80-90
85

70-80
85
70-80
70-80
70-80
70-80
80-90
80-90
80-90
80-90
60-70
60-70
60-70
60-70
60-70
60-70
PITT'S LAWN 2137 FARLEY RD B'HAM
BLUGG PARK ELEM. SCHOOL
SHOPPING CENTER
BLUGG PARK SHOPPING CENTER
GOODYEAR STORE-GREENSPRINGS RD
SECO AUTO PARTS GREENSPRINGS
ARA AUTO AIRCONO. GREENSPRINGS
SPECIALTY HARDWARE/rr ROW
EBSCO MEDIA 5th AVE SO

2nd AVE/1st ST SO SHERMAN
13th ST/1st AVE SO NABISCO
14th ST/1st AVE SO STOZE PIPE  YARD
RR ROW 2nd AVE SO
MESSA AMPAT ON 29th ST N
INDUSTRIAL STORE MESSA/30th ST N
3200 8th AVE N BELL SOUTH SEWER

 LINDA DR
 MT LAKE
TYLER 3 SHADES MT PLAZA
SOUTHLAND DR NEAR HWY 31 PATTON CRK
PATTON CHAPEL CREEK 3 PATTON CHAPEL RD
STAR LAKE
GEORGETOWN LAKE
HOOVER CITY HALL LAKE
MEADOU BROOK POND/APCO RESOURCE CTRE
BROOK HIGHLANDS DETENTION POND
SHADES CREEK, 25th ST 3 CRESTWOOO
SHADES CREEK 3 MONARCH NEAR MT BROOK
SHADES CREEK 3 31 & BROOKWOOD  MALL
LITTLE CAHABA RIVER, BAILEY RD
HWY 119 LIT. CAHABA CREEK LEEDS PARK
LITTLE CAHABA IN MOODY 3 HWY 411
LITTLE CAHABA BELLOW DAM
SHADES CREEK 3 OXMORE
HOOVER CITY HALL POND
MEADOW BROOK POND 3 APCO RESOURCES
SHADES CREEK 3 MONARCH
SHADES CREEK 3 ROBERT JAMESON  PARK
LITTLE CAHABA RIVER 3 BAILY RD
IVAR'S RESTAURENT 61st ST & 15th NW
U.S. BANK 15th NW & NU 67th
SUNSET BOWLING ALLEY NW & NW MARKET
FIRESTONE SERV., 14th NW & NW 54th
OLYMPIC STAIN, 1141 NW 50th
JUNK YARD, 1141 NW BALLARD WY
RESID.
INST.
COMMER,
COMMER,
COMMER.
COMMER.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
INDUS.
RESIO.
RESID.

RES/COM




COMMER.



RES/COM









COMMER.
COMMER.
COMMER.
COM/IND
INDUS.
INDUS.
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
FL. WATER
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
FL. WATER
PUDDLE
PUDDLE

FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
PUDD-FL.
PUDD-FL.
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
PUDDLE
FL. WATER
















FL. WATER
POND
POND
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
FL. WATER
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
PUDDLE
YELLOW
YELLOW



YELLOW
CLEAR
RED-YELLO
CLEAR
CLEAR

CLEAR
BLACK
YELLOW
CLEAR
CLEAR
BLACK
CLEAR
BROWN
GRN-YELW
V. CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
GRN-YELW
CLEAR-YEL
CLEAR
GREEN
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR
CLEAR

CLEAR
YELLOW
YELLOW

YELLOW
YELLOW
YELLOW
YELLOW
CLEAR
BROWN
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW

LOW
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
MODER.
LOW
MODER.
MODER.














LOW-MOO.
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
MODER.
LOU
LOW
MODER.
LOW
LOW
LOW
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
LIGHT
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE

NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
LIGHT
NONE
NONE
MODER.
NONE
NONE





NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE


NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
HEAVY
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
NONE
LIGHT

-------
                    Table C-12. Sampling Location Descriptions (Continued)
                                                           Other
                             Landscaped    Flat   Pitched    Area   Unpaved
                              Area Type    Roof     Roof     Type     Area
                                                        Paved Area Type:
                                                        Cone.   Asphalt
   Paved Area  Texture:
Smooth   Inter.    Rough
 Paved Area Condition:
Good     Fair     Poor
n
 i
OJ
  41
  42
  43
  44
  45
  46
  47
  48
  49
  50
  51
  52
  53
  54
  55
  56
  57
  58
  59
  60
  61
  62
  63
  64
  65
  66
  67
  68
  69
  70
  71
  72
  73
  74
  75
  76
66(2)
67(2)
70(2)
71(2)
72(2)
  SI
  S2
  S3
  S4
  S5
  S6
                                                            STREET
                                                           STORAGE
                                                           PARKING
                                                          AUTO SERV
                                                           STORAGE
                                                           LOADING
                                                           PARKING

                                                            STREET
                                                           STORAGE

                                                           STORAGE

                                                           STORAGE
                                                           PARKING
                                                           LOADING
                                                           PARKING
                                                           PARKING
                                                          DRIVEWAYS
                                                          DRIVEWAYS
                                                           SIDEWALK
                                                           STORAGE

-------
n
OJ
              01.. S.mPlin9
        CSO #   NY Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
g
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
TI 49
TI 10A
TI 13
BB-L22
BB U4
BB U2
TI 49(2
BB U2 (
TI 10A
BB-L22
BB U4
TI 13
M 13
N 23
M 2
M 36






Ux
2
2
,2
'2
2




B || (2,
N if /
M 36 (.
2\
)
                             DescHp.ions
Sampling
  Date
                                       Sampling
                                         Time
Percentage  of  Area by Land Use;
                              Light
  Resid.  Instit.   Commer.   I
                              93
                             100
                              98
                              75
                              78
                                0
                              93
                                0
                             100
                              75
                              78
                              98

                              64
                                                         80
                                                         64
                                                        100
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0
                  0

                 20
                                        13
                                        20
                                         0
 6
 0
 2
20
12
 0
 6
 0
 0
20
12
 2
                            5
                            6
                            0
t
s .
1
0
0
5
10
100
1
100
0
5
10
0
5
0
5
0
Manuf ac.
Indus .
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
2
5
0

-------
                                          Appendix D
                                Receiving Water Impacts
The main purpose of treating stormwater is to reduce its adverse impacts on receiving water beneficial uses.
Therefore, it is important in any urban stormwater runoff study to assess the detrimental effects that runoff
is actually having on a receiving water. Urban receiving waters may have many beneficial use goals,
including:

         • stormwater conveyance (flood prevention)
         • biological uses (warm water fishery, biological integrity, etc.)
         • non-contact recreation (linear parks, aesthetics, boating, etc.)
         • contact recreation (swimming)
         • water supply

With full development in an urban watershed and with no stormwater controls, it is unlikely that any 6f
these uses can  be obtained. With less development and with the application of stormwater controls, some
uses may be possible.  It is important that unreasonable expectations not be placed on urban waters, as the
cost to obtain these uses may be prohibitive. With full-scale development and lack of adequate stormwater
controls, severely degraded streams will be common. However, stormwater conveyance and aesthetics
should be the basic beneficial use goals for all urban waters. Biological integrity should also be a goal, but
with the realization that the natural stream ecosystem will be severely modified with urbanization. Certain
basic controls,  installed at the time of development, plus protection of stream habitat, may enable partial
use of some of these basic goals in urbanized watersheds. Careful planning and optimal utilization of
stormwater controls are necessary to obtain these basic goals in most watersheds. Water contact recreation,
consumptive fisheries, and water supplies are not appropriate goals for most urbanized watersheds. These
higher uses may be possible in urban areas where  the receiving waters are large and drain mostly
undeveloped areas.

In general, monitoring of urban stormwater runoff has indicated that the biological beneficial uses of urban
receiving waters are most likely affected by habitat destruction and long-term pollutant exposures
(especially to macroinvertebrates via contaminated sediment), while documented effects associated from
acute exposures of toxicants in the water column are rare (Field and Pitt 1990; Pitt 1994; Pitt 1995).
Receiving water pollutant concentrations resulting from runoff events and typical laboratory bioassay test
results have not indicated many significant short-term receiving water problems. As an example, Lee and
Jones-Lee (1993) state that exceedences of numeric criteria by short-term discharges do not necessarily
imply that a beneficial use impairment exists. Many toxicologists and water quality  expects have concluded
that the relatively short periods of exposures to the toxicant concentrations in stormwater are not sufficient
to produce the receiving water effects that are evident in urban receiving waters, especially considering the
relatively large portion of the toxicants that are associated with particulates (Lee and Jones-Lee 1995). Lee
and Jones-Lee (1995) conclude that the biological problems evident in urban receiving waters are mostly
associated with illegal discharges and that the sediment bound toxicants are of little risk. Mancini and
Plummer (1986) have long been advocates of numeric water quality standards for stormwater that reflect
the partitioning of the toxicants and the short periods of exposure during rains. Unfortunately, this approach
attempts to isolate individual runoff events and does not consider the accumulative adverse effects caused
by the frequent exposures of receiving water organisms to stormwater (Davies 1995; Herricks, et al. 1996a
and 1996b). Recent investigations have identified acute toxicity problems associated with short-term (about
10 to 20 day) exposures to adverse toxicant concentrations in urban receiving streams (Crunkilton, et al.
                                               D-l

-------
  1996). However, the most severe receiving water problems are likely associated with chronic exposures to
 contaminated sediment and to habitat destruction. The following is a summary of recent work describing
 the toxicological and ecological effects of stormwater.

 Toxicological Effects of Stormwater
 The need for endpoints for toxicological assessments using multiple stressors was discussed by Marcy and
 Gerritsen (1996). They used five watershed-level ecological risk assessments to develop appropriate
 endpoints based on specific project objectives.  Dyer and White (1996) also examined the problem of
 multiple stressors affecting toxicity assessments. They felt that field surveys  rarely can be used to verify
 simple single parameter laboratory experiments. They developed a watershed approach integrating
 numerous databases in conjunction with in-situ biological observations to help examine the effects of many
 possible causative factors. Toxic effect endpoints are additive for compounds having the same  "mode of
 toxic action", enabling predictions of complex chemical mixtures in water, as reported by Environmental
 Science & Technology (I996a). According to EPA researchers at the Environmental Research Laboratory
 in Duluth, MN, there are about five or six major action groups that contain almost all of the compounds of
 interest in the aquatic environment. Much work still needs to be done, but these new developing tools may
 enable the in-stream toxic  effects of stormwater to be better predicted.

 Ireland, el al. (1996) found that exposure to UV radiation (natural sunlight) increased the toxicity of PAH
 contaminated urban sediments to C. dubia. The toxicity was removed when the UV wavelengths did not
 penetrate the water column to the exposed organisms. Toxicity was also reduced significantly in the
 presence of UV when the organic fraction of the stormwater was removed. Photo-induced toxicity occurred
 frequently during low flow conditions and wet weather runoff and was reduced during turbid conditions.

 Johnson, et al. (1996) and  Herricks, et al. (1996a and 1996b) describe a structured tier testing protocol to
 assess both short-term and long-term wet weather discharge toxicity that they  developed and tested.  The
 protocol recognizes that the test systems must be appropriate to the time-scale of exposure during the
 discharge. Therefore, three time-scale protocols were developed, for ihtra-event, event, and long-term
 exposures. The use of standard whole effluent toxicity (WET) tests were found to over-estimate the
 potential toxicity of stormwater discharges.

 The effects of stormwater on Lincoln Creek, near Milwaukee, WI, were described by Crunkilton, et al.
 (1996).  Lincoln Creek drains a heavily urbanized watershed of 19 mi2 that is about nine miles long. On-site
 toxicity testing was conducted with side-stream flow-through aquaria using fathead minnows, plus in-
 stream biological assessments, along with water and sediment chemical measurements. In the basic tests,
 Lincoln Creek water was continuously pumped through the test tanks, reflecting the natural changes  in
water quality during both dry and wet weather conditions. The continuous flow-through mortality tests
 indicated no toxicity until after about 14 d  of exposure, with more than 80% mortality after about 25 d,
 indicating that short-term toxicity tests likely underestimate stormwater toxicity. The biological and
physical habitat assessments supported a definitive relationship between degraded stream ecology and
urban runoff.

 Rainbow (1996) presented  a detailed overview of heavy metals in aquatic invertebrates. He concluded that
the presence of a metal  in an organism cannot tell us directly whether that metal is poisoning the organism.
 However, if compared to concentrations in a suite of well-researched biomonitors, it is possible to
determine if the accumulated concentrations are atypically high, with a possibility that toxic effects may be
present. Allen (1996) also presented an overview of metal contaminated aquatic sediments. This book
presents many topics that would enable the user to better interpret measured heavy metal concentrations in
urban stream sediments.

Ecological Effects of  Stormwater
A number of comprehensive and long-term studies of biological beneficial uses in areas not affected by
conventional point source discharges have typically shown impairments caused by urban runoff. The
 following paragraphs briefly describe a variety of such studies.
                                               D-2

-------
 Klein (1979) studied 27 small watersheds having similar physical characteristics, but having varying land
 uses, in the Piedmont region of Maryland. During an initial phase of the study, they found definite
 relationships between water quality and land use. Subsequent study phases examined aquatic life
 relationships in the watersheds. The principal finding was that stream aquatic life problems were first
 identified with watersheds having imperviousness areas comprising at least 12 percent of the watershed.
 Severe problems were noted after the imperviousness quantities reached 30 percent.

 Receiving water impact studies were also conducted in North Carolina (Lenet, et al. 1979; Lenet and
 Eagleson 1981; Lenat, et al.  1981). The benthic fauna occurred mainly on rocks. As sedimentation
 increased, the amount of exposed rocks decreased, with a decreasing density of benthic macroinvertebrates.
 Data from 1978 and 1979 in five cities showed that urban streams were grossly polluted by a combination
 of toxicants and sediment. Chemical analyses, without biological analyses, would have underestimated the
 severity of the problems because the water column quality varied rapidly, while the major problems were
 associated with sediment quality and effects on macroinvertebrates. Macroinvertebrate diversities were
 severely reduced in the urban streams, compared to the  control streams. The biotic indices indicated very
 poor conditions for all urban streams. Occasionally, high populations of pollutant tolerant organisms were
 found in the urban  streams, but would abruptly disappear before subsequent sampling efforts. This was
 probably caused  by intermittent discharges of spills or illegal dumpings of toxicants. Although the cities
 studied were located in different geographic areas of North Carolina, the results were remarkably uniform.

 During the Coyote  Creek, San Jose, California, receiving water study, 41 stations were sampled in both
 urban and nonurban perennial flow stretches of the creek over three years.  Short and long-term sampling
techniques were used to evaluate the effects of urban runoff on water quality, sediment properties, fish,
macroinvertebrates, attached algae, and rooted aquatic vegetation (Pitt and Bozeman 1982). These
investigations found distinct differences in the taxonomic composition and relative abundance of the
aquatic biota present. The non-urban sections of the creek supported a comparatively diverse assemblage of
aquatic organisms including an abundance of native fishes and numerous benthic macroinvertebrate taxa.
In contrast, however, the urban portions of the creek (less than 5% urbanized), affected only by urban
runoff discharges and not industrial or municipal discharges, had an aquatic community generally lacking
 in diversity and was dominated by pollution-tolerant organisms such as mosquitofish and tubificid worms.

A major nonpoint runoff receiving water impact research program was conducted in  Georgia (Cook, et al.
 1983). Several groups of researchers examined streams in major areas of the state. Benke, et al. (1981)
studied 21 stream ecosystems near Atlanta having watersheds of one to three square miles each and land
uses ranging from 0 to 98 percent urbanization. They measured stream water quality  but found little
relationship between water quality and degree of urbanization. The water quality  parameters also did not
 identify a major degree of pollution. In contrast, there were major correlations between urbanization and
the number of species  found. They had problems applying diversity indices to their study because the
 individual organisms varied greatly in size (biomass). CTA (1983) also examined receiving water aquatic
biota impacts associated with urban runoff sources in Georgia. They studied habitat composition, water
quality,  macroinvertebrates, periphyton, fish, and toxicant concentrations in the water, sediment, and fish.
They found that the impacts of land use were the greatest in  the urban basins. Beneficial uses  were
 impaired or denied in all three urban basins studied.  Fish were absent in two of the basins and severely
restricted in the third. The native macroinvertebrates were replaced with pollution tolerant organisms. The
 periphyton in the urban streams were very different from those found in the control streams and were
 dominated by species known to create taste and odor problems.

 Pratt, et al. (1981)  used basket artificial substrates to compare benthic population trends along urban and
 nonurban areas of the  Green River in Massachusetts. The benthic community became increasing disrupted
 as urbanization increased. The problems were not only associated with times of heavy rain, but seemed to
 be affected at all times. The stress was greatest during summer low flow periods  and was probably
 localized near the stream bed. They concluded that the high degree of correspondence between the known
 sources of urban runoff and the observed effects  on the benthic community was a forceful argument that
 urban runoff was the causal agent of the disruption observed.
                                               D-3

-------
 Cedar swamps in the New Jersey Pine Barrens were studied by Ehrenfeld and Schneider (1983). They
 examined nineteen wetlands subjected to varying amounts of urbanization. Typical plant species were lost
 and replaced by weeds and exotic plants in urban runoff affected wetlands. Increased uptakes of
 phosphorus and lead in the plants were found. It was concluded that the presence of stormwater runoff to
 the cedar swamps caused marked changes in community structure, vegetation dynamics, and plant tissue
 element concentrations.

 Medeiros and Coler (1982) and Medeiros, et al. (1984) used a combination of laboratory and field studies
 to investigate the effects  of urban runoff on fathead minnows. Hatchability, survival, and growth were
 assessed in the laboratory in flow-through and static bioassay tests. Growth was reduced to one half of the
 control growth rates at 60 percent dilutions of urban runoff. The observed effects were believed to be
 associated with a combination of toxicants.

 The University of Washington (Pederson  1981; Richey, et al. 1981; Perkins 1982; Richey 1982; Scott, et
 al.  1982; Ebbert, et a!. 1983; Pitt and Bissonnette 1984; and Prych and Ebbert undated) conducted a series
 of studies to contrast the biological and chemical conditions in urban Kelsey Creek with rural Bear Creek in
 Bellevue, Washington. The urban creek was significantly degraded when compared to the rural creek, but
 still supported a productive, but limited and unhealthy salmonid fishery. Many of the fish in the urban
 creek, however, had respiratory  anomalies. The urban creek was not grossly polluted, but flooding from
 urban developments had increased dramatically in recent years. These increased flows dramatically
 changed the urban stream's channel, by causing unstable conditions with increased stream bed movement,
 and by altering the availability of food for the aquatic organisms. The aquatic organisms were very
 dependent on the few relatively undisturbed reaches. Dissolved oxygen concentrations in the sediments
 depressed embryo salmon survival in the urban creek. Various organic and metallic priority pollutants were
 discharged to the urban creek, but most of them were apparently carried through the creek system by the
 high storm flows to Lake  Washington. The urbanized Kelsey Creek also had higher water temperatures
 (probably due to reduced  shading) than Bear Creek.  This probably caused the faster fish growth in Kelsey
 Creek.

 The fish population in the urbanized Kelsey Creek had adapted to its degrading environment by shifting the
 species composition from coho salmon to less sensitive cutthroat trout and by making extensive use of less
 disturbed refuge areas. Studies of damaged gills found that up to three-fourths of the fish in Kelsey Creek
 were affected with respiratory anomalies, while no cutthroat trout and only two of the coho salmon sampled
 in the forested Bear Creek had damaged gills. Massive fish kills in Kelsey Creek and its tributaries were
 also observed on several occasions during the project due to the dumping of toxic materials down the storm
 drains.

 There were also significant differences in the numbers and types of benthic organisms found in urban and
 forested creeks during the Bellevue research. Mayflies, stoneflies, caddisflies, and beetles were rarely
observed in the urban Kelsey Creek, but were quite abundant in the forested Bear Creek. These organisms
are commonly regarded as sensitive indicators of environmental degradation. One example of degraded
conditions in Kelsey Creek was shown by a specie of clams (Unionidae) that was not found in Kelsey
Creek, but was commonly found in Bear Creek. These clams are very sensitive to heavy siltation and
unstable sediments.  Empty clam shells, however, were found buried in the Kelsey Creek sediments
 indicating their previous presence in the creek and their inability to adjust to the changing conditions. The
benthic organism composition in Kelsey Creek varied radically with time and place while the organisms
were much more stable in Bear Creek.

 Urban runoff impact studies were conducted  in the Hillsborough River near Tampa Bay, Florida, as part of
the U.S. EPA's Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP) (Mote Marine Laboratory 1984). Plants,
animals, sediment, and water quality were all  studied in the field and supplemented by laboratory bioassay
tests. Effects of salt  water intrusion and urban runoff were both measured because of the estuarine
environment. During wet  weather, freshwater species were found closer to the Bay than during dry
weather. In coastal areas,  these additional natural factors made it even more difficult to identify the cause
 and effect relationships for aquatic life problems. During another NURP project, Striegl (1985) found that
                                               D-4

-------
 the effects of accumulated pollutants in Lake Ellyn (Glen Ellyn, 111.) inhibited desirable benthic
 invertebrates and fish and increased undesirable phyotoplankton blooms.

 The number of benthic organism taxa in Shabakunk Creek in Mercer County, New Jersey, declined from
 13 in relatively undeveloped areas to four below heavily urbanized areas (Garie and Mclntosh 1986 and
 1990). Periphyton samples were also analyzed for heavy metais with significantly higher metal
 concentrations found below the heavily urbanized area than above.

 Many of the above noted biological effects associated with urban runoff are likely caused by polluted
 sediments and benthic organism impacts. Examples of heavy metal and nutrient accumulations in
 sediments are numerous. In addition to the studies noted above, DePinto, et al. (1980) found that the
 cadmium content of river sediments can  be more than 1,000 times greater than the overlying water
 concentrations and the accumulation factors in sediments are closely correlated with sediment organic
 content. Another comprehensive study on polluted sediment was conducted by Wilber and Hunter (1980)
 along the Saddle River in New Jersey where they found significant increases in sediment contamination
 with increasing urbanization.

 The effects of urban runoff on receiving water aquatic organisms or other beneficial uses is very site
 specific. Different land development practices create substantially different runoff flow characteristics.
 Different rain patterns cause different particulate washoff, transport and dilution conditions. Local attitudes
 also define specific beneficial uses and, therefore, current problems. There is also a wide variety of water
 types receiving urban runoff, and these waters all have watersheds that are urbanized to various degrees.
 Therefore, it is not surprising that urban runoff effects, though generally dramatic, are also quite variable
 and site specific. Claytor (I996a) summarized the approach developed by the Center for Watershed
 Protection as part of their EPA  sponsored research on stormwater indicators (Claytor and Brown 1996).
 The 26 stormwater indicators used for assessing receiving water conditions were divided into six broad
 categories:  water quality, physical/hydrological, biological, social,  programmatic, and site. These were
 presented as tools to measure stress (impacting receiving waters), to assess the resource itself, and to
 indicate stormwater control program implementation effectiveness. The biological communities in
 Delaware's Piedmont streams have been  severely  impacted by stormwater, after the extent of
 imperviousness in the watersheds exceeds about 8 to 15%, according to a review article by Claytor (1996c).
 If just conventional water quality measures are used, almost all (87%) of the state's non-tidal streams
supported their designated biological uses. However, when biological assessments are included, only 13%
of the streams were satisfactory.

Changes in physical stream channel characteristics can have a significant effect on the biological health of
the stream.  Schueler (1996) stated that channel geometry stability can be a good indicator of the
effectiveness of stormwater control practices. He also found that once a watershed area has more than about
 10 to  15% effective impervious cover, noticeable changes in channel morphology occur, along with
quantifiable impacts on water quality, and biological conditions. Stephenson (1996) studied changes in
streamflow volumes in South Africa during urbanization. He found increased stormwater runoff, decreases
 in the groundwater table, and dramatically decreased times of concentration. The peak flow rates increased
by about two-fold, about half caused by increased pavement (in an  area having only about 5% effective
 impervious cover), with  the remainder caused by decreased times of concentration.

 Fates of Stormwater Pollutants in Surface Waters
 Many processes may affect urban runoff pollutants after discharge. Sedimentation in the receiving water is
 the most common fate mechanism because many of the pollutants investigated are mostly associated with
 settleable particulate matter and have relatively low filterable concentration components. Exceptions
 include zinc and 1,3-dichlorobenzene which are mostly associated with the filtered sample portions.
 Particulate  reduction can occur in many stormwater runoff and combined sewer overflow (SCSO) control
 facilities, including (but not limited to) catchbasins, swirl concentrators, fine mesh screens, sand or  other
 filters, drainage systems, and detention ponds. These control facilities (with the possible exception of
 drainage systems) allow reduction of the accumulated polluted sediment for final disposal in an appropriate
 manner. Uncontrolled sedimentation will occur in relatively quiescent receiving waters, such as lakes,
                                               D-5

-------
 reservoirs, or slow moving rivers or streams. In these cases, the wide dispersal of the contaminated
 sediment is difficult to remove and can cause significant detrimental effects on biological processes.

 Biological or chemical degradation of the sediment toxicants may occur in the typically anaerobic
 environment of the sediment, but the degradation is quite slow for many of the pollutants. Degradation by
 photochemical reaction and volatilization (evaporation) of the soluble pollutants may also occur, especially
 when these pollutants are near the surface of aerated waters (Callahan, et al.  1979; Farmer 1993). Increased
 turbulence and aeration encourages these degradation processes, which in turn may significantly reduce
 toxicant concentrations. In contrast, quiescent waters would encourage sedimentation that would also
 reduce water column toxicant concentrations, but increase sediment toxicant concentrations. Metal
 precipitation and sorption of pollutants onto suspended solids increases the sedimentation and/or floatation
 potential of the pollutants and also encourages more efficient bonding  of the pollutants to soil particles,
 preventing their leaching to surrounding waters.

 Receiving waters have a natural capacity to treat and/or assimilate polluted discharges.  This capacity will
 be exceeded sooner (assuming equal inputs), resulting in more degradation, in smaller urban creeks and
 streams, than in larger receiving waters. Larger receiving waters may still have ecosystem problems  from
 the long-term build up of toxicants in the sediment and repeated exposures to high flowrates, but these
 problems will be harder to identify using chemical analyses of the water alone, because of increased
 dilution (Pitt and Bissonnette 1984).

 In-stream receiving water investigations of urban runoff effects need a  mult-tiered monitoring approach,
 including habitat evaluations, water and sediment quality monitoring, flow monitoring,  and biological
 investigations, conducted over  long periods of time (Pitt 1991). In-stream taxonomic (biological
 community structure) investigations are needed to help identify actual toxicity problems. Laboratory
 bioassay tests can be useful to determine the major sources of toxicants and to investigate toxicity reduction
 through treatment,  but they are not a substitute for actual in-stream investigations of receiving water
 effects. In order to  identify the  sources and treatability of the problem pollutants, detailed watershed
 investigations are needed, including both dry and wet weather urban drainage monitoring and source area
 monitoring.

An estimate of the  actual pollutant loads (calculated from the runoff volumes and pollutant concentrations)
 from different watershed areas  is needed for the selection and design of most treatment devices. Several
 characteristics of a source area  are significant influences on the pollutant concentrations and stormwater
 runoff volumes. The washoff of debris, soil, and pollutants depends on  the intensity of the rain, the
properties of the material removed, and the surface characteristics where the material resides. The potential
mass of pollutants available to be washed off will be directly related to  the time interval between runoff
events during which the pollutants can accumulate.

Human Health Effects of Stormwater
 Water Environment & Technology (1996b) reported on an epidemiology study conducted at Santa Monica
 Bay, C A, that found that swimmers who swam in front of stormwater outfalls were 50% more likely  to
develop a variety of symptoms  than those who swam  400 m from the same outfalls (Haile, et al.  1996).
This was a follow-up study after previous investigations found that human fecal waste was present in the
stormwater collection systems.  Environmental Science &  Technology (1996b) also reported on this Santa
 Monica Bay study. They reported that more than 1% of the swimmers who swam in front of the outfalls
 were affected by fevers, chills,  ear discharges, vomiting and coughing,  based on surveys of more than
 15,000 swimmers.  The health effects were also more  common for swimmers who were  exposed on days
 when viruses were  found in the outfall water samples.

 Water Environment & Technology (1996a) reported that the fecal coliform counts decreased from about
 500 counts/100 mL to about 150 counts/100 mL in the Mississippi River after the sewer separation
 program in the Minneapolis and St. Paul area of Minnesota. Combined sewers in 8,500 ha were separated
 during this 10-year, $332 million program.
                                               D-6

-------
 Groundwater Impacts from Stormwater Infiltration
 Prior to urbanization, groundwater recharge resulted from infiltration of precipitation through pervious
 surfaces, including grasslands and woods. This infiltrating water was relatively uncontaminated. With
 urbanization, the permeable soil surface area through which recharge by infiltration could occur was
 reduced. This resulted in much less groundwater recharge and greatly increased surface runoff.  In addition,
 the waters available for recharge generally carried increased quantities of pollutants. With urbanization,
 new sources of groundwater recharge also occurred, including recharge from domestic septic tanks,
 percolation  basins and industrial waste injection wells, and from agricultural and residential irrigation. The
 following paragraphs (from Pitt, et al. 1994 and 1996) describe the stormwater pollutants that have the
 greatest potential of adversely affecting groundwater quality during inadvertent or intentional stormwater
 infiltration,  along with suggestions on how to minimize these potential problems.


 Constituents of Concern
 Nutrients
 Nitrates are  one of the most frequently encountered contaminants in groundwater. Groundwater
 contamination of phosphorus has not been as widespread, or as severe, as for nitrogen compounds.
 Whenever nitrogen-containing compounds come  into contact with soil, a potential for nitrate leaching into
 groundwater exists, especially in rapid-infiltration wastewater basins, stormwater infiltration devices, and
 in agricultural areas. Nitrate has leached from fertilizers and affected groundwaters under various turf
 grasses in urban areas, including golf courses, parks and home lawns. Significant leaching of nitrates
 occurs during the cool, wet seasons. Cool temperatures reduce denitrification and ammonia volatilization,
 and limit microbial  nitrogen immobilization and plant uptake. The use of slow-release fertilizers is
 recommended in areas having potential groundwater nitrate problems. The slow-release fertilizers include
 urea formaldehyde (UF), methylene urea, isobutylidene diurea (IBDU), and sulfur-coated urea. Residual
 nitrate concentrations  are highly variable in soil due to soil texture, mineralization, rainfall and irrigation
patterns, organic matter content, crop yield, nitrogen fertilizer/sludge rate, denitrification, and soil
 compaction. Nitrate is highly soluble (>1 kg/L) and will stay in solution in the percolation water, after
 leaving the root zone,  until it reaches the groundwater.

 Pesticides
 Urban pesticide contamination of groundwater can result from municipal and homeowner use of pesticides
for pest control and their subsequent collection in stormwater runoff. Pesticides that have been found in
urban groundwaters include: 2,4-D, 2,4,5-T, atrazine, chlordane, diazinon, ethion, malathion, methyl
trithion, silvex, and simazine. Heavy repetitive use of mobile pesticides on irrigated and sandy soils likely
contaminates groundwater. Fungicides and nematocides must be mobile in order to reach the target pest
and hence, they generally have the highest contamination potential. Pesticide leaching depends on patterns
of use, soil texture, total organic carbon content of the soil, pesticide persistence, and depth to the water
table.

The greatest pesticide  mobility occurs in areas with coarse-grained or sandy soils without a hardpan layer,
having low clay and organic matter content and high permeability. Structural voids, which are generally
 found in the surface layer of finer-textured soils rich  in clay, can transmit pesticides rapidly when the voids
 are filled with water and the adsorbing surfaces of the soil matrix are bypassed. In general, pesticides with
 low water solubilities, high octanol-water partitioning coefficients, and high carbon partitioning
 coefficients  are less mobile. The slower moving pesticides have been recommended  in areas of
 groundwater contamination concern. These include the fungicides iprodione  and triadimefon, the
 insecticides  isofenphos and chlorpyrifos and the herbicide glyphosate. The most mobile pesticides include:
 2,4-D, acenaphthylene, alachlor, atrazine, cyanazine, dacthal, diazinon, dicamba, malathion, and
 metolachlor.

 Pesticides decompose in soil and water, but the total decomposition time can range from days to years.
 Literature half-lives for pesticides generally apply to surface soils and do not account for the reduced
 microbial activity found deep in the vadose zone. Pesticides with a thirty-day half life can show
 considerable leaching. An order-of-magnitude difference  in half-life results in a five- to ten-fold difference
                                                D-7

-------
 in percolation loss. Organophosphate pesticides are less persistent than organochlorine pesticides, but they
 also are not strongly adsorbed by the sediment and are likely to leach into the vadose zone, and the
 groundwater.

 Other Organics
 The most commonly occurring organic compounds that have been found in urban groundwaters include
 phthalate esters (especially bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate) and phenolic compounds. Other organics more
 rarely found, possibly due to losses during sample collection, have included the volatiles: benzene,
 chloroform, methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene, toluene, and xylene. PAHs
 (especially benzo(a)anmracene, chrysene, anthracene and benzo(b)fluoroanthenene) have also been found
 in groundwaters near industrial sites.

 Groundwater contamination from organics, like from other pollutants, occurs  more readily in areas with
 sandy soils and where the water table is near the land surface. Removal of organics from the soil and
 recharge water can occur by one of three methods: volatilization, sorption, and degradation. Volatilization
 can significantly reduce the concentrations of the most volatile compounds in  groundwater, but the rate of
 gas transfer from the soil to the air is usually limited by the presence of soil water. Hydrophobic sorption
 onto soil organic matter limits the mobility of less soluble base/neutral and acid extractable compounds
 through organic soils and the vadose zone. Sorption is not always a permanent removal mechanism,
 however. Organic re-solubilization can occur during  wet periods following dry periods. Many organics can
 be at least partially degraded by microorganisms, but others cannot. Temperature, pH, moisture content, ion
 exchange capacity of soil, and air availability may limit the microbial degradation potential for even the
 most degradable organic.

 Pathogenic Microorganisms
 Viruses have been detected in groundwater where stormwater recharge basins  were located short distances
 above the aquifer. Enteric viruses are more resistant to environmental factors than enteric bacteria and they
 exhibit longer survival times in natural waters. They can occur in potable and marine waters in the absence
 of fecal coliforms. Enteroviruses are also more resistant to commonly used disinfectants than are indicator
 bacteria, and can occur in groundwater in the absence of indicator bacteria.

 The factors that affect the survival of enteric bacteria and viruses in the soil include pH, antagonism from
 soil microflora, moisture content, temperature, sunlight, and organic matter. The two most important
 attributes of viruses that permit their long-term survival in the environment are their structure and very
 small size. These characteristics permit virus occlusion and protection within colloid-size particles.  Viral
 adsorption is promoted by increasing cation concentration, decreasing pH and  decreasing soluble organics.
 Since the movement of viruses through soil to groundwater occurs in the liquid phase and involves water
 movement and associated suspended virus particles, the distribution of viruses  between the adsorbed and
 liquid phases determines the viral mass available for movement. Once the virus reaches the groundwater, it
can travel laterally through the aquifer until it is either adsorbed or inactivated.

The major bacterial removal mechanisms in soil are straining at the soil surface and at intergrain contacts,
sedimentation, sorption by soil particles, and inactivation. Because of their larger size than for viruses, most
bacteria are therefore retained near the soil surface due to this straining effect.  In general, enteric bacteria
survive in soil between two and three months, although survival times up to five years have been
documented.

 Heavy Metals and Other Inorganic Compounds
 Heavy metals and other inorganic compounds in stormwater of most environmental concern, from a
groundwater pollution standpoint, are aluminum, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, iron, lead, mercury,
nickel, and zinc. However, the majority of these compounds, with the consistent exception of zinc, are
mostly found associated with the particulate solids in stormwaters and are thus relatively easily removed
through sedimentation practices. Filterable forms of the metals may also be removed by either sediment
 adsorption or are organically complexed with other particulates.
                                               D-8

-------
 In general, studies of recharge basins receiving large metal loads found that most of the heavy metals are
 removed either in the basin sediment or in the vadose zone. Dissolved metal ions are removed from
 stormwater during infiltration mostly by adsorption onto the near-surface particles in the vadose zone,
 while the particulate metals are filtered out at the soil surface. Studies at recharge basins found that lead,
 zinc, cadmium, and copper accumulated at the soil surface with little downward movement over many
 years. However, nickel, chromium, and  zinc concentrations have exceeded regulatory limits in the soils
 below a recharge area at a commercial site. Elevated groundwater heavy metal concentrations of aluminum,
 cadmium, copper, chromium, lead, and zinc have been found below stormwater infiltration devices where
 the groundwater pH has been acidic. Allowing percolation ponds to go dry between storms can be
 counterproductive to the removal of lead from the water during recharge. Apparently, the adsorption  bonds
 between the sediment and the metals can be weakened during the drying period.

 Similarities in water quality between runoff water and groundwater has shown that there is significant
 downward  movement of copper and iron in sandy and loamy soils. However, arsenic, nickel, and lead did
 not significantly move downward through the soil to the groundwater. The exception  to this was some
 downward  movement of lead with the percolation water in sandy soils beneath stormwater  recharge basins.
 Zinc, which is more soluble than iron, has been found in higher concentrations in groundwater than iron.
 The order of attenuation in the vadose zone from infiltrating stormwater is: zinc (most mobile) > lead >
 cadmium > manganese > copper > iron > chromium > nickel > aluminum (least mobile).

 Salts
 Salt applications for winter traffic safety is a common practice in many northern areas and the sodium and
 chloride, which are collected  in the snowmelt, travel down through the vadose zone to the groundwater
 with little attenuation. Soil is  not very effective at removing salts. Salts that are still in the percolation water
 after it travels through the vadose zone will contaminate the groundwater. Infiltration of stormwater has led
 to increases in sodium and chloride concentrations above  background concentrations.  Fertilizer and
pesticide salts also accumulate in urban areas and can leach through the soil to the groundwater.

 Studies of depth of pollutant penetration  in soil have shown that sulfate and potassium concentrations
decrease with depth, while sodium, calcium, bicarbonate, and chloride concentrations increase with depth.
Once contamination  with salts begin, the movement of salts into the groundwater can be rapid. The salt
concentration may not decrease until the  source of the salts is removed.


Recommendations to Protect Groundwater During Stormwater Infiltration
 Table D-l is a summary of the pollutants found in stormwater that may cause groundwater contamination
problems for various reasons. This table does not consider the risk associated with using groundwater
contaminated with these pollutants. Causes of concern include high mobility (low sorption potential) in the
 vadose zone, high abundance  (high concentrations and high detection frequencies) in stormwater, and high
soluble fractions (small fraction associated with particulates which would have little removal potential
using conventional stormwater sedimentation controls) in the stormwater. The contamination potential is
the  lowest rating of the influencing factors. As an example, if no pretreatment was to be used before
 percolation through surface soils, the mobility and abundance criteria are most  important. If a compound
 was mobile, but was in low abundance (such as for VOCs), then the groundwater contamination potential
 would be low. However, if the compound was mobile and was also in high abundance (such as for sodium
 chloride,  in certain conditions), then the groundwater contamination would be high. If sedimentation
 pretreatment was to be used before infiltration, then much of the pollutants will likely be removed before
 infiltration. In this case, all three influencing factors (mobility, abundance in stormwater, and soluble
 fraction) would be considered important. As an example, chlordane would have a low contamination
 potential  with sedimentation pretreatment, while it would have a moderate contamination potential if no
 pretreatment was used. In addition, if subsurface infiltration/injection was used instead of surface
 percolation, the compounds would most likely be more mobile, making the abundance criteria the most
 important, with some regard given to the filterable fraction information for operational considerations.

 This table is only appropriate for initial estimates of contamination potential because  of the simplifying
 assumptions made, such as the likely worst case mobility measures for sandy soils having low organic
                                              D-9

-------
 content. If the soil was clayey and had a high organic content, then most of the organic compounds would
 be less mobile than shown on this table. The abundance and filterable fraction information is generally

 Table D-1.  Groundwater Contamination Potential for Stormwater Pollutants (Source: Pitt, era/. 1996)






Nutrients
Pesticides





Other
organics
















Pathogens




Heavy
metals





Salts

Compounds





nitrates
2,4-D
y-BHC (lindane)
malathion
atrazine
chlordane
diazinon
VOCs
1,3-dichloro-
benzene
anthracene
benzo(a)
anthracene
bis (2-
ethylhexyl)
phthalate
butyl benzyl
phthalate
fluoranthene
fluorene
naphthalene
penta-
chlorophenol
phenanthrene
pyrene
enteroviruses
Shigella
Pseudomonas
aeruginosa
protozoa
nickel

cadmium
chromium

lead
zinc
chloride

Mobility
(sandy/low
organic soils)



mobile
mobile
intermediate
mobile
mobile
intermediate
mobile
mobile
low

intermediate
intermediate

intermediate


low

intermediate
intermediate
low/inter.
intermediate

intermediate
intermediate
mobile
low/inter.
low/inter.

low/inter.
low

low
inter./very
low
very low
low/very low
mobile

Abundance
in storm-water




low/moderate
low
moderate
low
low
moderate
low
low
high

low
moderate

moderate


low/moderate

high
low
low
moderate

moderate
high
likely present
likely present
very high

likely present
high

low
moderate

moderate
high
seasonally
high
Fraction
filterable




high
likely low
likely low
likely low
likely low
very low
likely low
very high
high

moderate
very low

likely low


moderate

high
likely low
moderate
likely low

very low
high
high
moderate
moderate

moderate
low

moderate
very low

very low
high
high

Contamination
potential for
surface infill.
and no
pretreatment

low/moderate
low
moderate
low
low
moderate
low
low
low

low
moderate

moderate


low

moderate
low
low
moderate

moderate
moderate
high
low/moderate
low/moderate

low/moderate
low

low
low/moderate

low
low
high

Contamination
potential for
surface infill.
with sediment-
ation

low/moderate
low
IOW
low
low
low
low
low
low

low
low

low?


low

moderate
low
low
low?

low
moderate
high
low/moderate
low/moderate

low/moderate
low

low
low

low
low
high

Contamination
potential for
sub-surface
inj. with
minimal
pretreatment
low/moderate
low
moderate
low
low
moderate
low
low
high

low
moderate

moderate


low/moderate

high
low
low
moderate

moderate
high
high
high
high

high
high

low
moderate

moderate
high
high

applicable for warm weather stormwater runoff at residential and commercial area outfalls. The
concentrations and detection frequencies would likely be greater for critical source areas (especially vehicle
service areas) and critical land uses (especially manufacturing industrial areas).

The stormwater pollutants of most concern (those that may have the greatest adverse impacts on
groundwaters) include:

        • nutrients: nitrate has a low to moderate groundwater contamination potential for both surface
percolation and subsurface infiltration/injection practices because of its relatively low concentrations found
                                               D-10

-------
 in most stormwaters. However, if the stormwater nitrate concentration was high, then the groundwater
 contamination potential would also likely be high.

         » pesticides: lindane and chlordane have moderate groundwater contamination potentials for
 surface percolation practices (with no pretreatment) and for subsurface injection (with minimal
 pretreatment). The groundwater contamination potentials for both of these compounds would likely be
 substantially reduced with adequate sedimentation pretreatment. Pesticides have been mostly found in
 urban runoff from residential areas, especially in dry-weather flows associated with landscaping irrigation
 runoff.

         • other organics: 1,3-dichlorobenzene may have a high groundwater contamination potential for
 subsurface infiltration/injection (with minimal pretreatment). However, it would likely have a lower
 groundwater contamination potential for most surface percolation practices because of its relatively strong
 sorption to vadose zone soils. Both pyrene and fltioranthene would also likely have high groundwater
 contamination potentials  for subsurface infiltration/injection practices, but lower contamination potentials
 for surface percolation practices because of their more limited mobility through the unsaturated zone
 (vadose zone). Others (including benzo(a)anthracene, bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, pentachlorophenol, and
 phenanthrene) may also have moderate groundwater contamination potentials, if surface percolation with
 no pretreatment, or subsurface injection/infiltration is used. These compounds would have low groundwater
 contamination potentials  if surface infiltration was used with sedimentation pretreatment. Volatile organic
 compounds (VOCs) may also have high groundwater contamination potentials if present in the stormwater
 (likely for some  industrial and  commercial facilities and vehicle service establishments). The other
 organics, especially the volatiles, are mostly found in industrial areas. The phthalates are found in all areas.
 The PAHs are also found in runoff from all areas, but they are in higher concentrations and occur more
 frequently in industrial areas.

         • pathogens: enteroviruses likely have a high groundwater contamination potential for all
percolation practices and  subsurface infiltration/injection practices, depending on their presence in
stormwater (likely if contaminated with sanitary sewage). Other pathogens, including Shigella,
Pseudomonas aeruginosa, and various protozoa, would also have high groundwater contamination
potentials if subsurface infiltration/injection practices are used without disinfection. If disinfection
(especially by chlorine or ozone) is used, then disinfection byproducts (such as trihalomethanes or ozonated
bromides) would have high groundwater contamination potentials.  Pathogens are most likely associated
with sanitary sewage contamination of storm drainage systems, but several bacterial pathogens are
commonly found in surface runoff in residential areas.

         • heavy metals: nickel and zinc would likely have high groundwater contamination potentials if
subsurface infiltration/injection was used. Chromium and lead would have moderate groundwater
contamination potentials for subsurface infiltration/injection practices. All metals would likely have low
groundwater contamination potentials if surface infiltration was used with sedimentation pretreatment. Zinc
 is mostly found in roof runoff and other areas where galvanized metal comes into contact with rainwater.

         • salts: chloride would likely have a high groundwater contamination potential in  northern areas
where road salts are used for traffic safety, irrespective of the pretreatment, infiltration or percolation
practice used. Salts are at their greatest concentrations in snowmelt and early spring runoff in northern
areas.

 It has been suggested that, with a reasonable degree of site-specific design considerations to compensate for
 soil characteristics, infiltration can be very effective in controlling  both urban runoff quality  and quantity
 problems (EPA 1983a). This strategy encourages infiltration of urban runoff to replace the natural
 infiltration capacity lost through urbanization and to use the natural filtering and sorption capacity of soils
 to remove pollutants. However, potential groundwater contamination through infiltration of some types of
 urban runoff requires some restrictions. Infiltration of urban runoff having potentially high concentrations
 of pollutants that may pollute groundwater requires adequate pretreatment, or the diversion of these waters
                                               D-ll

-------
 away from infiltration devices. The following general guidelines for the infiltration of stormwater and other
 storm drainage effluent are recommended in the absence of comprehensive site-specific evaluations:

         • Dry-weather storm drainage effluent should be diverted from infiltration devices because of their
 probable high concentrations of soluble heavy metals, pesticides, and pathogenic microorganisms.

         • Combined sewage overflows should be diverted  from infiltration devices because of their poor
 water quality, especially high pathogenic microorganism concentrations, and high clogging potential.

         • Snowmelt runoff should also be diverted from infiltration devices because of its potential for
 having high concentrations of soluble salts.

         • Runoff from manufacturing industrial areas should also be diverted from infiltration devices
 because of its potential for having high concentrations of soluble toxicants.

         • Construction site runoff must be diverted from stormwater infiltration devices (especially
 subsurface devices) because of its high SS concentrations which would quickly clog infiltration devices.

        • Runoff from other critical source areas, such as vehicle service facilities and large parking areas,
 should at least receive adequate pretreatment to eliminate their groundwater contamination potential before
 infiltration.

        • Runoff from residential areas (the largest component of urban runoff from most cities) is
generally the least polluted urban runoff flow and should be  considered for infiltration. Very little treatment
of residential area stormwater runoff should be needed before infiltration, especially if surface infiltration is
through the use of grass swales. If subsurface infiltration (French drains, infiltration trenches, dry wells,
etc.) is used, then some pretreatment may be needed, such as by using grass filter strips, or other surface
filtration devices.

All other runoff should include pretreatment using sedimentation processes before infiltration, to both
minimize groundwater contamination and to prolong the life of the infiltration device (if needed). This
pretreatment can take the form of grass filters, sediment sumps, wet detention ponds, etc., depending on the
runoff volume to be treated and other site specific factors. Pollution prevention can also play an important
role in minimizing groundwater contamination problems, including reducing the use of galvanized metals,
pesticides, and fertilizers  in critical areas. The use of specialized  treatment devices can also play an
important role in treating  runoff from critical source areas before these more contaminated flows
commingle with cleaner runoff from other areas. Sophisticated treatment schemes, especially the use of
chemical processes or disinfection, may not be warranted, except in special cases, especially considering
the potential of forming harmful treatment by-products (such as THMs and soluble aluminum).

Most past stormwater quality monitoring has not been adequate to completely evaluate groundwater
contamination potential. The following list shows the parameters that are recommended to be monitored if
stormwater contamination potential needs to be considered, or infiltration devices are to be used. Other
analyses are appropriate for additional monitoring objectives (such as evaluating surface water problems).
In addition, all phases of urban runoff should be sampled, including stormwater runoff, dry-weather flows,
and snowmelt.

        • Contamination potential:
                 - Nutrients (especially nitrates)
                 - Salts (especially chloride)
                 - VOCs (if expected in the  runoff, such as from manufacturing industrial or
                  vehicle service areas, could screen for VOCs with purgable organic carbon, POC,
                  analyses)
                 - Pathogens (especially enteroviruses, if possible, along with other pathogens such as
                  Pseudomonas aentginosa, Shigella, and pathogenic protozoa)
                                               D-12

-------
                 - Bromide and total organic carbon, TOC (to estimate disinfection by-product generation
                  potential, if disinfection by either chlorination or ozone is being considered)
                 - Pesticides, in both filterable and total sample components (especially lindane and
                  chlordane)
                 - Other organics, in both filterable and total sample components (especially 1,3
                  dichlorobenzene, pyrene, fluoranthene, benzo (a) anthracene, bis (2-ethylhexyl)
                  phthalate, pentachlorophenol, and phenanthrene)
                 - Heavy metals,  in both filterable and total sample components (especially chromium,
                  lead, nickel, and zinc)
        • Operational considerations:
                 - Sodium, calcium, and magnesium (in order to calculate the sodium adsorption ratio to
                  predict clogging of clay soils)
                 - Suspended solids (to determine the need for sedimentation pretreatment to prevent
                  clogging)
The Technical University of Denmark (Mikkelsen, et al.  1996a and 1996b) has been involved in a series of
tests to examine the effects of stormwater infiltration on soil and groundwater quality. They found that
heavy metals and PAHs present little groundwater contamination threat, if surface infiltration systems are
used. However, they express concern about pesticides which are  much more mobile. Squillace, et al. (1996)
along with Zogorski, et al. (1996) presented information concerning stormwater and its potential as a
source of groundwater MTBE contamination. Mull (1996) stated that traffic areas are the third most
important source of groundwater contamination in Germany (after abandoned industrial sites and  leaky
sewers). The most important contaminants are chlorinated hydrocarbons, sulfate, organic compounds, and
nitrates. Heavy metals are generally not an important groundwater contaminant because of their affinity for
soils. Trauth and Xanthopoulus (1996) examined the long-term trends in groundwater quality at Karlsruhe,
Germany. They found that the urban landuse is having a long-term  influence on the  groundwater quality.
The concentration of many pollutants have increased by about 30 to 40% over 20 years. Hiltter and
Remmler (1996) describe a groundwater monitoring  plan, including monitoring wells that were established
during the construction of an infiltration trench for stormwater disposal in Dortmund, Germany. The worst
case problem expected is with zinc, if the infiltration water has a  pH value of 4.
                                              D-13

-------
                       Appendix E
Laboratory Procedures Used For MCTT Pilot-Scale Evaluations
                            E-l

-------
 Contents

   Contents	:	2
 Quality Assurance Objectives	3
   QA Objectives	3
   EPA-Approved or Other Validated Standard Methods	8
   Nonstandard or Modified Methods	10
   Calibration Procedures and Frequency	12
 Approach to QA/QC	13
   CALCULATION OF RESULTS	13
   INTERNAL QC CHECKS	14
   Calculation of data quality indicators	16
 References	18
 Attachment 1	19
 DETERMINATION OF INORGANIC IONS BY ION CHROMATOGRAPHY	19
   UAB METHOD 300.0	19
 Attachment 2	31
 ORGANOCHLORINE PESTICIDES AND PCBs	31
  UAB METHOD 608	31
 Attachment 3	45
 Base/Neutral and Acid Semi-volatile Compounds	45
  UAB method 625	45
 Standard Operating Procedure Supplement	76
   1. Solid Phase Extraction of Organic Compounds	76
  2. Summary	76
  3. Description of Item	76
  4. Calibration Interval	76
  5. Standards Needed	77
  6. Procedure	77
  7 Calculations	77
  8. Report	77
  9. References	77
Attachment 4	.78
MICROTOX Screening Test	78
  Standard Operating Procedure	78
Attachments	84
Particle Size Analysis	84
  Standard Operating Procedure	84
Attachment 6	92
COLOR	92
  EPA Method 110.3 (Spectrophotometric)	92
Attachment?	93
CONDUCTANCE	93
  EPA Method 120.1 (Specific Conductance, ^mhos/cm at 25°C)	93
Attachments	:	:	96
HARDNESS, Total (mg/1 as CaCO3)	96
  EPA Method 130.2 (Titrimetric, EDTA)	96
 Attachment 9	101
 pH	101
                                             E-2

-------
  EPA Method 150.1 (Electrometric)	....101
Attachment 10	104
RESIDUE, FILTERABLE	104
  EPA Method 160.1 (Gravimetric, Dried at 180°C)	104
RESIDUE, NON-FILTERABLE	..106
  EPA Method 160.2 (Gravimetric, Dried at 103-105°C)	106
RESIDUE, TOTAL	109
  EPA Method 160.3 (Gravimetric, Dried at 103-105°C)	109
RESIDUE, VOLATILE	Ill
  EPA Method 160.4 (Gravimetric, Ignition at 550°C)	Ill
Attachment 11	112
TURBIDITY	112
  EPA Method 180.1 (Nephelometic)	112
Attachment 12..	116
DETERMINATION  OF TRACE ELEMENTS BY STABILIZED TEMPERATURE GRAPHITE FURNACE
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY	116
  UAB METHOD 200.9	:	116
Attachment 13	133
ALKALINITY	133
  EPA Method 310.1 (Titrimetric, pH 4.5)	133
Attachment  14	137
CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND	137
  EPA Method 410.4 (Colorimetric, Automated; Manual)	137
Attachment  15	140
Sample Flowcharts	140
  MCTT Evaluation  Flow Chart	141
  Filtration Media Evaluation Flow Chart	142
  On-Site Filtration Media Evaluation Flow Chart	143
  Bench Scale Filtration Media Evaluation Flow Chart	144
    Quality Assurance Objectives

    QA Objectives
       A very important aspect of any research is the assurance that the samples collected represent the
    conditions to be tested and that the number of samples to be collected are sufficient to provide
    statistically relevant conclusions. Because this research is interested in comparing paired data sets, an
    experimental design process was used that estimates the number of needed sample pairs. The equation
    used to estimate the needed number of samples (Cameron, undated) is as follows:
    n — L
    where a = false positive rate (1-a is the degree of confidence. A value of a of 0.05 is usually considered
       statistically significant, corresponding to a 1-a degree of confidence of 0.95, or 95%)

    p = false negative rate (l-P is the power. If used, a value of p of 0.2 is common, but it is frequently
       ignored, corresponding to a p of 0.5)
                                               E-3

-------
 Zi-d = Z score (associated with area under normal curve) corresponding to 1-ot

 Zi.p = Z score corresponding to 1-|3 value

 fii = mean of data set one

 (0.2 = mean of data set two

 a = standard deviation (same for both data sets, same units as u. Both data sets are also assumed to be
    normally distributed)

    This equation is only approximate, as it requires that the two data sets be normally distributed and
 have the same standard deviations. In most cases, stormwater constituent concentrations are more closely
 log-normally distributed. However, if the coefficient of variation (COV) values are low (less than about
 0.4), then there is probably no significant difference in the predicted sampling effort. Stormwater samples
 are generally expected to have COV values of slightly greater values. Therefore, this equation is only
 appropriate as an approximation. The statistical procedures to be used to evaluate this data (as described
 in a following subsection) will calculate the exact degree of confidence of the pollutant reductions.

    Figure 1 is a plot of this equation (normalized using COV and differences of sample means) showing
 the approximate number of sample pairs needed for an a of 0.05 (degree of confidence of 95%), and a p
 of 0.2 (power of 80%). This figure and the above equation demonstrate that 12 sample pairs will be
 sufficient to  detect significant differences (with at least a 50% pollutant reduction) for constituents having
 coefficient of variations of no more than about 0.5.
Determining Sample Concentration Variations
    Figure 2 (Pitt and Lalor 1997) can be used to estimate the COV value for a parameter by knowing
the 10th and 90m percentile ratios (the "range ratio"), assuming a log-normal distribution. This is used to
make initial estimates for COV that are needed to calculate the approximate number of samples that
actually need to be sampled and analyzed, hi many cases, the approximate range of likely concentrations
can be estimated for a parameter of interest. The extreme values are not well known, but the approximate
10th and 90th percentile values can be estimated with better confidence. As an example, the likely 10th
and 90th percentile values of fluoride in tap water can be estimated to be about 0.7 and 1.5  mg/L,
respectively. The resulting range ratio is therefore 1.5/0.7 = 2.1 and the estimated COV value is 0.25,
from Figure 2.

    Also shown on Figure 2 is an indication of the location of the median value, compared to the 10th
percentile value and the range ratio. As the range ratio decreases, the median becomes close to the
midpoint between the 10th and 90th percentile values. Therefore, at low COV values, the differences
between normal distributions and log-normal distributions diminish. As the COV values increase, the
mean values are located much closer to the 10th percentile value. In log-normal distributions, no negative
concentration values are allowed, but very large positive " outliers" can occur. In the above example, the
median location is about 0.4, for a range ratio of 2.1. The following calculation shows how the median
value can be estimated using this "median location" value:

median location = 0.4 =  (Xso-Xio)/(X9o-Xio)

therefore Xso-Xio= 0.4(X9o-Xio).
                                              E-4

-------
(Xw-Xio) = 1.5 mg/L - 0.7 mg/L = 0.8 mg/L.


Therefore X50-Xio = 0.4 (0.8) = 0.32 mg/L,


and Xio = 0.7 mg/L, X50 = 0.32 mg/L + 0.7 mg/L = 1.0 mg/L.
     c
     CO
     0
     CD
         100
80 -
     2    60 -
     0)
     o
     c
     0)
                    Number of Sample Pairs Needed
                    (Power = 80%   Confidence = 95%)
             0.00   0.25   0.50   0.75   1.00   1.25    1.50    1.75   2.00
          40 —-
          20 -
                               Coefficient of Variation
               Figure 1. Sampling requirements for power of80% and confidence of 95%
                                      E-5

-------
         1.000
        0.100:
       0.010
Relative standard  deviation
         (standard dev./mean)
         Median location
               X50-X10)/(X90-X10)
                                10              100             1000
                                Range ratios (X90/X10)
                                         1E4
                  Figure 2. Relationship between dau rangs and coefficient of variation

    For comparison the average of the 10* and 90* percentile values is 1.1 mg/L. Because these two
values are quite close, the fluoride distribution is likely close to being normally distributed and the
equation shown previously can be used to estimate the required number of samples needed Pitt and
Lalor (1997) show how log transformations of real-space data descriptors (COV and median) can be used
in modifications of these equations.

Detection Limit Requirements
    TW are a number of different types of detection limits defined for laboratory use. Most instrument
manufactures present a minimum readable value as the instrument detection limit (IDL) in their
specifications for simple test kits. The usual definition of IDL, however, is a concentration that produces
a S1?Tu0,n°lse,rauo of flve- T*16 method diction limit (MDL) is a more conservative value and is
established tor the complete preparation and analysis procedure. The practical quantification limit (POL)
is higher yet and is defined as a routinely achievable detection limit with a relatively good certainty that
any reported value is reliable. StandardMethxts (APHA, et aL 1989) estimates that the relationship between
these detection limits is approximately: IDL:MDL:PQL = 1:4:20. Therefore, the detection limit shown in
                                           E-6

-------
much of the manufacturer's literature is much less than what would be used by most analytical
laboratones.

    A quick (and conservative) estimate of the needed method detection limit (with at least a 90%
confidence) can be made by knowing only the median concentration and the  concentration variation of
the contaminant, based on numerous Monte Carlo probability calculations presented by Pitt and Lalor
(1997):

                   Table 1, Monte Carlo values for MDL calculations
COV value
< 0.5 (low)
0.5 to 1.25 medium
> 1.25 (high)
Multiplier for MDL
0.8
0.23
0.12
    As an example, if the contaminant has a low COV (<0.5), then the estimated required MDL is about
0.8 times the estimated median contaminant concentration. This MDL value would result in most
observations being in the "detectable" range.

Required Sample Analytical Precision
    The precision (repeatability) of an analytical method is another important consideration in its
selection. Precision, as defined in Standard Methods (APHA, etaL 1992), is a measure of the closeness with
which multiple analyses of a given sample agree with each other. It is determined by repeated analyses of
a stable standard, conducting replicate analyses  on the samples, or by analyzing known standard additions
to samples. Precision is expressed as the standard deviation of the multiple analysis results.

    Figure 3 is a summary of probability plots prepared by Pitt and Lalor (1997) and indicates one
approach that can be used to calculate the needed analytical precision for a specific research objective.
This figure was prepared as an aid in resolving one percent contamination levels at a 90 percent
confidence level. This figure was developed for COV values ranging from 0.16 to 1,67, and indicates the
needed analytical precision (as a fraction of the  uncontaminated flow's low concentration) to resolve one
percent contamination levels at a 90 percent confidence level. This figure was developed for
contamination levels between zero and  15 percent. If the analytical precision is worse than these required
values, then small  contamination levels may not be detected. Therefore, even with adequate analytical
detection limits, poor analytical precision may not allow adequate identification of low levels of
contamination. As an example, if the median contaminant concentrations differ by a factor of 10 in two
flow components, but have high concentration variations (high COV values), a precision of between
0.015 to 0.03 of the lower baseflow median contaminant concentration is needed, for each percent
contamination that needs to be detected. If the median contaminant concentration in the cleaner
baseflow is 0.15 mg/L (with a corresponding contaminant median concentration of 10 times this amount,
or 1.5 mg/L, in the contaminating source flow), then the required analytical precision is about 0.015 X
0.15 = 0.002 mg/L to 0.03 X 0.15 = 0.005 mg/L per one percent contamination detection. If at least five
percent contamination is needed to be detected, then the minimum precision can be increased to 5 X
0.002 = 0.01 mg/L.

    The method noted previously can be used to estimate the detection limit requirements for the above
example:

low COV in the cleaner baseflow:  0.8 X 0.15 mg/L = 0.12 mg/L

medium COV in the cleaner baseflow:  0.23 X 0.15 mg/L = 0.035 mg/L
                                              E-7

-------
high COV in the cleaner baseflow: 0.12 X 0.15 mg/L = 0.018 mg/L.

    The required analytical precision would therefore be about one-half of the lowest detection limit
needed, and about 1/12 of the largest estimated required detection limit. In most cases, the required
minimum precision (expressed as a COV) should be in the range of about 0.1 to 1, with the most
restrictive precision needed for constituents having low COV values (in order to have the additional
variability associated with analytical methods kept to an insignificant portion of the total variability of the
results).
    E
    o
    •fj
    c
    0
    o
    L.
    0
    0)
    TJ
    
-------
                Table 2. Critical compound analytical methods
Class
Physical








Pesticides

SVOC







Metals




Cations



Anions


Toxicity
Compound
color
conductance
chemical oxygen demand
hardness
particle size
PH
turbidity
alkalinity
suspended solids
Lindane
Chlordane
1,3-dichlorobenzene
benzo(a) anthracene
bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
fluoranthene
pentachlorophenol
phenanthrene
butyl benzyl phthalate
pyrene
copper
chromium
lead
zinc
nickel
sodium
calcium
magnesium
potassium
chloride
nitrate
sulfate
variable
Method
EPA 110.3
EPA 120.1
EPA 4 10.4
EPA 130.2
UABEEL1
EPA 150.1
EPA 180.1
EPA 3 10.1
EPA 160.3
Modified EPA 608
Modified EPA 608
Modified EPA 625
Modified EPA 625
Modified EPA 625
Modified EPA 625
Modified EPA 625
Modified EPA 625
Modified EPA 625
Modified EPA 625
EPA 200.9
EPA 200.9
EPA 200.9
EPA 200.9
EPA 200.9
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
UAB EEL1
Attachment
6
7
14
8
5
9
11
13
10
2
2
o
j
•>
j
->
j
•^
j
•^
j
3
^>
j
3
12
12
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
'UAB Environmental Engineering Laboratory Method
                                           E-9

-------
                    Table 3. Non-cntical compoundanalytical methods
Class
Physical


Pesticides

SVOC

Metals
Cations

Anions


Compound
dissolved solids
total solids
volatile solids
modified method 608
chlorinated pesticides
modified method 625 semi-
volatile compounds
cadmium
ammonium
lithium
fluoride
nitrite
phosphate
Method
EPA 160.1
EPA 160.3
EPA 160.4
Modified EPA 608

Modified EPA 625

EPA 200.9
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Modified EPA 300
Attachment
10
10
10
2

3

12
1
1
1
1
1
Nonstandard or Modified Methods
EPA method 300 is modified as follows:
    For onions:

2.0 Summary" of Method

2.5 Samples are filtered through CIS and cation exchange columns prior to analysis to remove
    interferences

    For cations:

1.0 Scope and Application

1.1 This method covers the determination of the following inorganic cations:

lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, magnesium,

2.0 Summary of Method

2.5 Samples are filtered through CIS and anion exchange columns prior to analysis to remove

interferences.

6.0 Equipment and Supplies

6.2.2.1 Cation analytical column utilized is a Dionex Cation exchange column

EPA method 608 and 625 are modified as follows:
10. Sample Extraction

1.  Samples are  extracted using a separatory  funnel technique. If emulsions prevent achieving acceptable
    solvent recovery with separatory funnel extraction, continuous extraction is used. The separatory
    funnel extraction scheme described below assumes a sample volume of 250 mL. The serial extraction

                                             E-10

-------
    of the base/neutrals uses 10 mL and 10 mL volumes of methylene chloride as does the serial
    extraction of the acids. Prior to the extraction, all glassware is oven baked at 300  C.

2. A sample volume of 250 mL is collected in a 400 mL beaker and poured into a 500 mL separation
    funneL For every twelve samples extracted, an additional four samples are extracted for quality
    control and assurance. These include three 250 mL composite samples made of equal amounts of the
    twelve samples and one 250 mL sample of reverse osmosis water. Standard solution additions
    consisting of 25 uL of 1000 ug/mL base/neutral spiking solution, 25 uL of 1000 ug/mL
    base/neutral surrogates, 12.5 uL of 2000 fig /mL acid spiking solution , and 12.5 uL of 2000 ug
    /mL acid surrogates are made to the separation funnels of two of the three composite samples and
    mixed well. Sample pH is measured with wide range pH paper and adjusted to pH > 11 with sodium
    hydroxide solution.

3. A 10 mL volume of methylene chloride is added to the separatory funnel and sealed by capping. The
    separatory funnel  is gendy shaken by hand for 15s and vented to release pressure. The cap is
    removed from die separatory funnel and replaced with a vented snorkel stopper. The separatory
    funnel is then placed on a mechanical shaker and shaken for 2 min. After returning the separatory
    funnel to its stand and replacing the snorkel stopper with cap, the organic layer is allowed to separate
    from the water phase for a minimum of 10 minutes, longer if an emulsion develops. The extract and
    any emulsion present is then collected into a 125 mL Erlenmeyer flask.

4. A second 10 mL volume of methylene chloride is added to the separatory funnel and the extraction
    mediod is repeated, combining the extract with the previous in the Erlenmeyer flask. For persistent
    emulsions, those with emulsion interface between layers more than one-third the volume of the
    solvent layer, the extract including the emulsion is poured into a 50 mL centrifuge vial, capped, and
    centrifuged at 2000 rpm for 2 min. to break die emulsion. Water phase separated in by centrifuge is
    collected from me vial and returned to the separatory funnel using a disposable pipette. The
    centrifuge vial with the extract is recapped before performing die extraction of the acid portion.

5. The pH of the remaining sample in the separatory funnel is adjusted to pH <  2 using sulfuric acid. The
    acidified aqueous phase is senally extracted two times with 10 mL aliquots of methylene chloride as
    done in me previous base/neutral extraction procedure. Extract and any emulsions are again
    collected in die 125 mL Erlenmeyer flask.

6. The base/neutral extract is poured from the centrifuge vial diough a drying column of at least  10 cm
    of anhydrous sodium sulfate and is collected in a 50 mL beaker. The Erlenmeyer flask is rinsed widi
    5 mL of methylene chloride which is then used to rinse the centrifuge vial and dien for rinsing the
    drying column and completing the quantitative transfer.

7. The base/neutral extract is transferred into 50 mL concentration vials and is placed in an automatic
    vacuum/centrifuge concentrator (Vacuum concentration is used in place of the Kuderna-Damsh
    mediod). Extract is concentrated to approximately 0.5 mL.

8. The acid extract collected in the 125 mL Erlenmeyer flask is placed in die 50 mL centrifuge vial. Again,
    if persistent emulsions persist, the extract is centrifuged at 2000 rpm for 2 min. Water is drawn from
    die extract and discarded. Extract is poured through the 10 cm anhydrous sodium sulfate drying
    column and collected in the 50 mL beaker as before. The Erlenmeyer flask is then rinsed with 5 mL
    of methylene chloride which is then poured into die centrifuge vial and finally dirough die drying
    column.
                                              E-I

-------
 9. The acid extract is then poured into the 50 mL concentration vial combining it with the evaporated
     base/neutral extract. The combined extract is then concentrated to approximately 0.5 mL in the
     automatic vacuum/centrifuge concentrator.

 10. Using a disposable pipette, extract is transferred to a graduated Kudema-Danish concentrator.
     Approximately 1.5 mL of methylene chloride is placed in the concentration vial for rinsing. This rinse
     solvent is then used to adjust the volume of extract to 2.0 mL. Extract is then poured into a labeled
     Teflon-sealed screw-cap vial and freezer stored until analysis.

Notes for method 608:
    Under the alkaline conditions of the extraction step, oc-BHC, y-BHC, endosulfan I and II, and endrin
are subject to decomposition. Florisil cleanup is not utilized unless sample matrix creates excessive
background interference.


Calibration Procedures and Frequency
    Calibration procedures for all methods are described in standard methods or the particular UAB
Environmental Engineering Laboratory method. All QA criteria for calibrations are met or are upgraded,
e.g., 5 point calibrations versus single point or 3 point calibrations.
                                              E-12

-------
 Approach to QA/QC

 CALCULA TION OF RESUL TS
 Statistical Approach for Reducing Data
    MCTT Data Observations. Comparison tests will be made of inlet and outlet conditions in the
 MCTT to determine the level of pollutant removal and the statistical significance of the
 concentration differences. Tests of significance will rely mostly on the nonparametnc Wilcoxon
 Signed Rank Test for paired data. The 12 sets of observations for each test parameter will be used for
 the following six test groups:

    1)  inlet vs. gnt chamber outlet

    2)  inlet vs. main settling chamber outlet

    3)  inlet vs. final effluent

    4)  grit chamber outlet vs. main settling chamber outlet

    5)  grit chamber outlet vs. final effluent

    6)  main settling chamber outlet vs. final effluent

    The Wilcoxon signed rank test is a nonparametric test that doesn't require assumptions
concerning the distribution of the data or residuals (Lehmann 1975). StatXact-Turbo (CYTEL,
Cambridge, MA) is a microcomputer program that computes exact nonparametric levels of
significance, without resorting to normal approximations. This is especially important for the
relatively small data sets that will be evaluated during this research. The significance test results (the a
value) will indicate the level of confidence that the two sets of observations are the same. In most
cases, an a level of less than 0.05 is used to signify significant differences between two set of paired
observations.

    Even if the a level is significant (less than 0.05), the pollutant reduction may not be very
important. Therefore, a calculation to determine the level of pollutant reduction will also be made
using the microcomputer spreadsheet program Excel  (Microsoft Corp.). Excel is the basic data base
system used in our laboratory. The pollutant reduction will be calculated using the following
conventional formula:

    % reduction = 100 X (inlet-outlet)/inlet

    The importance of the level of pollutant reductions will also be graphically presented using
grouped box plots indicating the range and variations of the concentrations at each of the four
sampling locations in the MCTT. These plots will be prepared using SigmaPlot Qandel, San Rafael,
CA). Overlaying line graphs, showing all 12 sets of observations may also be prepared using Excel.

Determination of Outliers
    Analytical results less than the PQL or the MDL will be flagged, but the result (greater than the
IDL) will still be used in most of the statistical calculations. Results less than the IDL will be treated
as less than detectable values (LDV) and will be treated according to Berthouex and Brown (1994).
Generally, the statistical procedures will be used twice, once with the LDV equal to zero, and again
with the LDV equal to the IDL. Thi? procedure will determine if a significant difference in
conclusions would occur with handling the data in a specific manner.

                                            E-13

-------
    Unusually high values will be critically examined to identify any possible errors. In most cases,
the sample will also be re-evaluated, as described earlier. It is difficult to reject stormwater
constituent observations solely because they are unusually high, as stormwater can easily have wide
ranging constituent observations.


INTERNAL QC CHECKS
    Several quality control activities occur as specified in standard methods, however, standard
methods for EPA 625 do not list several QC parameters. These parameters are listed in Table 4.
                                             E-14

-------
                       Table 4. Internal quality control checks
Tuning
Requirement
Frequency
Criteria
Surrogates
Internal Standards
Spike
Frequency
Concentration
50 ng DFTPP
per extraction batch
per method

Phenol-d5
2-Fluorophertol
2,4,6-Tribromophenol
Nitrobenzene-d5
2-Fluorobiphenyi
p-Terphenyl
2-Chlorophenol-d4
1,2-Dichlorobenzene-d4

1,4-Dichlorobenzene-d4
Naphthalene-d8
Acenaphthene-d10
Phenanthrene-d10
Chrysene-d12
Perylene-d12
Matrix Spike
5% samples  or greater
1 - 5x sample level for
QA monitoring
Criteria
Duplicate
Frequency
Criteria
Sample Analysis
Qualitative ID
IS Area
IS RRT
Surrogate Criteria
Quantitative
QC Check Sample
Frequency
Criteria
Surrogate Recoveries
Nitrobenzene-d5
2-Fluorobiphenyl
         p-Terphenyl-d14
(25-50 ug/L)
Method % rec. limits
Matrix spike duplicate
5% samples or 1 per extraction batch (16)
Method % rec and RPD

RRT within +/-0.06 RRT
units of standard RRT
Ions  >10% in std. present
in sample within +/-20% of
ion abundance in std.
-50 to +100% of cal. area
+/- 30 sec of Cal. RT
Method % rec. limits
Within calibration range
Performance Evaluation
Each study
EPA QC limits

          34-114%
          43- 116%
          33-141 %
                                                    E-15

-------
Tuning






Phenol-d6
2-Fluorophenol
2,4,6-Tribromophenol
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene-d4
2-Chlorophenol-d4

10-
21 -
10-
16-
33-

110%
110%
123 %
110%
110%
 Calculation of data quality indicators
 Precision
    precision, when calculated from duplicate measurements:

            (C, -C,)xlOO%
            ^-	LL_—
                     72

RPD = relative percent difference

Ci = larger of the two observed values

Ci = smaller of the two observed values

    if calculated from three or more replicates, use relative standard deviation (RSD) rather than
RPD:


    RSD =


RSD = relative standard deviation

s = standard deviation

 V = mean of replicate analyses

Accuracy
    For measurements where matrix spikes are used:
    %/?=100%x
%R = percent recovery

S = measured concentration in spiked aliquot

U = measured concentration in unspiked aliquot

CM = actual concentration of spike added

    For situations where a standard reference material (srm) is used instead of or in addition to a
matrix spike:
                                            E-16

-------
       tf = 100%x
%R = percent recovery
Cm = measured concentration of srm
Csrm = actual concentration of srm
Method Detection Limit
MDL = method detection limit
s = standard deviation of replicate analyses
         s = Student's t-value appropriate to a 99% confidence level and a standard deviation
estimate with n-1 degrees of freedom
 (n-\ i-a=o 99> x
                                             E-17

-------
 References
    APHA, AWWA, and WPCF. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.
 18th edition. Water Environment Federation. Washington, D.C. 1992.

    Berthouex, P.M. and L.C. Brown. Statistics for Environmental Engineers. Lewis Publishers.
 Boca Raton. 1994.

    Cameron, K. "Statistics Workshop." Seventh Annual Waste Testing and Quality Assurance
 Symposium. U.S. EPA. SAIC Corp. undated.

    Lehmann, E.L. Nonparametrics: Statistical Methods Based on Ranks. Holden-Day. San
 Francisco. 1975.

    Pitt, R., Field, R. "Hazardous and Toxic Wastes Associated with Urban Stormwater Runoff."
 Proceedings 16th Annual RREL Hazardous Waste Research Symposium: Remedial Action,
 Treatment, and Disposal of Hazardous Waste, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
 Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH EPA/600/9-90-37 (NTIS PB91-148379). 1990.

    Pitt, R., R. Field, M. Lalor, andM. Brown. "Urban Stormwater Toxic Pollutants: Assessment,
 Sources, and Treatability." Water Environment Research. June 1995.

    Pitt, R., S. Clark, and K. Partner. Potential Groundwater Contamination from Intentional and
 Non-Intentional Stormwater Infiltration. U.S. EPA. Office of Research and Development.
EPA/600/14. PB94-165354. Cincinnati, Ohio. May 1994.

    Pitt, R. and M. Lalor. Investigation of Inappropriate Pollutant Entries into Storm Drainage
Systems - A Demonstration/Research Report. U.S. EPA. Office of Research and Development.
Contracts No. 68-03-3255 and 68-C9-0033, and Cooperative Agreements No. CR-816862 and CR-
 819573. Cincinnati, Ohio, to be published in 1997.
                                          E-18

-------
Attachment 1

 DETERMINATION OF INORGANIC IONS BY ION CHROMATOGRAPHY

UAB METHOD 300.0
SCOPE AND APPLICATION
    1.1 This method covers the determination of the following inorganic ions:

    PART A. anions

    fluoride, chloride, nkrate-N, nitrite-N, ortho-phosphate-P, sulfate

    PART B. cations

    lithium, sodium, potassium, ammonium, magnesium, calcium

    1.2 The matrices applicable to this method are drinking water, surface water, mixed domestic and
industrial wastewaters, groundwater, reagent waters, solids (after extraction 11.7), and leachates
(when no acetic acid is used).

    1.3 The single analyst Method Detection Limit (MDL defined in Sect. 3.2) for the above analytes
is listed in Tables 2 and 3. The MDL for a specific matrix or analyst may differ from those listed,
depending upon the nature of the sample and care utilized during analysis.

    1.4 This method is recommended for use only by or under die supervision of analysts
experienced in the use of ion chromatography and in the interpretation of die resulting ion
chromatograms.

    1.5 When this method is used to analyze unfamiliar samples for any of the above ions, ion
identification should be supported by the use of a fortified sample matrix covering the anions of
interest. The fortification procedure is described in Sect. 11.6.

    1.6 Users of the method data should state the data quality objectives  prior to analysis. Users of
the method must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results with this mediod, using the
procedures described in Sett. 9.0.

SUMMARY OF METHOD
    2.1 A small volume of sample, typically 2 to 3 mL, is introduced into an ion chromatograph. The
ions of interest are separated and measured, using a system comprised of a guard column, analytical
column, suppressor device, and conductivity detector.

    2.2 The main differences between Parts A and B are the separator columns, guard columns, and
sample preparation procedures. Sections 6.0 and 7.0 elicit the differences.

    2.3 An extraction procedure must be performed to use this method for solids (See 11.7).

    2.4 Limited performance-based method modifications may be acceptable provided they are fully
documented and meet or exceed requirements expressed in Sect. 9.0,  Quality Control.
                                           E-19

-------
 DEFINITIONS
     3.1 CALIBRATION BLANK (CB)~ A volume of reagent water fortified with the same matrix
 as the calibration standards, but without the analytes, internal standards, or surrogate analytes.

     3.2 CALIBRATION STANDARD (CAL)~ A solution prepared from the primary dilution
 standard solution or stock standard solutions and the internal standards and surrogate analytes. The
 CAL solutions are used to calibrate the instrument response with respect to analyte concentration.

     3.3  FIELD DUPLICATES (FD)~ Two separate samples collected at the same time and place
 under identical circumstances and treated exactly the same throughout field and laboratory
 procedures. Analyses of field duplicates indicate the precision associated with sample collection,
 preservation and storage, as well as with laboratory procedures.

    3.4  INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE CHECK SOLUTION (IPC)- A solution of one or
 more method analytes, surrogates, internal standards, or other test substances used to evaluate the
 performance of the instrument system with respect to a defined set of criteria.

    3.5 LABORATORY FORTIFIED BLANK (LFB)~ An  aliquot of reagent water or other blank
 matrices to which known quantities of the method analytes are added in the laboratory. The LFB is
 analyzed exactly like a sample, and its purpose is to determine whether the methodology is in control,
 and whether the laboratory is capable of making accurate and precise measurements.

    3.6 LABORATORY FORTIFIED SAMPLE MATRIX (LFM)- An aliquot of an environmental
 sample to which known quantities of the method analytes are added in the laboratory. The LFM is
 analyzed exactly like a sample, and its purpose is to determine whether the sample matrix contributes
 bias to the analytical results. The background concentrations of the analytes in the sample matrix
 must be determined in a separate aliquot and the measured values in the LFM corrected for
 background concentrations.

    3.7 LABORATORY REAGENT BLANK (LRB)- An aliquot of reagent water or other blank
rntrices mat are treated exactly as a sample including exposure to all glassware, equipment, solvents,
 reagents, internal  standards, and surrogates that are used with  other samples. The LRB is used to
determine if method analytes or other interferences are present in die laboratory environment, the
reagents, or the apparatus.

    3.8 LINEAR CALIBRATION RANGE (LCR)- The concentration range over which the
instrument response is linear.

    3.9 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)- Written information provided by vendors
concerning a chemical's toxicity, health hazards, physical properties, fire, and reactivity data
including storage, spill, and handling precautions.

    3.10 METHOD DETECTION LIMIT (MDL)-- The minimum concentration of an analyte that
can be identified,  measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentration is
greater than zero.

    3.11 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SAMPLE (PE)~ A solution of method analytes
distributed by the Quality Assurance Research Division (QARD), Environmental Monitoring
Systems Laboratory (EMSL- Cincinnati), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,
to multiple laboratones for analysis. A volume of the solution is added to a known volume of reagent
water and analyzed with procedures used for samples. Results of analyses are used by QARD to


                                          E-20

-------
 determine statistically the accuracy and precision that can be expected when a method is performed
 by a competent analyst. Analyte true values are unknown to the analyst.

    3.12 QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLE (QCS)» A solution of method analytes of known
 concentrations that is used to fortify an aliquot of LRB or sample matrix. The QCS is obtained from
 a source external to the laboratory and different from the source of calibration standards. It is used
 to check laboratory performance with externally prepared test materials.

    3.13 STOCK STANDARD SOLUTION (SSS)~ A concentrated solution containing one or
 more method analytes prepared in the laboratory using assayed reference materials or purchased
 from a reputable commercial source.

 INTERFERENCES
    4.1 Interferences can be caused by substances with retention times that are similar to and overlap
 those of the ion of interest. Large amounts of an ion can interfere with the peak resolution of an
 adjacent ion. Sample dilution and/or fortification can be used to solve most interference problems
 associated with retention times.

    4.2 The water dip or negative peak that elutes near, and can interfere with, the fluoride peak can
 usually be eliminated by the addition of the equivalent of 1 mL of concentrated eluent (7.31OOX) to
 100 mL of each standard and sample.

    4.3 Method interferences may be caused by contaminants in the reagent water, reagents,
 glassware, and other sample processing apparatus that lead to discrete artifacts or elevated baseline in
ion chromatograms.

    4.4 Samples that contain particles larger than 0.45 microns and reagent solutions that contain
particles larger than 0.20 microns require filtration to prevent damage to instrument columns and
 flow systems.

    4.5 Any ion that is not retained by the  column or only slightly retained will elute in the area of
 fluoride or lidiium and interfere. Known co-elution is caused by carbonate and other small organic
ions. At concentrations of fluoride and lithium above 1.5 mg/L, this interference may not be
significant, however, it is the responsibility of the user to generate precision  and accuracy information
in each sample matrix.

    4.6 The acetate amon elutes early during  the chromatographic run. The retention times of the
anions also seem to differ when large amounts of acetate are present. Therefore, this method is not
recommended for leachates of solid samples  when acetic acid is used for pH adjustment or
extraction.

    4.7 The quantitation of unretained peaks should be avoided, such as low molecular weight
organic acids (formate, acetate, propionate etc .) which are conductive and co-elute with or near
fluoride and would bias the fluoride quantitation in some drinking and most waste waters.

    4.8 Any residual chlorine dioxide present in the sample will result in the formation of additional
chlorite prior to analysis. If any concentration of chlorine dioxide is suspected in the sample purge
the sample with an inert gas (argon or nitrogen) for about five minutes or until no chlorine dioxide
 remains.
                                            E-21

-------
 SAFETY
    5.1 The toxicity or carcinogemcity of each reagent used in this method have not been fully
 established. Each chemical should be regarded as a potential health hazard and exposure should be as
 low as reasonably achievable. Cautions are included for known extremely hazardous materials or
 procedures.

    5.2 Each laboratory is responsible for maintaining a current awareness file of OSHA regulations
 regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of Material
 Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) is available to all personnel involved in the chemical analysis.

    5.3 The following chemicals have the potential to be highly toxic or hazardous, consult MSDS.

    5.3. ISulfuric acid (7.4)

 Equipment and Supplies
    6.1  Balance- Analytical, capable of accurately weighing to the nearest 0.000 Igm.

    6.2  Sample preparation equipment consisting of vacuum apparatus to reproducibly perform solid
phase clean up with various columns: CIS to remove non-polar interferences, silica to remove polar
interferences, amon exchange to remove amon interferences, cation exchange to remove cation
interferences.

    6.3  Ion chromatograph— Analytical system complete with ion chromatograph and all required
accessories including syringes, analytical columns, compressed gasses and detectors.

    6.3.1 Guard column: A protector of the separator column. If omitted from the system the
retention times will be shorter. Usually packed with a substrate the same as that in the separator
column.

    6.3.2 Analytical column: This column produces the separation shown in Figures 1 and 2.

    6.3.3 Anion analytical column (Method A): Dionex ASA column (P/N 37041). An optional
column may be used if comparable resolution of peaks is obtained, and the requirements of Sect. 9.2
can be met.

    6.3.4 Cation analytical column (Method B): Dionex column (P/N 37041). An optional column
may be used if comparable resolution of peaks is obtained, and the requirements of Sect. 9.2 can be
met.

    6.3.5 Suppressor device: The data presented in this method were generated using a Dionex amon
or cation micro membrane suppressor (P/N 37106).

    6.3.6 Detector- Conductivity cell: approximately 1.25 @L internal volume, (Dionex, or
equivalent) capable of providing data as required in Sect. 9.2.

    6.3.7 The Dionex AI-450 Data Chromatography Software was used to generate all the data in the
attached tables. Systems using a strip-chart recorder and integrator or other computer based data
system may achieve approximately the same MDL's but the user should demonstrate this by the
procedure outlined in Sect. 9. 2.
                                           E-22

-------
Reaqents and Standards
    7.1 Sample bottles: Glass or polyethylene of sufficient volume to allow replicate analyses of
anions of interest.

    1.2 Reagent water: Distilled or de-ionized water, free of the ions of interest. Water should
contain particles no larger than 0.20 microns.

    7.3 Eluent solution (Method A and Method B): Sodium bicarbonate (CASRN 144-55-8) 1.7 mM,
sodium carbonate (CASRN 497-19-8) 1.8 mM. Dissolve 0.2856 gm sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3)
and 0.3816 gm of sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) in reagent water (7.2) and dilute to 2 L.

    7.4 Regeneration solution, if necessary.

    7.5 Stock standard solutions: Stock standard solutions are purchased as certified solutions from
Dionex Corportaion.

    NOTE: Stability of standards: Stock  standards (7.5) are stable for at least 1 month when stored
at 4°C. Dilute working standards should be prepared weekly, except those that contain nitrite and
phosphate should be prepared fresh daily.

Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage
    8.1 Samples should be collected in plastic or glass bottles. All bottles must be thoroughly cleaned
and rinsed with reagent water. Volume collected should be sufficient to insure a representative
sample, allow for replicate analysis, if required, and minimize waste disposal.

    8.2 Sample preservation and holding  times for the ions that can be determined by this method
are as follows:
                                            E-22

-------
                    Ion preservation and holding times
     Analyte

     Fluoride

     Chloride

     Nitrate- N

     Combined (Nitrate/Nitrite)

    Nitrite-N

    O-Phosphate-P

    Sulfate

    Lithium

    Sodium

    Ammonium

    Potassium

    Magnesium

    Calcium
 Preservation
 Holding Time
 None required

 None required

 Cool to 4°C

 cone. HjSCU to a pH < 2

 Cool to 4°C

 Cool to 4°C

 Cool to 4°C

 Cool to 4°C

 Cool to 4°C

Cool to 4°C

Cool to 4°C

Cool to 4°C

Cool to 4°C
 28 days

 28 days

 48 hours

 28 days

 48 hours

 48 hours

 28 days

 28 days

28 days

48 hours

28 days

28 days

28 days
    NOTE: If the determined value for the combined nitrate /nitrite exceeds 0.5 mg/L as N, a re-
sample must be analyzed for the individual concentrations of nitrate and nitrite.

    8.3 The method of preservation and the holding time for samples analyzed by this method are
determined by the ions of interest. In a given sample, the ion that requires the most preservation
treatment and the shortest holding time will determine the preservation treatment. It is
recommended that all samples be cooled to 4°C and held for no longer than 28 days.

QUALITY CONTROL
    9.1 Each analyst using this method is required to operate a formal quality control (QC) program.
The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of analyst capability,
and the periodic analysis of laboratory reagent blanks, fortified blanks and other laboratory solutions
as a continuing check on performance. The analyst is required to maintain performance records that
define the quality of the data that are generated.

INITIAL DEMONSTRATION OF PERFORMANCE
    9.2.1 The initial demonstration of performance is used to characterize instrument performance
(determination of LCRs and analysis of QCS) and laboratory performance  (determination of MDLs)
prior to performing analyses by this method.
                                           E-24

-------
    9.2.2 Linear Calibration Range (LCR)-- The LCR must be determined initially and verified every
6 months or whenever a significant change in instrument response is observed or expected. The
initial demonstration of linearity must use sufficient standards to insure that the resulting curve is
linear. The verification of linearity must use a minimum of a blank and three standards. If any
verification data exceeds the initial values by ±10%, linearity must be reestablished. If any portion of
the range is shown to be nonlinear, sufficient standards must be used to clearly define the nonlinear
portion.

    9.2.3 Quality Control Sample (QCS)- When beginning the use of this method, on a quarterly
basis or as required to meet data-quality needs, verify the calibration standards and acceptable
instrument performance with the preparation and analyses of a QCS. If the determined
concentrations are not within ±10% of the stated values, performance of the determinative step of
the method is unacceptable.  The source of the problem must be identified and corrected before
either proceeding with the initial determination of MDLs or continuing with on-going analyses.

    9.2.4 Method Detection Limit (MDL)- MDLs must be established for all analytes, using reagent
water (blank) fortified at a concentration of two to three times the estimated instrument detection
limit. To determine MDL values, take seven replicate aliquots of the fortified reagent water and
process through the entire analytical method. Perform all calculations defined in the method and
report the concentration values in the appropnate  units. Calculate the MDL as follows:

    MDL= (t) x (S)

    where, t = Student's t value for a 99% confidence level and a standard deviation estimate with n-
1 degrees of freedom [t =3.14 for seven replicates].

    S  = standard deviation of the replicate analyses.

    MDLs should be determined every 6 months,  when a new operator begins work or whenever
there is a significant change in the background or instrument response.

    9.3 ASSESSING ANALYST PERFORMANCE

    9.3.1 Laboratory Reagent Blank (LRB)~ The analyst must analyze at least one LRB with each
batch of samples. Data produced are used to assess contamination from the laboratory environment.
Values that exceed the MDL indicate  laboratory or reagent contamination should be suspected and
corrective actions must be taken before continuing the analysis.

    9.3.2 Laboratory Fortified Blank (LFB)~ The  analyst must analyze at least one LFB with each
batch of samples. Calculate accuracy as percent recovery (Sect. 9.4.2). If the recovery of any analyte
falls outside the required control limits of 90-110%, that analyte is judged  out of control, and the
source of the problem should be identified and resolved before continuing analyses.

    9.3.3 The analyst must use LFB analyses data to assess performance against the required control
limits of 90-110%. When sufficient internal performance data become available (usually a minimum
of 20- 30 analyses), optional control limits can be developed from the percent mean recovery (x) and
the standard deviation (S) of the mean recovery. These data can be used to establish the upper and
lower control limits as follows:

    UPPER CONTROL LIMIT =x + 3S

    LOWER CONTROL LIMIT =x -3S
                                           E-25

-------
    The optional control limits must be equal to or better than the required control limits of 90-
 110%. After each five to ten new recovery measurements, new control limits can be calculated using
 only the most recent 20-30 data points. Also, the standard deviation (S) data should be used to
 establish an on-going precision statement for the level of concentrations included in the LFB. These
 data must be kept on file and be available for review.

    9.3.4 Instrument Performance Check Solution (IPC)~ For all determinations the laboratory must
 analyze the IPC (a midrange check standard) and a calibration blank immediately following daily
 calibration, after every tenth sample (or more frequently, if required) and at the end of the sample
        run. Analysis of the IPC solution and calibration blank immediately following calibration
 must verify that the instrument is within ±10% of calibration. Subsequent analyses of the IPC
 solution must verify the calibration is still within ±10%.  If the calibration cannot be verified within
 the specified limits, reanalyze the IPC solution. If the second analysis of the IPC solution confirms
 calibration to be outside the limits, sample analysis must be discontinued, the cause determined
 and/or in the case of drift, the instrument recalibrated. All samples following the last acceptable IPC
 solution must be reanalyzed. The analysis data of the calibration blank and IPC solution must be kept
 on file with the sample analyses data.

    9.4 ASSESSING ANALYTE RECOVERY AND DATA QUALITY

    9.4.1 Laboratory Fortified Sample Matrix (LFM)- The analyst must add a known amount of
 analyte to a minimum of 10% of the routine samples. In each case the LFM aliquot must be a
duplicate of the aliquot used for sample analysis. The analyte concentration must be high enough to
be detected above the original sample and should not be less than four times the MDL. The added
analyte concentration should be the same as that used in the laboratory fortified blank.

    9.4.1.1 If the concentration of fortification is less than 25% of the background concentration of
the matrix the matrix recovery should not be calculated.

    9.4.2 Calculate die percent recovery for each analyte, corrected for concentrations measured in
the unfortified sample, and compare these values to the designated LFM recovery range 90-110%.
Percent recovery may be calculated using the following equation:

    R = (Q - q/s (100)

    where, R = percent recovery, Cs = fortified sample concentration, C = sample background
concentration, s = concentration equivalent of analyte added to sample.

    9. 4. 3 Until sufficient data becomes available (usually a minimum of 20 to 30 analyses), assess
 laboratory performance against recovery limits of 80 to 120%. When sufficient internal performance
 data becomes available develop control limits from percent mean recovery and the standard
 deviation of the mean recovery.

    9.4.4 If the recovery of any analyte falls outside the designated LFM recovery range and the
 laboratory performance for that analyte is shown to be in control (Sea. 9.3), the recovery problem
 encountered with the LFM is judged to be either matrix  or solution related, not system related.

    9. 4. 5 Where reference materials are available, they should be analyzed to provide additional
 performance data. The analysis of reference samples is a valuable tool for demonstrating the ability to
 perform the method acceptably.
                                           E-26

-------
    9.4.6 In recognition of the rapid advances occurring in chromatography, the analyst is permitted
 certain options, such as the use of different columns and/or eluents, to improve the separations or
 lower the cost of measurements. Each time such modifications to the method are made, the analyst is
 required to repeat the procedure in Sect. 9.2.

    9.4.7 It is recommended that the analyst adopt additional quality assurance practices for use with
 this method. The specific practices that are most productive depend upon the needs of the laboratory
 and the nature of the samples. Field duplicates may be analyzed to monitor the precision of the
 sampling technique. When doubt exists over the identification of a peak in the chromatogram,
 confirming techniques such as sample dilution and fortification, must be used. Whenever possible,
 the analyst should perform analysis of quality control check samples and participate in relevant
 performance evaluation sample studies.

    9.4.8 At least quarterly, replicates of LFBs should be analyzed to determine the precision of the
 laboratory measurements. Add these results to the on-going control charts to document data quality.

 Calibration and Standardization
    10.1 Establish ion chromatographic operating parameters equivalent to those indicated in Table
 1.

    10.2 For each analyte of interest, prepare calibration standards at a minimum of three
concentration levels and a blank by adding accurately measured volumes of one or more stock
standards (7.5) to a volumetric flask and diluting to volume with reagent water. If a sample analyte
concentration exceeds the calibration range the sample may be diluted to fall within the range. If this
is not possible then three new calibration concentrations must be chosen, two of which must bracket
the concentration of the sample analyte of interest. Each attenuation range of the instrument used to
analyze a sample must be calibrated individually.

    10.3 Using injections of 0.1 to 1.0 mL (determined by injection loop volume) of each calibration
standard, tabulate peak height or area responses against the concentration. The results are used to
prepare a calibration curve for each analyte. During this procedure, retention times must be recorded.

    10.4 The calibration curve must be verified on each working day, or whenever the ion eluent is
changed, and after every 20 samples. If the response or retention time  for any analyte varies from the
expected values by  more than ±10%, the test must be repeated, using fresh calibration standards. If
the results are still more than ±10%, a new calibration curve must be prepared for that analyte.

    10.5 Nonlinear response can result when the separator column capacity is exceeded
(overloading). The  response of the detector to the sample when diluted 1:1, and when not diluted,
should be compared. If the calculated responses are the same, samples of this total ionic
concentration need not  be diluted.

Procedure
    11.1 Tables 2 and 3 summarize the recommended operating conditions for the ion
chromatograph. Included in these tables are estimated retention times  that can be achieved by this
method. Other columns, chromatographic conditions, or detectors may be used if the requirements
of Sea. 9.2 are met.

    11.2 Check system calibration daily and, if required, re-calibrate as described in Sect. 10.
                                            E-27

-------
     11.3 Load and inject a fixed amount of well mixed sample. Flush injection loop thoroughly,
 using each new sample. Use the same size loop for standards and samples. Record the resulting peak
 size in area or peak height units. An automated constant volume injection system may also be used.

     11.4 The width of the retention time window used to make identifications should be based upon
 measurements of actual retention time variations of standards over the course of a day. Three times
 the standard deviation of a retention time can be used to calculate a suggested window size for each
 anaryte. However, the experience of the analyst should weigh heavily in the interpretation of
 chromatograms.

     11.5 If the response for the peak exceeds the working range of the system, dilute the sample with
 an appropriate amount of reagent water and reanalyze.

     11.6 If the resulting chromatogram fails to produce adequate resolution, or if identification of
 specific ions is questionable, fortify the sample with an appropriate amount of standard and
 reanalyze.

    NOTE: Retention time is inversely proportional to concentration. Nitrate and sulfate exhibit the
greatest amount of change, although all ions are affected to some degree. In some cases this peak
migration may produce poor resolution or identification.

    11.7 The following extraction should be used for solid materials. Add an amount of reagent
water equal to ten times the weight of dry solid material taken as a sample. This slurry is mixed for
ten minutes using a magnetic stirring device. Filter the resulting slurry before injecting using a  0.45 |U
membrane type filter. This can be the type that attaches directly to the end of the syringe. Care
should be taken to show that good recovery and identification of peaks is obtained with the user's
matrix through the use of fortified samples.

    11.8 Should more complete resolution be needed between peaks the eluent (7.3) can be diluted.
This will spread out the run but will also cause the later eluting ions to be retained longer. The analyst
mur determine to what extent die eluent is  diluted. This dilution should not be considered a
deviation from the method.

DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS
    12.1 Prepare a calibration curve for each analyte by plotting instrument response against standard
concentration. Compute sample concentration by comparing sample response with the standard
curve. Multiply answer by appropriate dilution factor.

    12.2 Report only those values that fall between the lowest and the highest calibration standards.
Samples exceeding the highest standard should be diluted and reanalyzed.

    12.3 Report results in mg/L.

    12.4 Report NOr as N, NO3- as N, FffCv as  P.

METHOD PERFORMANCE
    13.1 The following tables give the single laboratory MDL for each ion included in the method
under the conditions listed.
                                            E-28

-------
                     An ion chramatographic conditions and detection limits in water
Analyte
fluoride
chloride
nitrite -N
nitrate-N
o-phosphate-P
sulfate
Peak#
1
2
3
4
5
6
Retention Time (min)
1.2
1.7
2.0
3.2
5.4
7.0
MDL (mg/L)
0.027
0.08
0.111
0.040
0.084
0.083
Standard Conditions:
Column, detector, and eluent as specified, pump rate 2.0 mL/min, sample loop 25 uL.
                                               E-29

-------
                   Cation chmmatographic conditions and detection limits in water
Analyte
lithium
sodium
ammonium
potassium
magnesium
calcium
Peak#
1
2
3
4
5
6
Retention Time (min)
1.3
2.0
3.2
4.8
5.7
7.9
MDL (mg/L)
0.0138
0.454
0.123
0.081
0.055
0.318
Standard Conditions:
Column, detector, and eluent as specified, pump rate 1.0 mL/min, sample loop 25 uL.

REFERENCES
    1. "Determination of Inorganic Disinfection By -Products by Ion Chromatography", J. Pfaff, C.
Brockhoff. J. Am. Water Works Assoc., Vol 82, No. 4, pg 192.

    2. Standard Methods  for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Method 4 HOB, "Anions by
Ion Chromatography", 18th Edition of Standard Methods (1992).

    3. Dionex, System DX-100 Operation and Maintenance Manual, Dionex Corp ., Sunnyvale,
California 94086, 1988.

    4. Method Detection  Limit (MDL) as described in "Trace Analyses for Wastewater," J. Closer,
D. Foerst, G. McKee, S. Quave, W. Budde, Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 15,
Number 12, page 1426, December, 1981.

    5. American Society for Testing and Materials. Test Method for Anions in Water by Chemically -
Suppressed Ion Chromatography D4327- 91. Annual Book of Standards, Vol 11.01 (1993).

    6. Code of Federal Regulations 40, Ch. 1, Pt. 136, Appendix B.

    7. Hautman, D.P. & Bolyard, M. Analysis of Oxyhalide Disinfection Byproducts and other
Anions of Interest in Drinking Water by Ion Chromatography. Jour, of Chromatog ., 602, (1992), 65-
74.
                                          E-30

-------
 Attachment 2

 ORGANOCHLORINE PESTICIDES AND PCBs

 UAB METHOD 608
 Scope and Application
     1.1  This method covers the determination of certain organochlorine pesticides. The following
 parameters can be determined by this method:
 Parameter             Method detection limit (ug/L)
	a-BHC	 	0.0081  	
 6-BHC               0.0034
 heptachlor             0.0067
 P-BHC               0.0016
 5-BHC               0.0086
 aldrin                 0.0475
 heptachlor epoxide      0.0106
 endosulfan I           0.0145
 gamma chlordane       0.0027
 alpha chlordane        0.0030
 4,4'-dde               0.0259
 dieldrin               0.0122
 endrin                 0.0078
 4,4'-ddd               0.0065
 endosulfan II           0.0046
 4,4'-ddt               0.0314
 endrin aldehyde        0.0465
 endosulfan sulfate       0.0075
 methoxychlor          0.0387
 endrin ketone          0.0065
     1.2 This is a gas chromatographic (GC) method applicable to the determination of the
 compounds listed above in stormwater discharges. When this method is used to analyze unfamiliar
 samples for any or all of the compounds above, compound identifications should be supported by at
 least one additional qualitative technique. This method describes analytical conditions for a second
 gas chromatographic column that can be used to confirm measurements made with the primary
 column. UAB Method 625 provides gas  chromatograph/mass spectrometer (GC/MS) conditions
 appropriate for the qualitative and quantitative confirmation of results for all of the parameters listed
 above, using the extract produced by this method.

     1.3 The method detection limit (MDL defined in Section 14.1)1 for each parameter is listed in
 Table 1. The MDL for a specific wastewater may differ from those listed, depending upon the nature
 of interferences in the sample matrix, and expenence of the analyst performing the procedure.

     1.4 The sample extraction and concentration steps in this method are essentially the same as in
 UAB Method 625. Thus, a single sample may be extracted to measure the parameters included in the
 scope of each of these methods. When cleanup is required, the concentration levels must be high
 enough to permit selecting aliquots, as necessary, to apply appropriate cleanup procedures. The


                                           E-31

-------
 analyst is allowed the latitude, under Section 12, to select chromatographic conditions appropnate for
 the simultaneous measurement of combinations of these parameters.

     1.5  This method is restricted to use by or under the supervision of analysts experienced in the
 use of a gas chromatograph and in the interpretation of gas chromatograms. Each analyst must
 demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results with this method using the procedure described
 in Section 8.2.

 Summary of Method
    2.1 A measured volume of sample, approximately 250 mL, is extracted with methylene chloride
 using a separatory funnel. The methylene chloride extract is dried to a volume of 1 mL or less, then
 volumetrically increased to 2.0 mL. The extract is separated by gas chromatography and the
 parameters are then measured with an electron capture detector.2

    2.2. The method provides a Flonsil column cleanup procedure and an elemental sulfur removal
 procedure to aid in the elimination of interferences that may be encountered.

 Interferences
    3.1  Method interferences may be caused by contaminants in solvents, reagents, glassware, and
 other sample processing hardware that lead to discrete artifacts and/or elevated  baselines in gas
 chromatograms. All of these materials must be routinely demonstrated to be free from interferences
 under the conditions of the analysis by running laboratory reagent blanks as described in Section
 8.1.3.

    3.1.1  Glassware must be scrupulously cleaned.3 Clean all glassware as soon as possible after use
 by rinsing with the last solvent used in it.  Solvent rinsing should be followed by  detergent washing
 with hot water, and rinses with tap water and distilled water.  The glassware should then be drained
 dry, and heated in a muffle furnace at 400 °C for 15 to 30 min. Some thermally stable materials, such
 as PCBs, may not be eliminated by this treatment. Solvent rinses with acetone and pesticide quality
 hexane may be substituted for the muffle furnace heating. Thorough rinsing with sucli solvents
usually eliminates PCB interference. Volumetric ware should not be heated in a muffle furnace.
After drying and cooling glassware should be sealed and stored in a clean environment to prevent any
accumulation of dust or other contaminants. Store inverted or capped with aluminum foil.

    3.1.2  The use of high purity reagents and solvents helps to minimize interference problems.
Purification of solvents by distillation in all-glass systems may be required.

    3.2  Interferences by phthalate esters can pose a major problem in pesticide  analysis when using
the electron capture  detector. These compounds generally appear in the chromatogram as  large late
eluting peaks, especially in the 15 and 50% fractions from Florisil. Common  flexible plastics contain
varying amounts of phthalates. These phthalates are easily extracted or leached from such materials
during laboratory operations. Cross contamination of clean glassware routinely occurs when plastics
 are handled during extraction steps, especially when solvent-wetted surfaces are  handled.
Interferences  from phthalates can best be minimized by avoiding the use of plastics in the laboratory.
Exhaustive cleanup of reagents and glassware may be required to eliminate background phthalate
 contamination.4'5  The interferences from phthalate esters can be avoided by using a
microcoulometric or electrolytic  conductivity detector.

    3.3  Matrix interferences may be caused by contaminants that are co-extracted from the sample.
The extent of matrix interferences will vary considerably from source to source, depending upon the
nature and diversity  of the industrial complex or municipality being sampled. The cleanup procedures


                                            E-32

-------
in Section 11 can be used to overcome many of these interferences, but unique samples may require
additional cleanup approaches to achieve the MDL listed in Table 1.

Safety
    4.1 The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in this method has not been precisely
defined;  however, each chemical compound should be treated as a potential health hazard. From this
viewpoint, exposure to these chemicals must be reduced to the lowest possible level by whatever
means available. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a current awareness file of OSHA
regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of
material data handling sheets is available to all personnel involved in the chemical analysis. Additional
references to laboratory safety are available and have been identified6'8 for the information of the
analyst.

    4.2 The following parameters covered by this method have been tentatively classified as known
or suspected, human or mammalian an carcinogens: 4,4'-DDT, 4,4'-DDD, the BHCs, and the PCBs.
Primary standards of these toxic compounds should be prepared in a hood. A NIOSH/MESA
approved toxic gas respirator should be worn when the analyst handles high concentrations of these
toxic compounds.

Apparatus and Materials
    5.1 Sampling equipment, for discrete or composite sampling.

    5.1.1 Grab sample bottle-500 mL amber glass, fitted with a screw cap lined with Teflon. Foil
may be substituted for Teflon if the  sample is not corrosive. If amber  botdes are not available,
protect samples from light. The bottle and cap liner must be washed, rinsed with acetone or
methylene chloride, and dried before use to minimize contamination.5.1.2 Automatic sampler
(optional)-The sampler must incorporate glass sample containers for the collection of a minimum of
250 mL of sample. Sample containers must be kept refrigerated at 4°C and protected from light
during composting. If the sampler uses a peristaltic pump, a minimum lengdi of compressible
silicone rubber tubing may be used.  Before use, however, the compressible tubing should be
thoroughly rinsed with methanol, followed by repeated rinsing with distilled water to minimize the
potential  for contamination of the sample. An integrating flow meter is required to collect flow
proportional composites.

    5-2 Glassware:

    5.2.1 Separatory funnel-500 mL, with Teflon stopcock.

    5.2.2 Drying column-Chromatographic column,  approximately 400 mm long x 19 mm ID, with
coarse frit filter disc.

    5.2.3 Chromatographic column-400 mm long x 22 mm ID, with Teflon stopcock and coarse
frit filter disc

    5.2.4 Concentrator tube, Kuderna-Danish-2.0-mL, graduated. Calibration must be checked at
the volumes employed in die test. Teflon-lined screwcap is used to prevent evaporation of extracts.

    5.2.5 Evaporative flask,

    5.2.6 Vials-4-mL, amber glass, with Teflon-lined screw cap.

    5.3. Balance-Analytical, capable of accurately weighing 0.0001 g.
                                              E-> ~»
                                             -jj

-------
     5.4. Gas chromatograph-An analytical system complete with gas chromatograph suitable for on-
 column injection and all required accessories including syringes, analytical columns, gases, detector,
 and strip-chart recorder. A data system is recommended-mended for measuring peak areas.

     5.4.1  Column 1 - Supelco SPB-1701, 30 m length, 0.25u i.d.,

     5.4.2  Column 2 - Supelco PTE-5, 30 m length, 0.25u i.d.,

     5.4.3  Detector-Electron capture detector. This detector has proven effective in the analysis of
 wastewaters for the parameters listed in the scope (Section 1.1), [sic] and was used to develop the
 method performance statements in Section 14. Guidelines for the use of alternate detectors are
 provided in Section 12.1.

    5.5 Savant Vacuum Centrifuge  for controlled evaporation of extraction solvent

 Reagents
    6.1 Reagent water-Reagent water is defined as a water in which an interferent is not observed at
 the MDL of the parameters of interest.

    6.2 Sodium hydroxide solution (10 N)~ Dissolve 40 g of NaOH (ACS) in reagent water and
 dilute to lOOmL.

    6.3 Sodium thiosulfate-(ACS)  Granular.

    6.4 Sulfuric acid (1 + l)-Slowly, add 50 mL to H2SO4 (ACS, sp. gr. 1.84) to 50 mL of reagent
water.

    6.5 Acetone, hexane, isooctane, [and] methylene chloride—Pesticide quality or equivalent.

    6.6 Ethyl ether-Nanograde, re-distilled in glass if necessary-

    6.6.1 Ethyl ether must be shown to be free of peroxides before it is used as indicated by EM
Laboratories Quant test strips. (Available from Scientific Products Co., Cat. No. PI 126-8, and other
suppliers.)

    6.6.2 Procedures recommended for removal of peroxides are provided with the test strips. After
cleanup, 20 mL of ethyl alcohol preservative must be added to each liter of ether.

    6.7 Sodium sulfate—(ACS) Granular, anhydrous. Purify by heating at 400 °C for 4 h in a shallow
tray.

    6.8 Florisil-PR grade (60/100  mesh). Purchase activated at 1250°F and store in the dark in glass
containers with ground glass stoppers or  foil-lined screw caps. Before use, activate each batch at least
 16 h at 130 °C in a foil-covered glass container and allow to cool.

    6.9 Mercury-Triple distilled.

    6.10 Copper powder-Activated.

    6.11 Stock standard solutions (1.00  (j.g/uL)-Stock standard solutions can be prepared from
 pure standard materials or purchased as certified solutions.

                                            E-34

-------
    6.11.1 Prepare stock standard solutions by accurately weighing about 0.0100 g of pure material.
 Dissolve the material in methylene chloride and dilute to volume in a 10-mL volumetric flask. Larger
 volumes can be used at the convenience of the analyst. When compound purity is assayed to be 96%
 or greater, the weight can be used without correction to calculate the concentration of the stock
 standard. Commercially prepared stock standards can be used at any concentration if they are
 certified by the manufacturer or by an independent source.

    6.11.2 Transfer the stock standard solutions into Teflon-sealed screw-cap bottles. Store at 4 °C
 and protect from light. Stock standard solutions should be checked frequently for signs of
 degradation or evaporation, especially just prior to preparing calibration standards from them.

    6.11.3 Stock standard solutions must be replaced after six mondis, or sooner if comparison with
 check standards indicates a problem.

    6.12 Quality control check sample concentrate-See Section 8.2.1.

    6.13 Methylene chloride

 Calibration
    7.1  Establish gas chromatographic operating conditions equivalent to those given in Table 1.
 The gas chromatographic system can be  calibrated using the external standard technique (Section 7.2)
 or the internal standard technique (Section 7.3).

    7.2  External standard calibration procedure:

    7.2.1 Prepare calibration standards at a minimum of three concentration levels for each
parameter of interest by adding volumes  of one or more stock standards to a volumetric flask and
diluting to volume with methylene chloride. One of the external standards should be at a
concentration near, but above, the MDL (Table 1) and the other concentrations should correspond
to the expected range of concentrations found in real samples or should define the working range of
the  detector.

    7.2.2 Using injections of 2 to 5 uL, analyze each calibration standard according to Section 12
and tabulate peak height or area responses against the mass injected. The results can be used to
prepare a calibration curve  for each compound. Alternatively, if the ratio of response to amount
injected (calibration factor) is a constant over the working range (< 10% relative standard deviation,
RSD), linearity through the origin can be assumed and the average ratio or calibration factor can be
used in place of a calibration curve.

    7.3  Internal standard calibration procedure-To use this approach, the analyst must select one or
 more  internal standards that are similar in analytical behavior to the compounds of interest. The
 analyst must further demonstrate that the measurement of the internal standard is not affected by
 method or matrix interferences. Because of these limitations, no internal standard can be suggested
that is applicable to all samples.

    7.3.1 Prepare calibration standards at a minimum of three concentration levels for each
 parameter of interest by adding volumes of one or more stock standards to a volumetric flask. To
 each calibration standard, add a known constant amount of one or more internal standards, and
 dilute to volume with methylene chloride. One of the standards should be at a concentration near,
 but above, the MDL and the other concentrations should correspond to the expected range of
 concentrations found in real samples or should define the working range of the detector.


                                           E-35

-------
    7.3.2  Using injections of 2 to 5 uL, analyze each calibration standard according to Section 12
 and tabulate peak height or area responses against concentration for each compound and internal
 standard. Calculate response factors (RF) for each compound using Equation 1.
    where:

    As = Response for the parameter to be measured.

    Ais = Response for the internal standard.

    Qs = Concentration of the internal standard (ug/L).

    G = Concentration of the parameter to be measured (ug/L).

    If the RF value over the working range is a constant (< 10% RSD), the RF can be assumed to be
invariant and the average RF can be used for calculations. Alternatively, the results can be used to
plot a calibration curve of response ratios, A/Ais, vs. RF.

    7.4  The working calibration curve, calibration factor, or RF must be verified on each working
day by the measurement of one or more calibration standards. If the response for any parameter
varies from the predicted response by more than ±15%, the test must be repeated using a fresh
calibration standard. Alternatively, a new calibration curve must be prepared for that compound.

    7.5  The cleanup procedure in Section 1 1 utilizes Flonsil column chromatography. Flonsil from
different batches or sources may vary in adsorptive capacity. To standardize the amount of Flonsil
which is used, the use of launc acid value9 is suggested. The referenced procedure determines the
adso.ption from hexane solution of lauric acid (mg) per g of Florisil. The amount or Florisil to be
used for each column is calculated by dividing 1 10 by this ratio and multiplying by 20 g.

    7.6  Before using any cleanup procedure, the analyst must process a series of calibration
standards through the procedure to validate elution patterns and the absence of interferences from
the reagents.

 Quality Control
    8.1  Each analyst that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality control program.
The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory
capability and an ongoing analysis of spiked samples to evaluate and document data quality. The
analyst must maintain records to document the quality of data that is generated. Ongoing data quality
checks are compared with established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses
meet the performance characteristics of the method. When results of sample spikes indicate atypical
method performance, a quality control check standard must be analyzed to confirm that the
measurements were performed in an in-control mode of operation.

    8.1.1 The analyst must make an initial, one-time, demonstration of the ability to generate
acceptable accuracy and precision with this method. This ability is established as described in Section
8.2.
                                           E-36

-------
    8.1.2  In recognition of advances that are occurring in chromatography, the analyst is permitted
certain options (detailed in Sections 10.4, 11.1, and 12.1) to improve the separations or lower the cost
of measurements. Each time such a modification is made to the method, the analyst is required to
repeat the procedure in Section 8.2.

    8.1.3  Before processing any samples, the analyst must analyze a reagent water blank to
demonstrate that interferences from die analytical system and glassware are under control. Each time
a set of samples is extracted or reagents are changed, a reagent water blank must be processed as a
safeguard against laboratory contamination.

    8.1.4  The analyst must, on an ongoing basis, spike and analyze a minimum of 10% of all samples
to monitor and evaluate laboratory data quality. This procedure is described in Section 8.3.

    8.1.5  The analyst must, on an ongoing basis, demonstrate through the analyses of quality control
check standard that the operation of die measurement system is in control. This procedure is
described in Section 8.4. The frequency of the check stand-standard analyses is equivalent to 10% of
all samples analyzed but may be reduced if spike recoveries from samples (Section 8.3) meet all
specified quality control criteria.

    8.1.6 The analyst must maintain performance records to document the quality of data that is
generated. This procedure is described in Section 8.5.

    8.2 To establish the ability to generate acceptable accuracy and precision, the analyst must
perform the following operations.

    8.2.1 A quality control (QC) check sample concentrate is required containing each single-
component parameter of interest at die following concentrations  in acetone or methylene chloride:
4,4'-DDD, 10 ug/mL;  4,4'-DDT, 10 ug/ ml; endosulfanll.ilO ug/mL; endosulfan sulfate, 10
ug/mL; endrin,  10 ug/mL;  any odier single-component pesticide, 2 ug/mL. If this method is only
to be used to analyze for PCBs, chlordane, or toxpahene, die QC check sample concentrate should
contain the most representative multi-component parameter at a concentration of 50 ug/mL in
acetone or mediylene chloride. The QC check sample concentrate must be obtained from the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory in
Cincinnati, Ohio, if available. If not available from that source, the QC check sample concentrate
must be obtained from another external source. If not available from either source above, die QC
check sample concentrate must be prepared by the laboratory using stock standards prepared
independendy from those used for calibration.

    8.2.2 Using a pipette, prepare QC check samples at die mid-point of the calibiation range by
adding 1.00 mL of QC check sample concentrate to each of four 1-L aliquots of reagent water.

    8.2.3  Analyze die well-mixed QC check samples according to die  mediod beginning in Section
10.

    8.2.4  Calculate the average recovery (X) in ug/mL; and the standard deviation of the recovery
(s) in  ug/mL, for each parameter using die four results.

    8.2.5  For each parameter compare s and X with die corresponding acceptance criteria for
precision and accuracy, respectively, found in Table 3 of EPA Mediod 608. If s and X for all
parameters of interest meet the acceptance cntena, the system performance is acceptable and analysis
of actual samples can begin. If any individual s exceeds the precision limit or any individual X falls
outside die range for accuracy, die system performance is unacceptable for diat parameter.
                                            E-37

-------
     NOTE:  The large number of parameters in Table 3 present a substantial probability that one or
 more will fail at least one of the acceptance criteria when all parameters are analyzed.
     8.2.6 When one or more of the parameters tested fail at least one of the acceptance criteria, the
 analyst must proceed according to Section 8.2.6.1 or 8.2.6.2.

     8.2.6.1  Locate and correct the source of the problem and repeat the test for all parameters of
 interest beginning with Section 8.2.2.

     8.2.6.2  Beginning with Section 8.2.2, repeat the test only for those parameters that failed to meet
 criteria. Repeated failure, however, will confirm a general problem with the measurement system. If
 this occurs, locate and correct the source of the problem and repeat the test for all compounds of
 interest beginning with Section 8.2.2.

     8.3 The analyst must, on an ongoing basis, spike at least 10% of the samples from each sample
 site being monitored to assess accuracy. For analysts analyzing one to ten samples per month, at least
 one spiked sample per month is required.

    8.3.1 The concentration of the spike in the sample should be determined as follows:

    8.3.1.1  If, as in compliance monitoring, the concentration of a specific parameter in the sample
is being checked against a regulatory concentration limit, the spike should be at that limit or 1 to 5
times higher than the background concentration determined in Section 8.3.2, whichever
concentration would be larger.

    8.3.1.2  If the concentration of a specific parameter in the sample is not being checked against a
limit specific to that parameter, the spike  should be at the test concentration in Section 8.2.2 or 1 to 5
times higher than the background concentration determined in Section 8.3.2, whichever
concentration would be larger.

    8.3.1.3  If it is impractical to determine background levels before spiking (e.g., maximum holding
times will be exceeded), the spike concentration should be (1) the regulatory concentration limit, if
any; or, if none (2) the larger of either 5 times higher than the expected background concentration or
the test concentration in Section 8.2.2.

    8.3.2 Analyze one sample aliquot to  determine the background concentration (B) of each
parameter. If necessary, prepare a new QC check sample concentrate (Section 8.2.1) appropriate for
the background Concentrations in the sample. Spike a second sample aliquot with 1.0 mL of the QC
check sample concentrate and analyze it to determine the concentration after spiking (A)  of each
parameter. Calculate each percent recovery (P)  as 100(A-B)%/T, where T is the known true value of
the spike.

    8.3.3 Compare the percent recovery  (P) for each parameter with the corresponding QC
acceptance criteria found in Table 3 of EPA Method 608. These acceptance criteria were calculated
to include an allowance for error in measurement of both the background and spike concentrations,
assuming a spike to background ratio of 5:1. This error will be accounted for to the extent that the
analyst's spike to background ratio approaches  5:1.10 If spiking was performed at a concentration
lower than the test concentration in Section 8.2.2, the analyst must use either the QC acceptance
criteria in Table 3 EPA Method 608, or optional QC acceptance criteria calculated for the specific
spike concentration. To calculate optional acceptance criteria for the recovery of a parameter (1)

                                            E-38

-------
 Calculate accuracy (X') using the equation in Table 4 EPA Method 608, substituting the spike
 concentration (T) for C; (2) calculate overall precision (S1) using the equation in Table 4 EPA Method
 608, substituting X' for X; (3) calculate the range for recovery at the spike concentration as (100
 X'/T)±2.44(100 S'/T)%.io

    8.3.4 If any individual P falls outside the designated range for recovery, that parameter has failed
 the acceptance criteria. A check standard containing each parameter that failed the criteria must be
 analyzed as described in Section 8.4.

    8.4 If any parameter fails the acceptance criteria for recovery in Section 8.3, a QC check
 standard containing each parameter that failed must be prepared and analyzed.

    NOTE:  The frequency for the required analysis of a QC check standard will depend upon the
 number of parameters being simultaneously tested, the complexity of the sample matrix, and the
 performance of the laboratory. If the entire list of parameters in Table 1 must be measured in the
 sample in Section 8.3, the probability that the analysis of a QC check standard will be required is
 high. In this case the QC check standard should be routinely analyzed with the spike sample.

    8.4.1  Prepare the QC check standard by adding 1.0 mL of QC check sample concentrate
 (Section 8.2.1 or 8.3.2) to 1 L of reagent water. The QC check standard needs only to contain the
 parameters that failed criteria in the test in Section 8.3.

    8.4.2  Analyze the QC check standards to determine the concentration measured (A) of each
parameter. Calculate each percent recovery (Ps) as 100 (A/T)%, where T is the true value of the
standard concentration.

    8.4.3  Compare the percent recovery (Ps) for each parameter with the corresponding QC
acceptance criteria found in Table 3. Only parameters that failed the test in Section 8.3 need to be
compared with these criteria. If the recovery of any such parameter falls outside the designated range,
the analyst performance for that parameter is judged to be out of control, and the problem must be
immediately identified and corrected. The analytical result for that parameter in the unspiked sample
is suspect and may not be reported for compliance purposes.

    8.5  As part of the QC program for the analyst, method accuracy for wastewater samples must be
 assessed and records must be maintained. After the analysis of five spiked wastewater samples as in
Section 8.3, calculate the average percent recovery (P) and the standard deviation of the  percent
 recovery (sp). Express the accuracy assessment as a percent recovery interval from P-2sp to P+2s p. If
P=90% and sp=10%, for example, the accuracy interval is expressed as 70-110%. Update the accuracy
 assessment for each parameter on a regular basis (e.g. after each five to ten new accuracy
 measurements).

    8.6  It is recommended that the analyst adopt additional quality assurance practices for use with
 this method. The specific practices that are most productive depend upon the needs of the laboratory
 and the nature of the samples. Field duplicates may be analyzed to assess the precision of the
 environmental measurements. When doubt exists over the identification of a peak on the
 chromatogram, confirming techniques such as gas chromatography with a dissimilar column, specific
 element detector, or mass spectrometer must be used. Whenever possible, the analyst should analyze
 standard reference materials and participate in relevant performance evaluation studies.

 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Handling
    9.1  Grab samples must be collected in glass containers. Conventional sampling practices11
 should be followed, except that the bottle must not be pre-nnsed with sample before collection.

                                            E-39

-------
 Composite samples should be collected in refrigerated glass containers in accordance with the
 requirements of the program. Automatic sampling equipment must be as free as possible of Tygon
 tubing and other potential sources of contamination.

    9.2 All samples must be iced or refrigerated at 4 °C from the time of collection until extraction.
 If the samples will not be extracted within 72 h of collection, the sample should be adjusted to a pH
 range of 5.0 to 9.0 with sodium hydroxide solution or sulfuric acid. Record the volume of acid or
 base used. If aldrin is to be determined, add sodium thiosulfate when residual chlorine is present.
 EPA Methods 330.4 and 330.5 may be used for measurement of residual chlorine.I2 Field test kits
 are available for this purpose.

    9.3 All samples must be extracted within 14 days of collection and completely analyzed within
 40 days of extraction.2

 Sample Extraction
    10.1 Mark the water meniscus on the side of the sample bottle for later determination of sample
 volume. Pour the entire sample into a 0.5-L separatory funnel.

    10.2 Add  10 mL of methylene chloride to the sample bottle, seal, and shake 30 s to rinse the
 inner surface. Transfer the solvent to the separatory funnel and extract the sample by shaking the
 funnel for 2 mm. with periodic venting to release excess pressure. Allow the organic layerto separate
 from the water phase for a minimum of 10 min. If the emulsion interface between layers is more
than one-third the volume of the solvent layer, the analyst must employ mechanical techniques to
complete the phase separation. The optimum technique depends upon the sample, but may include
stirring, filtration of the emulsion through glass wool, centnfugation, or other physical methods.
Collect the methylene chloride extract in a 125-mL Erlenmeyer flask.

    10.3 Add a second 10-mL volume of methylene  chloride to the sample bottle and repeat the
extraction procedure a second time, combining the extracts in the Erlenmeyer flask. Perform a third
extraction in the same manner.

    10.4 Pour the combined extract through a solvent-rinsed drying column containing about 10 cm
of anhydrous sodium sulfate, and collect the extract in the K-D concentrator. Rinse the Erlenmeyer
flask and column with 5 to 10 mL of methylene chloride to complete the quantitative transfer.

    10.5 Transfer die extract to a pear shaped vacuum  centrifuge flask. Place the flask in the
SAVANT vacuum centrifuge and run the solvent evaporation program on the SAVANT vacuum
centrifuge.

    10.6 After the SAVANT run, remove the flask and rinse the flask and its lower joint into the
concentrator tube with 1 mL of methylene chloride. A disposable glass pippette is recommended for
this operation. Fill the concentrator tube to the 2 mL mark with  methylene chloride. Stopper the
concentrator tube and store refrigerated if further processing will not be performed immediately. If
the extract will be stored longer than two days it should be transferred to a Teflon-sealed screw-cap
vial. If the sample extract requires no further cleanup, proceed with gas chromatographic analysis
 (Section 12). If the sample requires further cleanup, proceed to Section 11.

    10.7 Determine the original sample volume by refilling the sample bottle to the mark and
transferring the liquid to a 1000-mL graduated cylinder. Record the sample volume to the nearest 5
 mL.
                                           E-40

-------
Cleanup and Separation
    11.1 Cleanup procedures may not be necessary for a relatively clean sample matrix. If particular
circumstances demand the use of a cleanup procedure, the analyst may use either procedure below or
any other appropriate procedure. However, the analyst first must demonstrate that the requirements
of Section 8.2 can be met using the method as revised to incorporate the cleanup procedure. The
Florisil column allows for a select fractionation of the compounds and will eliminate polar
interferences. Elemental sulfur, which interferes with the electron capture gas chromatography of
certain pesticides, can be removed by the technique described in Section 11.3.

    11.2 Florisil column cleanup:

    11.2.1 Place a weight of Florisil (nominally 1.0 g) predetermined by calibration (Section 7.5), into
a pesticide chromatographic column with stopcock. Tap the column to settle the Flonsil and add 1 to
2 cm of anhydrous sodium sulfate to the top.

    11.2.2 Add 10.0 mL of hexane to wet and rinse the sodium sulfate and Florisil. Just prior to
exposure of the sodium sulfate layer to the air, stop the elution of the hexane by closing the stopcock
on the chromatographic column. Discard the eluate.

    11.2.3 Transfer the sample extract volume from the K-D  concentrator tube onto the column
Rinse the tube twice with 1 to 2 mL of hexane, adding each rinse to the column.

    11.2.4 Place a pear shaped SAVANT flask and under the chromatographic column. Drain the
column into the flask until the sodium sulfate layer is nearly exposed. Elute the column with 20.0 mL
of 6% ethyl ether in hexane (V/V) (Fraction 1) at a rate  of about 5 mL/min. Remove the SAVANT
flask and set it aside for later concentration. Elute the column again, using 20.0 mL of 15% ethyl
ether in hexane (V/V) (Fraction  2), into a second SAVANT flask. Perform a third elution using 20.0
mL of 50% ethyl ether in hexane (V/V) (Fraction 3).

    11.2.5 Concentrate the fractions as in Section 10.5,  and adjust the  volume of each fraction to 2.0
mL with methylene chloride and analyze by gas chromatography (Section 12).

    11.3 Elemental sulfur will usually elute entirely in Fraction 1 of the Flonsil column cleanup. To
remove sulfur interference from this fraction or the original extract, pipet 1.00 mL of the
concentrated extract into a clean concentrator tube or Teflon-sealed vial. Add one to three drops of
mercury and seal.13 Agitate the contents of the vial for 15  to 30 s. Prolonged shaking (2 h) may be
required. If so, this may be accomplished with a reciprocal shaker. Alternatively, activated copper
powder may be used for sulfur removal.14  Analyze by gas chromatography.

Gas Chromatography
    12.1 Table 1 summarizes the MDL's that can be achieved under these conditions. Other packed
or capillary (open-tubular) columns, chromatographic conditions, or detectors may be used if the
requirements of Section 8.2 are met.

    12.2 Calibrate die system daily as described in Section 7.

    12.3 If the internal standard calibration procedure is being used, the internal standard must be
added to the sample extract and mixed thoroughly immediately before injection into the gas
chromatograph.

     12.4 Inject 2 to 5 uL of the sample extract or standard into the gas chromatograph using
splidess or solvent-flush technique.13 Smaller (1.0 uL) volumes may be injected if automatic devices

                                            E-41

-------
 are employed. Record the volume to the nearest 0.05 uL, the total extract volume, and the resulting
 peak size in area or peak height units.

     12,5 Identify the parameters in the sample by comparing the retention times of the peaks in the
 sample chromatogram with those of the peaks in standard chromatograms. The width of the
 retention time window used to make identifications should be based upon measurements of actual
 retention time variations of standards over the course of a day. Three times the stand-standard
 deviation of a retention time for a compound-pound can be used to calculate a suggested window
 size; however, the experience of the analyst should weigh heavily in the interpretation of
 chromatograms.

    12.6 If the response for a peak exceeds the working range of the system, dilute the extract and
 reanalyze.

    12.7 If the measurement of the peak response is prevented by the presence of interferences,
 further cleanup is required.

 Calculations
    13.1 Determine the concentration of individual compounds in the sample.

    13.1.1  If the external standard calibration procedure is used, calculate the amount of material
injected from the peak response using the calibration curve or calibration factor determined in
Section 7.2.2. The concentration in the sample can be calculated from the equation below:
    where:

    A = Amount of material injected (ng).

    V; = Volume of extract injected (|Ug/.L).

    Vt = Volume of total extract (ug/.L).

    Vs = Volume of water extracted (mL).

    13. 1.2 If the internal standard calibration procedure is used, calculate the concentration in the
sample using the response factor (RF) determined in Section 7.3.2 and Equation 3.
    Concentratio
io
  ^
                    g/ =
                          —         ^
                          (AIS}(RF}(V0]

    where:

    As = Response for the parameter to be measured.

    Ajs = Response for the internal standard.

    Is = Amount of internal standard added to each extract (|J.g).

                                           E-42

-------
    V0 = Volume of water extracted (L).

    13.2 When it is apparent that two or more PCB (Aroclor) mixtures are present, the Webb and
McCall procedure16 may be used to identify and quantify the Aroclors.

    13.3 For multi-component mixtures (chlordane, toxaphene, and PCBs) match retention times of
peaks in the standards with peaks in the sample. Quantitate every identifiable peak unless
interference with individual peaks persist after cleanup. Add peak height or peak area of each
identified peak in the chromatogram. Calculate as total response in the sample versus total response
in the standard.

    13.4 Report results in |ig/L without correction for recovery data. All QC data obtained should
be reported with the sample results.

Method Performance
    14.1  The method detection limit (MDL) is defined as the minimum concentration of a substance
that can be measured and reported with 99% confidence that the value is above zero.l The MDL
concentrations listed in Table 1 were obtained using reagent water.17  Similar results were achieved
using representative wastewaters. The MDL actually achieved in a given analysis will vary depending
on instrument sensitivity, matrix effects,  and analyst experience.

REFERENCES
    1. 40 CFR Part 136, Appendix B.

    2. "Determination of Pesticides and  PCBs in Industrial and Municipal Wastewaters," EPA
600/4-82-023, National Technical Information Service, PB82-214222, Springfield, Virginia 22161,
April 1982.

    3. ASTM Annual Book of Standards, Part 31, D3694-78. "Standard Practices for Preparation of
Sample Containers and for Preservation of Organic Constituents," American Society for Testing and
Materials, Philadelphia.

    4. Giam, C.S., Chan, H.S., and Nef, G.S., "Sensitive Method for Determination of Phthalate
Ester Plasticizers in Open-Ocean Biota Samples," Analytical Chsrvstry, 47, 2225 (1975).

    5. Giam, C.S., Chan, H.S. "Control of Blanks in the Analysis of Phthalates in Air and Ocean
Biota Samples," U.S. National Bureau of Standards, Special Publication 442, pp. 701-708, 1976.

    6. "Carcinogens-Working With Carcinogens," Department of Health, Education,  and Welfare,
Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health, Publication No. 77-206, August 1977.

    7. "OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry," (29 CFR Part 1910), Occupational
Safety and Health Administration, OSHA 2206 (Revised, January 1976).

    8. "Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories," American Chemical Society Publication,
Committee on Chemical Safety, 3rd Edition, 1979.

    9 . Mills, PA. "Variation of Florisil Activity; Simple Method for Measuring Absorbent Capacity
and Its Use in Standardizing Florisil Columns," Journal of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists,
51,29, (1968).


                                            E-43

-------
     10. Provost, L.P., and Elder, R.S. "Interpretation of Percent Recovery Data," American Laboratory,
 15, 58-63 (1983). (The value 2.44 used in the equation in Section 8.3.3 is two times the value 1.22
 derived in this report.)

     11. ASTM Annual Book of Standards, Part 31, D3370-76. "Standard Practices for Sampling
 Water," American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia.

     12. "Methods 330.4 (Titrimetric, DPD-FAS) and 330.5 (Spectrophotometric, DPD) for Chlorine,
 Total Residual," Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, EPA-600/4-79-020, U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati,
 Ohio 45268, March 1979.

     13. Goerlitz, D.F., and Law, L.M. Bulktinjor Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, 6,9 (1971).

     14. "Manual of Analytical Methods  for the Analysis of Pesticides in Human and Environmental
 Samples," EPA-600/8-80-038, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Health Effects Research
 Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.

     15. Burke, JA. "Gas Chromatography for Pesticide Residue Analysis; Some Practical Aspects,"
Journal of 'the Association of 'Official AnalyticalChemist. 48, 1037 (1965)-

     16. Webb, R.G., and McCall, A.C. "Quantitative PCB Standards for Election Capture Gas
 Chromatography," Journal of Cbrcrnatographic Science, 11, 366  (1973).

     17. "Method Detection Limit and Analytical Curve Studies, EPA Methods 606, 607, and 608,"
 Special letter report for EPA Contract 68-03-2606, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, June 1980.

     18. "EPA Method Study 18 Method 608-Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBs," EPA 600/4-84-
 061, National Technical Information Service, PB84-211358, Springfield, Virginia 22161, June 1984.
                                           E-44

-------
Attachment 3

Base/Neutral and Acid Semi-volatile Compounds

UAB method 625
 Scope and Application
    1.1 This method covers the determination of a number of organic compounds that are
partitioned into an organic solvent and amenable to gas chromatography. The parameters listed in
Tables 1 and 2 may be qualitatively and quantitatively determined using this method.

    1.2 Benzidine can be subject to oxidative losses during solvent concentration. Under the
alkaline conditions of extraction, a-BHC, y-BHC, endosulfan I and II, and endrin are subject to
decomposition. Hexachlorocyclopentadiene is subject to thermal decomposition in the inlet of the
gas chromatograph, chemical reaction in acetone solution, and photochemical decomposition. N-
nitrosodimethlyamine is difficult to separate from the solvent under the chromatographic conditions
described. N-mtrosodiphenylamine decomposes in the gas chromatographic inlet and cannot be
separated from diphenylamine.

    1.3 This is a gas chromatographic/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) method2-u applicable to the
determination of compounds listed in Table 1 in municipal and industrial discharges

    1.4 Due to routine and gross improvements in die mediod, the mediod detection limit (MDL,
defined in section 16.1)1 for each parameter is determined on a project specific basis. The MDL for a
specific wastewater may differ, depending on the nature of interferences in the sample matrix.

    1.5 This method is restricted to use by or under the supervision of analysts experienced in the
use of a gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer and in the interpretation of mass spectra. Each
analyst must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results with this method using the
procedure described in Section 8.2.

Summary of Method
    2.1 A measured volume of sample, approximately 0.25-L, is serially extracted with methylene
chloride at a pH greater than 11 and again at a pH less than 2 using a separatory funnel or a
continuos extractor.2 The mediylene chloride extract is dned, concentrated to a volume of 2 mL, and
analyzed by the GC/MS. Qualitative identification of the  parameters in the extract is performed
using the SCAN mode of acquisition, retention time, and matching of acquired mass spectra to
standard mass spectral reference libraries. Quantitative analysis is performed using the SIM mode of
acquisition, internal standard techniques, and relative abundance of characteristic mA.

 Interferences
    3.1 Method interferences may be caused by contaminants in solvents, reagents, glassware, and
other sample processing hardware that lead to discrete artifacts and/or elevated baselines in the total
ion current profiles. All of these materials must be routinely demonstrated to be free from
interferences under the conditions of the analysis by running laboratory reagent blanks as described
in Section 8.1.3.

    3.1.1 The use of high purity reagents and solvents helps to minimize interference problems.
Purification of solvents by distillation in all-glass systems may be required.
                                            E-45

-------
     3.2 Matrix interferences may be caused by contaminants that are co-extracted from the sample.
 The extent of matrix interferences will vary considerably from source to source, depending upon the
 nature and diversity of the industrial complex or municipality being sampled.

     3.3 The base/neutral extraction may cause significantly reduced recovery of phenol, 2-
 methylphenol, and 2,4-dimethylphenol. The analyst must recognize that results obtained under these
 conditions are minimum concentrations.

 Safety
     4.1  The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in this method have not been precisely
 defined;  however, each chemical compound should be treated as a potential health hazard. From this
 viewpoint, exposure to these chemicals must be reduced to the lowest possible level by whatever
 means available. The laboratory maintains a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding
 the safe handling of the  chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of material handling data
 sheets is also available to all personnel involved in the chemical analysis. Additional references to
 laboratory safety are available and have been identified4-6 for the information of the analyst.

    4.2 The following parameters covered by this method have been tentatively classified as known
 or suspected, human or mammalian carcinogens:  benzo(a)anthracene, benzidene, 3,3'-
 dichlorobenzidene, benzo(a)pyrene, a-BHC, (3-BHC, 5-BHC, y-BHC, dibenzo(a,h)anthracene, N-
 nitrosodimethylamine, 4,4'-DDT, and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). Primary standards of these
 toxic compounds should be prepared in a hood. A NIOSH/MESA approved toxic gas respirator
 should be worn when the analyst handles high concentrations of these toxic compounds.

 Apparatus and Materials
    5.1 Sampling equipment for discrete or composite sampling.

    5.1.1  Grab sample bottle~l-L or l-gt[5zc], amber glass,  fitted with a screw cap lined with Teflon.
 Foil may be substituted for Teflon is the sample is not corrosive. If amber bottles are not available,
protect samples from light. The bottle and cap liner must  be washed, rinsed with acetone or
methylene chloride, and dried before use to minimize contamination.

    5.1.2  Automatic sampler (optional)-The sampler must incorporate  glass sample containers for
the collection of a minimum of 250 mL of sample. Sample containers must be kept refrigerated at
4°C and protected from light during composite procedures.  If the sampler uses a peristaltic pump, a
minimum length of compressible silicone rubber tubing may be used, before [sic] use, however, the
compressible tubing should be thoroughly rinsed with methanol, followed by repeated rinses with
distilled water to minimize the potential for contamination of the  sample. An integrated flow meter is
 required to collect flow proportional composites.

    5.2 Glassware (All specifications are suggested. Catalog numbers are included for illustration
only.):

    5.2.1   Separately funnel— 0.5-L, with Teflon stopcock.

    5.2.2 Drying column-Chromatographic column, 19 mm ID, with coarse frit filter disc or glass
 wool.

    5.2.3   SAVANT Vacuum Centrifuge programmed to  evaporate 45 mL extract to 2 mL utilizing
 only vacuum, cold trap, and sample compartment controlled temperature not to exceed 40 ° C.

    5.2.4  Evaporative flask, pear-shaped, to fit centrifuge
                                           E-46

-------
     5.2.5 Vials - 4 mL, amber glass, with Teflon-lined screw cap.

     5.2.6 Continues liquid-liquid extractor-Equipped with Teflon or glass connection joints and
 stopcocks requiring no lubrication.

     5.3 Boiling chips-Approximately 10/40 mesh. Heat to 400°C for 30 min of Soxhlet extract with
 methylene chloride.

     5.4 Water bath or round-bottom heating mande- capable of temperature control ( ± 2°C). The
 bath should be used in a hood.

     5.5 Balance-Analytical, capable of accurately weighing O.OOOlg.

     5.6 GC/MS system:

    5.6.1 Gas Chromatograph-An analytical system complete with a temperature programmable gas
 Chromatograph and all required accessories [sic] including syringes, analytical columns, and gases.
 The injection port must be designed for splitless injection using capillary columns.

    5.6.2 Capillary column for analysis of combined fraction of extract— HP-5, SP-5 or equivalent,
 30 meter, WCOT type.

    5.6.3 Capillary pre-column 1 meter length.

    5.6.4 Capillary column connectors.

 Reagents
    6.1  Reagent water—reagent water is defined as a water in which an interference is not observed
at the MDL of the parameters of interest.

    6.2  Sodium Hydroxide solution (10 N)-Dissolve 40 g of NaOH (ACS) in reagent water and
dilute to 100 mL.

    6.3  Sodium Thiosulfate-(ACS) Granular.

    6.4  Sulfuric acid (1+1)  Slowly add 50 mL of H2SO4 (ACS, sp. gr. 1.84) to 50 mL of reagent
water.

    6.5  Methanol, methylene chloride-pesticide quality or equivalent.

    6.6  Sodium sulfate-(ACS) Granular, anhydrous. Purify by heating at 400°C for 4 h in a shallow
tray.

    6.7  Stock standard solutions (1.00 ug/uL)-Standard solutions purchased as certified solutions.

    6.7.1 Transfer the stock standard solutions into Teflon-sealed screw-cap bottles. Store at 4 °C
 and protect from light. Stock standard solutions should be checked frequently for signs of
degradation or evaporation, especially just prior to preparing calibration standards from them.

    6.7.2 Stock standard solutions must be replaced after six months, or sooner if comparison with
 quality control check samples indicate a problem.
                                            E-47

-------
     6.8 DFTPP standard-Prepare a 25 ug/mL solution of DFTPP in methylene chloride.

     6.9 Quality control check sample concentrate-See Section 8.2.1.

 Calibration
     7.1 Establish gas chromatographic operating parameters equivalent to those indicated Table 1.

     7.2 Internal standard calibration procedure-To use this approach, the analyst must select three
or more internal standards that are similar in analytical behavior to the compounds of interest. The
analyst must further demonstrate that the measurement of internal standards is not affected by
method or matrix interferences. Use the base peak of m/z as the primary m/z for quantification of
standards. If interferences are noted, use one of the next two most intense m/z quantities for
quantification.

    7.2.1 Prepare calibration standards at a minimum of three concentrations for each parameter of
interest by adding appropriate volumes of one or more standards to a volumetric flask. To each
calibration standard or standard mixture, add a known constant amount of one or more internal
standards, and dilute to a volume with mediylene chloride. One of the calibration standards should
be at a concentration near, but above, the MDL and the other concentrations should correspond to
the expected range of concentrations found in real samples or should define the working range of the
GC/MS system.

    7.2.2 Using injections of 2 to 5 uL, analyze each calibration standard according to Section 13
and tabulate the area of the primary characteristic m/z against concentration for each compound and
internal standard. Calculate the response factors for each compound using the following equation:


     KF   (-
    where:

As = Area of the characteristic m/z for the parameter to be measured.

Ais = Area of the characteristic m/z for the internal standard.

Qs = Concentration of the internal standard (ug/L).

Cs = Concentration of the parameter to be measured (jig/L).

    If the RF value over the working range is a constant (< 35% RSD), the RF can be assumed to be
invariant and the average RF used for calculations. Alternatively, the results can be used to plot a
calibration curve of response ratios, As/A;s vs. RF.

    7.3  The working calibration curve or RF must be verified on each working day by the measure
measurement of one or more calibration standards. If the response for any parameter varies from the
predicted response by ± 25 %, the test must be repeated using a fresh calibration standard.
Alternatively, a new calibration curve must be prepared for that compound.

 Quality Control
    8.1  Each analyst that uses this method is required  to operate a formal quality control program.
The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory

                                           E-48

-------
capability and an ongoing analysis of spiked samples to evaluate and document data quality. The
analyst must maintain records to document die quality of data that is generated. Ongoing data quality
checks are compared with established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses
meet the performance characteristics of the method. When results of sample spikes indicate atypical
method performance, a quality control check standard must be  analyzed to confirm that the
measurements were performed in an in-control mode of operation.

    8.1.1 The analyst must make an initial, one-time, demonstration of ability to generate acceptable
accuracy and precision with diis method. This ability is established as described in Section 8.2.

    8.1.2 In recognition of advances that are occurring in chromatography, the analyst is permitted
certain options (detailed in Sections 10.6 and 13.1) to improve the separations or lowerthe cost of
measurements. Each time such a modification is made to the method, the analyst is required to
repeat the procedure in 8.2.

    8.1.3 Before processing any samples, the analyst must  analyze a reagent water blank to
demonstrate that interferences from the analytical system and glassware are under control. Each time
a set of samples is extracted or reagents are changed, a reagent water blank must be processed as a
safeguard against laboratory contamination.

    8.1.4 The analyst must on an ongoing basis, spike and analyze a minimum of 5% of all samples
analyzed to monitor and evaluate laboratory data quality. This procedure is described in Section 8.3.

    8.1.5 The analyst must, on an ongoing basis, demonstrate through the analyses  of quality control
check standards that the operation of die measurement system is in control. This procedure is
described in Section 8.4. The frequency of die check standard analyses is equivalent to 5% of all
samples analyzed but may be reduced if spike recoveries from samples (Section 8.3) meet all specified
quality control criteria.

    8.1.6 The analyst must maintain performance records to document the quality of data diat is
generated. This procedure is described in Section 8.5.

    8.2  To establish the ability to generate acceptable accuracy and precision, the analyst must
perform the following operations.

    8.2.1 A quality control (QC) check sample concentrate is required containing each parameter of
interest at a concentration of 100 (ig/mL in methylene chloride. Multiple solutions maybe required.
PCBs and multi-component pesticides may be omitted from this test. The QC check sample
concentrate must be obtained from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental
Monitoring and Support Laboratory in Cincinnati, Ohio, if available. If not available from that
source, the QC check sample concentrate must be obtained from anodier external source. If not
available from either source above, the QC check sample concentrate must be prepared by the
laboratory using stock standards prepared independendy from those used for calibration.

    8.2.2 Using a pipette, prepare QC check samples at a concentration of 100 ug/mL by adding
1.00 mL of QC check sample concentrate to each of four 1-L aliquots of reagent water.

    8.2.3 Analyze the well-mixed QC check samples according to the method beginning in Section
10 or 11.

    8.2.4 Calculate the average recovery (X) in |ig/L, and  the standard deviation of the recovery (s)
in ug/L, for each parameter using the four results.
                                            E-49

-------
     8.2.5 For each parameter compare s and X with the corresponding acceptance criteria for
 precision and accuracy, respectively, found in Table 6 of EPA Method 625. If s and X for all
 parameters meet the acceptance criteria, the system performance is acceptable and analysis of actual
 samples can begin. If any individual s exceeds the precision limit or any individual X falls outside the
 range of accuracy, the system performance is unacceptable for that parameter.

     NOTE: The large number of parameters in Table 1 present a substantial probability that one or
 more will fail at least one of the acceptance criteria when all parameters are analyzed.

     8.2.6 When one or more of the parameters tested fail at least one of the acceptance criteria, the
 analyst must proceed according to Section 8.2.6.1 or 8.2.6.2

     8.2.6.1 Locate and correct the source of the problem and repeat the test for all parameters of
 interest beginning with Section 8.2.2.

     8.2.6.2 Beginning with Section 8.2.2, repeat the test only for diose parameters that failed to meet
 the criteria. Repeated failure, however, will confirm a general problem with the measurement system.
 If this occurs, locate and correct die source of the problem and repeat die test for all compounds of
 interest beginning with Section 8.2.2.

    8.3  The analyst must on an ongoing basis spike at least 5% of the samples form each sample site
 being monitored to assess accuracy. For analysts analyzing 1 to 20 samples per month, at least one
 spiked sample per month is required.

    8.3.1 The concentration of the spike in die sample should be determined as follows:

    8.3.1[szc] If as in compliance monitoring, the concentration of a specific parameter in the sample
 is being checked against a regulatory concentration limit, die spike should be at that limit or 1 to 5
 times higher man die background concentration determined in Section 8.3.2, whichever
 concentration would be larger.

    8.3.1.2 If the concentration of a specific parameter in the sample is not  being checked against a
 limit specific to that parameter, the spike should be at least 100 ug/L or 1 to 5 times the background
 concentration determined in Section 8.3.2, whichever concentration would be larger.

    8.3.1.3 If it is impractical to determine background levels before spiking (e.g. maximum holding
times will be exceeded), the spike concentration should be (1) the regulatory concentration limit, if
 any; or, if none (2) the larger of eidier 5 times higher than the expected background concentration of
 100 ug/L.

    8.3.2 Analyze one sample aliquot to determine the background concentration (B) of each
parameter. If necessary, prepare a new QC check sample concentrate (Section 8.2.1)  appropriate for
the background concentrations in the sample. Spike a second ample aliquot with 1.0 mL of the QC
 check concentrate and analyze it to determine the concentration after spiking (A) of each parameter.
 Calculate each percent recovery (P) as 100 (A-B)%/T where T is the known true value of the spike.

    8.3.3 Compare the percent recovery (P) for each parameter with the corresponding QC
 acceptance criteria found in Table 6 of EPA Method 625. These acceptance criteria were calculated
to include an allowance for error in measurement of both the background and spike concentrations,
 assuming a spike to background ratio of 5:1.7  If spiking was performed at a concentration lower than
 100 ug/L, the analyst must use either the QC acceptance criteria in Table 6 (EPA Method 625), or
 optional QC acceptance criteria calculated for the specific spike concentration. To calculate optional
                                           E-50

-------
acceptance criteria for the recovery of a parameter (1) Calculate accuracy (X') using the equation in
Table 7 (EPA Method 625), substituting the spike concentration (T) for C; (2) calculate overall
precision (S') using the equation in Table 7, substituting X' for X;  (3) calculate the range for
recovery at the spike concentration as (100 X'/T)±2.44(100 S'/T)%7

    8.3.4  If any individual P falls outside the designated range for recovery, that parameter has failed
the acceptance criteria. A check standard containing each parameter that failed must be analyzed as
described in Section 8.4.

    8.4 If any parameter fails the acceptance criteria for recovery in Section 8.3, a QC check
standard containing each parameter that failed must be prepared and analyzed.

    Note:  The frequency for the required analysis of a QC check standard will depend upon the
number of parameters being simultaneously tested, the complexity of sample matrix, and the
performance of the analyst.  If the entire list of single-component parameters in Table 6 must be
measured in the sample in Section 8.3, the probability that the analysis of the QC check standard will
be required is high. In this case the QC check standard should be routinely analyzed with the spike
sample.

    8.4.1 Prepare the QC check standard by adding 1.0 mL of the QC check sample concentrate
(Section 8.2.1 or 8.3.2) to 1 L of reagent water. The QC check standard needs to only to contain the
parameters that failed the criteria in the test in Section 8.3.

    8.4.2 Analyze the QC check standard to determine the concentration measured (A) of each
parameter. Calculate the percent recovery (P s) as 100(A/T)% where T is the true value  of the of the
standard concentration..

    8.4.3 Compare the percent recovery (P5) for each parameter with the corresponding QC
acceptance criteria found in  Table 6 (EPA Method 625),. Only parameters that failed the test in
Section 8.3 need to be compared with these criteria. If the recovery of any such parameter falls
outside the designated range, the analysis is judged to be out of control, and the problem must be
immediately identified and corrected. The analytical result for that parameter in the unspiked sample
is suspect.

    8.5 As part of the QC program for the analyst, method accuracy for wastewater samples must be
assessed and records must be maintained. After the analysis of five spiked wastewater samples as in
Section 8.3, calculate the average percent recovery (P) and the standard deviation of the percent
recovery (sp). Express the accuracy assessment as a percent interval from P-2sp to P+2s p.  If P=90%
and sp= 10% for example, the accuracy interval is expressed as 70-110%. Update the accuracy
assessment for each parameter on a regular basis (e.g. after each five to ten new accuracy
measurements).

    8.6 As a quality control check, the analyst must spike composite samples from an analytical
batch with the surrogate standard spiking solution as described in Section 10.2, and calculate the
percent recovery of each surrogate compound.

    8.7 It is recommended  that the analyst adopt additional quality assurance practices for use with
this method. The specific practices that are most productive depend on the needs of the analyst and
the nature of the samples. Field duplicates may be analyzed to the assess the precision of the
environmental measurements. Whenever possible, the analyst should analyze standard  reference
materials and participate in relevant performance evaluation studies.

                                            E-51

-------
 Sample Collection, Preservation, and Handling
    9.1 Grab samples must be collected in glass containers. Conventional sampling practices8 should
 be followed, except that the bottle must not be pre-rinsed with sample before collection. Composite
 samples should be collected in refrigerated glass containers in accordance with the requirements of
 the program. Automatic sampling equipment must be as free as possible of Tygon tubing and other
 sources of contamination.

    9.2 All sampling must be iced or refrigerated at 4 °C from the time of collection until extraction.
 Fill the sample bottles and if residual chlorine is present, add 80 mg of sodium thiosulfate per liter of
 sample and mix well.  EPA Methods 330.4 and 330.5 may be used for measurements of residual
 chlorine.9 Field test kits are available for this purpose.

    9.3 All samples must be extracted within 14 days of collection and completely analyzed within
 40 days of extraction.

 Separatory Funnel Extraction
    10.1 Samples are usually extracted using separatory funnel techniques. If emulsions will prevent
 achieving acceptable solvent recovery widi separatory funnel extractions, continues extraction
 (Section 11) may be used. The separatory funnel extraction scheme described below assumes a
 sample volume of 0.25 L. When sample volumes of 0.25 L are to be extracted, use 3-10 mL volumes
 of methylene chloride for the serial extraction of the base/neutrals and 3-10 mL volumes of
 methylene chloride for the acids. If emulsions prevent achieving acceptable solvent recovery with
separatory funnel extraction, continuous extraction is used.

    10.2. A sample volume of 250 mL is collected in a 400 mL beaker and poured into a 500 mL
separation funnel. For every twelve samples extracted, an additional four samples are extracted for
quality control and assurance. These include three  250 mL composite samples made of equal
 amounts of the twelve samples and one 250 mL sample of reverse osmosis water. Standard solution
 additions consisting of 25 uL of 1000 ug/mL base/neutral matrix spiking solution, 25 uL of 1000
ug/mL base/neutral surrogates, 12.5 uL of 2000 ug /mL acid matrix spiking solution  , and 12.5 uL
of 2000 fj.g /mL acid surrogates are made to the separation funnels of two of the three composite
samples and mixed well. Sample pH is measured with wide range pH paper and adjusted to pH > 11
with sodium hydroxide solution.

    10.3. A 10 mL volume of methylene chloride is added to the separatory funnel and sealed by
capping. The separatory funnel is gently shaken by hand for 15s and vented to release pressure. The
cap is removed from the separatory funnel and replaced with a vented snorkel stopper. The
separatory funnel is then placed on a mechanical shaker and shaken for 2 min. After returning the
separatory funnel to its stand and replacing the snorkel stopper with cap, the organic layer is allowed
to separate from the water phase for a minimum of 10 minutes, longer if an emulsion develops. The
 extract and any emulsion present is then collected into a 125 mL Erlenmeyer flask.

    10.4. A second and third 10 mL volume of methylene chloride is added to the separatory funnel
 and the extraction method is repeated, combining the extract with the previous in the Erlenmeyer
 flask. For persistent emulsions, those with emulsion interface between layers more than one-third the
 volume of the solvent layer, the extract including the emulsion is poured into a 50 mL centrifuge vial,
 capped, and centrifuged at 2000 rpm for 2 min. to break the emulsion. Water phase separated by
 centrifuge is  collected from the vial and returned to the separatory funnel using a disposable pipette.
 The centrifuge vial with the extract is recapped before performing the extraction of the acid portion.

    10.5. The pH of the remaining sample in the separatory funnel is adjusted to pH < 2 using
 sulfuric acid. The acidified aqueous phase is serially extracted three times with 10 mL aliquots of
                                           E-52

-------
methylene chloride as done in the previous base/neutral extraction procedure. Extract and any
emulsions are again collected in the 125 mL Erlenmeyer flask..

    10.6. The base/neutral extract is poured from the centrifuge vial though a drying column of at
least 10 cm of anhydrous sodium sulfate and is collected in a 50 mL beaker. The Erlenmeyer flask is
rinsed with 5 mL of methylene chloride which is then used to rinse the centrifuge vial and then for
rinsing the drying column and completing the quantitative transfer.

    10.7. The base/neutral extract is transferred into 50 mL concentration vials and is placed in an
automatic vacuum/centrifuge concentrator  (Vacuum concentration is used in place of the Kuderna-
Danish method). Extract is concentrated to approximately 0.5 mL.

    10.8. The acid extract collected in the  125 mL Erlenmeyer flask is placed in the 50 mL centrifuge
vial. Again, if persistent emulsions persist, the extract is centrifuged at 2000 rpm for 2 min. Water is
drawn from the extract and discarded. Extract is poured through the  10 cm anhydrous sodium
sulfate drying column and collected in the 50 mL beaker as before. The Erlenmeyer flask is then
rinsed with 5 mL of methylene chloride which is then poured into the centrifuge vial and finally
through the drying column.

    10.9. The acid extract is then poured into the 50 mL concentration vial  combining it with the
evaporated base/neutral extract. The combined extract is then concentrated to approximately 0.5 mL
in the automatic vacuum/centrifuge concentrator.

    10. Using a disposable pipette, extract is transferred to a graduated vial.  Approximately 1.5 mL of
methylene chloride is placed in the extraction vial for rinsing. This rinse solvent is then used to adjust
the volume of extract to  2.0 mL. Extract is then poured into a labeled Teflon-sealed screw-cap vial
and freezer stored until analysis

Continuous Extraction
    11.1  When experience with a sample from a given source indicates that a serious emulsion
problem will result or an emulsion is  encountered using a separatory funnel as in Section 10, a
continues extractor should be used.

    11.2 Mark the water meniscus on the  side of the sample bottle for later determination of sample
volume. Check the pH of the sample with wide-range pH paper and adjust to pH> 11 with sodium
hydroxide solution. Transfer the sample to the continuous extractor and as in Section 10, add matrix
and surrogate standard spiking solutions and mix well. Add 60 mL of methylene chloride to the
sample bottle, seal, and shake for 30 s to rinse the inner surface. Transfer the solvent to the extractor.

    11.3 Repeat the sample bottle rinse with an additional 50 to 100 mL portion of methylene
chloride and add the rinse to the extractor.

    11.4 Add 200 to 500 mL of methylene chloride to the distilling flask, add sufficient reageat
water to ensure proper operation, and extract for 24 h. Allow to cool, then detach the distilling flask.
Dry, concentrate, and seal the extract as in Section 10.

    11.5 Charge a clean distilling flask 500 mL of methylene chloride and attach it to the continues
extractor. Carefully, while stirring, adjust the pH of the aqueous phase to less than 2 using sulfuric
acid. Extract for 24 h. Dry, concentrate, and seal the extract as in Sections 10.
                                            E-53

-------
  Daily GC/MS Performance Tests
     12.1  At the beginning of each day that analyses are to be performed, the GC/MS system must
 be checked out to see if acceptable performance criteria are performed for DFTPP.10

     12.2  These performance tests require the following instrumental parameters:

     Electron Energy: 70 V (nominal)

     Mass Range:  35 to 450 amu

     Scan Time: To give at least 5 scans per peak but not to exceed 7 s per scan.
     12.3  DFTPP performance test-At the beginning of each day, inject 2 |iL (50 ng) of DFTPP
 standard solution. Obtain a background-corrected mass spectra of DFTPP and confirm that all the
 key m/z criteria in Table 9 (EPA Method 625) are achieved, the analyst must retune the mass
 spectrometer and repeat the test until all criteria are achieved before any sampling, blanks, or
 standards are analyzed. The tailing factor tests in Sections 12.4 and 12.5 may be performed
 simultaneously with the DFTPP test.

    12.4 Column performance test. At the beginning of each day the tailing factor must be
 calculated, standard mixture containing Inject 50 ng of pentachlorophenol either separately or as part
 of a standard mix that may contain DFTPP and calculate the tailing factor. The tailing factor for
 pentachlorophenol must be less than 5. Replace the column, pre-column, or inlet, (as appropriate) if
 the tailing factor criterion cannot be achieved.

 Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometry
    13.1 The following listing summarizes the recommended gas chromatographic operating
 conditions

                   GC/MS  Operating Parameters for selected ion monitoring

                              TOPLEVEL PARAMETERS
Method Information For: C:\HPCHEM\1\METHODS\BNASIM.M

Method Sections To Run:

  (  )  Save Copy of Method With Data
  (  )  Pre-Run Cmd/Macro  =
  (X)  Data Acquisition
  (X)  Data Analysis
  (  )  Post-Run Cmd/Macro =

Method Comments:
  Semivolatile BNA compounds quantitative analysis method


                              END OF TOPLEVEL PARAMETERS
                             ACQUISITION PARAMETERS
General Information
Inlet              : GC
Tune File          : DFTPP.U
                                           E-54

-------
Acquisition Mode
                    Sim
MS Information
Solvent Delay
                    3.00 min
EM Absolute       :  False
EMV Offset        :  0.0
Resulting Voltage :  3000.0

[Sim Parameters]
GROUP
Group
Dwell
1
ID
Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group
Ions
GROUP
Group
Dwell
Start Time
In Group
2
ID
Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group
Ions
GROUP
Group
Dwell
Start Time
In Group
3
ID
Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group


GROUP
Group
Dwell


4
ID
Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group
Ions


GROUP
Group
Dwell
Start Time
In Group


5
ID
Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group
Ions



GROUP
Group
Dwell
Start Time
In Group



6
ID
Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group
Ions
Start Time
In Group

Group 1
150 msec.
No
3 .00
42.00 74.00 44.00

Group 2
150 msec.
No
5 .00
112.00 64.00 92.00

Group 3
14 msec.
No
6 .00
94.00 71.00 70.00 66.00
93.00 63.00 95.00 128.00
130.00 146.00 148.00 113.00
152.00 115.00 99.00

Group 4
14 msec.
No
7.00
146.00 148.00 113.00 45.00
77.00 43.00 70.00 130.00
201.00 199.00 82.00 128.00
77.00 123.00 65.00

Group 5
10 msec.
No
7 . 60
136.00 137.00 108.00 82.00
138.00 139.00 65.00 109.00
122.00 77.00 93.00 63.00
162.00 164.00 63. '00 180.00
145.00 128.00 102.00 129.00

Group 6
150 msec.
No
8.30
225.00 190.00 260.00











65 .00
64.00
150.00




121.00
117 .00
70 .00




39 .00
107 .00
95 .00
182 .00





GROUP 7
Group
Dwell
ID
Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group 7
150 msec.
: No


Group Start Time :  8.70
                                           E-55

-------
j-una j.ii oj. uup
GROUP 8
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group


GROUP 9
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group

GROUP 10
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group


GROUP 11
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group



GROUP 12
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group

GROUP 13
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group

-LU / . UU JL<±*i . UU
Group 8
28 msec.
No
9. 10
237.00 239.00
97.00 172.00
127.00 1S4.00

: Group 10
: 41 msec.
: No
: 10.00
:1S3.00 77.00
89.00 152.00

: Group 11
: 22 msec.
: No
: 10.50
: 164. 00 1S2.00
75.00 184.00
65.00 109.00

: Group 12
: 14 msec.
: No
: 11.25
:149.00 177.00
167.00 204.00
51.00 105.00
62.00 141.00

: Group 13
: 69 msec.
: No
: 12.25
:250.00 248.00
249.00

: Group 14
: 42 msec.
: No
: 12.90
: 188 . 00 189 . 00
264.00 178.00
/ / . uu




235.00 196.00 198.00
171.00 170.00 162.00






194.00 165.00 63.00
151.00 153.00





80.00 153,00 154.00
63.00 53.00 139.00
165.00 89.00





150.00 166.00 165.00
141.00 77.00 198.00
169.00 168.00 182.00
330.00





141.00 284.00 142.00






186.00 266.00 268.00
176.00 179.00
GROUP 14
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group

GROUP 15
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group

GROUP 16
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
:  Group 15
:  150  msec.
:  No
:  13.60
:167.00  139.00
                 165.00
:  Group 16
:  150 msec.
:  NO
:  14.50
:149.00  150.00  104.00
  Group 17
  69 msec.
                                           E-56

-------
 Low Resolution
 Group  Start Time
 Ions In Group
  : No
  : 15.20
  :202.00
   122.00
198.00  101.00  244.00  245.00
 GROUP  17
 Group  ID
 Dwell  Per  Ion
 Low Resolution
 Group  Start  Time
 Ions In Group
  : Group  18
  : 150 msec.
  : No
  : 17.20
  :149.00   91.00  206.00
GROUP 18
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group

GROUP 19
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group
GROUP 20
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group

: Group 19
: 28 msec.
: No
: 18.20
:228.00 226
238.00 228
157.00 57

: Group 20
: 69 msec.
: No
: 19.50
:149.00 150.
250 . 00

: Group 2 1
: 69 msec.
: No
: 21.50
:264.00 265.
253 .00



.00
.00
. 00



.00



00
                                   229.00
                                   226.00
                          240.00  241.00
                          229.00  149.00
                                  279.00  252.00  253.00
                                  132.00  252.00  250.00
GROUP 21
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group

GROUP 22
Group ID
Dwell Per Ion
Low Resolution
Group Start Time
Ions In Group
   Group 22
   150  msec.
   No
   23 .00
   43.00  215.00  370.00
   Group 23
   69 msec.
   No
   25 .00
  276.00  277.00
  139.00
       138.00  278.00  279.00
[Real Time Plot Parameters]

Time Window.    :  27 min
Iconize Real Time Display :
Plot 1 type     :  Total ion
Scale minimum   :  0
Scale maximum   :  1000000
Plot 2 type     :  No plot
            False
GC Inlet Information
 [Inlet A Temperature Program Information]
Oven Track
Initial Temp.
Initial Time
Off
300 C
30.00 min
                                           E-57

-------
 Level     Rate  (C/min)    Final Temp.  (C)    Final  Time  (min)
   1               0
 Total Program Time: 30.00 min
 [Inlet B Temperature Program Information]

 Oven Track    :  Off
 Initial Temp.  :  300 C
 Initial Time  :  30.00 min

 Level     Rate (C/min)     Final Temp. (C)   Final Time  (min)
   1                0
 Total Program  Time:  30.00 min
 [Inlet  A Pressure  Program Information]

 Constant Flow  :  On 0  kPa  at  40  C
 Pressure Units  : kPa
 [Inlet A Flow Settings]
Column length
Column diameter
Gas
Vacuum compensation
Pressure
Flow
Linear velocity
Split flow
30.00 m
0.250 mm
He
Off
0 kPa
0.0 ml/min
0.0 cm/sec
50  ml/min
 [Inlet B Pressure Program Information]

Constant Flow :  On 1 kPa  at 40 C
Pressure Units  : kPa
 [Inlet t Flow Settings]
Column length
Column diameter
Gas
Vacuum compensation
Pressure
Flow
Linear velocity
30 .00 m
0.250 mm
He
On
1 kPa
0.5 ml/min
24.5 cm/sec
[Auxiliary Channel C Information]

Comment:

Pressure Program:
Initial Pres.  : 0 kPa
Initial Time   : 480.00 min

Level     Rate(kPa/min)   Final  Pres.(kPa)   Final Time  (min)
  I               0
Total Program Time: 480.00 min
[Auxiliary Channel D Information]

Comment:

Pressure Program:

                                            E-58

-------
Initial Pres.  : 0 kPa
Initial Time   : 480.00 min

Level     Rate(kPa/rain)   Final Pres.(kPa)   Final  Time  (min)
  1               0
Total Program Time: 480.00 min
[Auxiliary Channel E Information]

Comment:

Pressure Program:
Initial Pres. :  0 kPa
Initial Time  :  480.00 min

Level     Rate(kPa/min)   Final Pres.(kPa)  Final Time  (min)
  1               0
Total Program Time: 480.00 min
[Auxiliary Channel F Information]

Comment:

Pressure Program:
Initial Pres. :  0 kPa
Initial,Time  :  480.00 min

Level     Rate(kPa/min)   Final Pres.(kPa)  Final Time  (min)
  1               0
Total Program Time: 480.00 min
GC Temperature Information
[GC Zone Temperatures]

Inj.  A :  300 C
Inj.  B :  300 C
Det.  A :  300 C
Det.  B :  300 C
Aux.   :  280 C  Off
 [Oven Parameters]
Oven Equib Time
Oven Max
Oven
Cryo
Ambient
Cryo Blast

 [Oven Program]
0.50 min
300 C
On
Off
25 C
Off
Initial Temp.  : 40 C
Initial Time   : 4.00 min

Level     Rate  (C/min)     Final  Temp.  (C)    Final  Time  (min)
  1            35 .00              130             0.00
  2            12.00              280            10.93
  3             0.00
Next Run Time     : 30.00  min
                                            E-59

-------
 Injector Information
 Injection  Source    :  Auto
 Injection  Location  :  Rear

 Sample Washes        1
 Sample Pumps         3
 Sample Volume        2 stop(s)
 Viscosity  Delay      0 sec
 Solvent A  Washes     3
 Solvent B  Washes     3
 On Column            No
 [Purge Information]

Purge A/B     Init. Value     On Time     Off Time
     A            On            0.00        0.00
     B            Off           1.00        0.00
                          END OF ACQUISITION PARAMETERS

                           DATA ANALYSIS PARAMETERS
Method Name:  C:\HPCHEM\1\METHODS\BNASIM.M
Percent Report Settings
Sort By:  Signal

Output Destination
    Screen:  No
    Printer:  No
    File:    No

Integration Events:  Meth Default

Generate Report During Run Method:  No

Signal Correlation Window: 0.020



Qualitative Report Settings


Peak Location of Unkrown: Apex minus Start of Peak

Library to Search      Minimum Quality
kp625.1                 50
pripol.1                50
nbs49k.l

Integration Events: RTEINT.MAC

Report Type:  Summary

Output Destination
    Screen:  No
    Printer:  No

                                           E-60

-------
     File:     qual.txt

Generate Report  During Run  Method:   No



Quantitative  Report  Settings


Report Type:  Detailed  (text only)

Output Destination
     Screen:   No
     Printer:  No
     File:     detail.xls

Generate Report  During Run Method:   Yes



Semivolatile  BNA Compounds
Reference Window: 5.00 Percent
Non-Reference Window: 5.00 Percent
Correlation Window: 0.03 minutes
Default Multiplier: 1.05
Default Sample Concentration: 0.00

Compound Information
 1)   1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE D4                     (ISTD)

Ret. Time   6.86 min., Extract & Integrate from   6.36 to   7.36 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  150.00                                *** METH DEFAULT ***
Ql   152.00     55.60       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
Q2   115.00     36.60       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON    ISTD cone:      100.000 uG/L
Curve Fit: Avg.  RF


 2)   n-nitrosodimethylamine                     ( )

Ret. Time   3.37 min., Extract & Integrate from   2.87 to   3.87 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Dnc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt   42.00                                *** METH DEFAULT ***
Ql    74.00     17.30       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
Q2    44.00      2.40       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg.  RF


 3)   2-fluorophenol                             ( )

Ret. Time   5.63 min., Extract & Integrate from   S.13 to   6.13 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  112.00                                *** METH DEFAULT ***
Ql    64.00     43.70       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
Q2    92.00     49.90       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg.  RF


 4)   phenol d6                                  ( )


                                           E-61

-------
 Ret.  Time   6.63 min.,  Extract & Integrate from   5.13 to   7.13 min.
 Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)
 Tgt   99.00
 Ql    71.00    104.90       20.0
 Q2    70.00     38.20       20.0
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve  Fit:  Avg.  RF
 Integration
  *** METH DEFAULT ***
  *** METH DEFAULT ***
  *** METH DEFAULT ***
  5)   phenol                                     (  )

 Ret.  Time    6.65  min.,  Extract & Integrate from   6.15 to   7.15 min.
Signal        Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)
Tgt   94.00
Ql    66.00     120.40       20.0
Q2    65.00     85.80       20.0
Qualifier Peak  Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
 Integration
  *** METH DEFAULT  ***
  *** METH DEFAULT  ***
  *** METH DEFAULT  ***
 6)  bis(2-chloroethyl)ether                    (  )

Ret. Time   6.66 min., Extract & Integrate from    6.16  to    7.16  min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt   93.00
Ql    63.00    138.60       20.0
Q2    95.00     44.10       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 7)  2-chlorophenol                             ( )

Ret. Time   6.71 min., Extract & Integrate from   6.21 to
                  7.21 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  128.00
Ql   130.00     35.00       20.0
Q2    64,00     40.80       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 8)   1,3-dichlorobenzene                        ( )

Ret. Time   6.87 min., Extract & Integrate from   6.37 to
                  7.37 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  146.00
Ql   148.00     65.10       20.0
Q2   113.00     21.90       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT **+
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 9)   1,4-dichlorobenzene                        ( )

Ret. Time   6.87 min., Extract & Integrate from   6.37 to   7.37 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  146.00
Ql   148.00     65.10       20.0
Q2   113.00     21.90       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
10)   1,2-dichlorobenzene
                                           E-62

-------
 Ret.  Time   6.87 min.,  Extract & Integrate from   6.37 to   7.37 min.

 Signal        Rel Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt   146.00                                 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Ql    148.00      65.10        20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Q2    113.00      21.90        20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak  Analysis ON
 Curve Fit: Avg.  RF
11}  bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether                (  )

Ret. Time    7.18 min.,  Extract  t  Integrate  from   6.68 to   7.68 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet.  Unc. (rel)     Integration
Tgt   45.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql   121.00     29.30       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2    77.00     41.60       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


12)  n-nitroso-di-n-propylamine                 (  )

Ret. Time   7.32 min., Extract & Integrate  from  6.82  to    7.82  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt   43.00                                 ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Ql    70.00     83.20       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Q2   130.00     11.40       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


13)  hexachloroethane                           (  )

Ret. Time   7.35 min., Extract & Integrate  from  6.85  to    7.85  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.  (rel)    Integration
Tgt  117.00                                 ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Ql   201.00     76.10       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Q2   199.00     49.50       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


14)  nitrobenzene d5                            (  )

Ret. Time   7.43 min., Extract & Integrate  from  6.93  to    7.93  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt   82.00                                 ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Ql   128.00     39.60       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Q2    70.00     63.80       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


15)  nitrobenzene                               (  )

Ret. Time   7.44 min., Extract i Integrate  from  6.94  to    7.94  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt   77.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql   123.00     19.30       20.0            **»  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2    65.00     10.80       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
                                           E-63

-------
 16}   NAPHTHALENE D8                             (ISTD)

 Ret.  Time   8.17 min. ,  Extract 5c Integrate from   7.67  to    8.67 min.

 Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
 Tgt   136.00                                *** METH DEFAULT  ***
 Ql   137.00     11.20        20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
 Q2   108.00     20.40        20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON    ISTD cone:      100.000 uG/L
 Curve Fit:  Avg.  RF


 17)   isophorone                                 ( )

 Ret.  Time   7.68  rain.,  Extract  & Integrate from   7.18 to   8.18 min.

 Signal       Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt    82.00                                *** METH  DEFAULT **+
 Ql    39.00    86.80        20.0            *** METH  DEFAULT ***
 Q2    138.00    19.40        20.0            *** METH  DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


 18)   2-nitrophenol                              (  )

 Ret.  Time   7.79 min.,  Extract & Integrate from   7.29 to    8.29 min.

 Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt  139.00                                *** METH DEFAULT  ***
 Ql    65.00     67.50       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
 Q2   109.00     86.40       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit: Avg. RF


 19)  2,4-dimethylphenol                         (  )

Ret.  Time   7.85 min.,  Extract & Integrate from   7.35 to    8.35 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  107.00                                *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql   122.00     56.00       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2    77.00     36..40       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


20)  bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane                 (  )

Ret.  Time   7.94 rain.,  Extract & Integrate from   7.44 to    8.44 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
Tgt   93.00                                *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql    63.00    221.20       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2    95.00     54.20       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


21)  2,4-dichlorophenol                         (  )

Ret.  Time   8.06 min.,  Extract & Integrate from   7.56 to    8.56 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
Tgt  162.00                                *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql   164.00     67.40       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2    63.00    150.20       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit: Avg. RF


                                           E-64

-------
22)   1,2,4-trichlorobenzene                     (  )

Ret.  Time    8.13 min.,  Extract  &  Integrate  from   7.63  to   8.63  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet.  One.(rel)    Integration
Tgt   182.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql    180.00    102.70        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2    145.00     43.50        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


23)  naphthalene                                (  )

Ret. Time    8.19 min., Extract  & Integrate  from   7.69  to    8.69  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  128.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql   102.00     27.70        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2   129.00     13.80        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


24)  hexachlorobutadiene                        ( )

Ret. Time   8.42 min., Extract  & Integrate  from   7.92 to    8.92 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  225.00                                 *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql   190.00     68.70       20.0            *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2   260.00     36.10       20.0            *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


25)  4-chloro-3-methylphenol                    ( )

Ret. Time   8.96 min., Extract  & Integrate  from   8.46 to    9.46 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc. (rel)    Integration
Tgt  107.00                                 *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql   142.00     67.20       20.0            *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2    77.00     90.00       20.0            *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


26)  hexachlorocyclopentadiene                  ( )

Ret. Time   9.38 min., Extract  & Integrate  from   8.88 to    9.88 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  237.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql   239.00     64.20        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2   235.00     69.60        20.0     '       ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


27)  2,4,6-trichlorophenol                      (  )

Ret. Time    9.51 min., Extract  & Integrate  from   9.01  to   10.01  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt   196.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql    198.00     87.60        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2    97.00     72.90        20.0            ***  MSTH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF

                                            E-65

-------
 28)   2-fluorobiphenyl                           ( )

 Ret.  Time   9,60 min.,  Extract & Integrate from   9.10 to  10.10 rain.
 Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Onc.(rel)
 Tgt  172.00
 Ql   171.00     38.90       20.0
 Q2   170.00     32.90       20.0
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg.  RF
          Integration
           *** METH DEFAULT ***
           *** METH DEFAULT ***
           *** METH DEFAULT ***
 29)   2-chloronaphthalene                       (  )

 Ret.  Time    9.74 min.,  Extract  & Integrate from   9.24 to  10.24 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)
Tgt  152.00
Ql   127.00     42.60        20.0
Q2   164.00     35.70        20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
          Integration
           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
           *** METH DEFAULT  ***
30)  ACENAPHTHENE D10                           (ISTD)

Ret. Time  10.63 min., Extract & Integrate  from   10.13  to   11.13  min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  164.00
Ql   162.00    106.40       20.0
Q2    30.00      8.00       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON    ISTD cone:
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
         Integration
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
             100.000 uG/L
31}  diraethylphthalate

Ret. Time  10.30 mia., Extract
Integrate from   9.80 to  10.80 rain.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  163.00
Ql    77.00     25.30       20.0
Q2   194.00      9.30       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
         Integration
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
32J   2,6-dinitrotoluene                         ( )

Ret. Time  10.39 min., Extract fc Integrate from   9.89 to  10.89 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rei)
Tgt  165.00
Ql    63.00    134.10       20.0
Q2    89.00     83.50       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
         ^ntegration
          *»* METH DEFAULT ***
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
33)   acenaphthylene                             ( )

Ret. Time  10.38 min.. Extract & Integrate from   9.88 to  10.83 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  152.00
Ql   151.00     25.50       20.0
Q2   153.00     12.60       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
         Integration
          *** METH DEFAULT »**
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
          *** METH DEFAULT ***
                                           E-66

-------
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
34)  acenaphthene                               (  )

Ret. Time  10.59 min., Extract  &  Integrate  from  10.19  to  11.19 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  153.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql   154.00     88.20        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2    75.00     11.00        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


35)  2,4-dinitrophenol                          (  )

Ret. Time  10.79 min., Extract  &  Integrate  from  10.29  to  11.29 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  184.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql    63.00     73.50        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2    53.00     88.10        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


36)  4-nitrophenol                              (  )

Ret. Time  10.69 min., Extract  &  Integrate  from   10.19  to   11.19  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  139.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql    65.00     70.90        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2   109.00     39.40        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


37)  2,4-dinitrotoluene                         (  )

Ret. Time  11.05 min., Extract  &  Integrate  from   10.55  to   11.55  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  165.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql    89.00     92.10        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2    63.00    137.80        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


38)  PHENANTHRENE D10                           (ISTD TR)

Ret. Time  13.29 min., Extract  &  Integrate  from  12.79  to  13.79 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc. (rel)    Integration
Tgt  188.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql   189.00     15.50        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2   186.00      8.50        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON    ISTD  cone:      100.000 uG/L
Curve Fit: Linear


39)  diethylphthalate                           (  )

Ret. Time  11.52 min., Extract  &  Integrate  from  11.02  to  12.02 min.

Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  149.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql   177.00     14.00        20.0            ***  MSTH DEFAULT ***
Q2   150.00     11.70        20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***

                                            E-67

-------
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg.  RF
 40)   fluorene                                  (  )

 Ret.  Time   11.56  min.,  Extract & Integrate from  11.06 to  12.06 min.
 Signal        Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)
 Tgt   156.00
 Ql    165.00     88.10        20.0
 Q2    167.00     13.90        20.0
 Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
 Curve Fit: Avg. RF
                              Integration
                               »**  METH DEFAULT ***
                               ***  METH DEFAULT ***
                               ***  METH DEFAULT ***
41)  4-chlorophenylphenylether                  (  )

Ret. Time  11.59 min., Extract &  Integrate  from   11.09  to   12.09  min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  204.00
Ql   141.00    167.10       20.0
Q2    77.00     36.90       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
                             Integration
                              *** METH DEFAULT  ***
                              *** METH DEFAULT  ***
                              *** METH DEFAULT  ***
42)  2-methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol                 ( )

Ret. Time  11.76 min., Extract & Integrate from  11.26 to  12.26 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  198.00
Ql    51.00     83.70       20.0
Q2   105.00     40.10       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
                             Integration
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
43)   n-nitrosodiphenylamine                     ( )

Ret. Time  11.82 min., Extract & Integrate from  11.32 to  12.32 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  169.00
Ql   168.00     66.00       20.0
Q2   167.00     41.60       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
                             Integration
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
44)   azobenzene                                 ( )

Ret. Time  11.87 min., Extract & Integrate from  11.37 to  12.37 min.
Signal
Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Integration
Tgt   77.00
Ql    51.00     98.30       20.0
Q2   182.00     20.40       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
45)  2,4,6-tribromophenol                       (  )

Ret. Time  12.03 min., Extract & Integrate  from   11.53  to   12.53  min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt   62.00
Ql   141.00    168.60       20.0
                             Integration
                              *** METH DEFAULT ***
                              *»* METH DEFAULT ***
                                           E-68

-------
 Q2    330.00    104.70       20.0      :     *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg.  RF
 46)   4-bromophenylphenylether                  (  )

 Ret.  Time   12.48  min.,  Extract & Integrate from  11.98 to  12.98 min.

 Signal        Rel  Resp.   Pet.  One.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt   250.00                                 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Ql    248.00     110.30        20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Q2    141.00     115.90        20.0      '     *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier  Peak  Analysis  ON
 Curve Fit; Avg. RF


 47)  hexachlorobenzene                          (  )

 Ret. Time  12.72  min., Extract  & Integrate  from  12.22  to  13.22  min.

 Signal       Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)    Integration
 Tgt  284.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
 Ql   142.00     73.40       20.0           ***  METH DEFAULT ***
 Q2   249.00     46.10       20.0           ***  METH DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


 48)  pentachlorophenol                          (  )

 Ret. Time  13.10  min., Extract  & Integrate  from  12.60  to   13.60  min.

 Signal       Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  266.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql   268.00     72.70       20.0 '           ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2   264.00     50.80       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


 49)  phenanthrene                               (  )

Ret. Time  13.33  min.,  Extract  & Integrate  from   12.83  to   13.83  min.

Signal       Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  178.00                                 *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Ql   176.00     20.70       20.0            *** METH DEFAULT  ***
Q2   179.00     14.60       20.0          ,'*** METH DEFAULT  ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


 50)  anthracene                                 (  )

 Ret. Time  13.33  min., Extract  & Integrate  from  12.83  to   13.83  min.

 Signal       Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc. (rel)    Integration
 Tgt  178.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
 Ql   179.00     14.60       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
 Q2   176.00     20.70       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT  ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg. RF


 51)  carbazole                                  (  )

 Ret. Time  13.79  min., Extract  & Integrate  from  13.29  to   14.29  min.

 Signal       Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)    Integration
 Tgt  167.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***

                                            E-69

-------
 Ql   139.00      29.00       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Q2   165.00       2.40       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit: Avg.  RF
 52)   di-n-butylphthalate                        (  )

 Ret.  Time   14.71  min.,  Extract  & Integrate from  14.21 to  15.21 min.

 Signal        Rel  Resp.  Pet.  Unc. (rel)     Integration
 Tgt   149.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT ***
 Ql    150.00     10.70        20.0           ***  METH DEFAULT ***
 Q2    104.00     10.70        20.0           ***  METH DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit: Avg. RF


 53)   fluoranthene                               (  )

 Ret. Time  15.70 min., Extract & Integrate  from  15.20  to   16.20  min.

 Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt  202.00                                 ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
 Ql   101.00      2.10       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
 Q2   198.00      3.80       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg.  RF


 54)  pyrene                                     (  )

Ret. Time  16.13 min..  Extract & Integrate  from   15.53  to   16.63  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc. (rel)    Integration
Tgt  202.00                                 *** METH  DEFAULT ***
Ql   198.00      4.20        20.0            *** METH DEFAULT ***
Q2   101.00      2.30        20.0            *** METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit:  Avg.  RF


55)  4-terphenyl d!4                            (  )

Ret. Time  16.58 min.,  Extract & Integrate  from   16.08  to   17.08  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)    Integration
Tgt  244.00                                 *** METH  DEFAULT ***
Ql   245.00     18.90        20.0            *** METH  DEFAULT ***
Q2   122.00     10.30        20.0            *** METH  DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit:  Avg.  RF


 56)  CHRYSENE D12                                (ISTD)

Ret. Time  18.64 min.,  Extract & Integrate  from   18.14  to   19.14  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
Tgt  240.00                                 ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
Ql   241.00     23.40       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
Q2   238.00      8.60       20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON    ISTD cone:      100.000  uG/L
Curve Fit:  Linear


 57)  benzylbutylphthalate                       (  )

Ret. Time  17.72 min., Extract & Integrate  from  17.22  to   18.22  min.

 Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration

                                            E-70

-------
Tgt  149.00
Ql     91.00      51.20        20.0
Q2   206.00      10.10        20.0
Qualifier  Peak Analysis  ON
Curve  Fit: Avg.  RF
 *** METH DEFAULT  ***
 *** METH DEFAULT'***
 *** METH DEFAULT  ***
58)  benzo(a)anthracene                         (  )

Ret. Time  18.59 min., Extract  &  Integrate  from  18.09  to   19.09  rain.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  228.00
Ql   226.00     28.60       20.0
Q2   229.00     19.40       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
59)  chrysene                                   (  )

Ret. Time  18.67 min., Extract & Integrate from   18.17 to   19.17 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Dnc.(rel)
Tgt  228.00
Ql   226.00     31.60       20.0
Q2   229.00     19.20       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
60)  bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate                 (  )

Ret. Time  19.01 min., Extract & Integrate from   18.51 to  19.51 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  149.00
Ql   167.00     24.00       20.0
Q2    57.00     24.10       20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
61)  PERYLENE D12
                                                (ISTD)
Ret. Time  21.95 min., Extract & Integrate from  21.45 to  22.45 min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  264.00
Ql   265.00     25.50       20.0
Q2
     132.00
                10.60
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
                            20. 0
                               ISTD cone:
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT **
 *** METH DEFAULT **
 *** METH DEFAULT *"
    100.000 UG/L
62)  di-n-octylphthalate                        (  )

Ret. Time  20.33 min., Extract  Sc  Integrate  from   19.83  to   20.83  min.
Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)
Tgt  149.00
Ql   150.00      9.30        20.0
Q2   279.00      1.70        20.0
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF
Integration
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 *** METH DEFAULT ***
63)  benzo(b)fluoranthene                       (  )

Ret. Time   21.00  min.,  Extract  &  Integrate  from  20.50 to  21.50 min.
                                            E-71

-------
 Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt  252.00                  ,               ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
 Ql   253.00     20.90        20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
 Q2   250.00     21.80        20.0            ***  METH  DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit: Avg. RF
 64)   benzo(k)fluoranthene                       ( )

 Ret.  Time  21.00 min., Extiact & Integrate from  20.50 to  21.50 min.

 Signal        Rel Resp.  Pet.  Unc.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt   252.00                                 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Ql    250.00      21.80       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Q2    253.00      20.90       20.0           *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit: Avg.  RF


 65)   benzo (a) pyrene                             ( )

 Ret.  Time 21.78  min.,  Extract  & Integrate from  21.28 to  22.28 min.

 Signal       Rel  Resp.   Pet.  Unc.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt   252.00                                 *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Ql    250.00      23.10       20.0            *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Q2    253.00      21.20       20.0            *** METH DEFAULT ***
 Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
 Curve Fit: Avg.  RF


 66)    coprostanol                                (  )

Ret.  Time  24.24 min., Extract  & Integrate  from  23.74 to   24.74  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
Tgt   43.00                                 «**  METH DEFAULT ***
Ql   215.00      0.00       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2   370.00      0.00       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Quadratic,  forced through origin


67)   indeno(1,2,3-c,d)pyrene                    (  )

Ret.  Time  25.76 min., Extract  & Integrate  from  25.25 to   26.26  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
Tgt  276.00                                 ***  METH D3FAULT ***
Ql   277,00     16.10       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2   138.00      4.00       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


68)   dibenz(a,h)anthracene                      (  )

Ret.  Time  25.93 mill.. Extract  t Integrate  from  25.43 to   26.43  min.

Signal       Rel Resp.   Pet. Unc. (rel)     Integration
Tgt   278.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT **«
Ql   279.00     24.20       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT ***
Q2   139.00      2.20       20.0            +**  METH DEFAULT ***
Qualifier Peak Analysis  ON
Curve Fit: Avg. RF


69)   benzo(g,h,i/perylene                       (  )

Ret.  Time  26.83 min., Extract  & Integrate  from  26.33 to   27.33  min.

                                            E-72

-------
 Signal       Rel Resp.  Pet. Unc.(rel)     Integration
 Tgt   276.00                                 ***  METH DEFAULT
 Ql    138.00      5.30       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT
 Q2    277.00     22.20       20.0            ***  METH DEFAULT
 Qualifier Peak Analysis ON
 Curve Fit:  Avg. RF
                    END OF DATA ANALYSIS PARAMETERS
    13.2 After conducting the GC/MS performance tests in Section 12, calibrate the system daily as
described in Section 7.

    13.3 The internal standard must be added to the sample extract and mixed thoroughly
immediately before it is injected into the instrument. This procedure minimizes losses due to
adsorption, chemical reaction, or evaporation.

    13.4 Inject 2 to 5 |iL of the sample extract or standard into the GC/MS system using the
splidess or solvent flush technique.12 Smaller (1.0 uL) volumes may be injected if automatic devices
are employed. Record the volume injected to the nearest 0.05 |^L.

    13.5 If the response for any m/z exceeds the working range of the GC/MS system, dilute the
extract and reanalyze.

    13.6 Perform all qualitative and quantitative measurements as descnbed in Sections 14 and 15.
When the extracts are not being used for analyses, store them refrigerated at 4 °C, protected from
light in screw-cap vials equipped with unpierced Teflon-lined septa.

Qualitative Identification
    14.1 Selected ion monitoring (SIM) is utilized for quantitative determinations. For qualitative
determinations, the GC/MS is operated in the Scan mode. Obtain EICPs for the primary m/z and
the two odier masses listed in Table 1. The following catena must be met to make a qualitative
identification:

    14.1.1 The characteristic masses of each parameter of interest must maximize in the same or 1
scan from each other.

    14.1.2 The retention time must fall with ±30 s of the retention time of the authentic compound.

    14.1.3 The relative peak heights of the three characteristic masses in the EICPs must fall within
±20% of the relative intensities of these masses in a reference mass spectrum. The reference mass
spectrum can be obtained from a standard analyzed in the GC/MS system or from a reference
library.

    14.2 Structural isomers that have very similar mass spectra and less than 30 s difference in
retention time, can be explicitly identified only if the resolution between the authentic isomers in a
standard mix is acceptable. Acceptable resolution is achieved if the baseline to the valley height
between the two isomers is less than 25% of the sum of the two peak heights. Otherwise, structural
isomers are identified as isomenc pairs.
                                            E-73

-------
 Calculations
     15.1 When a parameter has been identified, the quantitation of that parameter will be based on
 the integrated abundance from the EICP of the primary characteristic m/a in Tables 4 and 5. use the
 base peaks of the m/z for internal and surrogate standards if the sample introduces interferences  for
 the primary m/z, use a secondary characteristic m/z to quantitate. Calculate the concentration in the
 sample using the response factor (RF) determined in Section 7.2.2 and this equation:

                                (A ¥/ )
     Concentraion(ag I L) =       A
    where:

    As = Area of the characteristic m/z for the parameter or surrogate standard to be measured.

    As = Area of the characteristic m/z for the internal standard.

    Is = Amount of internal standard added to each extract (|J.g).

    V0 = Volume of water extracted (L).

    15.2 Report the results in Ug/L without correction for recovery data .  Al QC data obtained
should be reported with the  sample results.

 Method Performance
    16. 1 The method detection limit (MDL) is defined as the minimum concentration of a substance
that can be measured with 99% confidence that the value is above zero. l The MDL concentrations
are obtained using reagent water. 13 The MDL actually achieved in a given  analysis will vary
depending on instrument sensitivity, matrix effects, and analyst experience.

    16.2 The EPA 625 method has been tested using reagent water, drinking water, surface water,
and industrial wastewaters spiked at different concentrations over the range 5 to 1300 Ug/L.14  Single
operator precision,  overall precision, and method accuracy were found to be directly related to the
concentrations of the parameter and essentially independent of sample matrix. Linear equations to
describe these relationships are presented in Table 7 of EPA Method 625. Attachment 1 to this
method illustrates recovery & precision for the UAB method utilizing composites of reagent water,
drinking water, surface water, and industrial wastewaters.

References
    1. 40 CFR Part 136, Appendix B.

    2. "Sampling and Analysis Procedures for Screening Industrial Effluents for Priority Pollutants,"
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory,
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, March 1977, Revised April 1977. Available from Effluent Guidelines
Division, Washington, DC 20460.

    3. ASTM Anmul Book of Standards, Part 31, D3694-78. "Standard Practices for Preparation of
Sample Containers  for Preservation of Organic Constituents,"  American Society for Testing and
Materials, Philadelphia.
                                           E-74

-------
    4. "Carcinogens-Working with Carcinogens," Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
 Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and
 Health. Publication No. 77-206, August 1977.

    5. "OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry," (29 CFR Part 1910), Occupational
 Health and Safety Administration, OSHA 2206 (Revised January 1976).

    6. "Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories," American Chemical Society Publication,
 Committee on Chemical Safety, 3rd Edition, 1979.

    7. Provost, L.P. and Elder, R.S. "Interpretation of Percent Recovery Data," American Laboratory,
 15 58-63 (1983). (The value 2.44 used in equation in Section 8.3.3 is two times the value 1.22 derived
 in this report.)

    8. ASTM Annual Book of Standards,  Part 31, D3370-76. "Standard Practices for Sampling
 Water, " American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia.

    9. "Methods 330.4 (Titrametric, DPD-FAS) and 330.5 (Spectrophotometric , DPD) for Chlorine,
 Total Residual," Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, EPA-600/4-79-020, U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati,
 Ohio 45628, March 1979.

    10. Eichelberger, J.W., Harris, L.E., and Budde, W.L. "Reference Compound to Calibrate Ion
 Abundance Measurement in Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry,"  Analytical Chenistry, 47, 995
 (1975).

    11. McNair, N.M. and Bonelli, E.J. "Basic Chromatography,"  Consolidated Printing. Berkeley,
 California, p. 52, 1969.

    12. Burke, J.A. "Gas Chromatography for Pesticide Residue Analysis; Some Practical Aspects,"
Journal of 'the Association of 'Ojfidal Analytical Chemists, 48, 1037 (1965).

    13. Otynyk, P., Budde, W.L. and Eichelberger, J.W. "Method Detection Limit for Methods 624
 and 625," Unpublished report, May 14, 1980.

    14. "EPA Method Study 30, Method  625, Base/Neutrals, Acids, and Pesticides," EPA 600/4-
 84-053, National Technical Information Service, PB84-206572, Springfield, Virginia 22161, June
 1984.
                                           E-75

-------
 Standard Operating Procedure Supplement
 1. Solid Phase Extraction of Organic Compounds
 2. Summary
 This SOP is for the extraction and concentration of semi-volatile compounds in the basic,
 acidic and neutral categories. The usable range of concentrations are from 1 to 250 ug
 per liter dependent on the individual compound. The matrix for samples prepared using
 this SOP is limited to stormwater samples with less than 4 g/L solids. Expected precision
 and accuracy are 25% precision (determined from replicate matrix spikes), and a range of
 accuracy (as recovery ranging from detection to 125%) dependent on the particular
 compound.
3. Description of Item
A Waters SepPak 3 mL syringe containing 500 mg Cig material bonded to a spherical
silica support sandwiched between Teflon or glass mat filters comprises the absorbent
material. A Vacuum Elution device  (VacElut) holds the SepPak in place via a female luer
adapter. An adapter attached to the top of the SepPak holds a 100 mL reservoir above the
SepPak. The VacElut device also routes wastes and collects final elution volume in a
glass tube for future analysis.
4. Calibration Interval
Although the procedure does not require calibration, spikes for recovery and precision
determination are necessary every 30 samples. Since 12 samples can be extracted in one
batch run, 3 batches will result in a total of 36 extraction samples. The following pattern
of spikes are necessary:
Sample
Position
1
2
3

4

5

6

7
8
9
10
11
12

Batch 1
RO water
composite
composite + semivolatile surrogates
& matrix spikes
composite + semivolatile surrogates
& matrix spikes
composite + pesticide surrogates &
matrix spikes
composite + pesticide surrogates &
matrix spikes
sample
sample
sample
sample
sample
sample
E-76
Batch 2
sample
sample
sample

sample

sample

sample

sample
sample
sample
sample
sample
sample

Batch 3
sample
sample
sample

sample

sample

sample

sample
sample
sample
sample
sample
sample


-------
5. Standards Needed
a. Source - Surrogate and matrix spikes are available from various vendors. The
surrogates and matrix spikes are listed in the UAB QA document which lists method
descriptions - Quality Assurance Project Plan. Use spikes undiluted.
b. Preparation - Typically spiking solutions are 1000 to 2000 ug/mL. In order to obtain a
100 ug/L spike in a 250 mL sample from a 1000 ug/mL solution inject 25 uL of the
standard below the surface  of the sample. For a 2000 ug/mL solution inject 12.5 uL.
6. Procedure
1.   Empty VacElut reservoir.
2.   Setup 12 collection tubes in VacElut device.
3.   Setup 12 clean SepPaks with adapter and reservoir on VacElut device. Insure the
    VacElut is in the waste  position.
4.   Turn on vacuum pump.
5.   Wash the SepPaks with 5 mL HPLC grade methanol.
6.   Wash the SepPaks with 5 mL RO water.
7.   Load the samples into the reservoirs with vacuum on full. (*NOTE* - if vacuum
    exceeds 30 inches Hg, bleed system and shut down pump, contact Dr. Parmer)
8.   After full volume of sample has been eluted through SepPak, allow to dry with
    vacuum on full for a minimum 20 minutes.
9.   Switch VacElut to collect position and move to hood.
10.  If there is any remaining water drops in sample container, add 1 gm sodium sulfate to
    sample container to absorb the water.
11.  Move all sample containers and VacElut device to hood.
12.  Insure all collection tubes on VacElut are in collection vials.
13.  Introduce 3 mL methylene  chloride into each sample container. Swirl  methylene
    chloride to wash sample container walls and any  sodium sulfate added.
14.  Pour 3 mL methylene chloride wash into VacElut reservoir.
Note: This step should be accomplished using a maximum 5 inches Hg vacuum. If methylene chloride does not flow smoothly, the SepPak
    cartridge is still wet. Increase vacuum and proceed, but note in extraction  log that the SepPak elution with methylene chloride was
    not smooth.

15.  Transfer collected eluant to a labeled amber glass vial.
16.  Store vial in freezer until analysis.
7 Calculations
Although there are no formal calculations associated with this procedure, have someone
else in the lab check your calculations for spike additions. All spikes should be at the 100
ug/L level.
8.  Report
There are no formal reporting procedures associated with this SOP other than recording
samples extracted and composited in the extraction notebook.
9.  References
    To be added at a future date.
                                        E-77

-------
 Attachment 4

 MICROTOX Screening Test

 Standard Operating Procedure
 Scope
 Parameters Measured
    The parameter measured during the Microtox Screening Procedure is the reduction of light
 output by the sample at a specific time during the run, compared to a control sample.

 Range
    The Microtox Screening Procedure has a range  of relative toxicities between 0 and 100% of light
 output reduction.

 Matrix
    Sample matrix is water. The free/e-dried reagent is bacteria contained within milk solids. The
 Reconstitution Solution, Diluent, and Osmotic Adjusting Solution are all  sodium chloride in "pure"
 water.

 Expected precision and accuracy
    Extensive research has been performed to establish precision and accuracy for runoff samples.
 Please refer to A. Ayyoubi's  Master's Thesis, "Physical Treatment of Urban Stormwater Runoff
 Toxicants".

 Terminology
    Toxicity: For this method, bacterial metabolic reduction.

    Relative toxicity: Percentage that reflects the reduction in light output by the bacteria in a sample
 as compared to the light output by the bacteria in a control sample.

    EC50 concentration: The fraction of sample, using the Microtox diluent as the dilution solution,
 that causes a light output from the sample that is 50% of the light output  of  the control. Also called
 the 50% effective concentration.

 Summary of Method
    The Microtox Screening Procedure uses a bioluminescent marine bacteria, Photokicterium
phosphomtn, to measure the toxicity of a sample relative to a control sample at three times during the
 25-minute run. At each of the three reading times, the light output of each sample and each control is
 measured on a chart recorder and is recorded as the height of the peak light output on a scale of 0 to
 100.

 Significance and Use
    P. phospfxweum emit light as a byproduct of respiration. If a sample contains one or more
 components that interfere with respiration, then the bacteria's light output is reduced proportionally
 to the amount of interference with respiration, or toxicity. The light output reduction is proportional
 to the toxicity of the sample. The relative toxicity of a sample to the control can then be calculated.
 These relative toxicities can  be compared to toxicity test results using standard reagents specified by
 this procedure.
                                            E-78

-------
 Interferences
    Samples having pH values outside the range of 6.3 to 7.8 may be toxic to the bacteria. Normally,
 the pH of the sample is not adjusted because pH may be the parameter causing toxicity in a natural
 environment. Color and turbidity will interfere with, and probably will reduce, the amount of emitted
 light leaving the cuvette and reaching the photomultiplier. Organic matter may provide a second
 food source for the bacteria and may result in a sample whose relative toxicity is calculated to be less
 than zero.

    Sample storage containers must be clean and free of soap residues, and stoppers must not be
 made of cork. Detergents, cork and other materials may add chemicals to the sample and may add to
 the toxicity of the sample.

    Tap water and distilled water are fatal to the bacteria. Sample storage containers must be rinsed
 with de-ionized or ultra-pure water pnor to use, with ultra-pure water being preferable.

 Apparatus
 Microtox 2055 Analyzer

 500 uL pipettor (with disposable tips)

 10 uL pipettor (with disposable tips)

 Glass Cuvettes (Disposable)

 Reagents and Materials
    Microtox Bacterial Reagent
4% Photobacterium phosphoreum

 2% Sodium Chloride

94% Skim Milk Solids

    Microtox Reconstitution Solution
 100% Ultra Pure Water

    Microtox Diluent
 2% Sodium Chloride

 9 8% Ultra Pure Water

    Microtox Osmotic Adjusting Solution
 22% Sodium Chloride

 78% Ultra Pure Water

 Sodium Chloride (solid) - Reagent Grade

 Hazards and Precautions
    None of the Reagents and Materials have OSHA PEL(s), AGGIH TLV(s), or other limits. Oral
 rat LD50 data has not been established for any of the reagents supplied by Microtox.
                                            E-79

-------
    Sodium chloride, which is one of the reagents and is a component of most of the reagents
 supplied by Microtox, displays LD50 of 3000 mg/kg. The sodium chloride, either as a reagent or as a
 component of the other reagents, may cause eye irritation and ingestion of large quantities may cause
 vomiting, diarrhea and dehydration.

    No special storage requirements are needed beyond keeping the freeze-dried bacteria culture in a
 freezer. Reagents are not considered to be a fire or explosion hazard (water may be used to
 extinguish if in a fire), and have no hazardous decomposition products. The reagents are stable under
 ordinary conditions of use and storage. Spilled reagent, whether reacted or not, may be cleaned up by
 adsorption with paper towels and excess fluid may be flushed down a regular sewer drain.

 Sampling, Sample Preparation
    Note:     The Microtox instrument has space in its incubator for 15 cuvettes. For a normal
 run, three of the cuvettes (Al, B1, and Cl) are reserved for the control solution. One of the
 remaining twelve cuvettes is reserved for the standard solution whose concentration is approximately
the predetermined ZnSO4 7H2O EC50 concentration. The remaining eleven cuvettes contain the
samples to be tested.

    1)   Rinse clean 40 mL sample vials, vial caps and teflon septa with ultrapure water.

    2)   Mix the sample by inverting the container several times.

    3)   Pour 10 mL of sample into the vial.

    4)   Add 0.2 g NaCl (Reagent Grade) to the vial.

    5)   Mix die sample and salt by inverting the vial  until the salt is completely dissolved.

Preparation of Apparatus
    1)   Discard the cuvettes remaining in the Incubator and Pre-Cool slots.

    2)   Put new cuvettes into the fifteen slots in the Incubator and one in the Pre-Cool
        slot.

    3)   Pipette 1.0 mL of Diluent into the cuvettes in positions Al, Bl, and Cl.

    4)   Pipette 1.0 mL of Reconstitution Solution into a cuvette in the "Pre-Cool" position.

    5)   Pipette 1.0 mL of each sample into a cuvette in positions A2 through A5, B2
        through B5, or C2 through C5.

    6)   Set the timer for 5 minutes to allow for temperature  stabilization of the
        Reconstitutior Solution.

    7)   Get a vial of the Microtox Reagent Bacteria out of the freezer. (Must be stored prior
        to use  in a freezer at no warmer than -20°C.

    8)   Tap the reagent vial on the countertop gently several times to break up the contents.

    9)   After the 5 minute temperature stabilization period has expired, open the vial.

    10)  Quickly, pour the Reconstitution Solution in the Pre-Cool slot into the reagent vial.
                                           E-80

-------
     11) Swirl the contents to mix (all solid reagent should go into solution).

     12) Pour the reagent solution back into the Pre-Cool cuvette.

     13) Mix the reagent solution approximately 20 times with a 500 uL pipette.

     14) Set the timer for 15 minutes.

Calibration and Standardization
    The Microtox Analyzer is calibrated using solutions of either zinc sulfate or phenol. A standard
solution of approximately 10 mg/L zinc sulfate or of approximately 50 mg/L phenol is made. Four
dilutions of the standard solution, with three replicates of each dilution, are used in place of the
twelve samples in the normal Microtox Screening Procedure. The four dilutions should bracket the
expected EC50 concentration of the standard solution.

    During each run, one of the twelve sample positions is occupied by the standard solution at the
EC50 concentration. If the relative toxicity of the standard sample is outside the range of 45-55%,
the run is rejected and repeated with freshly made standard solution. If the EC50 on the repeat
agains falls outside the range  of 45-55%, the calibration is repeated. If the  calibrated EC50 is
significandy higher than the previous calibrations on that box of reagent, then a new box of reagent
is opened and the calibration  Screening Procedure is performed on one of the reagents in that box.

Procedure
    1)   Pipette 10 (J.L of reagent solution into each cuvette in the following order Al, Bl,
        Cl, A2 through A5, B2 through B5, and C2 through C5.

    2)   Gendy mix each cuvette's contents 20 times with a 500 )J.L pipette. Mix the cuvettes
        in the same order in which reagent solution was added.

    3)   Push in the "HV" and "HV Check" buttons on the front of the Microtox analyzer.
        The panel on the front should read between -700 and -800.

    4)   Push in the "HV Check" button (so it toggles back out) and push in the "Sensitivity
        X10" and "Run" buttons.

    5)   Turn on the strip chart recorder.

    6)   Zero the chart recorder using the knob located on the right side of the machine.

    7)   Make sure the speed  setting is for 1 inch per minute.

    8)   Make sure the pen is  touching the recorder paper by putting the pen arm down.

    9)   Place the cuvette in Al into the turret and close the turret to get a reading on Al.

    10) After the reading is obtained, remove the cuvette from the turret.

    11) "Read" the cuvettes in Bl and Cl also to determine which of the  three has the
        largest reading. Place that cuvette back in the turret and close.
                                            E-81

-------
     12) Adjust the chart reading to between 90 and 100 using the Scan knob on the front of
        the Analyzer. If display reads " 1" (not" 001"), change the sensitivity setting to
        "Sensitivity XI".

     13) Open the turret and check the zero point again on the chart recorder. Adjust as
        necessary.

     14) Close the turret.

     15) Set the timer for 5 minutes.

     16) When the timer rings, read the samples in the following order Al, Bl, Cl, Al
        through A5, Bl through B5, Cl through C5, Al, Bl, and Cl.

     17) Place the control cuvette (Al, Bl or Cl)  which has the highest reading in the turret
        and close.

     18) Set the timer for 10 minutes.

     19) When the timer rings, read the samples in the following orden Al, Bl, Cl, Al
        through A5, Bl through B5, Cl through  C5, Al, Bl and Cl.

    20) Place the control cuvette (A 1, Bl, or Cl) which has the highest reading in the turret
        and close.

    21) Set the timer for 10 minutes.

    22) When the timer rings, read the samples in the following order Al, Bl, Cl, Al
        through A5, Blthrough B5, Cl through C5, Al, Bl and Cl.

    23) Shut off the chart recorder and cap the pen.

    24) Return the Cl cuvette to the Incubator and close the turret.

    25) Push in the "HV" and "Turret" buttons on the front of the Analyzer  (toggle them
        off).

Demonstration of Statistical Control
    Please refer to A. Ayyoubi, "Physical Treatment of Urban Stormwater Runoff Toxicants", pg.
11-23.

Calculations
    At each of the three times that a sample is read, each of the three control samples is read three
times. The results of these nine analyses are averaged and have a standard deviation and coefficient
of variation calculated. If the coefficient of variation for the control samples at any time in the run is
greater than 0.05, the run is rejected.

    Relative toxicity is calculated as follows:

        % Reduction [at time /] = (Control - Sample)/Control x 100
        where:   Control = average peak height of the control samples at t
        Sample = peak height of sample at /

                                           E-82

-------
    This completes a Microtox Analysis run. The spreadsheet that is used for data analysis is named
"TOXDEMO.XLS".

Assignment of Uncertainty
    to be developed

References
    Haw to Run a Standard Micmtox. Test. Microbics Corporation, Carlsbad, CA. 1988.

    Micmtox. 100% ScreeningPmoedum (Handout). Microbics Corporation, Carlsbad, CA. 1990.

    Ayyoubi, A. "Physical Treatment of Urban Stormwater Runoff Toxicants", Master's Thesis,
University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL, 1993.
                                           E-83

-------
 Attachment 5

 Particle Size Analysis

 Standard Operating Procedure
 Scope
 Parameters Measured
    This method determines the number and size of particles suspended in a conductive liquid.

 Range
    This method is designed to provide accurate particle size distribution curves,within a 30:1
 dynamic range by diameter, or a 27000:1 range by volume, from any one apeture. Size distributions
 from 0.4 um to 1200 um depending on the orifice tube apeture size (upper limit dictated by particle
 density and electrolyte viscosity, the lower limit by environmental conditions). Applicable apeture
 sizes are: 20, 100, 140, and 200 (J,m. Apeture sizes larger than 200 um or smaller than 20 um require
 special procedures not covered in this method. Each apeture allows the measurement of particles in
 the nominal diameter range of 2 to 60% of die apeture diameter.

 Matrix
    The sample matrix is urban stormwater.

 Expected Accuracy and Precision
Accuracy: ± 0.5%
Precision:< 1.0%  RSD
 Terminology
    A general knowledge of fundamental statistical terminology is sufficient

 Summary of Method
    This method determines number and size of particles suspended in a conductive liquid by
monitoi Jig the electrical current between two electrodes immersed in die conductive liquid on either
side of a small apeture, through which a suspension of the particles is forced to flow. As each particle
passes through the apeture, it changes the impedance between the electrodes and produces an
electrical pulse of short duration having a magnitude essentially proportional to die particle volume.
The series of pulses is electronically scaled, counted, and accumulated in a number of size related
channels which, when dieir contents are displayed on an integral visual display, produces a size
distribution curve. Only those individuals who have reviewed instrument documentation and have
passed a laboratory practicum administered by Dr. Farmer on this instrument are authorized to
utilize this method.

 Significance and Use
    This method is intended to characterize particles and agglomerated state particles in urban
stormwater. Since a large fraction of toxic compounds and constituents of interest in surface water
 are commonly found adsorbed to the surface of particles, it is important and significant to have a
characterization mediod that provides data on volume and diameter of particles that are not
spherical. Many particle sizing mediods are based on the assumption that counted particles are
spherical (most diffraction or forward scattering techniques). When these methods encounter non-
spherical particles, a  bias is introduced'. This technique uses the Electrical Sensing Zone Method
 which has been utilized and verified for many decades in die medical and health services industries,
 ASTM Annual Book of Standards V 14.02, 1993,

                                           E-84

-------
particularly in characterizing particles in parenteral fluids and cell counting and distribution. The
British Standards Institution has also published British Standard 3406:Part 5:1983; "Determination of
Particle Size Distribution: Recommendations for Electrical Sensing Zone Method (the Coulter
Principle)". Copies can be obtained from Sales Office, British Standards Institution, Linford Wood,
Milton Keynes, MK14 6LE, telephone: (0908) 221166.

 Interferences
    Particles in the diluent inside the aperture tube do not normally generate pulses in the analyzer,
since the flow is in one direction only. However, large dense particles may settle at the bottom of the
aperture tube. The jet effect of the aperture flow can stir up these settled particles so that some pass
through the sensing zone on the inner side of the aperture and cause interference. This effect can be
detected by making a blank count, on clean electrolyte, after each hour of use. Periodic flushing with
the auxiliary stopcock will eliminate the problem. Inner particle buildup may be indicated by an
excessive variation in repeat counts. In extreme cases, remove and clean the aperture tube.

    Aperture blockage results in lower than expected counts, no count, or constant sounding of the
threshold alarm. If aperture blockage is suspected, inspect the aperture image on the aperture viewing
screen. Apertures can be cleaned by back-flushing, brushing, burning, or other methods. Refer to the
Coulter Counter Analyzer Reference Manual.

    When more than one particle passes through the aperture at the same time, it is called
coincidence. Coincidence is detected by the Multisizer II by the unique properties of coincident
signals and reports the level of coincidence as a measurement is being made. Coincidence levels of 5-
10% are normal. The Multisizer II reports coincidence level, raw count and coincidence corrected
count as part of the size distribution report. If coincidence levels are too high, the sample must be
diluted. If there is no coincidence, then the sample is not concentrated  enough and a larger aliquot of
sample must be diluted.

Apparatus
    The Multisizer II comprises  a sampling stand, with its associated Vacuum Control Unit and the
main electronics unit, which has a provision for connecting an optional X/Y plotter, Data Terminal
and Video Printer, allowing hard copy to be made of any display and associated data. Any data
terminal capable of receiving RS-232 signals will allow for ASCII text and numerical data to be
transferred from the Multisizer to the data terminal. This method utilizes Accucomp CD software from
Coulter Electronics, Inc. to capture data from the Multisizer II and to prepare, print, and store
reports and data analysis. An IBM compatible data terminal running Windows ® is required for this
software.
                                            E-85

-------
                      Coulter Multisizer II with Sample Stand and Vacuum Unit

    Other apparatus required include:

    Orifice tubes in 20 to 200. um apertures.

    Beakers ranging in size from 10 mL to 2 L are convenient, but only a 100 mL beaker is required
in addition to the sample stand beaker.

    1, 2, and 5 mL pipettes are required, or some device capable of delivering these volumes with
high precision and accuracy.

    Standard sieves are convenient, but not necessary unless interferences from large, dense particles
are anticipated.
 Reagents and Materials
    Coulter ISOTON® II solution (Available from Curtin Matheson Scientific) or a filtered isotonic
sodium chloride solution.

    A range of polystyrene-divinylbenzene Latex® reference panicles are available from Coulter.
Table 1 indicates suitable calibration particles for particular orifice tubes.
                                              E-86

-------
                    Standard Orifice Tube Data
Aperture Nominal Diameter (urn)
20
30
50
70
100
140
200
Nominal Particle Size Range
(urn)
0.5-12.0
0.6-18.0
1.0-30.0
1.4-42.0
2.0-60.0
2.8-84.0
4.0-120.0
Suitable Calibration Particles
(Urn)
2.0-3.0
3.0-6.0
3.0-10
5.0-15
10-20
15-40
20-40
 Hazards and Precautions
 Electrical
    The instrument must be sited on a firm dry work bench, connected to 120 VAC power, and
must be grounded correctly.

    Main voltages and d.c. voltages exceeding 50 V are used internally. The instrument must be
removed from mains before removing any cover. Refer all servicing to trained personnel.

 Mechanical
    Take care when handling glassware; it is fragile and if broken could cause injury.

 Chemical
    Mercury is used in an internal manometer to accurately regulate sample flow through the apeture.
Mercury is poisonous in liquid or vapor form, as are its compounds. It is extremely mobile. Contact
with human skin must be avoided. Remove spilt mercury with a proprietary mercury absorbent,
contained in the spill kit. Contact Dr. Farmer in the event of any mercury spill.

    Before mixing electrolyte solutions consider any possible risk.

 Fire
    If the instrument starts to smoke or smell, indicating a fault causing overheating, immediately
switch the instrument off and disconnect  from  main power supply and contact Dr. Farmer.

 Environment
    The laboratory should be smoke free  and have minimum dust.

    The instrument should be operated within  ambient temperature range 10 to 32 °C.

    Protect the electrolyte solution from airborne dust. ISOTONII diluent supplied by Coulter
Electronics, Inc. (through Curtin Matheson Scientific) is essentially particle-free; other electrolyte
solutions must be  filtered before use to exclude particles greater than 0.5% of diameter of the
aperture being used.

 Sampling, Sample Preparation
    A representative sample of the solution to  be characterized should be obtained and placed in a
polyethylene or glass container and stored at 4°Cuntil measurement.

    1, 2, or 5 mL  aliquots of the sample are diluted to 100 mL with ISOTON® II solution prior to
analysis.

                                           E-87

-------
     It is important to consider that the Coulter Counter ® instrument will give a size analysis of the
 paniculate material presented to the orifice. If the material is presented as an agglomeration or
 flocculated form, then an untrue size analysis will result for individual particles. (In some instances
 however, it is important to count the particles in an agglomerated state  and dispersion to the ultimate
 particle size is then undesirable.)

 Preparation of Apparatus
 Warm up time
    For optimum accuracy, it is recommended that a period of 10 minutes is allowed between
 switching on the Multisizer II and making first measurements.

 Preparation
    It is advised that several preliminary measurements are performed on the Multisizer II with a
 sample representative of the system to be studied. For most accurate work, sample concentration
 should be below that at which significant coincidence occurs, preferably at approximately the 5%
 coincidence level. To prepare the Multisizer II for an analysis, the following procedures must be
 earned out.

    (1) select a suitable orifice tube so that most of the particles lie within its measurement range.

    (2) choose an appropriate electrolyte solution. Establish that its "background count" is
acceptably low

                   Backgmund and Maximum Cumulative Counts for Multisizer II Orifice Tubes
Nominal Aperture
Diameter
20
30
50
70
100
140
200
Nominal Particle
Diameter Range
0.5-12.0
0.6-18.0
1.0-30.0
1.4-42.0
2.0-60.0
2.8-84.0
4.0-120.0
Cumulative
Background Count
Larger than 2% of
Aperture Diameter
800 @ 0.5 urn per
0.05 mL
500 @ 0.6 urn per
0.05 mL
250 @ 1.0 urn per
0.05 mL
1 200 @ 1.4 urn per
0.5 mL
400 @ 2.0 urn per
0.5 mL
600 @ 2.8 fim per
2.0 mL
200 @ 4.0 ^m per
2.0 mL
Counts per second
for 5% Aperture
Coincidence
7800
4500
3100
2120
1600
1175
800
Max. Cumulative
Count for 5%
Aperture
Coincidence
250,000 per 0.05
mL
68,000 per 0.05
mL
17,000 per 0.05
mL
58, 300 per 0. 5 mL
20,000 per 0.5 mL
7,285 per 0. 5 mL
10,000 per 2. 0 mL
Set Up Procedure - Automatic Mode
    (1) Set the power switches of the Multisizer II and associated Sampling Stand to on, then switch
on any required accessories. The "Multisizer II Setup" menu is displayed.

    (2) Enter the date, using the numeric keypad.
    (3) Using the MENU cursor keys, step down the menu and enter the information as follows:
                                            E-88

-------
    Orifice size, diameter/length      Enter via the key pad, the diameter of the orifice tube
fitted to the sampling stand. The corresponding apeture length and calibration constant" Kd"
applicable to the orifice tube is stored in memory.

    (4) Press "CAL" key: The stored value of Kd, applicable to the tube size entered, is then
displayed.

    (5) Press "SET UP" key, and repeat as necessary, to check that all entries and selections on
"Analysis Setup -1" and "Analysis Setup - 2" pages are as required. For detailed information on each
of these entries please refer to the Operator's Manual.

    (6) Press "SET UP"key to display "Multisizer II SETUP" menu, return setting for " SET UP"
to "AUTOMATIC"

    (7) Fill the Sample Stand beaker with enough blank electrolyte (ISOTON®!!) to cover apeture
and Pt electrode.

    (8) Ensure that the RESET/COUNT switch on the Sampling Stand is set to RESET.

    (9) Press FULL key on Multisizer II. The status message " Current and Gain Auto-Set in
Progress" is displayed at die bottom of the screen when this selection is made. The message remains
whilst the current and gain settings are recalculated.

Calibration and Standardization
    Calibration is required only when a new tube is purchased, or an electrolyte odier than ISOTON
II is used. The only calibration constant is Kd, which is stored permanently in memory. In normal
operation calibration is not required. If a new tube is purchased or a different electrolyte is used, then
significant method development must be accomplished and this mediod is not appropriate. All
instrument parameters for this mediod are stored in the Multisizer II and should not be altered
widiout consultation with Drs. Parmer or Pitt.

Procedure
    (1) With the required options selected on the " Full Range" menu and die preparation
procedure completed, press "RESET" if any existing data is accumulated in the Full Range mode is
to be deleted. Any data not deleted will be added to the results of the new measurement.

    (2) Pipette 1.0 mL of sample into a  100 mL beaker and add 99.0 mL of ISOTON II.

    (3) Place the sample to be analyzed on the beaker platform of die Sampling Stand. Adjust the
height of the platform, as necessary, to immerse the aperture in die sample.

    (4) Set "RESET/COUNT" on the Sampling Stand to RESET.

    (5) Press "START" key on Multisizer II. The Multisizer will "beep" when measurement is
completed and display die distribution of particle sizes on die Multisizer II  screen.

    (6) Insure diat the Accucomp for Windows software is running on die PC connected to die
Multisizer II.

    (7) Input file name and sample descriptors of interest on die acquire menu of the Accucomp
software and press the acquire file button on the screen, the Accucomp software will then wait for a
file to be sent from the Multisizer II.

                                           E-89

-------
     (8) Press "PRINT" button on Multisizer II. The file will be transferred to the PC and the PC
 will print out a hard copy of the report for the sample. A copy of the file is also stored on the PC's
 hard drive.

 Demonstration of Statistical Control
     Since the calibration of these tubes does not change significantly with time, the only technique to
 assure statistically sound measurements is the absence of raggedness in consecutive channels. A
 smooth distribution is obtained with approximately 100,000 counts in 64 channels and 700,000 in
 128-256 channels occur. This method utilizes a 30 second counting period. Previous experience with
 urban runoff samples has indicated that when 1 mL is diluted to 100 mL, sufficient counts are
 obtained to insure  a smooth distribution. If a distribution exhibits raggedness (usually for the largest
 particle sizes in the sample), generally there are not enough counts per channel to insure smoothness.
 In this case additional sample is required and a 2 or 5 mL aliquot may be used instead of a 1 mL
 aliquot.

 Calculations
    All calculations are performed by Accucomp software available from Coulter Electronics, Ltd.
 For specific details of calculation please refer to the Accucomp software manual2.

    A listing of all pertinent instrument parameters is printed with each report as well as:

    A graph of the volume per mL vs. particle diameter (cumulative and individual channel count)

    A graph of the surface area per mL vs particle diameter (cumulative and channel count)

    Number statistics, including mean, median, mean/median ratio, mode, specific surface area, 95%
confidence limits, standard deviation, variance, coefficient of variation, skewness, and kurtosis

    Volume statistics, including mean, median, mean/median ratio, mode, specific surface area, 95%
confidence limits, standard deviation, variance, coefficient of variation, skewness, and kurtosis

    Surface area statistics including mean, median, mean/median ratio, mode, specific surface area,
95% confidence limits,  standard deviation, variance, coefficient of variation, skewness, and kurtosis

    Particle diameters are listed as differential number %, differential volume %, differential volume
per mL, differential number per mL, and differential surface area per mL. A typical report is 3 pages
of 8.5 x 11 inch paper per sample.

    The data is also stored on magnetic media for archive and re-evaluation as needed.

 Assignment of Uncertainty
    The major causes of error in this method are due to a low particle count, high coincidence, or
occlusion of the orifice.

    Low particle counts are easily remedied by increasing sample concentration.

    High coincidence is remedied by decreasing sample concentration.

    Occlusion of the orifice is easily detected by inspection of the aperture screen.
2 Coulter Multisizer AccuComp Color Software Reference Manual, Part # 4235890 (January 1989), Coulter
Electronics, Inc.
                                            E-90

-------
 References
    ASTM Annual Book of Standards V 14.02, Calibration of Particle Size Measuring Devices, 1993

    Coulter Multisizer AccuComp Color Software Reference Manual, Part # 4235890 (January
1989j, Coulter Electronics, Inc.

    Coulter Multisizer II Operator's Manual

    Coulter Multisizer II Fine Particle Applications Notes

    Coulter Multisizer II Reference Manual

    British Standard 3406:Part 5:1983;  "Determination of Particle Size Distribution:
Recommendations for Electrical Sensing Zone Method (the Coulter Principle)".
                                            E-91

-------
 Attachment 6

 COLOR

 EPA Method 110.3 (Spectrophotometric)
 Scope and Application
     1.1 This method is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters, domestic and industrial
 wastes. It must be used for industrial wastes that cannot be determined by the Platinum Cobalt
 method.

 Summary ofMethod
    2.1 Color characteristics are measured at pH 7.6 and at the original pH by obtaining the visible
 absorption spectrum of the sample on a spectrophotometer. The percent transmission at certain
 selected wavelengths is used to calculate the results.

    2.2 The results are expressed in terms of dominant wavelength, hue, luminance, and purity.

 Interferences
    3.1 Since very slight amounts of turbidity interfere with the determination, samples must be
filtered before analysis.

 Sample Handling and Preservation
    4.1 Since biological activity may change the color characteristics of a sample, the determination
should be made as soon as possible. Refrigeration at 4°C is recommended.

 Reference
    5.1 The procedure to be used for this determination is found in:

    Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 17th Edition, p. 66, Method
204B (1975).
                                           E-92

-------
 Attachment 7

 CONDUCTANCE

 EPA Method 120.1 (Specific Conductance, \imhos/cm at 25°C)
 Scope and Application
     1.1 This method is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters, domestic and industrial
 wastes and acid rain (atmospheric deposition).

 Summary of Method
    2.1 The specific conductance of a sample is measured by use of a self- contained conductivity
 meter, Wheatstone bndge -type, or equivalent.

    2.2 Samples are preferable analyzed at 25°C. If not, temperature corrections are made and results
 reported at 25 °C.

 Comments
    3.1 Instrument must be standardized with KCl solution before daily use.

    3.2 Conductivity cell must be kept clean.

    3.3 Field measurements with comparable instruments are reliable.

    3.4 Temperature variations and corrections represent the largest source of potential error.

Sample Handling and Preservation
    4.1 Analyses can be performed either in the field or laboratory.

    4.2 If analysis is not completed widiin 24 hours of sample collection, sample should be filtered
through a 0.45-micron filter and stored at 4°C. Filter and apparatus must be washed with high quality
distilled water and pre-rinsed with sample before use.

Apparatus
    5.1 Conductivity bridge, range 1 to 1000 fimho per centimeter.

    5.2 Conductivity cell, cell constant 1.0, or micro dipping type cell with  1.0 constant.

    5.3 YSI#3403 or equivalent.

    5.4 Thermometer

Reagents
    6. 1 Standard potassium chloride solutions, 0.01 M: Dissolve 0.7406 gm of pre-dried (2 hour at
 105°C) KCl in distilled water and dilute to 1 liter at 25 °C.

Cell Calibration
    7.1 The analyst should use the standard potassium chloride solution (6.1) and the table below to
check the accuracy of the cell constant and conductivity bridge.
                                           E-93

-------
 Conductivity 0.01 M KC1
 °C                                 Micromhos/cm
 21                                 1305
 22                                 1332
 23                                 1359
 24                                 1386
 25                                 1413
 26                                 1441
 27                                 1468
_28	1496

 Procedure
     8.1 Follow the direction of the manufacturer for the operation of the instrument.

     8.2 Allow samples to come to room temperature (23 to27°C), if possible.

     8.3 Determine the temperature of samples within 0.5 °C. If the temperature of the samples is not
 25 °C, make temperature correction in accordance with the instruction in Section 9 to convert reading
 to 25°.

 Calculation
     9.1 These temperature corrections are based on the standard KCl solution.

     9.1.1 If the temperature of the sample is below 25 °C, add 2% of the reading per degree.

     9.1.2 If the temperature is above 25 °C, subtract 2% of the reading per degree.

     9.2 Report results as Specific Conductance, urnhos/cm at 25°.

 Precision and Accuracy
     10.1 Forty-one analysts in 17 laboratories analyzed six synthetic water samples containing
 increments of inorganic salts, with the following results:
Increment as Specific
Conductance

100
106
808
848
1640
1710
Precision as Standard
Deviation

7.55
8.14
66.1
79.6
106
119
Accuracy as
Bias, %
-2.02
-0.76
-3.63
-4.54
-5.36
-5.08

Bias, |imhos/cm
-2.0
-0.8
-29.3
-38.5
-87.9
-86.9
 (FWPCA Method Study 1, Mineral and Physical Analyses )

     10.2 In a single laboratory (EMSL) using surface water samples with an average conductivity of
 536 umhos/cm at 25°C, the standard deviation was ±6.
                                           E-94

-------
Bibliography
    1. The procedure to be used for this determination is found in:

    Annual Book of ASTM Standards Part 31, "Water," Standard D1125 -64, p. 120 (1976).

    2.Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, p. 71, Method
205 (1975).

    3. Instruction Manual for YSI Model 31 Conductivity Bridge.

    4. Peden, M.E., and Skowron. "Ionic Stability of Precipitation Samples," Atmospheric
Environment, Vol. 12, p. 2343 -2344, 1978.
                                           E-95

-------
 Attachment 8

 HARDNESS, Total (mg/1 as CaCO3)

 EPA Method 130.2 (Titrimetric, EDTA)
 Scope and Application
     1.1 This method is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters, domestic and industrial
 wastes.

     1.2 The method is suitable for all concentration ranges of hardness; however, in order to avoid
 large titration volumes, use a sample aliquot containing not more than 25 mg CaCC>3.

     1.3 Automated titration may be used.

 Summary of Method
    2.1  Calcium and magnesium ions in the sample are sequestered upon die addition of disodium
 ethylenediamine tetraacetate (NaiEDTA). The end point of the reaction is detected by means of
 Eriochrome Black T indicator, which has a red color in the presence of calcium and magnesium and
 a blue color when die cations are squestered.

 Sample Handling and Preservation
    3.1 Cool to 4°C, HNO3 to pH < 2 .

 Comments
    4.1 Excessive amounts of heavy metals can interfere. This is usually overcome by complexing the
 metals with cyanide.

    4.1.1 Routine addition of sodium cyanide solution (Caution: deadly poison) to prevent potential
 metallic interference is recommended.

 Apparatus
    5.1 Standard laboratory titrimetric equipment.

 Reagents
    6.1 Buffer solution

    6.1.1 If magnesium EDTA is available: Dissolve; 16.9 g NH,Cl in 143 ml cone. NH4OHin a 250
ml volumetric, add 1.25 g of magnesium salt of EDTA and dilute to the mark with distilled water.
Then go to 6. 1 .3.

    6.1.2 If magnesium EDTA is unavailable: Dissolve 1.119 g disodium EDTA (analytical reagent
grade) and 780 mg MgSCu ZHiO (or 644 mg MgC^HzO) in 50 ml distilled water. Add this solution
to a 250 ml volumetric flask containing 16.9 g NI-UCl and 143 ml cone. NH^OHwith mixing and
dilute to die mark with distilled water.

    6.1.3 Store in a tighdy stoppered plastic bottle; stable for approximately one month. Dispense
with bulb operated pipette. Discard when 1 or 2 ml added to sample fails to produce a pH of 10.0 ±
0.1 at endpoint of titration.

    6.1.4 Commercially available "odorless buffers" which are more stable, may be used.


                                           E-96

-------
    6.2 Inhibitors: For most waters inhibitors are not necessary. If interfering ions are present use
 one of the following:

    6.2.1 Inhibitor I: NaCN powder. (Caution: extremely poisonous). Flush solutions or sample
 containing this down drain using large quantities of water. Make sure no acids are present which
 might liberate HCN gas.

    6.2.2 Inhibitor II: Dissolve 5.0 g Na2S9 H2O or 3.7 g Na2S 5H2O in 100 ml distilled water.
 Exclude air with tightly fitted rubber stopper. This gives sulfide precipitates which may obscure the
 end point if large quantities of heavy metals are present. Deteriorates rapidly through air oxidation.

    6.2.3 Inhibitor III: Dissolve 4.5 g hydroxylamine hydrochloride in 100 ml of 95% ethanol or
 isopropanol.

    6.3 Indicator Use a commercially available indicator such as Calmagite indicator (Mallinckrodt)
 or one of the formulations described below (6. 3.  1 A. 3. 3)

    6.3. 1 Mix 0.5 g Eriochrome Black T with 4.5 g hydroxylamine hydrochloride. Dissolve in  100
 ml of 95% ethanol or isopropanol.

    6.3.2 Dissolve  0.5 to 1.0 g Eriochrome Black T in an appropriate solvent such as triethanolamine
 or 2-methoxyethanol. Stable approximately one week.

    6.3.3 Mix together 0.5 g Eriochrome Black T and 100 g NaCl.

    6.4 Standard EDTAtitrant, 0.02N: Place 3.723 g analytical reagent grade disodium
ethylenediamine tetraacetate dihydrate, Na2H2C10Hl208N2 2H20 in a 1 liter volumetric flask and
dilute to the mark with distilled water. Check widi standard calcium solution (6.4.1) by titration
 (6.4.5). Store in polyethylene. Check periodically because of gradual deterioration.

    6.4.1 Standard  calcium solution 0.02 N: Place 1.000 g anhydrous calcium carbonate (primary
standard low in metals) in a 500 ml flask. Add, a little at a time, 1 + 1 HCL (6.4.2) until all of the
CaCCb has dissolved. Add 200 ml distilled water. Boil for a few minutes to expel CO2. Cool. Add a
few drops of methyl red indicator (6.4.3) and adjust to intermediate orange color by adding 3N
NH^OH (6.4.4) or 1 + 1 HC1 (6.4.2) as required. Quantitatively transfer to a 1 liter volumetric flask
 and dilute to mark with distilled water.

    6.4.2 Hydrochloric acid solution,  1+1.

    6.4.3 Methyl red indicator. Dissolve 0.10 g methyl red in distilled water in a 100 ml volumetric
 flask and dilute to the mark.

    6.4.4 Ammonium hydroxide solution, 3 N: Dilute 210 ml of cone. M^GHto 1 liter with
 distilled water.

    6.4.5 Standardization titration procedure: Place  10.0 ml standard calcium solution (6.4.1) in vessel
 containing about 50 ml distilled water. Add 1 ml buffer solution (6. 1). Add  1-2 drops indicator (6.3)
 or small scoop of dry indicator (6.3.3). Titrate  slowly with continuous stirring until the last reddish
 tinge disappears; adding last few drops at 3 -5  second intervals. At end point the color is blue. Total
 titration duration should be 5 minutes from the time of buffer addition.

    N of EDTA=  0.2/ml of EDTA

                                            E-97

-------
     6.5 Ammonium Hydroxide, IN: Dilute 70 ml of cone. NH.tOHto 1 liter with distilled water.

 Procedure
     7.1 Pretreatment

     7.1.1 For drinking waters, surface waters, saline waters, and dilution thereof, no pretreatment
 steps are necessary. Proceed to 7.2.

     7.1.2 For most wastewaters, and highly polluted waters, the sample must be digested as given in
 the Atomic Absorption Methods section of this manual. Following this digestion, proceed to 7.2.

     7.1.2 Titration of sample- normal to high hardness:

     7.2.1 Sample should require' <15 ml EDTA titrant (6.4) and titration should be completed within
 5 minutes of buffer addition.

     7.2.2 Place 25.0 ml sample in titration vessels, neutralize with 1 N ammonium hydroxide (6. 5)
 and  dilute to  about 50 ml.

     7.2.3 Add 1 to 2 ml buffer solution (6.1).

     7.2.4 If end point is not sharp (as determined by practice run) add inhibitor at this point (see 7.4).

    7.2.5 Add 1 to 2 drops indicator solution (6.3. 1  or 6.3.2) or small scoop of dried powder
indicator formulation (6.3.3).

    7.2.6 Titrate slowly with continuous stirring with standard EDTA titrant (6.4) until last reddish
tint disappears. Solution is normally blue at end point.

    7.3 Titration of sample-low hardness (less than 5 mg/1)

    7.3.1 Use a larger sample (100 ml)

    7.3.2 Use proportionately larger amounts of buffer, inhibitor and indicator.

    7.3.3 Use a micro-burette and run a blank using re-distilled, distilled or de-ionized water.

    7.4 To correct for interferences:

    7.4.1 Some metal ions interfere by causing fading or indistinct end points. Inhibitors reduce this
in accord with the scheme below for 25.0 ml samples diluted to 50 ml.
                                             E-98

-------
    Maximum Concentrations of Interferences Permissible with Various Inhibitorsa
Interfering Substance

Aluminum
Barium
Cadmium
Cobalt
Iron
Lead
Manganese
Nickel
Strontium
Zinc
Polyphosphate
Maximum Interference Concentration
Inhibitor I
20
b
b
over 20
over 30
b
b
over 20
b
b

Inhibitor II
20
b
20
0.3
5
20
1
0.3
b
200
10
mg/L
Inhibitor III
20
b
b
DC
20
b
1
0
b
b

    abased on 25-ml sample diluted to 50 ml.

    titrates as hardness.

    'nhibitor fails if substance is present.

    7.4.2 Inhibitor I: At step 1.2.4 add 250 mg NaCN. Add sufficient buffer to achieve pH 10.0 + 0.1
to offset alkalinity resulting from hydrolysis of sodium cyanide.

    7.4.3 Inhibitor II:  At step 7.2.4 add 1 ml of inhibitor II (6.2.2)

    7.4.4 Inhibitor III: At step 1.2.4 add 1 m 1 of inhibitor III (6.2.3).

Calculations
    Hardness (EDTA) as mg CaCO3/L = A x N x 50,000/ml sample

    where:

    A = ml EDTA u'trant (6.4)


                                             E-99

-------
    N = normality of EDTA titrant.

 Precision and Accuracy
    9.1 Forty-three analysts in nineteen laboratories analyzed six synthetic water samples containing
 exact increments of calcium and magnesium salts, with the following results:
Increment as Total Hardness
mg/L, CaCO3

31
33
182
194
417
444
Precision as Standard
Deviation mg/L, CaCCh

2.87
2.52
4.87
2.98
9.65
9.73
Accuracy as
	 Bias7% 	
-0.87
-0.73
-0.19
-1.04
-3.35
-3.23

Bias,
mg/L, CaCO3
-0.003
-0.24
-0.4
-2.0
-13.0
-14.3
    (FWPCA Method Study 1, Mineral and Physical Analyses)

    9.2 In a single laboratory (EMSL), using surface water samples at an average concentration of
194 mg CaCCb/L, the standard deviation was ± 3.

    9.3 A synthetic unknown sample containing 610 mg/L total hardness as CaCC>3 contributed by
108 mg/L Ca and 82 mg/L Mg, and the following supplementary substances: 3.1 mg/L K, 19.9
mg/L Na, 241 mg/L chloride, 0.25 mg/L nitrite N, 1.1 mg/L nitrate N, 259 mg/L sulfate, and 42.5
mg/L total alkalinity (contributed by NaHCCh) in distilled water was analyzed in 56 laboratories by
the EDTA titrimetric method with a relative standard deviation of 2.9% and a relative error of 0.8%.

Bibliography
    1. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, p 202,
Method 309B (1975).

    2. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 31,  "Water", Standard D 1126-67, p 161, Method B
(1976).
                                          E-100

-------
Attachment 9

pH

EPA Method 150.1 (Electrometric)
Scope and Application
    1. 1 This method is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters, domestic and industrial
wastes and acid rain (atmospheric deposition).

Summary of Method
    2.1 The  pH of a sample is determined electrometrically using eidier a glass electrode in
combination with a reference potential or a combination electrode.

Sample Handling and Preservation
    3.1 Samples should be analyzed as soon as possible preferably in the field at die time of
sampling.

    3.2 High-purity waters and waters not at equilibrium with die atmosphere are subject to changes
when exposed to the atmosphere, therefore the sample containers should be filled completely and
kept sealed pnor to analysis.

Interferences
    4.1 The  glass electrode, in general, is not subject to solution interference from color, turbidity,
colloidal matter, oxidants, reductants or high salinity.

    4.2 Sodium error at pH levels greater than 10 can be reduced or eliminated by using a "low
sodium error" electrode.

    4.3 Coatings of oily material or particulate matter can impair electrode response. These coatings
can usually be removed by gentle wiping or detergent washing, followed by distilled water rinsing. An
additional treatment with hydrochloric acid (1  + 9) may be necessary to remove any remaining film.

    4.4 Temperature effects on the electrometric measurement of pH arise from two sources.

    The first is caused by the change in electrode output at various temperatures. This interference
can be controlled with instruments having temperature compensation or by calibrating the electrode-
instrument system at the temperature of the samples. The  second source is the change of pH
inherent in die sample at various temperatures. This error  is sample dependent and cannot be
controlled it should therefore be noted by reporting bodi the pH and temperature at the time of
analysis.

Apparatus
    5.1 pH Meter -laboratory or field model. A wide variety of instruments are commercially
available with various specifications and optional equipment.

    5.2 Glass electrode.

    5.3 Reference electrode-a calomel, silver-silver chloride or odier reference electrode of constant
potential may be used.
                                            E-101

-------
     NOTE 1: Combination electrodes incorporating both measuring and reference functions are
 convenient to use and are available with solid, gel type filling materials that require minimal
 maintenance.

     5.4 Magnetic stirrer and Teflon-coated stirring bar.

     5.5 Thermometer or temperature sensor for automatic compensation.

 Reagents
     6.1 Primary standard buffer salts are available from the National Bureau of Standards and should
 be used in situations where extreme accuracy is necessary.

     6.1.1 Preparation of reference solutions from these salts require some special precautions and
 handling3 such as low conductivity dilution water, drying ovens, and carbon dioxide free purge gas.
 These solutions should be replaced at least once each month.

     6.2 Secondary standard buffers may be prepared from NBS salts or purchased as a solution from
 commercial vendors. Use of these commercially available solutions, that have been validated by
 comparison to NBS standards, are recommended for routine use.

 Calibration
     7.1 Because of the wide variety of pH meters and accessories, detailed operating procedures
 cannot be incorporated into this method. Each analyst must be acquainted with the operation of
 each system and familiar with all instrument functions. Special attention to care of the electrodes is
 recommended.

    7.2 Each instrument/electrode system must be calibrated at a. minimum of two points that bracket the
expected pH of the samples and are approximately three pH units or more apart.

    7.2.1 Various instrument designs may involve use of a "balance" or "standardize"  dial and/or a slope
adjustment as outlined in the manufacturer's instructions. Repeat adjustments on successive portions of the
two buffer solutions as outlined in procedure 8.2 until readings are within 0.05 pH units of the buffer solution
value.

 Procedure
    8. 1 Standardize the meter and electrode system as outlined in Section 1.

    8.2 Place the sample or buffer solution in a clean glass beaker using a sufficient volume to cover the
sensing elements of the electrodes and to give adequate clearance for the magnetic stirring bar.

    8.2.1 If field measurements are being made the electrodes may be immersed directly in the sample stream
 to an adequate depth and moved in a manner to insure sufficient sample movement across the electrode
 sensing element as indicated by drift free (< 0.1 pH) readings.

    8.3 If the sample temperature differs by more than 2°C from the buffer solution the measured pH values
 must be corrected. Instruments are equipped with automatic or manual compensators that electronically adjust
 for temperature differences. Refer to manufacturer's instructions.

    8.4 After rinsing and gently wiping the electrodes, if necessary, immerse them into the sample beaker or
sample stream and stir at a constant rate to provide homogeneity and suspension of solids. Rate of stirring
 should minimize the air transfer rate at the air water interface of the sample. Note and record sample pH and
3 National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 260.
                                             E-102

-------
temperature. Repeat measurement on successive volumes of sample until values differ by less than 0. 1 pH
units. Two or three volume changes are usually sufficient.

     8.5 For acid rain samples it is most important that the magnetic stirrer is not used. Instead, swirl
the sample gently for a few seconds after the introduction of the electrode(s). Allow the electrode(s)
to equilibrate. The air-water interface should not be disturbed while measurement is being made. If
the sample is not in equilibrium with the atmosphere, pH values will change as the dissolved gases
are either absorbed or desorbed. Record sample pH and temperature.

Calculation
    9.1 pH meters read directly in pH units. Report pH to the nearest 0.1 unit and temperature to the
nearest °C.

Precision and Accuracy
    10.1 Forty-four analysts in twenty laboratories analyzed six synthetic water samples containing
       exact increments of hydrogen-hydroxyl ions, with the following results:
pH Units

3.5
3.5
7.1
7.2
8.0
8.0
Standard Deviation pH
Units

0.10
0.11
0.20
0.18
0.13
0.12
Accuracy as
Bias, %
-0.29
-0.00
+ 1.01
-0.03
-0.12
+0.16

Bias, pH Units
-0.01

+0.07
-0.002
-0.01
+0.01
    (FWPCA Method Study 1, Mineral and Physical Analyses)

    10.2 In a single laboratory (EMSL), using surface water samples at an average pH of 1.1, the
standard deviation was ±0.1.

Bibliography
    1. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, p 460, (1975).

    2. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 31, "Water", Standard D1293-65, p 178 (1976).

    3. Peden, M. E. and Skowron, L. M., Ionic Stability of Precipitation Samples, Atmospheric
Environment, Vol. 12, pp. 2343-2349,1978.
                                           E-103

-------
 Attachment 10

 RESIDUE, FILTERABLE

 EPA Method 160.1 (Gravimetric, Dried at 180°Q
 Scope and Application
     1.1 This method is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters, domestic and industrial
 wastes.

     1.2 The practical range of the determination is 10 mg/L to 20,000 mg/L.

 Summary of Method
     2.1 A well-mixed sample is filtered through a standard glass fiber filter. The filtrate is evaporated
 and dried to constant weight at 180°C.

    2.2 If Residue, Non- Filterable is being determined, the filtrate from that method may be used
 for Residue, Filterable.

 Definitions
    3.1  Filterable residue is defined as  those solids capable of passing through a glass fiber filter and
 dried to constant weight at 180°C.

 Sample Handling and Preservation
    4.1  Preservation of the sample is not practical; analysis should begin as soon as possible.
 Refrigeration or icing to 4°C, to minimize microbiological decomposition of solids, is recommended.

 Interferences
    5.1 Highly mineralized waters containing significant concentrations of calcium, magnesium,
 chloride and/or sulfate may be hygroscopic and will require prolonged drying, desiccation and rapid
 weighing.

    5.2 Samples containing high concentrations of bicarbonate will require careful and possibly
 prolonged drying at 180°C to insure that all the bicarbonate is converted to carbonate.

    5.3 Too much residue in the evaporating dish will crust over and entrap water that will not be
 driven off during drying. Total residue should be limited to about 200 mg.

 Apparatus
    6.1 Glass fiber filter discs, 4.7 cm or 2.1 cm, without organic binder, Reeve Angel type 934-AH,
 Gelman type A/E, or quivalent.

    6.2 Filter holder, membrane filter funnel or Gooch crucible adapter.

    6.3 Suction flask, 500ml.

    6.4 Goochcrucibles, 25ml (if 2.1 cm filter is used).

    6,5 Evaporating dishes, porcelain,  100 ml volume. (Vycor or platinum dishes may be
substituted).

    6.6 Steam bath.
                                          E-104

-------
    6.7 Drying oven, 180°C ±2°C.

    6.8 Desiccator.

    6.9 Analytical balance, capable of weighing to 0.1 mg.

Procedure
    7.1 Preparation of glass fiber filter disc: Place the disc on the membrane filter apparatus or  insert
into bottom of a suitable Gooch crucible. While vacuum is applied, wash the disc with three
successive 20 mL volumes of distilled water. Remove all traces of water by continuing to apply
vacuum after water has passed through. Discard washings.

    7.2 Preparation of evaporating dishes: If Volatile Residue is also to be measured heat the clean
dish to 550 ±50°C for one hour in a muffle furnace. If only Filterable Residue is to be measured heat
the clean dish to 180 ± 2°C for one hour. Cool in desicator and store until needed. Weigh
immediately before use.

    7.3 Assemble the filtering apparatus and begin suction. Shake the sample vigorously and rapidly
transfer 100 mL to the funnel by means of a 100 mL graduated cylinder. If total filterable residue is
low, a larger volume may be filtered.

    7.4 Filter the sample through the glass fiber filter, rinse widi three 10 mL portions of distilled
water and continue to apply vacuum for about 3 minutes after filtration is complete to remove as
much water as possible.

    7.5 Transfer 100 mL  (or a larger volume) of the filtrate to a weighed evaporating dish and
evaporate tb dryness on a steam bath.

    7.6 Dry the evaporated sample  for at least one hour at 180 ±2°C. Cool in a desiccator and weigh.
Repeat the drying cycle until a constant weight is obtained or until weight loss is less than 0.5 mg.

Calculation
    8. 1 Calculate filterable residue  as follows:

    Filterable residue, mg/L = (A - B)xl,000/C

    where:

    A = weight of dried residue + dish in mg

    B = weight of dish in mg

    C = volume of sample used in  mL

Precision  and Accuracy
    9. 1 Precision and accuracy are not available at this time.

Bibliography
    1.   Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, p 92,
        Method 208B, (1975).
                                            E-105

-------
 RESIDUE, NON- FILTERABLE

 EPA Method 160,2 (Gravimetric, Dried at 103-105°C)
 Scope and Application
    1.1 This method is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters, domestic and industrial
 wastes.

    1.2 The practical range of the determination is 4 mg/L to 20,000 mg/L.

 Summary of Method
    2. 1 A well-mixed sample is filtered through a glass fiber filter, and the residue retained on the
 filter is dried to constant weight at 103-105°C.

    2.2 The filtrate from this method may be used for Residue; Filterable.

 Definitions
    3.1  Residue, non -filterable, is defined as those solids which are retained by a glass fiber filter and
dried to constant weight at 103-105°C.

Sample Handling and Preservation
    4.1  Non-representative particulates such as leaves, sticks, fish, and lumps of fecal matter should
be excluded from the sample if it is determined that their inclusion is not desired in the final result.

    4.2  Preservation of the sample is not practical; analysis should begin as soon as possible.
Refrigeration or icing to  4°C, to minimize microbiological decomposition of solids, is recommended.

Interferences
    5.1  Filtration apparatus, filter material, pre-washing, post-washing, and drying temperature are
specified because these variables have been shown to affect the results.

    5.2  Samples high in Filterable Residue (dissolved solids), such as saline waters,  brines and some
wastes, may be subject to a positive interference. Care must be taken in selecting the filtering
apparatus so that washing of the filter and any dissolved solids in the filter (7.5) minimizes this
potential interference.

Apparatus
    6.1  Glass fiber filter discs, without organic binder, such as Millipore AP-40, Reeves Angel 934-
AH, Gelman type A/E,  or equivalent.

    NOTE: Because of the physical nature of glass fiber filters, the absolute pore size cannot be
controlled or measured. Terms such as "pore size", collection efficiencies and effective retention are
used to define this property in glass fiber filters. Values for these parameters vary for the filters listed
above.

    6.2 Filter support: filtering apparatus with reservoir and a coarse (40-60 microns) fritted disc as a
filter support.

    NOTE: Many funnel designs are available in glass or porcelain. Some of the most common are
 Hirsch or Buchner funnels, membrane filter holders and Gooch crucibles. All are available with
 coarse frilled disc.
                                            E-106

-------
    6.3 Suction flask.

    6.4 Drying oven, 103-105°C.

    6.5 Desiccator.

    6.6 Analytical balance, capable of weighing to 0.1 mg.

Procedure
    7.1 Preparation of glass fiber filter disc: Place the glass fiber filter on the membrane filter
apparatus or insert into bottom of a suitable Gooch crucible with wrinkled surface up. While vacuum
is applied, wash the disc with three successive 20 mL volumes of distilled water. Remove all traces of
water by continuing to apply vacuum after water has passed through. Remove filter from membrane
filter apparatus or both crucible and filter if Gooch crucible is used, and dry in an oven at 103-105°C
for one hour. Remove to desiccator and store until needed. Repeat the drying cycle until a constant
weight is obtained (weight loss is less than 0. 5 mg). Weigh immediately before use. After weighing,
handle the filter or crucible/filter with forceps or tongs only.

    7.2 Selection of Sample Volume

    For a 4.7 cm diameter filter, filter 100 mL of sample. If weight of captured residue is less than
1.0 mg, the sample volume must be increased to provide at least 1.0 mg of residue. If other filter
diameters are used, start with a sample volume equal to 7 ml/cm2 of filter area and collect at least a
weight of residue proportional to the 1.0 mg stated above.

    NOTE: If during filtration of this initial volume the filtration rate drops rapidly, or if filtration
time exceeds 5 to 10 minutes, the following scheme is recommended: Use an unweighed glass fiber
filter of choice affixed in the filter assembly. Add a known volume of sample to the filter funnel and
record the time elapsed after selected volumes have passed through the filter. Twenty-five mL
increments for timing are suggested. Continue to record the time and volume increments until
titration rate drops rapidly. Add additional sample if the filter funnel volume is inadequate to reach a
reduced rate. Plot the observed time versus volume filtered. Select the proper filtration volume as
that just short of the time a significant change in filtration rate occurred.

    7.3 Assemble the filtering apparatus and begin suction. Wet the filter with a small volume of
distilled water to seat it against the frilled support.

    7.4 Shake the sample vigorously and quantitatively transfer the predetermined sample volume
selected in 7.2 to the filter using a graduated cylinder. Remove all traces of water by continuing to
apply vacuum after sample has passed through.

    7.5 With suction on, wash the graduated cylinder, filter, non-filterable residue and filter funnel
wall with three poraons of distilled water allowing complete drainage between washing. Remove all
traces of water by continuing to apply vacuum after water has passed through.

    NOTE: Total volume of wash water used should equal approximately 2 ml per cm2. For a 4.1 cm
filter the total volume is 30  mL

    7.6 Carefully remove the filter from the filter support. Alternatively, remove crucible and filter
from crucible adapter. Dry at least one hour at 103-105 °C. Cool in a  desiccator and weigh. Repeat
the drying cycle until a constant weight is obtained (weight loss is less than 0.5 mg).

                                            E-107

-------
 Calculations
     8,1 Calculate non-filterable residue as follows:

     Non- filterable residue. mg/L = (A-B)xlOOO/C

     where:

     A = weight of filter (or filter and crucible) + residue in mg

     B = weight of filter (or filter and crucible) in mg

     C = mL of sample filtered

Precision and Accuracy
    9. 1 Precision data are not available at this time.

    9.2 Accuracy data on actual samples cannot be obtained.

Bibliography
    1. NCASI Technical Bulletin No. 291, March  1977. National Council of the Paper Industry for
Air and Stream  Improvement, Inc., 260 Madison Ave., NY.
                                           E-108

-------
RESIDUE, TOTAL

EPA Method 160.3 (Gravimetric, Dried at 103-105°C)
Scope and Application
    1.1 This method is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters, domestic and industrial
wastes.

    1.2 The practical range of the determination is from lOmg/L to 20,000 mg/L.

Summary of Method
    2.1 A well mixed aliquot of the sample is quantitatively transferred to a pre-weighed evaporating
dish and evaporated to dryness at 103-105°C.

Definitions
    3.1 Total Residue is defined as the sum of the homogenous suspended and dissolved materials in
a sample.

Sample Handling and Preservation
    4.1 Preservation of the sample is not practical; analysis should begin as soon as possible.
Refrigeration or icing to 4°C, to minimize microbiological decomposition of solids, is recommended.

Interferences
    5.1 Non-representative particulate such as leaves, sticks, fish and lumps of fecal matter should be
excluded from the sample if it  is determined that their inclusion is not desired in the final result.

    5.2 Floating oil and grease, if present, should be included in the sample and dispersed by a
blender device before aliquoting.

Apparatus
    6.1 Evaporating dishes, porcelain, 90mm, 100 mL capacity. (Vycor or platinum dishes may be
substituted and smaller size dishes may be used if required .)

Procedure
    7.1 Heat the clean evaporating dish to 103-105°C for one hour, if Volatile Residue is to be
measured, heat at 550 ± 50°C for one hour in a muffle furnace. Cool, desiccate, weigh and  store in
desiccator until ready for use.

    7.2 Transfer a measured aliquot of sample to the pre-weighed dish and evaporate to dryness on a
steam bath or in a drying oven.

    7.2.1 Choose an aliquot of sample sufficient to contain a residue of at least 25 mg. To obtain a
weighable residue, successive aliquots of sample may be added to the same dish.

    7.2.2 If evaporation is performed in a drying oven, the temperature should be lowered  to
approximately 98 °C to prevent boiling and splattering of the sample.

    7.3 Dry the evaporated sample for at least 1 hour at 103-105°C. Cool in a desiccator and weigh.
Repeat the cycle of drying at 103-105°Q cooling, desiccating and weighing until a constant weight is
obtained or until loss of weight is less than 4% of the previous weight, or 0.5 mg, whichever is less.
                                           E-109

-------
 Calculation
    8.1 Calculate total residue as follows:

    Total residue, mg/L = (A - B) x 1,000/C

    where:

    A = weight of sample + dish in mg

    B = weight of dish in mg

    C = volume of sample in mL

Precision and Accuracy
    9. 1 Precision  and accuracy data are not available at this time.

Bibliography
    1. Standard Methods forthe Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, p 91, Method
208A, (1975).
                                           E-110

-------
 RESIDUE, VOLATILE

 EPA Method 160.4 (Gravimetric, Ignition at 550°C)
 Scope and Application
    1.1 This method determines the weight of solid material combustible at 550°C.

    1.2 The test is useful in obtaining a rough approximation of the amount oforgamc matter present
 in the solid fraction of sewage, activated sludge, industrial wastes, or bottom sediments.

 Summary of Method
    2.1 The residue obtained from the determination of total, filterable or non-filterable residue is
 ignited at 550°C in a muffle furnace. The loss of weight on ignition is reported as mg/ L volatile
 residue.

 Comments
    3.1 The test is subject to many errors due to loss of water of crystallization, loss of volatile
 organic matter pnor to combustion, incomplete oxidation of certain complex orgamcs, and
 decomposition of mineral salts during combustion.

    3.2 The results should not be considered an accurate measure of organic carbon in the sample,
 but may be useful for other purposes.

    3.3 The principal source of error in the determination is failure to obtain a representative sample.

Sample Handling and Preservation
    4.1 Preservation  of the sample is not practical; analysis should begin as soon as possible.
Refrigeration or icing to 4°C, to minimize microbiological decompostion of solids is recommended.

Precision and Accuracy
    5.1 A collaborative study involving three laboratories examining four samples by means of ten
replicates showed a standard deviation of ±11 mg/L at 170 mg/L volatile residue concentration.

Reference
    6. 1 The procedure to be used for this determination is found in:

    Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, p 95, Method
208E, (1975).
                                           E-lll

-------
 Attachment 11

 TURBIDITY

 EPA Method 180.1 (Nephelometic)
 Scope and Application
    1.1 Thismethod is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters in the range of turbidity from
 0 to 40 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU). Higher values may be obtained with dilution of the
 sample.

    NOTE  1: NTUs are considered comparable to the previously reported Formazin Turbidity
 Units (FTU) and Jackson Turbidity Units (JTU).

 Summary of Method
    2.1 The method is based upon a comparison of the intensity of light scattered by the sample
 under defined conditions with the intensity of light scattered by a standard reference suspension. The
 higher the intensity of scattered light, the higher the turbidity. Readings, in NTU's, are made in a
 nephelometer designed according to specifications outlined in Apparatus. A standard suspension of
 Formazin, prepared under closely defmed conditions, is used to calibrate the instrument.

    2.1.1 Formazin polymer is used as die turbidity reference suspension for water because it is more
 reproducible than other types of standards previously used for turbidity standards.

    2.1.2 A commercially available polymer standard is also approved for use for die National
Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations. This standard is identified as AMCO-AEPA-1 available
 from Amco  Standard International, Inc.

Sample Handling and Preservation
    3.1 Preservation of the sample is not practical; analysis should begin as soon as possible.
Refrigeration or icing to 4°C, to minimize microbiological decomposition of solids, is recommended.

 Interferences
    4.1 The  presence of floating debns and coarse sediments which settle out rapidly will give low
readings. Finely divided air bubbles will affect the results in a positive manner.

    4.2 The  presence of true color, that is the color of water which is due to dissolved substances
which absorb light, will cause turbidities to be low, although this effect is generally not significant
with finished waters.

Apparatus
    5.1 The  turbidimeter shall consist ofa nephelometer with light source for illuminating the sample
and one or more photoelectric detectors with a readout device to  indicate the intensity of light
scattered at right angles to the path of the incident light. The turbidimeter should be so designed that
little stray light reaches the detector in the absence of turbidity and should be free from significant
drift after a short warm-up period.

    5.2 The  sensitivity of the instrument should permit detection of a turbidity difference of 0.02
unit or less in waters having turbidities less than 1 unit. The instrument should measure from 0 to 40
                                            E-112

-------
units turbidity. Several ranges will be necessary to obtain both adequate coverage and sufficient
sensitivity for low turbidities.

    5.3 The sample tubes to be used with the available instrument must be of clear, colorless g!ass.
They should be kept scrupulously clean, both inside and out, and discarded when they become
scratched or etched. They must not be handled at all where the light strikes them, but should be
provided with sufficient extra length, or with a protective case, so that they may be handled.

    5.4 Differences in physical design of turbidimeters will cause differences in measured values for
turbidity even though the same suspension is used for calibration. To minimize such differences, the
following design criteria should be observed:

    5.4.1 Light source: Tungsten lamp operated at a color temperature between 2200-3000°K.

    5.4.2 Distance traversed by incident light and scattered light within the sample tube: Total not to
exceed 10 cm.

    5.4.3 Detector Centered at 90° to the incident light path and not to exceed ±3.0° from 90°. The
detector, and filter system if used, shall have a spectral peak response between 400 and 600 nm.

    5.5 The Hach Turbidimeter, Model 2100 and 2100 A, is  in wide use and has been found to be
reliable; however, other instruments meeting the above design criteria are acceptable.

Reagents
    6.1 Turbidity-free water: Pass distilled water through a 0.45 (i pore size membrane filter if such
filtered water shows a lower turbidity than the distilled water.

    6.2 Stock formazin turbidity suspension:

Solution 1:  Dissolve 1.00 g hydrazine sulfate, (NH2)2 • HiSCU , in distilled water and dilute to 100
    mL in a volumetric flask.

Solution 2:  Dissolve 10.00 g hexamethylenetetrarmne in distilled water and dilute to 100 mL in a
    volumetric flask.

In a 100 mL volumetric flask, mix 5.0 ml Solution 1 with 5.0 ml Solution 2. Allow to stand 24 hours
    at 25 ±3°C, then dilute to the mark and mix.

    6.3  Standard formaziii turbidity suspension: Dilute 10.00 ml stock turbidity suspension to 100
mL with turbidity-free water. The turbidity of this suspension is defined as 40 units Dilute portions
of the standard turbidity suspension with turbidity -free water as required.

    6.3.1 A new stock turbidity suspension should be prepared each month. The standard turbidity
suspension and dilute turbidity standards should be prepared weekly by dilution of the stock turbidity
suspension.

    6.4 The AMCO-AEPA-1 standard as supplied requires no preparation or dilution prior to use.

Procedure
    7.1 Turbidimeter calibration: The manufacturer's operating instructions should be followed.
Measure standards on the rurbidimeter covering the range of interest. If the instrument is already
calibrated in standard turbidity units, this procedure will check the accuracy of the calibration scales.
                                            E-113

-------
 At least one standard should be run in each instrument range to be used. Some instruments permit
 adjustments of sensitivity so that scale values will correspond to turbidities. Reliance on a
 manufacturer's solid scattering standard for setting overall instrument sensitivity for all ranges is not
 an acceptable practice unless the turbidimeter has been shown to be free of drift on all ranges. If a
 pre-calibrated scale is not supplied, then calibration curves should be prepared for each range of the
 instrument.

     7.2 Turbidities less than 40 units: Shake the sample to thoroughly disperse the solids. Wait until
 air bubbles disappear then pour the sample into the turbidimeter tube. Read the turbidity directly
 from the instrument scale or from the appropriate calibration curve.

     7.3 Turbidities exceeding 40 units: Dilute the sample with one or more volumes of turbidity-free
 water until the turbidity falls below 40 units. The turbidity of the original sample is then computed
 from the turbidity of the diluted sample and the dilution factor. For example, if 5 volumes of
 turbidity-free water were added to 1 volume of sample, and the diluted sample showed a turbidity of
 30 units, then the turbidity of the original sample was 180 units.

    7.3.1 The Hach Turbidimeters, Models 2100 and 2100A, are equipped with 5 separate scales:0-
 0.2, 0-1.0, 0-100, and 0-1000 NTU. The upper scales are to be used only as indicators of required
 dilution volumes to reduce readings to less than 40 NTU.

     NOTE 2: Comparative work performed in the MDQAR Laboratory indicates a progressive
 error on sample turbidities in excess of 40 units.

 Calculation
    8.1 Multiply sample readings by appropriate dilution to obtain final reading.

    8.2  Report results as follows:
    NTU           Record to Nearest:

   "6To-'i7o"~	"	1x05	

    1-10            0.1

    10-40           1

    40-100          5

    100-400        10

    400-1000        50

    >1000          100
Precision and Accuracy
    9.1 In a single laboratory (EMSL), using surface water samples at levels of 26, 41, 75 and 180
NTU, the standard deviations were ±0.60, ±0.94, ±1.2 and ±4.7 units, respectively.
                                            E-114

-------
    9.2 Accuracy data are not available at this time.

Bibliography
    1. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 31, "Water", Standard D1889 -71, p 223 (.1976).

    2. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Fdition, p 132,
Method 214A, (1975).
                                          E-115

-------
 Attachment 12

 DETERMINATION OF TRACE ELEMENTS BY STABILIZED
 TEMPERATURE GRAPHITE FURNACE ATOMIC ABSORPTION
 SPECTROMETRY

 UAB METHOD 200.9
 SCOPE AND APPLICATION
    1.1 This method provides procedures for the determination of dissolved and total recoverable
 elements in ground water, surface water, drinking water and wastewater. This method is also
 applicable to total recoverable elements in sediment, sludge, biological tissues, and solid waste
 samples.

    1.2 Dissolved elements are determined after suitable filtration and acid preservation. Acid
 digestion procedures are required prior to the determination of total recoverable elements.
 Appropriate digestion procedures for biological tissues should be utilized pnor to sample analysis.

    1.3 This method is applicable to the determination of the following elements by stabilized
 temperature graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry (STGFAA).

                  Metals determined by S TGFA A

    Element              Chemical Abstract Services Registry Numbers (CASRN)

                         744(M3~-9	"	          	~

    Chromium (Cr)        7440-47-3

    Copper (Cu)           7440-50-8

    Lead (Pb)             7439-92-1

    Nickel (Ni)            7440-02-0

    Zinc  (Zn)             7440-66-6
    NOTE: Method detection limit and instrumental operating conditions for the applicable
elements are listed in Table 2. These are intended as a guide to instrumental detection limits typical of
a system optimized for the element employing commercial instrumentation. However, actual method
detection limits and linear working ranges will be dependent on the sample matrix, instrumentation
and selected operating conditions.

    1.4 The sensitivity and limited linear dynamic range (LDR) of GFAA often implies the need to
dilute a sample pnor to the  analysis. The actual magnitude of the dilution as well as the cleanliness of
the labware used to perform the dilution can dramatically influence the quality of the analytical
results. Therefore, samples types requiring large dilution should be analyzed by an alternative
analytical method which has a larger LDR or which is inherently less sensitive than GFAA.

    1.5 This method should be used by analysts experienced in the use of GFAA.
                                         E-116

-------
SUMMARY OF METHOD
    2.1 This method describes the determination of applicable elements by stabilized temperature
platform graphite furnace atomic absorption (STPGFAA). In STPGFAA the sample (and the matrix
modifier, if required) is first pipetted onto the platform or a device which provides delayed
atomization. The sample is then dried at a relatively low temperature («120°C) to avoid spattering.
Once dried, the sample is normally pretreated in a char or ashing step which is designed to minimize
the interference effects caused by the concomitant sample matrix. After the char step the furnace is
allowed to cool prior to atomization. The atomization cycle is characterized by rapid heating of the
furnace to a temperature  where the metal (analyte) is atomized from the pyrolytic graphite surface.
The resulting atomic cloud absorbs the element specific atomic emission produced by a hollow
cathode lamp (HCL) or a electrodeless discharge lamp  (EDL). Because the resulting absorbance
usually has a nonspecific  component associated with the actual analyte absorbance, an instrumental
background correction device is necessary to subtract from the total signal the component which is
nonspecific to the analyte. In the absence of interferences, the background corrected absorbance is
directly related to the concentration of the analyte. Interferences relating to STPGFAA (Sect. 4) must
be recognized and corrected. Instrumental drift as well  as suppressions or enhancements of
instrument response caused by the sample matrix must be corrected for by the method of standard
addition (Sect. 11.5).

DEFINITIONS
    3.1 DISSOLVED - Material that will pass through  a 0.45-um membrane filter assembly, prior to
sample acidification.

    3.2 TOTAL RECOVERABLE - The concentration of analyte determined on an unfiltered
sample following treatment with hot dilute mineral acid.       !

    3.3 INSTRUMENT DETECTION LIMIT (IDL) - The concentration equivalent of an analyte
signal equal to three times the standard deviation of the calibration blank signal at the selected
absorbance line.

    3.4 METHOD DETECTION LIMIT (MDL) - The minimum concentration of an analyte that
can be identified, measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentration is
greater than zero.

    3.5 LINEAR DYNAMIC RANGE (LDR) - The concentration range over which the analytical
working curve remains linear.

    3.6 LABORATORY REAGENT BLANK (LRB) - An aliquot of reagent water that is treated
exactly as a sample including exposure to all glassware,  equipment, and reagents  chat are used with
samples. The LRB is used to determine if method analytes or other interferences are present in the
laboratory environment, reagents or apparatus.

    3.7 CALIBRATION BLANK - A volume of ASTM type I water acidified such that the acid(s)
concentration is identical to the acid(s) concentration associated with the calibration standards.

    3.8 STOCK STANDARD SOLUTION - A concentrated solution containing one  analyte
prepared in the laboratory using an assayed reference compound or purchased from a reputable
commercial source.

    3.9 CALIBRATION STANDARD (CAL) - A solution prepared from the stock standard
solution which is used to calibrate the instrument response with respect to analyte concentration.

                                          E-117

-------
    3.10 LABORATORY FORTIFIED BLANK (LFB) - An aliquot of reagent water to which a
known quantity of each method analyte is added in the laboratory. The LFB is analyzed exactly like a
sample, and its purpose is to determine whether the method is within accepted control limits.

    3.11 LABORATORY FORTIFIED SAMPLE MATRIX (LFM) - An aliquot of an
environmental sample to which a known quantity of each method analyte is added in the laboratory.
The LFM is analyzed exactly like a sample, and its purpose is to determine whether the sample matrix
contributes bias to the analytical results.

    3.12 QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLE (QCS) - A solution containing a known concentration of
each method analyte derived from externally prepared test materials. The QCS is obtained from a
source external to the laboratory and is used to check laboratory performance.

    3.13 MATRIX MODIFIER - A substance added to the graphite furnace along with the sample
in order to minimize the interference effects by selective volatilization of either analyte or matrix
components.

INTERFERENCES
    4.1 Several interference sources may cause inaccuracies in the determination of trace elements by
GFAA. These interferences can be classified into three major subdivisions, namely spectral,
nonspectral and memory.

    4.1.1 Spectral Interferences resulting from the absorbance of light by a molecule and/or an atom
which is not the analyte of interest. Spectral interferences caused by an element only occur if there is
a spectral overlap between the wavelength of the interfering element and the analyte of interest.
Fortunately, this type of interference is relatively uncommon in STPGFAA because  of the narrow
atomic line widths associated with STPGFAA. In addition, die use of appropriate furnace
temperature programs and high spectral purity lamps as light sources can minimize the possibility of
this type of interference. However, molecular absorbances can span over several hundred
nanometers producing broadband spectral interferences. This type of interference is far more
common in STPGFAA. The use of matrix modifiers, selective volatilization and background
correctors are all attempts to eliminate unwanted non- specific absorbance. The non-specific
component of the total absorbance can vary considerably from sample type to sample type.
Therefore, the effectiveness of a particular background correction device may vary depending on the
actual analyte wavelength used as well as the nature and magnitude of the interference.

    Spectral interferences are also caused by the emission from black body radiation produced during
the  atomization furnace cycle. This black body emission reaches the photomultiplier tube producing
erroneous results. The rr. ignitude of this interference can be minimized by proper furnace tube
alignment and monochromator design. In addition, atomization temperatures which adequately
volatilize die analyte of interest without producing unnecessary black body radiation can help reduce
unwanted background emission produced during atomization.

    Note: A spectral interference may be manifested by extremely high backgrounds (1.0 abs*)
which may exceed the capability of the background corrector and/or it may be manifested as a non-
analyte element which may cause a direct spectral overlap with die analyte of interest. If a spectral
interference is suspected, die analyst is advised to:
* This background level is given as a guide and is not intended to serve as an absolute value which may be
applied in all situations
                                           E-118

-------
    1. Dilute the sample if the analyte absorbance is large enough tb sacrifice some of the sensitivity.
This dilution may dramatically reduce a molecular background or reduce it to the point where the
background correction device is capable of adequately removing the remaining nonspecific
component. If the non-specific component is produced by a spectral overlap with an interfering
element, the change in absorbance caused by dilution of the sample should decrease in a linear
fashion, provided the undiluted and diluted sample are both within the linear range of the interfering
element.

    2. If dilution is not acceptable because of the relatively low analyte absorbance readings or the
dilution produces a linear decrease in the nonspecific absorbance, the analyst is advised to investigate
another analyte wavelength which may eliminate the suspected spectral interference(s).

    3. If dilution and alternative spectral lines are not acceptable, the analyst is advised to attempt to
selectively volatilize the analyte or the nonspecific component thereby eliminating the unwanted
interference (s) by atomizing the analyte in an interference-free environment.

    4. If none of the above advice is applicable and the spectral interference persists, an alternative
analytical method which is not based on the same type of physical /chemical principle may be
necessary to evaluate the actual analyte concentration.

    4.1.2 Non-spectral -Interferences caused by sample components which inhibit the formation of
free atomic analyte atoms during the atomization cycle. The use of a delayed atomization device
which provides stabilized temperatures is required, because these devices provide an environment
which is more conducive to the formation of free analyte atoms and thereby minimize this type of
interference. This type of interference can be detected by analyzing a sample plus a laboratory
fortified sample matrix early within any analysis set. From this data, immediately calculate the percent
recovery (Sect. 1 0. 4. 2). If the percent recovery is out side the laboratory determined control limits
(Sect. 10.3.3) a potential problem should be suspected. If the result indicates  a potential matrix effect,
the analyst is advised to:

    1. Perform the method of standard additions (see Sect. 11.5); if the "percent recovery" from the
method of standard addition is drastically different from the percent recovery from LFM, then lab
contamination or another lab related problem should be suspected and corrected.

    NOTE: If contamination is suspected, analyze the LFB and calculate a percent recovery.

    2. If the two recovenes are approximately equal and the response from the standard addition is
dramatically different than that which would be calculated from the calibration curve, the sample
should be suspected of a matrix induced interference and analyzed by the method of standard
addition (Sect. 11.5).

    The limitations listed in Sect. 11.5 must be met in order to apply these recommendations.

    4.1.3 Memory interferences resulting from analyzing a sample containing a high concentration of
an element (typically a high atomization temperature element) which cannot be removed
quantitatively in one  complete set of furnace steps. The analyte which remains in the furnace can
produce false positive signals on subsequent sample(s). Therefore, the analyst should establish the
analyte concentration which can be injected into the furnace and adequately removed in one
complete set of furnace cycles. This concentration represents the maximum concentration of analyte
within a sample which will not cause a memory interference on the subsequent sample(s). If this
concentration is exceeded, the sample should be diluted and a blank should be analyzed (to assure
the memory affect has been eliminated) before reanalyzing the diluted sample.

                                            E-119

-------
     Note: Multiple clean out furnace cycles may be necessary in order to fully utilize the LDR for
 certain elements.

     4.1.4 Specific Element Interferences

     Cadmium: The HCl present from the digestion procedure can influence the sensitivity for Cd. A
 1% HCl solution with Pd used as a modifier results in a 70% loss in sensitivity relative to the analyte
 in a 1% HNCb solution. The use of Pd/Mg/H as a modifier reduces this suppression to less than
 10%.

    Copper Pd lines at 324.27 nm and 325.16 nm may produce an interference on the Cu line at
 324.8 nm5.

    Lead: The HCl present from the digestion procedure can influence the sensitivity for Pb. A 1%
 HCl solution with Pd used as a modifier results in a 70% loss in sensitivity relative to the analyte
 response in a 1% HNOj solution. The use of Pd/MS/H2 as a modifier reduces this suppression to
 less than 10%.

 SAFETY
    5.1 The toxiaty or carcinogenicity of reagents used in this method has not been fully established.
 Each chemical should be regarded as a potential health hazard, and exposure to these compounds
 should be as low as reasonably achievable. Each laboratory is responsible for maintaining a current
 awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this
 method1'2. A reference file of material data handling sheets is available to all personnel involved in
 the chemical analysis.

    5.2 The graphite tube during atomization emits intense UV radiation. Suitable precautions should
 be taken to protect personnel from this hazard.

    5.3 The use of argon/hydrogen gas mixture during the  dry and char steps may evolve a
 considerable amount of HCl gas. Therefore, adequate ventilation is required.

 APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT
    6.1 GRAPHITE FURNACE ATOMIC ABSORBANCE SPECTROPHOTOMETER

    6.1.1 The GFAA spectrometer must be capable of programmed heating of the graphite tube and
the associated delayed atomization device. The instrument should be equipped with an adequate
background correction device capable of removing undesirable non-specific absorbance over the
spectral region of interest. The capability to record relatively fast (< 1 see) transient signals and
evaluate data on a peak area basis is preferred. In addition, a recirculating refrigeration bath is
recommended for improved reproducibility of furnace temperatures. The data shown in the tables
were obtained using the stabilized temperature platform and Zeeman background correction. This
method utilizes Smith-Heiftje background correction.

    6.1.2 Single element hollow cathode lamps or single element electrodeless discharge lamps
along with the associated power supplies.

    6.1.3 Argon gas supply (high-purity grade, 99.99%).

    6.1.4 A 5% hydrogen in argon gas mix and the necessary hardware to use this gas mixture during
specific furnace cycles.
                                          E-120

-------
    6.1.5 Autosampler - Although not specifically required, the use of an autosampler is highly
        recommended.

    6.1.6 Microwave digestion apparatus.

    6.1.7 Microwave vessels.

    6.2 GRAPHITE FURNACE OPERATING CONDITIONS- A guide to experimental
conditions for the applicable elements are shown in Table 2

    6.3 SAMPLE PROCESSING EQUIPMENT

    6. 3.  1 Balance - Analytical, capable of accurately weighing to 0.1 mg.

    6.3.2 Hot Plate - Corning PC1OO or equivalent.

    6.3.3 Centrifuge - Steel cabinet with guard bowl, electric timer and brake.

    6.3.4 Drying Oven capable of ±3°C temperature control.

    6.4 LABWARE  - The determination of trace level elements requires a consideration of potential
sources of contamination and analyte losses. Potential contamination sources include improperly
cleaned laboratory apparatus and general contamination within the laboratory environment from
dust, etc. A clean laboratory work area designated for trace element sample handling must be
used. Sample containers can introduce positive and negative errors in the determination of trace
elements by contributing contaminants through surface desorption or leaching and/or depleting
element concentrations through adsorption processes. All reusable labware (glass, quartz,
polyethylene, Teflon, etc. .), including the sample container, should be cleaned prior to use. Labware
should be soaked overnight and thoroughly washed with laboratory -grade detergent and water,
rinsed with water, and soaked for four hours in a mixture of dilute nitric and hydrochloric acid
(1+2+9), followed by rinsing with ASTM type I water and oven drying.

    NOTE: Chromic acid must not be used for cleaning glassware.

    6.4.1  Glassware  - Volumetric flasks and graduated cylinders.

    6.4.2 Assorted calibrated pipettes.

    6.4.3 Conical Phillips beakers, 250-mL with 50-mm watch glasses. Griffin beakers, 250-mL with
15-mm watch glasses.

    6.4.4 Storage bottles - Narrow mouth bottles, Teflon FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) with
Tefzel ETFE (ethylene tetrafluorethylene) screw closure, 125-mL and 250-mL capacities.

    6.4.5 Wash bottle - One piece stem, Teflon FEP bottle with Tefzel ETFE screw closure, 125-mL
capacity.

REAGENTS AND CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
    7.1 REAGENTS - Reagents may contain elemental impurities which might affect analytical data.
Because of the high  sensitivity of GFAA, high- purity reagents should be used whenever possible. All
acids used for this method must  be ultra high- purity grade. Suitable acids are available from a
number of manufacturers or may be prepared by sub-boiling distillation.

                                          E-121

-------
    7.1.1 Nitric acid, concentrated (sp. gr. 1.41) (CASRN 1691-37-2).

    7.1.2 Nitric acid (1+1) - Add 500 mL cone, nitric acid to 400 ml of ASTM type I water and
 dilute to 1 L.

    7.1.3 Nitric acid (1+9) - Add 100 mL cone, to 400 mL of ASTM type I water and dilute to 1 L.

    7.1.4 Hydrochloric acid, concentrated (sp.gr. 1.19) (CASRN 1641-01-0).

    7.1.5 Hydrochloric acid (1+4) - Add 200 mL cone, hydrochloric acid to 400 mL ASTM type I
 water and dilute to 1000 mL.

    7.1.6 Tartaric acid. ACS reagent grade (CASRN 87-69-4).

    7.1.7 Matrix Modifier, dissolve 300 mg Palladium (Pd) powder in concentrated HNOs (1 mL of
 HNO adding 10 mL of concentrated HC1 if necessary). Dissolve 200 mg of Mg(N03)z in ASTM type
 1 water. Pour the two solutions together and dilute to 100 mL with ASTM type 1 water.

    Note: It is recommended that the matrix modifier be analyzed separately in order to assess the
 contribution of the modifier to the overall laboratory blank.

    7.1.8 Ammonium hydroxide, concentrated (sp.gr. 0.902) (CASRN 1336-21-6).

    7.2 WATER - For all sample preparation and dilutions, ASTM type I water (ASTM D1193) is
 required. Suitable water may be prepared by passing distilled water through a mixed bed of anion and
 cation exchange resins.

    7.3 STANDARD STOCK SOLUTION - May be purchased from a reputable commercial
 source or prepared from ultra high- purity grade chemicals or metal (99.99- 99.999% pure). All salts
 should be dried for 1 h at 105°C, unless otherwise specified. (CAUTION: Many metal salts are
 extremely toxic if inhaled or swallowed. Wash hands thoroughly after handling). The stock solution
 should be stored in Teflon bottles. The following procedures may be used for preparing standard
 stock solutions:

    NOTE: Some metals, particularly those which form surface oxides, require cleaning prior to
being weighed. This may be achieved by pickling the surface of the metal in acid. An amount in
 excess of the desired weight should be pickled repeatedly, rinsed with water, dried and weighed until
the desired weight is achieved.

    7.3.1 Cadmium solution, stock, 1 mL = 1000 ug Cd Pickle Cd metal in (1+9) nitric acid to an
 exact weight of 0.100 g. Dissolve in 5 mL (1+1) nitric acid, heating to effect solution. Cool and dilute
to 100 mL with ASTM type I water.

    7.3.2 Chromium solution, stock, 1 mL = 1000 ug Cr: Dissolve 0.1923gCrO3 in a solution
mixture  of 10 mL ASTM type I water and 1 mL cone, nitric acid. Dilute to 100 mL with ASTM type
 I water.

    7.3.3 Copper solution, stock, 1 mL = 1000  ug Cu: Pickle Cu metal in (1+9) nitric acid to an exact
 weight of O.lOOg. Dissolve in 5 mL (1+1) nitric  acid, heating to effect solution. Cool and dilute to
 100 mL with ASTM type I water.
                                           E-122

-------
    7.3.4 Lead solution, stock, 1 mL = 1000 ug Pb: Dissolve 0.1599g PbNC>3 in 5 mL (1+1) nitric
acid. Dilute to 100 mL with ASTM type I water.

    7.3.5 Nickel solution, stock, 1 mL = 1000 ug Ni: Dissolve 0.1 OOg nickel powder in 5 mL cone.
nitric acid, heating to effect solution. Cool and dilute to 100 mL with ASTM type I water.

    7. 3.6 Zinc solution, stock, 1 mL = 1000 f^g Zn : Pickle zinc metal in (1-1-9) nitric acid to an exact
weight of O.lOOg. Dissolve in 5 mL (1+1) nitric acid, heating to effect solution. Cool and dilute to
100 mL with ASTM type I water.

    7.4 PREPARATION OF CALIBRATION STANDARDS - Fresh calibration standards (CAL
Solution) should be prepared every two weeks or as needed. Dilute each of the stock standard
solutions to levels appropriate to the operating range of the instrument using the appropriate acid
diluent (see note). The element concentrations in each CAL solution should be sufficiently high to
produce good measurement precision and to accurately define the slope of the response curve. The
instrument calibration should be initially verified using a quality control sample (Sect. 7.6).

    NOTE: The appropriate acid diluent for dissolved elements in water samples is 1% HNO3. For
total recoverable elements in waters the appropriate acid diluent is 2% FINO3 and 1% HCl. Finally,
the appropriate acid diluent for total recoverable elements in solid samples is 2% HNO 3 and 2%
HCl. The reason for these different diluents is to match the types of acids and the acid
concentrations of the samples with the acid present in the standards and blanks.

    7.5 BLANKS - Two types of blanks are required for this method. A calibration blank is used to
establish the analytical calibration curve and the laboratory reagent blank (LRB) is used to assess
possible contamination from the sample preparation procedure and to assess spectral background.
All diluent acids should be made from concentrated acids (Sects. 7.1.1, 7.1.4) and ASTM type I water.

    7.5.1 Calibration blank - Consists of the appropriate acid diluent (Sect. 7.4 note) (HCJ/HNOs)  in
ASTM type I water.

    7.5.2 Laboratory reagent blank (preparation blank) must contain all the reagents in the same
volumes as used in processing the samples. The preparation blank must be earned through the entire
sample digestion and preparation scheme.

    7.6 QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLE - Quality control samples are available from various
sources. Dilute (with the appropriate acid (HCl/HNOs) blank solution) an appropriate aliquot of
analyte such that the resulting solution will result in an absorbance of  approximately 0.1.

    7.7 LABORATORY FORTIFIED BLANK - To an aliquot of laboratory reagent blank, add an
aliquot of the stock standard to provide a final concentration which will produce an absorbance of
approximately 0.1 for the analyte.  The fortified blank must be carried  through the entire sample
digestion and preparation scheme.

SAMPLE COLLECTION PRESERVATION AND STORAGE
    8.1 Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given to the type of data required so that
appropriate preservation and pretreatment steps can be taken. Filtration, acid preservation etc.
should be performed at the time of sample collection or as soon thereafter as practically possible.

    8,2 For the determination of dissolved elements, the sample should be filtered through a 0.45-
|a.m membrane filter. Use a portion of the sample to rinse the filter assembly, discard and then collect

                                           E-123

-------
 the required volume of filtrate. Acidify the filtrate with (1 +1) nitric acid immediately following
 filtration to a pH of less than two.

    8.3 For the determination of total recoverable elements in aqueous samples, acidify wi th (1+1)
 nitric acid at the time of collection to a pH of less than two. The sample should not be filtered prior
 to analysis.

    NOTE: Samples that cannot be acid preserved at die time of collection because of sampling
 limitations or transport restrictions, should be acidified with nitric acid to pH <2 upon receipt in the
 laboratory (normally, 3 mL of (1 +1) nitric acid per liter of sample is sufficient for most ambient and
 drinking water samples). Following acidification, the sample should be held for a minimum of 16 h
 before withdrawing an aliquot for sample processing.

    8.4 Solid samples usually require no preservation prior to analysis other dian storage at 4 °C.

 CALIBRATIONAND STANDARDIZATION
    9.1 CALIBRATION - Demonstration and documentation of acceptable initial calibration is
 required before any samples are analyzed and is required periodically throughout sample analysis as
 dictated by results of continuing calibration checks. After initial calibration is successful, a calibration
 check is required at the beginning of each period during which analyses are performed.

    9.1.1 Initiate proper operating configuration of instrument and data system. Allow a period of
 not less than 30 min for the instrument to warm up if an EDL is to be used.

    9.1.2 Instrument stability must be demonstrated by analyzing a standard solution of a
concentration 20 times the IDL a minimum of five times with die resulting relative standard
deviation of absorbance signals less than 5%.

    9.1.3 Initial calibration. The instrument must be calibrated for the analyte to  be determined using
the calibration blank (Sect. 7.5.1) and calibration standards prepared at three or more concentration
levels widiin the linear dynamic range  of the analyte.

    9.2 INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE - Check the performance     of the instrument and
verify the calibration using data gathered from analyses of calibration blanks,  calibration standards
 and the quality control sample.

    9.2.1 After the calibration has been established, it must be initially verified for the analyte by
 analyzing the QCS (Sect. 7.6). If measurements exceed ±10% of the established QCS value, the
 analysis should be terminated, the source of the problem identified and corrected, the instrument
 recalibrated, and the new calibration must be verified before continuing analyses.

    9.2.2 To verify that the instrument is properly calibrated on a continuing basis, analyze the
 calibration blank and an intermediate concentration calibration standard as surrogate samples after
 every ten analyses. The results of the analyses of the standard will indicate whether the calibration
 remains valid. If the indicated concentration of any analyte deviates from the true concentration by
 more than 10%, die instrument must be recalibrated and die response of the QCS checked as in Sect.
 9.2.1. After the QCS sample has met specifications, die previous ten samples must be reanalyzed in
 groups of five with an intermediate concentration calibration standard analyzed after every fifth
 sample. If the intermediate concentration calibration standard is found to deviate by more dian 10%,
 the analyst is instructed to identify the source of instrumental drift.
                                            E-124

-------
    NOTE: If the sample matrix is responsible for the calibration drift and/or the sample matrix is
affecting analyte response, it may be necessary to perform standard additions in order to assess an
analyte concentration (Sect. 11.5).

QUALITY CONTROL (QC)
    10.1 FORMAL QUALITY CONTROL - The minimum requirements of this QC program
consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, and the analysis of laboratory reagent
blanks and fortified blanks and samples as a continuing check on performance. The laboratory is
required to maintain performance records that define the quality of the data thus generated.

    10.2 INITIAL DEMONSTRATION OF PERFORMANCE

    10.2.1 The initial demonstration of performance is used to characterize instrument performance
(MDLs and linear calibration ranges) for analyses conducted by this method.

    10.2.2 Method detection limits  (MDL) - The method detection limit should be established for
the analyte, using reagent water (blank) fortified at a concentration of two to five times the estimated
detection limits. To determine MDL values, take seven replicate aliquots of the  fortified reagent
water and process through the entire analytical method. Perform all calculations defined in the
method and report the concentration values in die appropriate units. Calculate the MDL as follows:

    MDL= (t) x (S)

    where, t - Student's t value for a 99% confidence level and a standard deviation estimate wim n -
1 degrees of freedom [t = 3.14 for seven replicates],

    S = standard deviation of the replicate analyses.

    Method detection limits should be determined every six months or whenever a significant
change in background or instrument response is expected.

    10.2.3 Linear calibration ranges - Linear calibration ranges are metal dependent. The upper limit
of the linear calibration range should be established by determining the signal responses from a
minimum of four different concentration standards, one of which is close to the upper limit of the
linear range. The linear calibration range which may be used for the analysis of samples should be
judged by the analyst from the resulting data.  Linear calibration ranges should be determined every
six months or whenever a significant change in instrument response maybe expected.

    10.3 ASSESSING LABORATORY PERFORMANCE - REAGENT AND FORTIFIED
BLANKS

    10.3.1 Laboratory reagent blank (LRB) - The laboratory must analyze at least one LRB (Sect.
7.5.2) with each set of samples. Reagent blank data are used to assess contamination from the
laboratory environment and to characterize spectral background from the reagents used in sample
processing. If an analyte value in the reagent blank exceeds its determined MDL, then laboratory or
reagent contamination should be suspected. Any determined source of contamination should be
corrected and the samples reanalyzed.

    10.3.2 Laboratory fortified blank (LFB) - The laboratory must analyze at least one LFB (Sect.
7.7) with each set of samples. Calculate accuracy as percent recovery (Sea. 10.4.2). If the recovery of
any analyte falls outside the control limits (Sect. 10.3.3), that analyte is judged out of control, and the
source of the problem should be identified and resolved before continuing analyses.

                                           E-125

-------
     10.3.3 Until sufficient data (usually a minimum of 20 to 30 analyses) become available, a
 laboratory should assess laboratory performance against recovery limits of 80- 120%. When sufficient
 internal performance data become available, develop control limits from the percent mean recovery
 (x) and the standard deviation (S) of the mean recovery. These data are used to establish upper and
 lower control limits as follows:

     UPPER CONTROL LIMIT = x +  3S

     LOWER CONTROL LIMIT =x - 3S

     After each 5-10 new recovery measurements, new control limits should be calculated using only
 the most recent 20 to 30 data points.

     10.4 ASSESSING ANALYTE RECOVERY - LABORATORY FORTIFIED SAMPLE
 MATRIX

     10.4.1 The laboratory must fortify a minimum of 10% of the samples or one fortified sample per
 set, whichever is greater. Ideally for solid samples, the concentration added should be approximately
 equal to 0.1 abs units after the solution has been diluted. In other words if the sample (after dilution)
 results in an absorbance of 0.05, ideally the laboratory fortified sample wil 1 result in an absorbance
 of 0.150 (after dilution). Over time, samples from all routine sample sources should be fortified.

    10.4.2 Calculate  the percent recovery for the analyte, corrected for background concentrations
 measured in the unfortified sample, and compare these values to the control limits established in
 Sect. 10.3.3 for the analyses of LFBs. Fortified recovery calculations are not required if the fortified
 concentration is less  than 10% of the sample background concentration. Percent recovery may be
 calculated in units appropriate to the matrix, using the following equation:

    R = [(Cs-C)/S]xlOO

    where,

    R = percent recovery.

    Cs = fortified sample concentration.

    C = sample background concentration.

    S = concentration equivalent of the fortified sample.

    10.4.3 If the recovery of the analyte on the fortrfied sample falls outside the designated range,
and the laboratory performance on the LFB  for the analyte is shown to be in control (Sect. 10.3) the
recovery problem encountered with the fortified sample is judged to be matrix related (Sect. 4), not
system related. The data obtained for that analyte should be verified with the methods of standard
 additions (Sect. 11.5).

    10.5 QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLES (QCS) - Each quarter, the laboratory should analyze
one or more QCS (if available). If criteria provided with the QCS  are not met, corrective action
should be taken and  documented.
                                          E-126

-------
PROCEDURE
SAMPLE PREPARATION - DISSOLVED ELEMENTS
    11.1.1 For the determination of dissolved elements in drinking water, wastewater, ground and
surface waters, take a 50-mL(± 1 mL) aliquot of the filtered acid preserved sample, and add 1 mL of
concentrated nitric acid. The sample is now ready for analysis. Allowance should be made in the
calculations for the appropriate dilution factors.

    NOTE:  If a precipitate is formed during acidification, transport or storage, the sample aliquot
must be treated using the procedure in Sect. 11.2.1 prior to analysis.

SAMPLE PREPARA TION - TOTAL RECOVERABLE ELEMENTS.
    11.2.1 For the determination of total recoverable elements in water or waste water, take a 50-mL
(± 1 mL) aliquot from a well mixed, acid preserved sample and transfer it to a Teflon microwave
digestion vessel Add 1 mL of concentrated HNOj. Seal the vessel per the manufacturer's
instructions.

    NOTE: Microwave digestion requires the use of a program that has been verified for a particular
sample type.  Please insure that Dr. Farmer has approved any new programs. After digestion, the
sample is now ready for analysis. Prior to the analysis of samples the calibration standards must be
analyzed and the calibration verified using a QC sample (Sect. 9). Once the calibration has been
verified, the instrument is ready for sample analysis. Because the effects of various matnces on the
stability of diluted samples cannot be characterized, samples should be analyzed as soon as possible
after preparation.

    11.2.2 For the determination of total extractable elements in solid samples (sludge, soils, and
sediments), mix the sample thoroughly to achieve homogeneity and weigh accurately a 0.5 ±0.01g
portion of the sample. Transfer to a Teflon microwave digestion vessel. Add 45 mL RO water
followed by 1 mL nitric acid. Digest as with a liquid sample

    NOTE: Determine the percent solids in the sample for use in calculations and for reporting data
on a dry weight basis.

    11.2.3 Appropriate digestion procedures for biological tissues should be utilized prior to sample
analysis.

    11.3 For every new or unusual matrix, it is highly recommended that an inductively coupled
plasma atomic emission spectrometer be used to screen for high element concentrations.
Information gained from this may be used to prevent potential damage of the instrument and better
estimate which elements may require analysis by graphite furnace.

    11.4 Samples having concentrations higher than the established linear dynamic range  should be
diluted into  range and re-analyzed. If methods of standard additions are required, follow the
instructions in Sea. 11.5.

    11.5 STANDARD ADDITIONS - If methods of standard addition are required, the following
procedure is recommended.

    11.5.1 The standard addition technique4 involves preparing new standards in the sample matrix
by adding known amounts of standard to one or more aliquots of the processed sample solution.
This technique compensates for a sample constituent that enhances or depresses the analyte signal
thus producing a different slope from that of the calibration standards. It will not correct for additive
interference  which causes a baseline shift. The simplest version of this technique is the single-
                                           E-127

-------
 addition method. The procedure is as follows. Two identical aliquots of the sample solution, each of
 volume Vx are taken. To the first (labeled A) is added a small volume Vs of a standard anahte
 solution of concentration Cs. To the second (labeled B) is added the same volume Vs of the solvent.
 The analytical signals of A and B are measured and corrected for nonanalyte signals. The unknown
 sample concentration Cx is calculated:

    Q = SBVsCs/(SA-SB)Vx

    where SA and SB are the analytical signals (corrected for the blank) of solutions A and B,
 respectively. Vs and Cs. should be chosen so that SA is roughly twice SB on die average. It is best if Vs
 is made much less than Vx and thus Cs. is much greater than Cx to avoid excess dilution of the
 sample matrix. If a separation or concentration step is used, the additions are best made first and
 carried through the entire procedure. For the results from diis technique to be valid, the following
 limitations must be taken into consideration:

 1. The analytical curve must be linear.

 2. The chemical form of the anaryte added must respond the same as the analyte in the sample.

 3. The interference effect must be constant over the working range of concern.

 4. The signal must be corrected for any additive interference.

CALCULATIONS
    12.1 Do not report element concentrations below the determined MDL.

    12.2 For aqueous samples prepared by total recoverable procedure (Sect.ll.2.l), multiply
solution concentrations by the appropriate dilution factor. Round the data to die tenths place and
report the data in M.g/L with up to three significant figures.

    12.3 For solid samples prepared by total recoverable procedure (Sect.11.2.2) round the solution
concentration (|^g/L in the analysis solution) to the tenths place and multiply by the dilution factor.
Data should be reported to a tenth mg/kg up to three significant figures taking into account the
percent solids if the data are reported on a dry weight basis.

    The dry weight should be determined on a separate sample aliquot if die sample is available. The
dry weight can be determined by transferring a uniform 1-g aliquot to an evaporating dish and drying
die sample to a constant weight at 103-105°C.

    12.4 If additional dilutions were performed, the appropriate dilution factor must be applied to
sample values.

    12.5 The QC data obtained during the analyses provide an indication of the quality of die sample
data and should be provided with die sample results.

PRECISION AND ACCURACY
    13.1 Instrument operating conditions used for single laboratory testing of the method andMDLs
are listed in Table 3.

    13.2 Data obtained from single laboratory testing of the method are summarized in Table 2A-C
for tiiree solid samples consisting of SRM 1645 River Sediment, EPA Hazardous Soil and EPA
Electroplating Sludge. Samples ware prepared using the procedure described in Sect. 11.2.2 of the
                                           E-128

-------
EPA METHOD. For each matrix, five replicates were analyzed and an average of the replicates used
for determining die sample background concentration. Two further pairs of duplicates were fortified
at different concentration levels. The sample background concentration, mean spike percent
recovery, the standard deviation of the average percent recovery and the relative percent difference
between the duplicate fortified determinations are listed in Table 2A-C. In addition, Table 2D-F
contains a  si ngle laboratory testing of the method in aqueous media including drinking water, pond
water and well water.  Samples were prepared using the procedure described in Sect. 11.2.1. For each
aqueous matrix, five replicates were analyzed and an average of the replicates used for determining
the sample background concentration. Four samples were fortified at the levels reported in Table
2D-F. A percent relative standard deviation is reported in Table 2D-F for the fortified samples. An
average percent recovery is also reported in Tables 2D-F.

                    Precision and recovery for NBS River Sediment 1645

Solid        Certified Value    Avg. Sed       %RSD   Avg % Rec   S (r)      RPD    Avg %   S (r)   RPD
Sample                     Cone (mg/kg)           (20                         Rec
                                                mg/kg)x                      (100
                                                                           mg/kg)
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
10.2
29600
109
10.8
32800
132
3.7
1.6 99.1
4.8
110.7 0.7 1.7
14.2 0 - -
111.5 3.6 2.6
                   Precisian and recovery far EPA Hazardous Soil 884
Solid Sample    Avg. Sed Cone      %RSD    Avg % Rec (20     S (r)    RPD    Avg % Rec (100     S (r)   RPD
             (mg/kg)             .      mg/kg)"                        mg/kg)«
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
1.8
84.0
127
10.3
4.2
4.3
115.4
95.5
108.0
0.8
33.8
15.2
1.4
17.9
2.6
99.0
120.8
117.7
4.3
6.6
5.4
12.1
8.9
5.7
                                            E-129

-------
                      Precision and recovery data for EPA Electroplating Sludge 286
Solid Sample
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Avg. Sed Cone
(mg/kg)
119
8070
887
%RSD
1.3
4.5
1.6
Avg % Rec (20
mg/kg)"
81.9
*
*
S (r) RPD Avg % Rec (100
mg/kg)11
7.9 3.0 112.5
*
99.5
S(r)
3.9
-
21.9
RPD
4.7
-
6.0
%RSD   percent relative standard deviation (n=5)
S (r)     standard deviation of average percent recovery
RPD     relative percent difference between duplicate recovery determinations
*                fortified concentration < 10% of sample concentration
                 not determined
x                fortified concentration
                     Precision and recovery data for Pond Water
Element
Cd
Cr
Cu
Ni
Pb
Avg Cone
(H8/L)
<0.05
0.75
2.98
2.11
1.24
%RSD
K-
8.7
11.2
6.8
20.5
Fortified Cone
(ng/L)
0.5
2.5
10
20
25
%RSD @ Fortified
Cone
4.5
1.8
2.9
1.6
1.8
Avg % Rec
99.1
98.5
101.9
105.6
101.6
                                                E-130

-------
    Precision and recovery data for Drinking Water
 Element    AvgConc       %RSD   Fortified Cone         %RSD @ Fortified      Avg % Rec
                                      (ug/L)                Cone
Cd          <0.05           *         0.5                    6.3                     105.2

Cr          <0.1            *         2.5                    3.1                     105.7

Cu         2.6              7.3       10                    1.2                     111.5

Ni         0.8              32.7      20                    4.3                     103.8

Pb         <0.7            *         10                    4.0                     101.8



                   Precisian and recovery data for Well Water

Element   Avg Cone   %RSD    Fortified Cone (ug/LJ   %RSD @ Fortified       Avg % Rec
                                                        Cone
    Cd        1.8      11.9      0.5                     4.6                      109.3

    Cr         <0.1    *         2.5                     4.0                      102.6

    Cu        35.9     1.2       10                     0.6                      90.2

    Ni         11.8     3.2       20                     4.0                      105.7

    Pb         <0.7    *         25                     0.7                      102.2

        sample concentration less than established MDL
        not determined on sample concentration less than the MDL
                   Recommended operating conditions
Element
	 Cd 	
Cr
Cu
Ni
Pb
Zn
A.
228.8
357.9
324.8
232.0
283.3
213.9
Slit
"0.7" '
0.7
0.7
0.2
0.7
0.7
Char Temp
~"800 	
1650
1300
1400
1250
700
Atom Temp
	 1600 	
2600
2600
2500
2000
1800
MDL
0.05
0.1
0.7
0.6
0.7
0.3
(ug/L)
	 	 • "•





MDL determined using a 20 f.tL sample size and stopped flow atomization
                                            E-131

-------
    14. REFERENCES

    I. "OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry," (ZSCFR 1910), Occupational Safety
and Health Administration, OSHA 2206, revised January, 1976.

    2. "Proposed OSHA Safety and Health Standards, Laboratories," Occupational Safety and
Health Administration, Federal Register, July 24, 1986.

    3. Code of Federal Regulations 40, Ch. 1, Pt. 136, Appendix B.

    4. Winefordner, J.D., "Trace Analysis: Spectroscopic Methods for Elements," Chemical Analysis.
Vol. 46, pp. 41- 42.

    5. Waltz, B., G. Schlemmar and J. R. Mudakavi. TAAS. 1988, 3, 695.  '
                                          E-132

-------
Attachment 13

ALKALINITY

EPA Method310.1 (Titrimetric, pH4.5)
Scope and Application
    1.1 This method is applicable to drinking, surface, and saline waters, domestic and industrial
wastes.

    1.2 The method is suitable    for all concentration ranges of alkalinity; however, appropriate
aliquots should be used to avoid a titration volume greater than 50 ml.

    1.3 Automated titrimetric analysis is equivalent.

Summary of Method
    2.1 An unaltered sample is titrated to an electrometrically determined end point of pH 4.5. The
sample must not be filtered, diluted, concentrated, or altered in any way.

Comments
    3.1 The sample should be refrigerated at 4°C and run as soon as practical. Do not open sample
bottle before analysis.

    3.2 Substances, such as salts of weak organic and inorganic acids present in large amounts, may
cause interference in the electrometnc pH measurements.

    3.3 For samples having high concentrations of mineral acids, such as mine wastes and associated
receiving waters, titrate to an electrometnc endpoint of pH 3.9, using the procedure in:

    Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 31, "Water", p 115, D-1067, Method D, (1976).

    3.4 Oil and grease, by coating the pH electrode, may also interfere, causing sluggish response.

Apparatus
    4.1 pH meter or electrically operated titrator that uses a glass  electrode and can be read to 0.05
pH units. Standardize and calibrate according to manufacturer's instructions. If automatic
temperature compensation is not provided, make titration at 25 ±2°  C.

    4.2 Use an appropnate sized vessel to keep the air space above the solution a' a minimum. Use a
rubber stopper fitted with holes for the glass electrode, reference electrode (or combination
electrode) and burette.

    4.3 Magnetic stirrer, pipettes, flasks and other standard laboratory equipment,

    4.4 Burettes, Pyrex 50, 25 and 10 ml.

Reagents
    5.1 Sodium carbonate solution, approximately 0.05N: Place 2.5 ±0.2 g (to nearest mg) NaaCC^
(dried at 250°C for 4 hours and cooled in desiccator) into a 1 liter volumetric flask and dilute to the
mark.
                                           E-133

-------
     5.2 Standard acid (sulfuric or hydrochloric), 0.1 N: Dilute 3.0 ml cone HiSCu, or 8.3 ml cone
 HC1 to 1 liter with distilled water. Standardize versus 40.0 ml of 0.05 N NaiCOs solution with about
 60 ml distilled water by titrating potentiometrically to pH of about 5. Lift electrode and rinse into
 beaker. Boil solution gently for 3-5 minutes under a watch glass cover. Cool to room temperature.
 Rinse cover glass into beaker. Continue titration to the pH inflection point. Calculate normality
 using:

     (AxB)/(53.00xC)

     where:

     A = gm NaaCOs weighed into 1 liter

     B = ml NaiCOj solution

     C = ml acid used to inflection point

     5.3 Standard acid (sulfuric or hydrochloric), 0.02 N: Dilute 200.0 ml of 0.1000 N standard acid to
 1 liter with distilled water. Standardize by potentiometric titradon of 15.0 ml 0.05N Na 2COj solution
 as above.

 Procedure
    6.1 Sample size

    6.1.1 Use a sufficiendy large volume of titrant  (> 20 ml in a 50 ml burette) to obtain good
precision while keeping volume low enough to permit sharp end point.

    6.1.2 For < 1000 mg CaCO3/l use 0.02N titrant

    6.1.3 For > 1000 mg CaCCV 1 use 0.1N titrant

    6.1.4 A preliminary titration is helpful.

    6.2 Potentiometric titration

    6.2.1 Place sample in flask by pipetting widi pipette tip near bottom of flask

    6.2.2 Measure pH of sample

    6.2.3 Add standard acid (5.2 or 5.3), being careful to stir thoroughly but gently to allow needle to
obtain equilibrium.

    6.2.4 Titrate to pH 4.5. Record volume of titrant.

    6.3 Potenuometnc titration of low alkalinity

    6.3.1 For alkalinity of < 2Q mg/1 titrate 100-200 ml as  above (6.2) using a 10 ml micro-burette
and 0.02N acid solution (5.3).

    6.3.2 Stop titration at pH in range of 4.3-4.7, record volume and exact pH. Very carefully add
titrant to lower pH exactly 0.3 pH units and record volume.
                                            E-134

-------
 Calculations
     7.1 Potentiometric titration to pH 4.5

     Alkalinity, mg/1 CaCO3 = (A x N x 50,000)7 ml of sample

     where:

     A = ml standard acid

     N = normality standard acid

     7.2  Potentiometric titration of low alkalinity:

     Total alkalinity, mg/ 1 CaCO3 =  (2B-C) x N x 50,000/ml of sample

    where:

    B = ml titrant to first recorded pH

    C = total ml titrant to reach pH 0.3 units lower

    N = normality of acid

Precision and Accuracy
    8.1  Forty analysts in seventeen laboratories analyzed synthetic water samples containing
increments of bicarbonate, with the following results:
                                            E-135

-------
 Alkalinity precision and accuracy
Increment as Alkalinity mg/L,
CaCO3

8
9
113
119
Precision as Standard
Deviation mg/L, CaCC>3

1.27
1.14
5.28
5.36
Accuracy as
Bias, %
+ 10.61
+22.29
-8.19
-7.42

Bias, mg/L,
CaCO3
+0.85
+2.0
-9.3
-8.8
    (FWPCA Method Study 1, Mineral and Physical Analyses)

    8.2 In a single laboratory (EMSL) using surface water samples at an average concentration of 122
mg CaCCb/l, the standard deviation was ± 3.

Bibliography
    1. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, p 278,
Method 403, (1975).

   2. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part31, "Water", p 113, D-1067, Method B, (1976).
                                          E-136

-------
Attachment 14

CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND

EPA Method 410.4 (Colorimetric, Automated; Manual)
Scope and Application
    1.1 This method covers the determination of COD in surface waters, domestic and industrial
wastes.

    1.2 The applicable range of the automated method is 3-900 mg/1 and the range of the manual
method is 20 to 900 mg/L.

Summary of Method
    2.1 Sample, blanks and standards in sealed tubes are heated in an oven or block digestor in die
presence of dichromate at 150°C. After two hours, the tubes are removed from the oven or digestor,
cooled and measured spectrophotometrically at 600 nm.

Sample Handling and Preservation
    3.1 Collect die samples in glass botdes if possible. Use of plastic containers is permissible if it is
known mat no organic contaminants are present in die containers.

    3.2 Samples should be preserved with sulfuric acid to a pH < 2 and maintained at 4°C until
analysis.

Interferences
    4.1 Chlorides are quantitatively oxidized by dichromate and represent a positive interference.
Mercuric sulfate is added to the digestion tubes to complex die chlorides.

Apparatus
    5.1 Drying oven or block digestor, 150°C

    5.2 Coming culture tubes, 16x100 mm or 25x150 mm with Teflon lined screwcap

    5.3 Spectrophotometer or Technicon AutoAnalyzer

    5.4 Muffle furnace, 500°C.

Reagents
    6.1 Digestion solution: Add 10.2 g K.CnO/, 167 ml  cone. H2SO4 and 33.3 g HgSO4 to 500 mL of
distilled water, cool and dilute to 1 liter.

    6.2 Catalyst solution: Add 22 g AgiSO-t to a 4.09 kg bottle of cone. HiSO-t. Stir until dissolved.

    6.3 Sampler wash solution: Add 500 ml of concentrated f^SO.*, to 500 ml of distilled water.

    6.4 Stock potassium  acid phthalate: Dissolve 0.850  g in 800 ml of distilled water and dilute to 1
liter. 1 mL = 1 mg COD

    6.4.1 Prepare a series of standard solutions that cover the expected sample concentrations by
diluting appropriate volumes of die stock standard.

                                           E-137

-------
 Procedure
     7.1 Wash all culture tubes and screw caps with 20% HiSCu, before their first use to prevent
 contamination. Trace contamination may be removed from the tubes by igniting them in a muffle
 oven at 500°C for 1 hour.

     7.2 Automated

     7.2.1 Add 2.5 mL of sample to the 16x100 mm tubes.

     7.2.2 Add 1.5 ml of digestion solution (6. 1) and mix.

     7.2.3 Add 3.5 ml of catalyst solution (6.2) carefully down die side of the culture tube.

     7.2.4 Cap tightly and shake to mix layers.

     7.2.5 Process standards and blanks exacdy as the samples.

    7.2.6 Place in oven or block digester at  150°C for two hours.

    7.2.7 Cool and place standards in sampler in order of decreasing concentration. Complete filling
sampler tray with unknown samples.

    7.2.8 Measure color intensity on AutoAnalyzer at 600 nm.

    7.3 Manual

    7.3.1 The following procedure may be used if a larger sample is desired or a spectrophotometer
is used in place of an AutoAnalyzer.

    7.3.2 Add 10 mL of sample to 25x150 mm culture tube.

    7.3.3 Add 6 ml of digestion solution (6.  1) and mix.

    7.3.4 Add 14 ml of catalyst solution (6.2) down the side of culture tube.

    7.3.5 Cap tightly and shake to mix layers.

    7.3.6 Place in oven or block digestor at  150°C for 2 hours.

    7.3.7 Cool, allow any precipitate to settle and measure intensity in spectrophotometer at 600 nm.
Use only optically matched culture tubes or  a single cell for spectrophotometric measurement.

Calculation
    8. 1 Prepare a standard curve by plotting peak height or percent transmittance against known
concentrations of standards.

    8.2 Compute concentration of samples by comparing sample response to standard curve.

Precision and Accuracy
    9. 1 Precision and accuracy data are not available at this time.
                                           E-138

-------
Bibliography
    1. Jirka, A. M., and M. J. Garter, "Micro-Semi-Automated Analysis of Surface and Wastewaters
for Chemical Oxygen Demand." Anal. Chem. 47:1397. (1975).
                                         E-139

-------
Attachment 15




Sample Flowcharts
                                 E-140

-------
      MCTT Evaluation Flow Chart
                                                     16 L sample from
                                                  2.5 L sample  |
j 7.5 L sample  |
                                 filter
I
4^.

Amber glass 500 mL
HDPE 500 mL
1
Method mL
EPA 4 10.4..... 	 10
UAB 608 &
UAB 625... 	 315

UAB pi o*.. 	 ,.lu
TotaL..........,.....33S

Method
EPA 110.3.
EPA 120.1.
EPA 130.2.
EPA 150.1.
EPA 160.1.
EPA 160.4.
BPA180.1.
mL
....25
....70
..100
....25
..100
..100
•jt-ftft ".
t*tyw
HDPE 500 mL
1 raL 6M HNOj
1
Method jriL
EPA 200.9......70
Total 	 ....70

                                                                                                                           5.5 L of sample
                                                                                                                            to storage for
                                                                                                                           filter media tests
Amber glass 500 mL
1
Method mfc
UAB 608 &
UAB 625 	 .......315
TotaL«... ...........515












Amber glass 500 mL
1
Method mL
EPA 3 10.1... 	 50
EPA410.4..... 	 Jfl
UAB itTox.. 	 ..10

."• ' • . . , '
Total........»........70


MDPE500mL
1
Metiiod mL
EPA 1 10.3 	 25
JBPA 120.1 	 70
,EPA 150.1.....25
BPA 16Q 3 100
tSftjL \£A A *fifV
ilSmt IW.4...JUO
ODA 19A 1 1A
CrA lot/. i..,,.JrU
UAB PS. 	 10
Total 360
HDPE 500 mL
ImLoMHNCV
1
Method rttL
EPA 200.9.....70
TotaL..^.. 	 .70






-------
Filtration Media Evaluation Flow Chart
Composite of stored unfittered runoff from MC
(25-30 L)
10 filtration media fabric columns
6 media, 3 fabrics, 1 blank 24.5L
|


While grabs not taken, excess filtrate
collected in 8L HDPE container. Total
collected per column per filtration app 2 L
for a total of app 20 L (app 2L per 8L
HDPE jug). Each jug split as follows:
^**

**•
TT



grab samples
,2 per
column 500 mL HDPE


1
split
•**•*

\

@ lOmin
Method mL
EPA 11 0,3 	 25
EPA 120.1. .,..70
EPA 130.2...100
EPA 150.1.....25
EPA 180.1 	 30
EPA 410.4,.,,. 10
UAB PS 10
UABnTox 	 10
T«*~l ton


@45min
Method mL
EPA110,3....,25
EPA 120.1 	 70
EPA 130.2...100
EPA 150.1.....25
EPA 180.1 	 30
EPA410.4_JO
UAB PS......,.,10
UAB jiTox..;.,10

500 mL HDPE
Method mL
EPA 110.3 	 25
EPA 120.1 	 70
EPA 130.2...100
EPA 150.1...;.25
EPA 180.1.....30
EPA410.4..;..10
UAB PS 	 ...10
UAB uTox 	 10
Total...-. — 280
        Amber glass 500 mL
        Method       mL
        EPA 410.4	10
        UAB 608 &
        UAB 625	:....315
        UABjtTox.	10

        Total...	335
 HDPE 500 mL
  ethod    mL
EPA 110.3	25
EPA 120.1	70
EPA 150.1	25
EPA 160.L..100
EPA 160.4...100
EPA 180.1	30
UAB 300	,25

Total	..375
   HDPE 500 mL
   -1 mL 6M HNO3
               mL
EPA 200,9	/...JO

Total	1...70
 Amber glass 500 mL
            mL
SPA 3 10.1... ...... 50
EPA410A..,.,.;.10
UAB 608 &
UAB 625;, ....... 315
                                                                   Total --------- .~.
 HOPE 500 mL
     _    iaL-
EPA110.3..,..25
EPA 120.1.,.:.70,
EPA 130.2...100
EPA 150.1,..,.25
EPA 160.3...1QO
EPA 160.4... 100
EPA 180,1.....30
UAB PS.........10
HDPE 500 mL
           mL
                                                                     *»•****•** 'v

-------
On-Site Filtration Media Evaluation Flow Chart
                                        Storm water from settling chamber, settled for min 5 days, 150 L
                                       split into 10 columns (7 media, 2 fabric, 1 blank), 8 L collected per
                                                               column
                           filter
  l^puTI
Amber glass 500
       mL
                                                                                                                    3.5 L of sample
                                                                                                                     to storage for
                                                                                                                    filter media tests
HOPE 500 mL
Method
EPA 410.4.
UAB 608 &
UAB 625....
UAB uTox
UABUVvis
liotaL.........

mL
	 	 10
	 .315
. ..10
	 	 10
........345

Method mL
EPA110.3.....25
EPA 12D.L....70
EPA 130.7... 100
EPA 150.1.....25
EPA 160.1...IOO
EPA 160.4... 100
EPA 180.1 	 30
Totat..~.^w450
Method
EPA 200 9
Tnfat




mL
70
7ft




HOPE 500 mL
 +lmL6M
                 UAB 608 &
                 UAB 625....	.315

                 Total.................315
                                                                            BPA310.L....50
                                                                            EPA 410.4;.,.. 10
                                                                            UAB jiToX.:»,ta
Method     mjL
EPA 1HK3.....25
EPA 120.1.. ...70
EPA 150.1.....25
EPA 160.3...10J5
EPA 160.4...100
EPA 180.1....JO
UABPS.........10

Total	..360
                                                                                             EPA 200.9.....70

-------
Bench Scale Filtration Media Evaluation Flow Chart
                      Stormwater from settling chamber; well-mixed, 150 L
                          passed through 7 columns (6 media, 1 blank)
                                          I
                     6-500 mL samples collected (amber glass) per column
                                         I
                            Each 500 mL sample is split as follows;
Amber 500 mL glass.
Method
EPA 160.3 	
EPA 410.4 	
EPA 180.1 	
EPA 120.1 	
EPA 110.3 	
EPA 150.1 	
EPA 130.2 	
UAB PS 	
UAB uTox....:..
UAB UVvis 	
Total
mL
	 100
........IQ
	 30
	 70
	 25
........25

........10
	 10
	 10
390
                                                     HDPElOOmL
                                                     0.5mL6M«NO3
Method
EPA 200.9....

mL
	 70
»,**-•**-**-»/*}
                                      E-144

-------
United States
Environmental Protection Agency
Center for Environmental Research Information
Cincinnati, OH 45268
Please make all necessary changes on the below label,
detach or copy, and return to the address in the upper
left-hand comer.

If you do not wish to receive these reports CHECK HERE D;
detach, or copy this cover, and return to the address in the
upper left-hand corner.
PRESORTED STANDARD
 POSTAGE & FEES PAID
          EPA
    PERMIT No. G-35
Official Business
Penalty for Private Use
$300
EPA/600/R-99/017

-------